Weight Loss Made Real: How real women lose weight, stop overeating, and find authentic happiness. - TopPodcast.com

Menu

Home
Top Charts
Top Networks
Top Apps
Top Independents
Top Podfluencers
Top Picks
Podcast News
About Us
Podcast Advertising
Contact

Not in our directory?
Add Show Here

Podcast Equipment
Center

Our TOPPODCAST Picks

Comedy
Crypto
Sports
News
Politics
True Crime
Business
Finance

Follow Us

Stay Connected

View Top 200 Chart

Back to Rankings Page

Weight Loss Made Real: How real women lose weight, stop overeating, and find authentic happiness. — Education
Weight Loss Made Real: How real women lose weight, stop overeating, and find authentic happiness.

How real women lose weight, stop overeating, and find authentic happiness.

Latest Episodes:

Part 3 — Episode 321: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 3 Oct 17, 2023

Hello my friend. Welcome to Weight Loss Made Real, where you will be coached by me on how to stop overeating so you can lose weight for good.

Today we’re continuing part 3 of a 3-part series we started two episodes ago. After 35 years as a master weight loss coach, I’m taking a sabbatical and stepping back from the live part of my coaching practice. That means the Freedom Group is coming to an end.

Over today’s and the last two episodes, I’m sharing the 10 big things I’ve learned from running my business, creating my ETL program within my Freedom Group, and working with 1000’s of women.

We’ve covered lessons 1 – 6 in Episodes 319 and 320, and today we will talk about lessons 7, 8 and 9.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 321: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 3 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 321: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 3 Oct 17, 2023

Hello my friend. Welcome to Weight Loss Made Real, where you will be coached by me on how to stop overeating so you can lose weight for good.

Today we’re continuing part 3 of a 3-part series we started two episodes ago. After 35 years as a master weight loss coach, I’m taking a sabbatical and stepping back from the live part of my coaching practice. That means the Freedom Group is coming to an end.

Over today’s and the last two episodes, I’m sharing the 10 big things I’ve learned from running my business, creating my ETL program within my Freedom Group, and working with 1000’s of women.

We’ve covered lessons 1 – 6 in Episodes 319 and 320, and today we will talk about lessons 7, 8 and 9.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 321: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 3 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Next 3 Things — Episode 320: 10 Lessons I’ve Learned As A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 2 Oct 10, 2023

Today we’re continuing Part Two of the three-part series we started last week. After 35 years as a master weight loss coach, I’m stepping back from the live part of my practice. The Freedom Group is ending. So, over these three episodes, I’m sharing the 10 big things I’ve learned from putting my business together, creating my Eat, Think, Love program and working with thousands of women.

On our last episode, 319, we talked about the first three things I’ve learned over the last 35 years that helped me in my life, my business, my own weight loss journey, and also have helped my clients.
They were:

Make a decision and then follow it and give it enough time to bloom before you try the next new thing.

If you’re not doing well, define the problem to get clear on what the right solution is. Don’t lump all your struggles together.

When you’re trying to solve a problem, like overeating, go deep, not wide. Drill down and learn as much as you can about a few principles. That’s how I designed my Eat, Think, Love program.

So today we’ll talk about the next 3 big things I’ve learned during my 35-year career. Are you ready?

Join me today and learn from my own lessons. Here’s what helped me AND helped my clients through the years.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 320: 10 Lessons I’ve Learned As A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 320: 10 Lessons I’ve Learned As A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 2 Oct 10, 2023

Today we’re continuing Part Two of the three-part series we started last week. After 35 years as a master weight loss coach, I’m stepping back from the live part of my practice. The Freedom Group is ending. So, over these three episodes, I’m sharing the 10 big things I’ve learned from putting my business together, creating my Eat, Think, Love program and working with thousands of women.

On our last episode, 319, we talked about the first three things I’ve learned over the last 35 years that helped me in my life, my business, my own weight loss journey, and also have helped my clients.
They were:

Make a decision and then follow it and give it enough time to bloom before you try the next new thing.

If you’re not doing well, define the problem to get clear on what the right solution is. Don’t lump all your struggles together.

When you’re trying to solve a problem, like overeating, go deep, not wide. Drill down and learn as much as you can about a few principles. That’s how I designed my Eat, Think, Love program.

So today we’ll talk about the next 3 big things I’ve learned during my 35-year career. Are you ready?

Join me today and learn from my own lessons. Here’s what helped me AND helped my clients through the years.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 320: 10 Lessons I’ve Learned As A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

10 Things I've Learned Part 1 — Episode 319: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 1 Oct 03, 2023

This week we’re going to start our chat about the top 10 things I’ve learned as a master weight loss coach through the years. I’m going to share them with you! Right here.
As you can imagine, I’ve gained a lot of knowledge during my career, especially when it comes to:

how your brain and body work together to send and receive hunger and fullness signals

how coaching helps you navigate your weight-loss journey

and how I built and ran a successful business.

But certain things have stood out from the rest and have been the most helpful to me, and to the women I’ve worked with.
I’ve selected the 10 most impactful ones to share with you. This will be a three-part podcast, and in this one, #319, we’ll cover the first 3 things.

Next week in episode 320, we will cover the next 3.

And the following week we will cover 3 more important idea I will share with you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 319: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 1 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 319: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 1 Oct 03, 2023

This week we’re going to start our chat about the top 10 things I’ve learned as a master weight loss coach through the years. I’m going to share them with you! Right here.
As you can imagine, I’ve gained a lot of knowledge during my career, especially when it comes to:

how your brain and body work together to send and receive hunger and fullness signals

how coaching helps you navigate your weight-loss journey

and how I built and ran a successful business.

But certain things have stood out from the rest and have been the most helpful to me, and to the women I’ve worked with.
I’ve selected the 10 most impactful ones to share with you. This will be a three-part podcast, and in this one, #319, we’ll cover the first 3 things.

Next week in episode 320, we will cover the next 3.

And the following week we will cover 3 more important idea I will share with you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 319: 10 Lessons Learned By A Master Weight Loss Coach, Part 1 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Why You Still Might Not Be Losing Weight — Episode 318: Why You Still Might Not Be Losing Weight Sep 26, 2023

This is episode 318. Have you been with me from the beginning? Maybe you just found me and started listening to this latest episode.

Either way, I’m happy you’ve joined me today because we’ll be exploring the answer to a question so many women have: “Why am I still not losing weight?” I keep listening and reading and searching the web. What’s the problem?

Over the years, thousands of women have come to me feeling frustrated and defeated after struggling to lose weight.

They don’t know why all their hard work isn’t paying off, and many of them blame themselves without taking time to figure out what’s really going on.

Are you also stuck in this weight-loss struggle? Today we’re going to get real and look at why, despite your very best efforts, you are still not reaching your weight-loss goals.

When it comes to losing weight, you’ve probably tried everything:

You’re always on the hunt for the latest weight-loss program, and you’ll try anything you find–no matter how crazy it sounds.

You work hard: Maybe you count calories, buy special foods and snacks, and follow the rules.

You’re eating smaller and smaller amounts of food.

You turn down invitations to parties, dinners, or other gatherings because you don’t trust yourself to stay on your eating plan.

And of course, every Monday morning you swear off the indulgent foods you may have eaten over the weekend, and you recommit to a strict new diet.

Today you will learn why you’ve been putting time and energy into the wrong thing. And, of course, how to switch gears.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 318: Why You Still Might Not Be Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 318: Why You Still Might Not Be Losing Weight Sep 26, 2023

This is episode 318. Have you been with me from the beginning? Maybe you just found me and started listening to this latest episode.

Either way, I’m happy you’ve joined me today because we’ll be exploring the answer to a question so many women have: “Why am I still not losing weight?” I keep listening and reading and searching the web. What’s the problem?

Over the years, thousands of women have come to me feeling frustrated and defeated after struggling to lose weight.

They don’t know why all their hard work isn’t paying off, and many of them blame themselves without taking time to figure out what’s really going on.

Are you also stuck in this weight-loss struggle? Today we’re going to get real and look at why, despite your very best efforts, you are still not reaching your weight-loss goals.

When it comes to losing weight, you’ve probably tried everything:

You’re always on the hunt for the latest weight-loss program, and you’ll try anything you find–no matter how crazy it sounds.

You work hard: Maybe you count calories, buy special foods and snacks, and follow the rules.

You’re eating smaller and smaller amounts of food.

You turn down invitations to parties, dinners, or other gatherings because you don’t trust yourself to stay on your eating plan.

And of course, every Monday morning you swear off the indulgent foods you may have eaten over the weekend, and you recommit to a strict new diet.

Today you will learn why you’ve been putting time and energy into the wrong thing. And, of course, how to switch gears.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 318: Why You Still Might Not Be Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Are You Backsliding? — Episode 317: Are You Backsliding? Sep 12, 2023

If you’ve lost weight before but are here listening to me now, it’s probably because you’ve slipped and regained some or all of the weight you lost.
You, my friend, are not alone. Many of us have gone through this experience. I call it backsliding. It can be very discouraging, and it may even feel a little embarrassing.

So, I’d like to spend today’s session talking with you about what causes backsliding and how to bounce back when it happens.
Backsliding is just what it sounds like: You get to a certain point in your weight-loss journey and rather than continuing on to reach or maintain your goals, you find yourself doing some or all of these things:

Going back to the way you used to eat.

Going back to the way you used to think.

Using food to cope with uncomfortable emotions.

Picking up old thought habits like over-worrying and overstressing.

And regaining your weight.

What causes backsliding? Your weight-loss journey is unique, and so are your challenges. But over the years I’ve noticed some common themes in my Freedom Group and in all the clients I’ve worked with. And that is what we will cover today.
Why it happens and how to move on and move forward.
Join me in this coaching session.
Your coach,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 317: Are You Backsliding? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 317: Are You Backsliding? Sep 12, 2023

If you’ve lost weight before but are here listening to me now, it’s probably because you’ve slipped and regained some or all of the weight you lost.
You, my friend, are not alone. Many of us have gone through this experience. I call it backsliding. It can be very discouraging, and it may even feel a little embarrassing.

So, I’d like to spend today’s session talking with you about what causes backsliding and how to bounce back when it happens.
Backsliding is just what it sounds like: You get to a certain point in your weight-loss journey and rather than continuing on to reach or maintain your goals, you find yourself doing some or all of these things:

Going back to the way you used to eat.

Going back to the way you used to think.

Using food to cope with uncomfortable emotions.

Picking up old thought habits like over-worrying and overstressing.

And regaining your weight.

What causes backsliding? Your weight-loss journey is unique, and so are your challenges. But over the years I’ve noticed some common themes in my Freedom Group and in all the clients I’ve worked with. And that is what we will cover today.
Why it happens and how to move on and move forward.
Join me in this coaching session.
Your coach,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 317: Are You Backsliding? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dressing room agony — Episode 316: Dressing Room Agony Aug 29, 2023

On a scale of 1 to 10, with 1 being tolerable and 10 being absolutely miserable, how would you rate your most recent trip to a dressing room? Most women I know would say 10, or even 11!

If your experience also rates high on the misery scale, join me in this coaching session. In today’s session we’ll talk about where your dressing-room agony is coming from, and you’ll learn how to make your next visit a little more pleasant.

Have you ever stood in a department store, your arms full of clothes, debating with yourself about whether it’s worth it to even try them on?
I have, and I bet you have, too. There are a lot of reasons why trying things on in a dressing room can be a very uncomfortable experience.

So, let’s talk about some of these reasons, which I think I can sum up by telling you about my past experiences with shopping.
I used to dread it.

And then, let’s talk about the physical and mental tricks you can use to upgrade the whole shopping experience to make it more bearable. Hey, maybe even pleasant.

See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 316: Dressing Room Agony appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 316: Dressing Room Agony Aug 29, 2023

On a scale of 1 to 10, with 1 being tolerable and 10 being absolutely miserable, how would you rate your most recent trip to a dressing room? Most women I know would say 10, or even 11!

If your experience also rates high on the misery scale, join me in this coaching session. In today’s session we’ll talk about where your dressing-room agony is coming from, and you’ll learn how to make your next visit a little more pleasant.

Have you ever stood in a department store, your arms full of clothes, debating with yourself about whether it’s worth it to even try them on?
I have, and I bet you have, too. There are a lot of reasons why trying things on in a dressing room can be a very uncomfortable experience.

So, let’s talk about some of these reasons, which I think I can sum up by telling you about my past experiences with shopping.
I used to dread it.

And then, let’s talk about the physical and mental tricks you can use to upgrade the whole shopping experience to make it more bearable. Hey, maybe even pleasant.

See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 316: Dressing Room Agony appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Say No To Feed — Episode 315: How To Say No To Food You Don’t Need And Still Feel Great Aug 15, 2023

Why is saying no to food so hard?

There are lots of reasons why you might think it’s impossible to say no even if you’re not feeling hunger:

You think you’d need superhuman willpower to say no thanks.

You’ve already tried to say “no” on your own.

You’ve already tried all those old diets.

You’ve had trouble saying “no” to food when you were hungry because the diet you were on said that food wasn’t allowed.

You’ve had trouble saying no to food that you weren’t hungry for, but that you wanted.

And there are lots of feelings that lead you to eat when not hungry.

So I understand why you wouldn’t believe me now when I tell you that it is possible to say “no” to food.

Now just to clarify: When you’re hungry, I do want you to say “yes” to eating. But when you aren’t physically hungry, I do want you to say “no” to eating.

You might also be thinking, How is it possible to say “no” to food that looks and smells delicious? And what if it’s my favorite food? Tempting treats—especially when they’re offered to you unexpectedly—can trip you up, no matter how determined you are to stick to your eating plan.

So in today’s session you’ll learn when and how to say “no thanks” to food when your body isn’t ready for it, and stay steady on your journey to becoming a natural eater. And I hope you’ll get excited about what you’ve accomplished, because it’s big! The more excited you get each time you say no thanks, the faster this will become your new, natural behavior. It won’t be hard anymore. Because you’ll be that much closer to becoming a natural eater. And that is your goal, right?

You can do this! I have faith in you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 315: How To Say No To Food You Don’t Need And Still Feel Great appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 315: How To Say No To Food You Don’t Need And Still Feel Great Aug 15, 2023

Why is saying no to food so hard?

There are lots of reasons why you might think it’s impossible to say no even if you’re not feeling hunger:

You think you’d need superhuman willpower to say no thanks.

You’ve already tried to say “no” on your own.

You’ve already tried all those old diets.

You’ve had trouble saying “no” to food when you were hungry because the diet you were on said that food wasn’t allowed.

You’ve had trouble saying no to food that you weren’t hungry for, but that you wanted.

And there are lots of feelings that lead you to eat when not hungry.

So I understand why you wouldn’t believe me now when I tell you that it is possible to say “no” to food.

Now just to clarify: When you’re hungry, I do want you to say “yes” to eating. But when you aren’t physically hungry, I do want you to say “no” to eating.

You might also be thinking, How is it possible to say “no” to food that looks and smells delicious? And what if it’s my favorite food? Tempting treats—especially when they’re offered to you unexpectedly—can trip you up, no matter how determined you are to stick to your eating plan.

So in today’s session you’ll learn when and how to say “no thanks” to food when your body isn’t ready for it, and stay steady on your journey to becoming a natural eater. And I hope you’ll get excited about what you’ve accomplished, because it’s big! The more excited you get each time you say no thanks, the faster this will become your new, natural behavior. It won’t be hard anymore. Because you’ll be that much closer to becoming a natural eater. And that is your goal, right?

You can do this! I have faith in you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 315: How To Say No To Food You Don’t Need And Still Feel Great appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Thinking about your weight doesn't help — Episode 314: Why Thinking About Your Weight All Day Doesn’t Help You Lose It Aug 01, 2023

I have a question for you: Once you’ve decided that you want to lose your extra weight, how often do you think about it?

Well, here’s my guess: all day. From the time you wake up until you go to bed.

In our session today, we’ll be talking about why this is not the way to go. And you’ll learn how to develop healthy, productive thinking that will help you achieve your goals.

As women, we juggle many responsibilities. There are endless things to keep track of and do and managing it all takes a lot of brain power.

So, when you begin your weight-loss journey, you do need to set aside some extra time and energy to work on your goals. That’s to be expected.

But if you start spending most of your day thinking about your weight, and it’s getting in the way of you living your life, you aren’t doing yourself any favors.

That’s why I’m going to teach you how to rein in your thinking, so you’ll have the time, energy, and confidence you need to make real progress on your journey.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 314: Why Thinking About Your Weight All Day Doesn’t Help You Lose It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 314: Why Thinking About Your Weight All Day Doesn’t Help You Lose It Aug 01, 2023

I have a question for you: Once you’ve decided that you want to lose your extra weight, how often do you think about it?

Well, here’s my guess: all day. From the time you wake up until you go to bed.

In our session today, we’ll be talking about why this is not the way to go. And you’ll learn how to develop healthy, productive thinking that will help you achieve your goals.

As women, we juggle many responsibilities. There are endless things to keep track of and do and managing it all takes a lot of brain power.

So, when you begin your weight-loss journey, you do need to set aside some extra time and energy to work on your goals. That’s to be expected.

But if you start spending most of your day thinking about your weight, and it’s getting in the way of you living your life, you aren’t doing yourself any favors.

That’s why I’m going to teach you how to rein in your thinking, so you’ll have the time, energy, and confidence you need to make real progress on your journey.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 314: Why Thinking About Your Weight All Day Doesn’t Help You Lose It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Before and After — Episode 313: Your Before And After: From Overeater To Natural Eater Jul 18, 2023

If you’re listening today, you probably grew up seeing “before and after” photos everywhere: in TV commercials and magazine ads, and now online and on social media.

You know what I’m talking about, right? A pair of photographs, often of a woman. The first shows what she looked like before she started some trendy diet plan. The second shows how she looks as a result of being on that plan.

In the “after” photo, the woman has obviously lost weight. And she’s smiling, so she seems happier.

It seems like she’s transformed—physically, at least. That’s all we know from the photos. But photos don’t tell the whole story. They never do.

Our coaching session today is all about before and after. About you going from a woman who is a habitual overeater, to a woman who is a natural eater. When you make this transformation, your weight reflects that.

So, I hope you’ll keep listening, because the transformation we’ll be talking about is so much deeper than any photo could ever show.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 313: Your Before And After: From Overeater To Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 313: Your Before And After: From Overeater To Natural Eater Jul 18, 2023

If you’re listening today, you probably grew up seeing “before and after” photos everywhere: in TV commercials and magazine ads, and now online and on social media.

You know what I’m talking about, right? A pair of photographs, often of a woman. The first shows what she looked like before she started some trendy diet plan. The second shows how she looks as a result of being on that plan.

In the “after” photo, the woman has obviously lost weight. And she’s smiling, so she seems happier.

It seems like she’s transformed—physically, at least. That’s all we know from the photos. But photos don’t tell the whole story. They never do.

Our coaching session today is all about before and after. About you going from a woman who is a habitual overeater, to a woman who is a natural eater. When you make this transformation, your weight reflects that.

So, I hope you’ll keep listening, because the transformation we’ll be talking about is so much deeper than any photo could ever show.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 313: Your Before And After: From Overeater To Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

get started but not finish — Episode 312: Can You Get Started But Can’t Finish? Coaching Session With Debra Jul 04, 2023

Hello my friend!

If you find it easy to start projects, like losing weight, but have trouble following through, you’ve come to the right place today.

Today we’re going to have another live coaching session with Debra, a Freedom Group member.

This is the last live coaching session, in a series of five, that I’ve done recently. I’ve done this live session for you for two main reasons:

1) I want you to hear someone with the same or similar challenge that you are facing. I want you to know that you are not alone, that your struggle is not uncommon, and that there is a way to break the problem down into small, solvable puzzle pieces.

2) The other reason I’ve been sharing these live sessions with you is to give you the opportunity to imagine what coaching would be like for you. I want you to hear the way we help you identify your struggle and dissect it into small habits you’re doing that you can change.

It can also help you to see the power of coaching. When you go over and over whatever you are struggling with, it’s hard to be objective and see what’s happening and why. Coaching helps you get to the heart of the problem so you can solve it.

So, let’s dive in and hear about Debra’s habit of starting lots of projects, like trying to lose weight, but never getting traction and not finishing them.

There is a way out of this habit, and I hope you’ll come away from this session seeing that this is possible for you too. If you’d like to join the Freedom Group and have myself and my team teach you, coach you and support you until you get the results you wish for, we would love to help you. Go to weightlossmadereal.com/group/fg/ and see all the details.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 312: Can You Get Started But Can’t Finish? Coaching Session With Debra appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 312: Can You Get Started But Can’t Finish? Coaching Session With Debra Jul 04, 2023

Hello my friend!

If you find it easy to start projects, like losing weight, but have trouble following through, you’ve come to the right place today.

Today we’re going to have another live coaching session with Debra, a Freedom Group member.

This is the last live coaching session, in a series of five, that I’ve done recently. I’ve done this live session for you for two main reasons:

1) I want you to hear someone with the same or similar challenge that you are facing. I want you to know that you are not alone, that your struggle is not uncommon, and that there is a way to break the problem down into small, solvable puzzle pieces.

2) The other reason I’ve been sharing these live sessions with you is to give you the opportunity to imagine what coaching would be like for you. I want you to hear the way we help you identify your struggle and dissect it into small habits you’re doing that you can change.

It can also help you to see the power of coaching. When you go over and over whatever you are struggling with, it’s hard to be objective and see what’s happening and why. Coaching helps you get to the heart of the problem so you can solve it.

So, let’s dive in and hear about Debra’s habit of starting lots of projects, like trying to lose weight, but never getting traction and not finishing them.

There is a way out of this habit, and I hope you’ll come away from this session seeing that this is possible for you too. If you’d like to join the Freedom Group and have myself and my team teach you, coach you and support you until you get the results you wish for, we would love to help you. Go to weightlossmadereal.com/group/fg/ and see all the details.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 312: Can You Get Started But Can’t Finish? Coaching Session With Debra appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eat to Fill Your Needs? — Episode 311: Do You Eat To Fill ALL Your Needs? Jun 20, 2023

If you spend time on Instagram or any social media platform, you’ve probably seen people posting lighthearted quotes about food, like this one: “Carbs are the answer. No matter the question.”

Many people share these quotes because, besides being funny, they’re so relatable.

Of course, you know that carbs don’t solve problems. Yet every time a problem comes up, it seems you’re reaching for a donut.

These quotes may be fun to share. But the reality behind them is not as fun. If you’ve ever experienced that reality, you’re in the right place.

In today’s session you’re going to discover why you always turn to food to fill your needs. And you’ll learn how to find real solutions that will get you closer than ever to becoming a natural eater.

Here’s what I mean:

You’re in between activities, and you think you need something to do, so you grab a snack.

You’ve had a long day, and you think you need and deserve a break, so you relax with a big serving of comfort food.

You need connection, so you invite a friend to dinner and spend a couple of hours eating and talking. Notice how easy it is to connect the pleasure of being with someone you like and eating food you like.

Unfortunately, you know that you pay a price for this type of reward.

And the price is you can develop a strong overeating habit and a strong desire to hold on to that habit.

So, you end up using food against yourself. This habit is holding you back from what you truly want, whatever that is.

So, what do you want? And how to give it to yourself?
You might find out if you dig a little deeper.

And that’s what we will do in today’s coaching session.
See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 311: Do You Eat To Fill ALL Your Needs? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 311: Do You Eat To Fill ALL Your Needs? Jun 20, 2023

If you spend time on Instagram or any social media platform, you’ve probably seen people posting lighthearted quotes about food, like this one: “Carbs are the answer. No matter the question.”

Many people share these quotes because, besides being funny, they’re so relatable.

Of course, you know that carbs don’t solve problems. Yet every time a problem comes up, it seems you’re reaching for a donut.

These quotes may be fun to share. But the reality behind them is not as fun. If you’ve ever experienced that reality, you’re in the right place.

In today’s session you’re going to discover why you always turn to food to fill your needs. And you’ll learn how to find real solutions that will get you closer than ever to becoming a natural eater.

Here’s what I mean:

You’re in between activities, and you think you need something to do, so you grab a snack.

You’ve had a long day, and you think you need and deserve a break, so you relax with a big serving of comfort food.

You need connection, so you invite a friend to dinner and spend a couple of hours eating and talking. Notice how easy it is to connect the pleasure of being with someone you like and eating food you like.

Unfortunately, you know that you pay a price for this type of reward.

And the price is you can develop a strong overeating habit and a strong desire to hold on to that habit.

So, you end up using food against yourself. This habit is holding you back from what you truly want, whatever that is.

So, what do you want? And how to give it to yourself?
You might find out if you dig a little deeper.

And that’s what we will do in today’s coaching session.
See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 311: Do You Eat To Fill ALL Your Needs? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Believe you can lose weight — Episode 310: Do You Really Believe You Can Lose Weight? Live Coaching With Nalida Jun 06, 2023

If you’re doing all the right things to stop overeating and lose your extra weight, guess what? You’re still going to fail until you teach your brain to do a new thing.

That doesn’t mean you can’t end your overeating. But when you fail along the way, it tends to diminish your belief in yourself. Your belief that you truly can solve this challenge and become a natural eater.

Join me today so you can learn how important it is to really believe in yourself, even before you reach your goal.

I’m back my friend, with another live coaching session with a Freedom Group member. I know from the feedback I’ve received from listeners that these live sessions are helpful to many of you.

You can relate to the issues these women are being coached on.
You’re able to see that you’re not alone in your struggle.
And then you can strengthen your belief in yourself, so you can truly stop overeating.

And so here we are again, letting you listen in to a real coaching session.

Today I’m talking to Nalida, a FG member. In the past, Nalida was able to lose a significant amount of weight and keep it off for 5 years. But then she got derailed, with an injury and the pandemic, which brought her back to some old, unhelpful eating habits. So today we’re going to explore how she can get back her belief in herself. Her belief that she can conquer this issue and have a permanent solution.

If you have trouble reaching your eating goals, and becoming a natural eater, listen in as we talk about how to get back to believing in yourself….because this is a foundational step if you want to change anything in your life.

If Nalida can do this, so can you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 310: Do You Really Believe You Can Lose Weight? Live Coaching With Nalida appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 310: Do You Really Believe You Can Lose Weight? Live Coaching With Nalida Jun 06, 2023

If you’re doing all the right things to stop overeating and lose your extra weight, guess what? You’re still going to fail until you teach your brain to do a new thing.

That doesn’t mean you can’t end your overeating. But when you fail along the way, it tends to diminish your belief in yourself. Your belief that you truly can solve this challenge and become a natural eater.

Join me today so you can learn how important it is to really believe in yourself, even before you reach your goal.

I’m back my friend, with another live coaching session with a Freedom Group member. I know from the feedback I’ve received from listeners that these live sessions are helpful to many of you.

You can relate to the issues these women are being coached on.
You’re able to see that you’re not alone in your struggle.
And then you can strengthen your belief in yourself, so you can truly stop overeating.

And so here we are again, letting you listen in to a real coaching session.

Today I’m talking to Nalida, a FG member. In the past, Nalida was able to lose a significant amount of weight and keep it off for 5 years. But then she got derailed, with an injury and the pandemic, which brought her back to some old, unhelpful eating habits. So today we’re going to explore how she can get back her belief in herself. Her belief that she can conquer this issue and have a permanent solution.

If you have trouble reaching your eating goals, and becoming a natural eater, listen in as we talk about how to get back to believing in yourself….because this is a foundational step if you want to change anything in your life.

If Nalida can do this, so can you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 310: Do You Really Believe You Can Lose Weight? Live Coaching With Nalida appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Having Doubts — Episode 309: Having Doubts Doesn’t Mean You Should Give Up May 23, 2023

Have you ever wanted to try something you’ve never done before?

Did you go ahead and try it, or did you talk yourself out of it?

If you talked yourself out of it, I’m guessing you doubted yourself. You had a thought like “I don’t think I can do that.”

And, if you’re like most of us, you’re likely to interpret that thought as a message that says: Stop. Don’t bother. This won’t work.

Today we’re going to talk about what your doubts really mean and what you should do when you feel them.

Most of you have experienced doubt.
• It would be hard to find an adult who has never felt doubt before.
• We have doubts about different things and for different reasons.
• Someone could have no doubts about bungee jumping off a bridge, but lots of doubts about public speaking.
• But let’s put bungee jumping aside for now.
• Because I’d like to talk with you specifically about the doubts you might have about your eating and weight-loss goals.

It would be unnatural to not have self-doubt, at least sometimes.
And once again, you can thank your brain, which of course has the best of intentions.
• Your brain is wired to keep you safe.
• Doubts about your ability to do something new are there to make sure you pay attention. And stay as safe as you can.
• To question whether you should even do that new thing.

So, self-doubt is normal. Doubts about yourself, your abilities, and the outcomes you’re working on. But we don’t want to let self-doubt cause you to stop working on what you really want.

Let’s start by looking at how self-doubt can affect your efforts to stop overeating. And I’ll show you have to work through that doubt so you can reach your goals and become a natural eater.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 309: Having Doubts Doesn’t Mean You Should Give Up appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 309: Having Doubts Doesn’t Mean You Should Give Up May 23, 2023

Have you ever wanted to try something you’ve never done before?

Did you go ahead and try it, or did you talk yourself out of it?

If you talked yourself out of it, I’m guessing you doubted yourself. You had a thought like “I don’t think I can do that.”

And, if you’re like most of us, you’re likely to interpret that thought as a message that says: Stop. Don’t bother. This won’t work.

Today we’re going to talk about what your doubts really mean and what you should do when you feel them.

Most of you have experienced doubt.
• It would be hard to find an adult who has never felt doubt before.
• We have doubts about different things and for different reasons.
• Someone could have no doubts about bungee jumping off a bridge, but lots of doubts about public speaking.
• But let’s put bungee jumping aside for now.
• Because I’d like to talk with you specifically about the doubts you might have about your eating and weight-loss goals.

It would be unnatural to not have self-doubt, at least sometimes.
And once again, you can thank your brain, which of course has the best of intentions.
• Your brain is wired to keep you safe.
• Doubts about your ability to do something new are there to make sure you pay attention. And stay as safe as you can.
• To question whether you should even do that new thing.

So, self-doubt is normal. Doubts about yourself, your abilities, and the outcomes you’re working on. But we don’t want to let self-doubt cause you to stop working on what you really want.

Let’s start by looking at how self-doubt can affect your efforts to stop overeating. And I’ll show you have to work through that doubt so you can reach your goals and become a natural eater.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 309: Having Doubts Doesn’t Mean You Should Give Up appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Get Traction and Make Progress — Episode 308: Coaching Session with Patti – Is It Hard For You To Get Traction And Make Progress? May 09, 2023

If you are doing many things better than you did in the past, but you think you just aren’t getting enough traction toward the weight loss you are working on, join me today for another live coaching session all about how to keep going until you get the results you want in all areas of your journey.

Just like in episode 304, where you listened in on a coaching session with Zee, who struggled with a long-held belief that life is hard, and in Episode 306, where I had a session with Gayle, who had trouble leaving food even if she ate enough, today you will listen in while I coach another member of our Freedom Group, Patti.

I think you know that when you work on how you eat, how you think and how you care for yourself, of course you’ll see some progress. But maybe you wish you could see a bigger change in that number on your scale.

You might feel more peaceful, happier, even. And yet you know you could do better in the eating part of the program. This is common.

When we change, it’s not in a nice, neat format and in a straight line going up.
It’s little bits here and there and it might feel random.
But all those little bits add up to give you the result you want if you stick with it.

If your habit is making small changes in how you eat, but not enough to give you solid traction, today’s coaching session is for you.

Remember that these are live sessions with me and a member of the freedom group…they are not scripted or planned. And our members most likely don’t have professional microphones. But the content is important for you to hear.

We do these episodes to give you an idea of what coaching is like, and what it might be like for you as a member of the FG.

I also want you to know that whatever your struggle with eating and weight is, you are not alone. And if someone else and get help and conquer their struggle, so can you.

Join me in this coaching session with Patti. See what you can learn. Be sure to listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me. If you are not ready for the Freedom Group, click on the link below these notes and see what I’ve created for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 308: Coaching Session with Patti – Is It Hard For You To Get Traction And Make Progress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 308: Coaching Session with Patti – Is It Hard For You To Get Traction And Make Progress? May 09, 2023

If you are doing many things better than you did in the past, but you think you just aren’t getting enough traction toward the weight loss you are working on, join me today for another live coaching session all about how to keep going until you get the results you want in all areas of your journey.

Just like in episode 304, where you listened in on a coaching session with Zee, who struggled with a long-held belief that life is hard, and in Episode 306, where I had a session with Gayle, who had trouble leaving food even if she ate enough, today you will listen in while I coach another member of our Freedom Group, Patti.

I think you know that when you work on how you eat, how you think and how you care for yourself, of course you’ll see some progress. But maybe you wish you could see a bigger change in that number on your scale.

You might feel more peaceful, happier, even. And yet you know you could do better in the eating part of the program. This is common.

When we change, it’s not in a nice, neat format and in a straight line going up.
It’s little bits here and there and it might feel random.
But all those little bits add up to give you the result you want if you stick with it.

If your habit is making small changes in how you eat, but not enough to give you solid traction, today’s coaching session is for you.

Remember that these are live sessions with me and a member of the freedom group…they are not scripted or planned. And our members most likely don’t have professional microphones. But the content is important for you to hear.

We do these episodes to give you an idea of what coaching is like, and what it might be like for you as a member of the FG.

I also want you to know that whatever your struggle with eating and weight is, you are not alone. And if someone else and get help and conquer their struggle, so can you.

Join me in this coaching session with Patti. See what you can learn. Be sure to listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me. If you are not ready for the Freedom Group, click on the link below these notes and see what I’ve created for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 308: Coaching Session with Patti – Is It Hard For You To Get Traction And Make Progress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eating with the seasons — Episode 307: Eating With The Seasons Apr 25, 2023

Have you ever noticed that you crave different foods depending on the weather or season?

If you’re like me, you gravitate to soups and warm things in the winter and salads and cold, refreshing things in the summer.

Is this desire real? I think so. There are reasons why your body asks you to eat different foods in different seasons.

So why is it hard to get ourselves to make that warm meal? Or take the time to rinse and cut up those veggies for salad in the summer?

Join me today to find out:
• why you might crave a warm or cold meal
• why you should listen to your body
• and what’s holding you back from giving yourself the foods you really want.

Did you ever wonder why you might want different foods during certain seasons or weather?

There are lots of reasons why.
Some are biological, some social, some are emotional, and some are just habit.

So, what happens when you ignore what your body wants, or put off planning to accommodate getting the foods you really want?
• You’re more likely to eat foods that are less helpful, foods that you wouldn’t normally eat.
• You might order pizza or takeout more often than you should.
• And you probably will grab whatever is fast and easy, even if it’s not what you’re really craving.

Giving yourself the types of foods you crave in different seasons doesn’t require tons of time, money, or a private chef.

Join me to learn how to read your seasonal cravings, and how to satisfy them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 307: Eating With The Seasons appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 307: Eating With The Seasons Apr 25, 2023

Have you ever noticed that you crave different foods depending on the weather or season?

If you’re like me, you gravitate to soups and warm things in the winter and salads and cold, refreshing things in the summer.

Is this desire real? I think so. There are reasons why your body asks you to eat different foods in different seasons.

So why is it hard to get ourselves to make that warm meal? Or take the time to rinse and cut up those veggies for salad in the summer?

Join me today to find out:
• why you might crave a warm or cold meal
• why you should listen to your body
• and what’s holding you back from giving yourself the foods you really want.

Did you ever wonder why you might want different foods during certain seasons or weather?

There are lots of reasons why.
Some are biological, some social, some are emotional, and some are just habit.

So, what happens when you ignore what your body wants, or put off planning to accommodate getting the foods you really want?
• You’re more likely to eat foods that are less helpful, foods that you wouldn’t normally eat.
• You might order pizza or takeout more often than you should.
• And you probably will grab whatever is fast and easy, even if it’s not what you’re really craving.

Giving yourself the types of foods you crave in different seasons doesn’t require tons of time, money, or a private chef.

Join me to learn how to read your seasonal cravings, and how to satisfy them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 307: Eating With The Seasons appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Gayle and the clean plate club — Episode 306: Coaching Session With Gayle: Are You A Member Of The Clean Plate Club? Apr 11, 2023

If you’re a member of the clean plate club, raise your hand. Well, I can’t actually see you so I’m counting on your honesty. If you are a reluctant member of this large club, join me today for a live coaching session all about how to be able to stop eating when you’ve had enough, even if there is food left on your plate.

Just like in episode 304, where you listened in on a coaching session with Zee who struggled with a long-held belief that life is hard, here you will listen in while I coach another member of our Freedom Group, Gayle.

If you are a member of that clean plate club, you might know where this habit came from, just like Gayle did.
But knowing that often isn’t enough to change that eating habit.
That habit of finishing what’s on your plate even though your body has had enough food.

Remember that these are live sessions with me and a member…they are not scripted or planned.

But we do this to give you an idea of what coaching is like, and what it might be like for you as a member of the FG.

Let’s dive into this coaching session with Gayle. See what you can learn. Be sure to listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 306: Coaching Session With Gayle: Are You A Member Of The Clean Plate Club? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 306: Coaching Session With Gayle: Are You A Member Of The Clean Plate Club? Apr 11, 2023

If you’re a member of the clean plate club, raise your hand. Well, I can’t actually see you so I’m counting on your honesty. If you are a reluctant member of this large club, join me today for a live coaching session all about how to be able to stop eating when you’ve had enough, even if there is food left on your plate.

Just like in episode 304, where you listened in on a coaching session with Zee who struggled with a long-held belief that life is hard, here you will listen in while I coach another member of our Freedom Group, Gayle.

If you are a member of that clean plate club, you might know where this habit came from, just like Gayle did.
But knowing that often isn’t enough to change that eating habit.
That habit of finishing what’s on your plate even though your body has had enough food.

Remember that these are live sessions with me and a member…they are not scripted or planned.

But we do this to give you an idea of what coaching is like, and what it might be like for you as a member of the FG.

Let’s dive into this coaching session with Gayle. See what you can learn. Be sure to listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 306: Coaching Session With Gayle: Are You A Member Of The Clean Plate Club? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Pep Talk — Episode 305: Pep talk: Why You Should Stop Overeating Mar 28, 2023

Right now, there are so many messages in the world about how to deal with overeating and whether you should deal with it at all.
So, if you listen to podcasts as you are doing now, or read the news, or look at television or magazines…here are some of the messages you might be getting:

Accept yourself as you are…. don’t worry about how much or what you eat.

Don’t change, it’s too hard….

Life is short, enjoy yourself…. if you don’t do this now, when will you do this?

AND yet at the same time, you also get messages like these:

You must stop overeating.

It’s a habit that means you are less than.

Not acceptable as you are, always aim to be the best version of you.

If you don’t you won’t ever be happy.

Life is short, so you have to be your best, keep striving.

What is the result of all these messages?

Confusion, lots of thoughts spinning around in your mind.

Should you work on your overeating? Or just live with it?

I know it’s hard to commit to a goal if you are confused.

When you’re confused, you are not focused on achieving any one thing.

You don’t have clarity on what you should do, or why you should do it.

You listen to all those messages and keep vacillating back and forth.

Should I worry about my overeating? Or not?

And of course, when you’re confused about what to do, and whether to do it, it’s hard to believe your goals are achievable. You have so many, that means there is so much to do and so little time…. how can you expect yourself to feel confident that you can do what it takes?

Well, here’s What I think:

I think the more you clean up and eliminate unhelpful habits, the more real your life will be.

The more authentically you’ll be living your life.

You do this for you… not to fit into the society you live in.

You don’t do this to be thin so you can be acceptable.

You do this to be able to handle your whole life, ups and downs without the crutch and distraction of extra food.

Join me today for this short and sweet pep talk, from me to you. xoxo

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 305: Pep talk: Why You Should Stop Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 305: Pep talk: Why You Should Stop Overeating Mar 28, 2023

Right now, there are so many messages in the world about how to deal with overeating and whether you should deal with it at all.
So, if you listen to podcasts as you are doing now, or read the news, or look at television or magazines…here are some of the messages you might be getting:

Accept yourself as you are…. don’t worry about how much or what you eat.

Don’t change, it’s too hard….

Life is short, enjoy yourself…. if you don’t do this now, when will you do this?

AND yet at the same time, you also get messages like these:

You must stop overeating.

It’s a habit that means you are less than.

Not acceptable as you are, always aim to be the best version of you.

If you don’t you won’t ever be happy.

Life is short, so you have to be your best, keep striving.

What is the result of all these messages?

Confusion, lots of thoughts spinning around in your mind.

Should you work on your overeating? Or just live with it?

I know it’s hard to commit to a goal if you are confused.

When you’re confused, you are not focused on achieving any one thing.

You don’t have clarity on what you should do, or why you should do it.

You listen to all those messages and keep vacillating back and forth.

Should I worry about my overeating? Or not?

And of course, when you’re confused about what to do, and whether to do it, it’s hard to believe your goals are achievable. You have so many, that means there is so much to do and so little time…. how can you expect yourself to feel confident that you can do what it takes?

Well, here’s What I think:

I think the more you clean up and eliminate unhelpful habits, the more real your life will be.

The more authentically you’ll be living your life.

You do this for you… not to fit into the society you live in.

You don’t do this to be thin so you can be acceptable.

You do this to be able to handle your whole life, ups and downs without the crutch and distraction of extra food.

Join me today for this short and sweet pep talk, from me to you. xoxo

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 305: Pep talk: Why You Should Stop Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Coaching Session with Zee - Life is so Hard — Episode 304: Coaching Session With Zee – Life Is So Hard Mar 14, 2023

Welcome to episode 304. Today we are going to do something completely different from anything I’ve done in the last 303 episodes.

I’m going to share with you a live coaching session I recently did with Zee, a FG member. In the FG I asked for volunteers to be coached live for this podcast. Zee was one of the first brave women to step up and raise her hand.

This is not an episode with a script or notes or even an outline. It is not an interview. It is me coaching Zee on a topic that she wanted help with. I wanted to share with you what a coaching session is really like, behind the scenes.

So many of you have been faithful listeners for a long time. You’ve heard me talk about all the topics that fall under the categories of Eat, Think and Love.
You’ve heard me talk about your mind, your thoughts, eating, planning, dealing with a lack of belief in yourself and about how to create motivation.

You’ve heard me talk about all these things that I teach and share in the Freedom Group. And one of the ways we do that is by having several live coaching calls each month with myself and my team.

What I realized recently is that most people have no idea what coaching is like. Who does what? What do people say? Is it hard? Is it embarrassing? Does it feel good? What do you get out of it?

These questions and so many more ran through my mind as I put myself in your position, as a woman who may never have worked with a coach and really has no idea what it would be like.

So this is the ultimate share. Zee and I are sharing a session we did very recently about a theme that runs through her life, and how to change it.
We cannot change our past, and of course whatever we go through, if it’s significant, leaves a mark in our present. But if a theme from the past takes away from the quality of life you have today, then coaching is the perfect thing to help you see what is hard for you to see by yourself.
To help you begin to loosen long-practiced habits so you can be the version of yourself that you want to be, not just in what you achieve, and what goals you reach. But in feeling good about yourself so you can simply enjoy your life.

I have several more of these live coaching podcasts planned for you in the very near future. So stay tuned.

Remember, some of our members ask to be coached, and many simply listen and learn from hearing and watching a fellow member being coached. Our struggles are so similar that just doing that can help you tremendously.

See if you can imagine doing this yourself. Allowing yourself to look at your life, your eating, your habits, with the guidance of a compassionate coach. And imagine what your results could be.

So thank you in advance to Zee for stepping up and sharing her story with you and thank you for being here and listening and considering taking that next step to learn how to change what you want to change.

Listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 304: Coaching Session With Zee – Life Is So Hard appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 304: Coaching Session With Zee – Life Is So Hard Mar 14, 2023

Welcome to episode 304. Today we are going to do something completely different from anything I’ve done in the last 303 episodes.

I’m going to share with you a live coaching session I recently did with Zee, a FG member. In the FG I asked for volunteers to be coached live for this podcast. Zee was one of the first brave women to step up and raise her hand.

This is not an episode with a script or notes or even an outline. It is not an interview. It is me coaching Zee on a topic that she wanted help with. I wanted to share with you what a coaching session is really like, behind the scenes.

So many of you have been faithful listeners for a long time. You’ve heard me talk about all the topics that fall under the categories of Eat, Think and Love.
You’ve heard me talk about your mind, your thoughts, eating, planning, dealing with a lack of belief in yourself and about how to create motivation.

You’ve heard me talk about all these things that I teach and share in the Freedom Group. And one of the ways we do that is by having several live coaching calls each month with myself and my team.

What I realized recently is that most people have no idea what coaching is like. Who does what? What do people say? Is it hard? Is it embarrassing? Does it feel good? What do you get out of it?

These questions and so many more ran through my mind as I put myself in your position, as a woman who may never have worked with a coach and really has no idea what it would be like.

So this is the ultimate share. Zee and I are sharing a session we did very recently about a theme that runs through her life, and how to change it.
We cannot change our past, and of course whatever we go through, if it’s significant, leaves a mark in our present. But if a theme from the past takes away from the quality of life you have today, then coaching is the perfect thing to help you see what is hard for you to see by yourself.
To help you begin to loosen long-practiced habits so you can be the version of yourself that you want to be, not just in what you achieve, and what goals you reach. But in feeling good about yourself so you can simply enjoy your life.

I have several more of these live coaching podcasts planned for you in the very near future. So stay tuned.

Remember, some of our members ask to be coached, and many simply listen and learn from hearing and watching a fellow member being coached. Our struggles are so similar that just doing that can help you tremendously.

See if you can imagine doing this yourself. Allowing yourself to look at your life, your eating, your habits, with the guidance of a compassionate coach. And imagine what your results could be.

So thank you in advance to Zee for stepping up and sharing her story with you and thank you for being here and listening and considering taking that next step to learn how to change what you want to change.

Listen to the end of the coaching session where I will tell you different ways you can learn more from me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 304: Coaching Session With Zee – Life Is So Hard appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

What Are Your Standards — Episode 303: What Are Your Standards For Yourself And Your Eating? Feb 28, 2023

Hello my friend!
Do you feel out of control when it comes to food?
This may be because you’ve got a really low standard for taking care of yourself.
And if you have a low standard for yourself with how you eat, I’m guessing those ways of handling yourself might be spilling over into other areas of your life.

So, in today’s session, we’ll be looking at the standards you’ve developed around food and eating.

Before we’re done, you’ll learn how to set standards that bring out the best in you and move you forward in your journey to becoming a natural eater.

Standards are like the expectations you have for yourself: things you always do, and things you never do.

And of course, all the in-betweens. Things you do once in a while and things you do often but not all the time.

If you are frustrated with yourself and your eating, the problem may be that your standards are not giving you the results you wish for.

If they are too high, from your starting point, you’ll never feel like you’re making any progress.

And if they are too low, the tiny, tiny wins you’re making also won’t feel like they are helping you change.

Wherever you are now, you have a hidden glass ceiling that comes from those standards. If you want to change, join me as we take a look at what your standards are – for eating and for the rest of your life.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 303: What Are Your Standards For Yourself And Your Eating? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 303: What Are Your Standards For Yourself And Your Eating? Feb 28, 2023

Hello my friend!
Do you feel out of control when it comes to food?
This may be because you’ve got a really low standard for taking care of yourself.
And if you have a low standard for yourself with how you eat, I’m guessing those ways of handling yourself might be spilling over into other areas of your life.

So, in today’s session, we’ll be looking at the standards you’ve developed around food and eating.

Before we’re done, you’ll learn how to set standards that bring out the best in you and move you forward in your journey to becoming a natural eater.

Standards are like the expectations you have for yourself: things you always do, and things you never do.

And of course, all the in-betweens. Things you do once in a while and things you do often but not all the time.

If you are frustrated with yourself and your eating, the problem may be that your standards are not giving you the results you wish for.

If they are too high, from your starting point, you’ll never feel like you’re making any progress.

And if they are too low, the tiny, tiny wins you’re making also won’t feel like they are helping you change.

Wherever you are now, you have a hidden glass ceiling that comes from those standards. If you want to change, join me as we take a look at what your standards are – for eating and for the rest of your life.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 303: What Are Your Standards For Yourself And Your Eating? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Two Key Ingredients — Episode 302: Two Key Ingredients You Need To Stop Overeating Feb 14, 2023

If you’ve been listening to my podcast for a while, or if you’re in my Freedom Group, you know that becoming a natural eater is not a quick fix.

It takes time, effort, and strategy. So, during the process, it’s normal to go through ups and downs. Sometimes you might feel frustrated because you’re not seeing results, even though you think you’re doing everything you’re supposed to do.

If you’re feeling this way, keep listening. You might discover that you’ve been overlooking two key strategies, or ingredients, that could make all the difference.

You’ve probably felt the special kind of frustration that comes with a failure in the kitchen when you’re cooking. When all you have to show for your hard work is an unappetizing mess, you might want to throw your spatula against the wall and toss the food you were working on!

There are, of course, many reasons why you could get unappealing results even if you follow a recipe. But I’ve found that it’s often because one or more ingredients were accidentally left out.

Now, you know where I’m going with this, right?

Here’s the deal: Becoming a natural eater is a lot like following a recipe. To get the result you want, you need to make sure that you’ve included all the ingredients.

You probably are, for the most part, following the recipe closely. You’re learning about and trying to follow the strategies that I talk about that lead to lasting weight loss.

But if you’re still unhappy with your results, you’re probably missing a couple ingredients. And they could be the same ones that many of my clients overlook.

So, let’s talk about these two ingredients, and how to add them to your recipe so your results turn out according to plan. Join me for your coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 302: Two Key Ingredients You Need To Stop Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 302: Two Key Ingredients You Need To Stop Overeating Feb 14, 2023

If you’ve been listening to my podcast for a while, or if you’re in my Freedom Group, you know that becoming a natural eater is not a quick fix.

It takes time, effort, and strategy. So, during the process, it’s normal to go through ups and downs. Sometimes you might feel frustrated because you’re not seeing results, even though you think you’re doing everything you’re supposed to do.

If you’re feeling this way, keep listening. You might discover that you’ve been overlooking two key strategies, or ingredients, that could make all the difference.

You’ve probably felt the special kind of frustration that comes with a failure in the kitchen when you’re cooking. When all you have to show for your hard work is an unappetizing mess, you might want to throw your spatula against the wall and toss the food you were working on!

There are, of course, many reasons why you could get unappealing results even if you follow a recipe. But I’ve found that it’s often because one or more ingredients were accidentally left out.

Now, you know where I’m going with this, right?

Here’s the deal: Becoming a natural eater is a lot like following a recipe. To get the result you want, you need to make sure that you’ve included all the ingredients.

You probably are, for the most part, following the recipe closely. You’re learning about and trying to follow the strategies that I talk about that lead to lasting weight loss.

But if you’re still unhappy with your results, you’re probably missing a couple ingredients. And they could be the same ones that many of my clients overlook.

So, let’s talk about these two ingredients, and how to add them to your recipe so your results turn out according to plan. Join me for your coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 302: Two Key Ingredients You Need To Stop Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Interview with Jill — Episode 301: Interview with Jill – She Tried To Do It On Her Own Jan 31, 2023

Today I have a treat for you.

You’ll be joining myself and Jill, a current freedom group member. I have found that when I hear about concepts and theories, they all sound great. But I have a hard time imagining how they would apply to me and my life. And then I’m not really motivated to change.

That’s why I occasionally bring on guests, especially guests who are in the Freedom Group. You might think that your struggle is so unique that it’s unsolvable. It’s not!

When you listen to Jill today, I want you to see if you can relate to certain themes. One of her big themes is the idea that you should be able to figure out your eating and your weight issues by yourself.

Does that sound like a familiar belief? If so, I’m really glad you are here today to join us. You’ll learn how Jill, after struggling for many years, finally found freedom from overeating, lost weight, and created more peace in her mind than she ever thought possible. She didn’t just lose weight. She lost the whole struggle.

Let’s listen to our interview now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 301: Interview with Jill – She Tried To Do It On Her Own appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 301: Interview with Jill – She Tried To Do It On Her Own Jan 31, 2023

Today I have a treat for you.

You’ll be joining myself and Jill, a current freedom group member. I have found that when I hear about concepts and theories, they all sound great. But I have a hard time imagining how they would apply to me and my life. And then I’m not really motivated to change.

That’s why I occasionally bring on guests, especially guests who are in the Freedom Group. You might think that your struggle is so unique that it’s unsolvable. It’s not!

When you listen to Jill today, I want you to see if you can relate to certain themes. One of her big themes is the idea that you should be able to figure out your eating and your weight issues by yourself.

Does that sound like a familiar belief? If so, I’m really glad you are here today to join us. You’ll learn how Jill, after struggling for many years, finally found freedom from overeating, lost weight, and created more peace in her mind than she ever thought possible. She didn’t just lose weight. She lost the whole struggle.

Let’s listen to our interview now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 301: Interview with Jill – She Tried To Do It On Her Own appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Sweeping Your Problems Under The Rug — Episode 300: Stop Sweeping Your Problems Under The Rug Jan 17, 2023

You’ve probably heard the expression “sweeping it under the rug.” It’s the perfect way to describe an attempt to quickly hide something you’d rather not deal with now, or maybe ever.

This expression applies to all kinds of things—political scandals, embarrassing moments, and of course, your weight-loss goals.

Hold on—your weight-loss goals? If you’re wondering how those can be swept under a rug, stay tuned for today session. You’ll learn why you’re tempted to avoid dealing with the discomfort of changing your eating habits, and what to do about it.

Today I’m going to help you identify the top three reasons you might be brushing aside your problems to deal with ‘tomorrow’.

And of course, I’m going to give you some suggestions for dealing with them now, and not trying to fool yourself with fake promises.

Are you ready to stop sweeping those problems away? Out of sight, but not really out of mind?

Here we go!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 300: Stop Sweeping Your Problems Under The Rug appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 300: Stop Sweeping Your Problems Under The Rug Jan 17, 2023

You’ve probably heard the expression “sweeping it under the rug.” It’s the perfect way to describe an attempt to quickly hide something you’d rather not deal with now, or maybe ever.

This expression applies to all kinds of things—political scandals, embarrassing moments, and of course, your weight-loss goals.

Hold on—your weight-loss goals? If you’re wondering how those can be swept under a rug, stay tuned for today session. You’ll learn why you’re tempted to avoid dealing with the discomfort of changing your eating habits, and what to do about it.

Today I’m going to help you identify the top three reasons you might be brushing aside your problems to deal with ‘tomorrow’.

And of course, I’m going to give you some suggestions for dealing with them now, and not trying to fool yourself with fake promises.

Are you ready to stop sweeping those problems away? Out of sight, but not really out of mind?

Here we go!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 300: Stop Sweeping Your Problems Under The Rug appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Favorite Problems — Episode 299: What Are Your Favorite Problems? Here’s How To Let Them Go! Jan 03, 2023

What problems are you struggling with? Notice I didn’t ask you IF you have problems. I think it’s safe to say that all of us have at least a few. Facing challenges is part of the human experience.

Do you have challenges around learning how to stop overeating?
In today’s session you’ll learn what I mean by “favorite problems,” and I’ll share ideas for getting them off your list and out of your life for good.

So, what do I mean by “favorite problems”?

• Well, if you google “favorite problems,” you’ll see that this term has been around for a while.
• For many people, it refers to a list of problems you want to solve. You keep this list in the back of your mind so that when you learn new information you can decide if it will help you find solutions to those problems.
• Basically, these “favorite problems” help you think outside the box and come up with new options or answers to improve your life.

My take is a little different. When I talk about “favorite problems,” I mean problems that you struggle with repeatedly. I call them “favorite” because they’re the problems you always go back to and that you keep around for a long time.

As a coach, I’ve seen thousands of women overcome challenges. But I’ve noticed that many of my clients have a few problems they can’t seem to shake, no matter how hard and long they seem to work on them.

Today I’m going to help you step back so you can see which problems you hate and wish you didn’t have. AND at the same time, you are so used to having them that you just keep thinking about them without making any progress toward solving them.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 299: What Are Your Favorite Problems? Here’s How To Let Them Go! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 299: What Are Your Favorite Problems? Here’s How To Let Them Go! Jan 03, 2023

What problems are you struggling with? Notice I didn’t ask you IF you have problems. I think it’s safe to say that all of us have at least a few. Facing challenges is part of the human experience.

Do you have challenges around learning how to stop overeating?
In today’s session you’ll learn what I mean by “favorite problems,” and I’ll share ideas for getting them off your list and out of your life for good.

So, what do I mean by “favorite problems”?

• Well, if you google “favorite problems,” you’ll see that this term has been around for a while.
• For many people, it refers to a list of problems you want to solve. You keep this list in the back of your mind so that when you learn new information you can decide if it will help you find solutions to those problems.
• Basically, these “favorite problems” help you think outside the box and come up with new options or answers to improve your life.

My take is a little different. When I talk about “favorite problems,” I mean problems that you struggle with repeatedly. I call them “favorite” because they’re the problems you always go back to and that you keep around for a long time.

As a coach, I’ve seen thousands of women overcome challenges. But I’ve noticed that many of my clients have a few problems they can’t seem to shake, no matter how hard and long they seem to work on them.

Today I’m going to help you step back so you can see which problems you hate and wish you didn’t have. AND at the same time, you are so used to having them that you just keep thinking about them without making any progress toward solving them.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 299: What Are Your Favorite Problems? Here’s How To Let Them Go! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Top 3 Concepts from 2022 — Episode 298: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2022 Dec 27, 2022

We’ve reached the end of another year, so it’s the perfect time for a review. In our coaching session today, we’ll take a look back on three big topics that I hope have been—and will be—especially helpful in your eating and weight loss journey.

Over the past several years, we’ve had nearly 300 coaching sessions together! How many have you listened to? Whether you’ve joined me for hundreds or for just a few, I want to thank you for listening.

As women, we lead busy lives and have so much to think about every day. So even though we talk about some really important concepts in our sessions, it’s understandable if you’ve forgotten some of them, or didn’t get a chance to learn them in the first place.

So today we’ll be covering three topics that are too good to miss. No matter where you are on your eating and weight loss journey, I think you’ll leave our session with a fresh perspective and a motivational boost.

If these ideas resonate with you and you want to review them in more depth, I’ll put links to the episodes right here in the show notes for you to look at after you’ve listened.

Alright, now let’s get to it!

Here are some of the episodes we will be talking about today:

Let’s start with FOMO. Fear of missing out! This concept comes from Episode 264: Do you overeat because you’re afraid you’ll miss something?

The next concept I want to review with you is from Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less.

Episode 285 – Stop focusing on what’s wrong and start focusing on what’s right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 298: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2022 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 298: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2022 Dec 27, 2022

We’ve reached the end of another year, so it’s the perfect time for a review. In our coaching session today, we’ll take a look back on three big topics that I hope have been—and will be—especially helpful in your eating and weight loss journey.

Over the past several years, we’ve had nearly 300 coaching sessions together! How many have you listened to? Whether you’ve joined me for hundreds or for just a few, I want to thank you for listening.

As women, we lead busy lives and have so much to think about every day. So even though we talk about some really important concepts in our sessions, it’s understandable if you’ve forgotten some of them, or didn’t get a chance to learn them in the first place.

So today we’ll be covering three topics that are too good to miss. No matter where you are on your eating and weight loss journey, I think you’ll leave our session with a fresh perspective and a motivational boost.

If these ideas resonate with you and you want to review them in more depth, I’ll put links to the episodes right here in the show notes for you to look at after you’ve listened.

Alright, now let’s get to it!

Here are some of the episodes we will be talking about today:

Let’s start with FOMO. Fear of missing out! This concept comes from Episode 264: Do you overeat because you’re afraid you’ll miss something?

The next concept I want to review with you is from Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less.

Episode 285 – Stop focusing on what’s wrong and start focusing on what’s right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 298: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2022 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Don't Give Up and Restart — Episode 297: Don’t Give Up On Your Weight Loss Goals And Restart On January 1st Dec 20, 2022

At this time of year, chatter about New Year’s resolutions is everywhere. Goal setting is the topic of many articles, talk-shows, and conversations with friends and family.

Even if you have no intention of making formal resolutions, it’s nearly impossible to avoid the idea that you should start or restart healthy habits on New Year’s Day.

But – if a healthy lifestyle begins on January 1, what do you do when it’s the middle of December and you’re still deep in the holiday season and all the treats that come with it?

Well, I’m happy you’re here because in today’s session we’ll be talking about why you shouldn’t give up on your weight-loss goals, thinking that you’ll restart them after the New Year.

All right, Pop quiz: What is the most common New Year’s resolution? I bet you don’t have to think too hard about the answer.

A recent survey of adults in the US showed that “living healthier,” “personal improvement,” and “losing weight” were the top three goals. No surprise, right?
Do any of those goals sound like your resolutions for next year?

You might be saying, “Yes, Cookie! Those are my typical resolutions! So, what’s the problem?”

There’s actually no problem with setting goals to be healthier and happier. I recommend it, in fact. You become your best self by achieving one goal at a time.

The problem comes up when you use your New Year’s resolutions as an excuse to set aside the healthy routines and habits you’ve been working so hard on all year. It’s what you do between now and the new year.

Let’s dive into this common end-of-the-year thinking, and deal with it right now!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 297: Don’t Give Up On Your Weight Loss Goals And Restart On January 1st appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 297: Don’t Give Up On Your Weight Loss Goals And Restart On January 1st Dec 20, 2022

At this time of year, chatter about New Year’s resolutions is everywhere. Goal setting is the topic of many articles, talk-shows, and conversations with friends and family.

Even if you have no intention of making formal resolutions, it’s nearly impossible to avoid the idea that you should start or restart healthy habits on New Year’s Day.

But – if a healthy lifestyle begins on January 1, what do you do when it’s the middle of December and you’re still deep in the holiday season and all the treats that come with it?

Well, I’m happy you’re here because in today’s session we’ll be talking about why you shouldn’t give up on your weight-loss goals, thinking that you’ll restart them after the New Year.

All right, Pop quiz: What is the most common New Year’s resolution? I bet you don’t have to think too hard about the answer.

A recent survey of adults in the US showed that “living healthier,” “personal improvement,” and “losing weight” were the top three goals. No surprise, right?
Do any of those goals sound like your resolutions for next year?

You might be saying, “Yes, Cookie! Those are my typical resolutions! So, what’s the problem?”

There’s actually no problem with setting goals to be healthier and happier. I recommend it, in fact. You become your best self by achieving one goal at a time.

The problem comes up when you use your New Year’s resolutions as an excuse to set aside the healthy routines and habits you’ve been working so hard on all year. It’s what you do between now and the new year.

Let’s dive into this common end-of-the-year thinking, and deal with it right now!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 297: Don’t Give Up On Your Weight Loss Goals And Restart On January 1st appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tiny Wins — Episode 296: Why You Should Look For The Tiniest Wins For Lasting Weight Loss Dec 06, 2022

When are you most inspired to set goals? At the new year? During back-to-school season? Or before special events, like a wedding, a new job, or class reunion?

Whenever or wherever your inspiration comes from, setting a new goal is exciting, right? That’s because you paint a beautiful picture of your end results, and you imagine how amazing you’ll feel when you change your habits. You can’t wait to get started.

But it’s natural for that excitement to start to fade as time goes on.

If you’ve been feeling discouraged about reaching your eating and weight-loss goals, you’re in luck. Because in today’s session, I’m going share the secret with you of how you can achieve your goals while keeping the feeling of excitement that inspired you at the beginning.

So, how can you reach your eating and weight-loss goals while keeping your motivation and inspiration flowing? I have two words for you:

Tiny wins.

What do I mean by “tiny wins”? I mean taking one tiny step forward—making one tiny change—and working on it until it becomes natural.

It might seem counterintuitive to set tiny goals. We all want to leave big old habits behind and create the life we want. And that takes huge changes. Or does it?

Actually, tiny wins are the foundation for the big changes you’re after. Because they’ll help you gradually create your identity as a woman who does what she says she will do.
• You begin to trust yourself.
• You learn that part of self-care is giving yourself realistic goals—no matter how small.
• And step by step, you’ll work on those goals.
• You’ll be less likely to give up, so you’ll keep making progress.
• Before you know it, you’ll have gone further, faster, than you thought you could.

Are you willing to give this a try? Join me and learn how tiny wins can give you the lasting weight loss you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 296: Why You Should Look For The Tiniest Wins For Lasting Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 296: Why You Should Look For The Tiniest Wins For Lasting Weight Loss Dec 06, 2022

When are you most inspired to set goals? At the new year? During back-to-school season? Or before special events, like a wedding, a new job, or class reunion?

Whenever or wherever your inspiration comes from, setting a new goal is exciting, right? That’s because you paint a beautiful picture of your end results, and you imagine how amazing you’ll feel when you change your habits. You can’t wait to get started.

But it’s natural for that excitement to start to fade as time goes on.

If you’ve been feeling discouraged about reaching your eating and weight-loss goals, you’re in luck. Because in today’s session, I’m going share the secret with you of how you can achieve your goals while keeping the feeling of excitement that inspired you at the beginning.

So, how can you reach your eating and weight-loss goals while keeping your motivation and inspiration flowing? I have two words for you:

Tiny wins.

What do I mean by “tiny wins”? I mean taking one tiny step forward—making one tiny change—and working on it until it becomes natural.

It might seem counterintuitive to set tiny goals. We all want to leave big old habits behind and create the life we want. And that takes huge changes. Or does it?

Actually, tiny wins are the foundation for the big changes you’re after. Because they’ll help you gradually create your identity as a woman who does what she says she will do.
• You begin to trust yourself.
• You learn that part of self-care is giving yourself realistic goals—no matter how small.
• And step by step, you’ll work on those goals.
• You’ll be less likely to give up, so you’ll keep making progress.
• Before you know it, you’ll have gone further, faster, than you thought you could.

Are you willing to give this a try? Join me and learn how tiny wins can give you the lasting weight loss you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 296: Why You Should Look For The Tiniest Wins For Lasting Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Navigating Thanksgiving — Episode 295: Navigating Thanksgiving Like A Natural Eater Nov 22, 2022

Can you believe the holiday season is here? If you are listening in real time, as this is published, Thanksgiving is coming right up, ready or not.

If you’re from or have spent time in the US, when you hear the word “Thanksgiving” you probably think of a four-day weekend, football games, or gatherings with friends and family.

But most of all, “Thanksgiving” brings up images of that big holiday feast and all the foods that come with it.

You might be looking forward to enjoying these holiday foods, but if you have a history of dieting or struggling with overeating, you also could be feeling some anxiety.

So, with Thanksgiving dinner quickly approaching, let’s spend today’s session learning how to navigate this holiday just like a natural eater would.

If you don’t celebrate Thanksgiving, you can apply this coaching session to any of the celebrations you’ll be participating in over the winter holiday season.

While Thanksgiving is meant to be a celebration, let’s face it: you may not always feel like celebrating. The holiday can be stressful.

If you’re feeling this way, I’m glad you’re listening because we are going to talk about how you can make this Thanksgiving different, by letting go of the stress, while still eating what you like, and feeling good afterward.

Holiday food traditions are part of our communities, histories, and cultures, so I want you all to celebrate your traditions and enjoy the food that’s meaningful to you.

But rather than label foods as good or bad, I encourage you to think about how these holiday foods fit into your journey to becoming a natural eater and how you can enjoy them and still feel good when the holiday weekend is over.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 295: Navigating Thanksgiving Like A Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 295: Navigating Thanksgiving Like A Natural Eater Nov 22, 2022

Can you believe the holiday season is here? If you are listening in real time, as this is published, Thanksgiving is coming right up, ready or not.

If you’re from or have spent time in the US, when you hear the word “Thanksgiving” you probably think of a four-day weekend, football games, or gatherings with friends and family.

But most of all, “Thanksgiving” brings up images of that big holiday feast and all the foods that come with it.

You might be looking forward to enjoying these holiday foods, but if you have a history of dieting or struggling with overeating, you also could be feeling some anxiety.

So, with Thanksgiving dinner quickly approaching, let’s spend today’s session learning how to navigate this holiday just like a natural eater would.

If you don’t celebrate Thanksgiving, you can apply this coaching session to any of the celebrations you’ll be participating in over the winter holiday season.

While Thanksgiving is meant to be a celebration, let’s face it: you may not always feel like celebrating. The holiday can be stressful.

If you’re feeling this way, I’m glad you’re listening because we are going to talk about how you can make this Thanksgiving different, by letting go of the stress, while still eating what you like, and feeling good afterward.

Holiday food traditions are part of our communities, histories, and cultures, so I want you all to celebrate your traditions and enjoy the food that’s meaningful to you.

But rather than label foods as good or bad, I encourage you to think about how these holiday foods fit into your journey to becoming a natural eater and how you can enjoy them and still feel good when the holiday weekend is over.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 295: Navigating Thanksgiving Like A Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

5 ways to not regain the weight you've lost — Episode 294: 5 Ways To Not Regain The Weight You’ve Lost Nov 09, 2022

Out in the real world, women who lose weight from dieting will regain their lost weight 96% of the time.

This can be a pretty depressing statistic and it might feel demotivating to think about. But you don’t have to be in that 96%. Today we’re going to talk about what could be going wrong that might cause you to regain the weight you’ve lost. And 5 ways to not regain that lost weight.

In my way of thinking about weight loss and maintenance, there are 5 things you can do to lose weight and not gain it back. You want that weight to be gone, out of your life and off your body. And this is possible. You can learn to be the exception.

And, as we go through these 5 things you can do to prevent regaining any lost weight, I know that you might be thinking that you can’t lose the weight, let alone maintain it.

No worries. For some of us, we can’t seem to get to first based with weight loss. Take some time to listen to a few of my early episodes about how to start losing weight. Or get my free gift to help you stop overeating. Then link is below.

For today, I hope you take one of these strategies to become one of the minority weight loss success stories and take a few minutes to write down how you will practice it.

Your first step could easily be to see which one of these mistakes you frequently make.

Do you focus on weight loss from the outside in?

Do you put all the emphasis on your body to the exclusion of your mind?

Maybe you have been thinking that extreme willpower is the answer?

Or you’ve been approaching weight loss via. desperation and self-hatred?

And finally, if you’ve been telling yourself that you really want to achieve a true change of identity into a natural eater but secretly you think that you are the exception, then your beliefs are a good starting point for you.

Join me. I want you to be able to lose weight for good, and then keep it off, also for good. Let’s defy all the odds!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 294: 5 Ways To Not Regain The Weight You’ve Lost appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 294: 5 Ways To Not Regain The Weight You’ve Lost Nov 09, 2022

Out in the real world, women who lose weight from dieting will regain their lost weight 96% of the time.

This can be a pretty depressing statistic and it might feel demotivating to think about. But you don’t have to be in that 96%. Today we’re going to talk about what could be going wrong that might cause you to regain the weight you’ve lost. And 5 ways to not regain that lost weight.

In my way of thinking about weight loss and maintenance, there are 5 things you can do to lose weight and not gain it back. You want that weight to be gone, out of your life and off your body. And this is possible. You can learn to be the exception.

And, as we go through these 5 things you can do to prevent regaining any lost weight, I know that you might be thinking that you can’t lose the weight, let alone maintain it.

No worries. For some of us, we can’t seem to get to first based with weight loss. Take some time to listen to a few of my early episodes about how to start losing weight. Or get my free gift to help you stop overeating. Then link is below.

For today, I hope you take one of these strategies to become one of the minority weight loss success stories and take a few minutes to write down how you will practice it.

Your first step could easily be to see which one of these mistakes you frequently make.

Do you focus on weight loss from the outside in?

Do you put all the emphasis on your body to the exclusion of your mind?

Maybe you have been thinking that extreme willpower is the answer?

Or you’ve been approaching weight loss via. desperation and self-hatred?

And finally, if you’ve been telling yourself that you really want to achieve a true change of identity into a natural eater but secretly you think that you are the exception, then your beliefs are a good starting point for you.

Join me. I want you to be able to lose weight for good, and then keep it off, also for good. Let’s defy all the odds!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 294: 5 Ways To Not Regain The Weight You’ve Lost appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Weight loss is too slow — Episode 293: Do You Think Your Weight Loss Is Too Slow? Oct 25, 2022

Do you think your weight loss is too slow?

You want to lose weight.
You want it to be easy.
Do you wish you could just wake up one day and the extra weight would be gone?

You may be tired of having to keep focusing on weight loss.
Remember our last coaching session, we talked about getting tired or bored with working on your weight goals, and wishing you could take a break?

We talked about how that might lead you to quit and how taking a self-care break is what you really need.

Today we’re going to talk about another reason why you might be tempted to give up on your weight loss journey.
And this might be that you think your progress is too slow.

You want your weight loss to be fast because…

You probably have expectations from the media and advertisements which tell us all kinds of unrealistic things like…. you can lose 10 lbs. in 10 days.

Or they might promote some kind of radical, extreme diet that you know you can only do for a few days, but you tell yourself that if you can just hold on and eat certain foods in some special combinations, that it will be worth it.

It’s ideas like these that create unrealistic expectations that weight loss should be happening fast.

You might think the more extreme the better. And the faster the better.
If this sound familiar, today’s coaching session is for you, my friend. Make peace with slow and it will be permanent. And permanent weight loss is what you really want.

The Freedom Group is now open!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 293: Do You Think Your Weight Loss Is Too Slow? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 293: Do You Think Your Weight Loss Is Too Slow? Oct 25, 2022

Do you think your weight loss is too slow?

You want to lose weight.
You want it to be easy.
Do you wish you could just wake up one day and the extra weight would be gone?

You may be tired of having to keep focusing on weight loss.
Remember our last coaching session, we talked about getting tired or bored with working on your weight goals, and wishing you could take a break?

We talked about how that might lead you to quit and how taking a self-care break is what you really need.

Today we’re going to talk about another reason why you might be tempted to give up on your weight loss journey.
And this might be that you think your progress is too slow.

You want your weight loss to be fast because…

You probably have expectations from the media and advertisements which tell us all kinds of unrealistic things like…. you can lose 10 lbs. in 10 days.

Or they might promote some kind of radical, extreme diet that you know you can only do for a few days, but you tell yourself that if you can just hold on and eat certain foods in some special combinations, that it will be worth it.

It’s ideas like these that create unrealistic expectations that weight loss should be happening fast.

You might think the more extreme the better. And the faster the better.
If this sound familiar, today’s coaching session is for you, my friend. Make peace with slow and it will be permanent. And permanent weight loss is what you really want.

The Freedom Group is now open!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 293: Do You Think Your Weight Loss Is Too Slow? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Give Yourself a Break — Episode 292: Give Yourself A Break Without Using Food Oct 11, 2022

If you’re like the women in my Freedom Group, you’re juggling many responsibilities and activities—work, family, education, hobbies, and more. And of course, you’re also committed to your eating and weight-loss goals.

Even if you’re managing to keep all the balls in the air, you might feel like one little slip-up will send everything crashing down. There’s always a problem to solve, a job to finish, a goal to accomplish.

That’s why in today’s session we’ll talk about what it really means to take a break, and how to take one without giving up on your Project You.

Do you ever think: “I need a break.”? You might say this often—to yourself, and to people around you. I know I do. But have you ever thought about what “a break” means to you? Does it mean turning off your phone and watching a movie for the afternoon, or does it mean getting on a plane and escaping to the Bahamas for three weeks? Good fantasy, right?

When you’re doing something new or hard, wanting to pause for a while is normal. It doesn’t mean you can’t achieve the goal. And it doesn’t mean you’re lazy or unmotivated. It just means you are putting in more effort than you did before, and your body and mind need to adjust, which takes time. There is nothing wrong with you.

If you equate “taking a break” with “eating whatever, whenever, however much,” you’ll start reneging on your commitment to Project You.
• You might temporarily enjoy the pause, but you’ll soon be frustrated when it’s hard to get back on track.
• You might find yourself back in the struggle with overeating, being frustrated with yourself and feeling out of control.

But, if you start thinking of “taking a break” as “giving myself extra care,” you’ll step away from the things that are truly wearing you out.

Join me as we figure out a way for you to give yourself that break you need without derailing all the hard work you’ve put into becoming a natural eater.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 292: Give Yourself A Break Without Using Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 292: Give Yourself A Break Without Using Food Oct 11, 2022

If you’re like the women in my Freedom Group, you’re juggling many responsibilities and activities—work, family, education, hobbies, and more. And of course, you’re also committed to your eating and weight-loss goals.

Even if you’re managing to keep all the balls in the air, you might feel like one little slip-up will send everything crashing down. There’s always a problem to solve, a job to finish, a goal to accomplish.

That’s why in today’s session we’ll talk about what it really means to take a break, and how to take one without giving up on your Project You.

Do you ever think: “I need a break.”? You might say this often—to yourself, and to people around you. I know I do. But have you ever thought about what “a break” means to you? Does it mean turning off your phone and watching a movie for the afternoon, or does it mean getting on a plane and escaping to the Bahamas for three weeks? Good fantasy, right?

When you’re doing something new or hard, wanting to pause for a while is normal. It doesn’t mean you can’t achieve the goal. And it doesn’t mean you’re lazy or unmotivated. It just means you are putting in more effort than you did before, and your body and mind need to adjust, which takes time. There is nothing wrong with you.

If you equate “taking a break” with “eating whatever, whenever, however much,” you’ll start reneging on your commitment to Project You.
• You might temporarily enjoy the pause, but you’ll soon be frustrated when it’s hard to get back on track.
• You might find yourself back in the struggle with overeating, being frustrated with yourself and feeling out of control.

But, if you start thinking of “taking a break” as “giving myself extra care,” you’ll step away from the things that are truly wearing you out.

Join me as we figure out a way for you to give yourself that break you need without derailing all the hard work you’ve put into becoming a natural eater.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 292: Give Yourself A Break Without Using Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Wait to be hungry — Episode 291: Why It’s Easier To Wait To Be Hungry Than To Stop When You’ve Had Enough Oct 04, 2022

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know that losing weight follows stopping overeating. And that follows learning to eat like a natural eater. So why is it easier to wait to be hungry than it is to stop eating when you get that ‘enough’ signal? This is a helpful concept for you to learn, and that’s what we’ll cover in this coaching episode today.

In order to lose weight, you need to stop eating overeating, which means not eating more than your body needs.

To break it down even further, you don’t eat when you aren’t hungry, and you stop when your body has had enough. Not your mind! Because your mind will always want more of things that taste good to you.

Now, stopping when your body has had enough is probably something that you are NOT doing…. if you are struggling with your weight, then you are either starting to eat before you have physical hunger, OR you are continuing to eat after your body has had enough. OR maybe you are doing a combination of both.

Today we’re going to talk about what causes each reason for overeating AND why it’s usually harder to conquer stopping at enough than it is to wait for hunger to begin.

Your goal is to copy what people who don’t have extra weight do.
And What do they do? They eat like natural eaters.

Natural eaters are not dieters, trying to be good. They are simply experts in listening to their body’s signals.

What does this mean in real life? It means they eat when their stomachs feel empty and they stop as they approach full, but rarely uncomfortably full.
They don’t worry so much about whether the clock says it’s time to eat, they don’t try to wait extra-long to eat because they are trying to lose weight, and they don’t eat way before they are hungry out of fear of getting hungry.

When they eat like this, there is no drama, they just wait for that gentle empty sensation as their physical cue, and that’s when they start thinking about getting some food in. It’s never an emergency.

This is possible for you. Join me today and learn how you can stop eating at enough as easily as you might wait to be hungry to start eating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 291: Why It’s Easier To Wait To Be Hungry Than To Stop When You’ve Had Enough appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 291: Why It’s Easier To Wait To Be Hungry Than To Stop When You’ve Had Enough Oct 04, 2022

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, you know that losing weight follows stopping overeating. And that follows learning to eat like a natural eater. So why is it easier to wait to be hungry than it is to stop eating when you get that ‘enough’ signal? This is a helpful concept for you to learn, and that’s what we’ll cover in this coaching episode today.

In order to lose weight, you need to stop eating overeating, which means not eating more than your body needs.

To break it down even further, you don’t eat when you aren’t hungry, and you stop when your body has had enough. Not your mind! Because your mind will always want more of things that taste good to you.

Now, stopping when your body has had enough is probably something that you are NOT doing…. if you are struggling with your weight, then you are either starting to eat before you have physical hunger, OR you are continuing to eat after your body has had enough. OR maybe you are doing a combination of both.

Today we’re going to talk about what causes each reason for overeating AND why it’s usually harder to conquer stopping at enough than it is to wait for hunger to begin.

Your goal is to copy what people who don’t have extra weight do.
And What do they do? They eat like natural eaters.

Natural eaters are not dieters, trying to be good. They are simply experts in listening to their body’s signals.

What does this mean in real life? It means they eat when their stomachs feel empty and they stop as they approach full, but rarely uncomfortably full.
They don’t worry so much about whether the clock says it’s time to eat, they don’t try to wait extra-long to eat because they are trying to lose weight, and they don’t eat way before they are hungry out of fear of getting hungry.

When they eat like this, there is no drama, they just wait for that gentle empty sensation as their physical cue, and that’s when they start thinking about getting some food in. It’s never an emergency.

This is possible for you. Join me today and learn how you can stop eating at enough as easily as you might wait to be hungry to start eating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 291: Why It’s Easier To Wait To Be Hungry Than To Stop When You’ve Had Enough appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How you look in photos — Episode 290: Do You Hate How You Look In Photos? Sep 27, 2022

What’s the first thought that pops into your head when you see a picture of yourself? Maybe you were in a group photo at a family event. Or you and your friend took a selfie together, which your friend later posted on Facebook or Instagram. How do you typically react to seeing photos like these? If you’re anything like the women I coach, I think I can guess the answer. So, join me in this coaching session and let’s talk about it today.

We live in a world full of smartphones, and most of us always have our phone—and its camera—right at our fingertips. We’re always ready to capture a moment with our kids, our pets, or our family and friends. And it’s fun to go back and look at your photos, right? But do you have as much fun when you see yourself in those photos? Maybe not.

I’d bet that most women, no matter their size or shape, feel a little insecure when they see themselves in photos. It’s very common in our culture because you know that women are held up to such impossible beauty standards.

But when you are working on Project You, focusing on ending your overeating habit and losing weight, it can be especially uncomfortable to see yourself in photos. You might be putting a lot of pressure on yourself to make progress as fast as possible and hoping that all your efforts will result in changes that everyone can see sooner rather than later.

You might have an image in your mind of what you’d like to look like—maybe it’s a younger version of yourself. Maybe it’s a version of you who wears a certain size of clothing. And you hope that you look at least similar to that version of you.

You might have a vision of yourself at a certain weight and you’re stuck on that number. You compare your weight and size now to the weight and size you were in the past and come up lacking. Even if those old numbers are no longer realistic for you.

So, looking at a photo of you and seeing yourself from someone else’s point of view can bring up many different thoughts and emotions. And they are often intense. And they are so often negative.

Photos are a part of our world. Let’s deal with this right now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 290: Do You Hate How You Look In Photos? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 290: Do You Hate How You Look In Photos? Sep 27, 2022

What’s the first thought that pops into your head when you see a picture of yourself? Maybe you were in a group photo at a family event. Or you and your friend took a selfie together, which your friend later posted on Facebook or Instagram. How do you typically react to seeing photos like these? If you’re anything like the women I coach, I think I can guess the answer. So, join me in this coaching session and let’s talk about it today.

We live in a world full of smartphones, and most of us always have our phone—and its camera—right at our fingertips. We’re always ready to capture a moment with our kids, our pets, or our family and friends. And it’s fun to go back and look at your photos, right? But do you have as much fun when you see yourself in those photos? Maybe not.

I’d bet that most women, no matter their size or shape, feel a little insecure when they see themselves in photos. It’s very common in our culture because you know that women are held up to such impossible beauty standards.

But when you are working on Project You, focusing on ending your overeating habit and losing weight, it can be especially uncomfortable to see yourself in photos. You might be putting a lot of pressure on yourself to make progress as fast as possible and hoping that all your efforts will result in changes that everyone can see sooner rather than later.

You might have an image in your mind of what you’d like to look like—maybe it’s a younger version of yourself. Maybe it’s a version of you who wears a certain size of clothing. And you hope that you look at least similar to that version of you.

You might have a vision of yourself at a certain weight and you’re stuck on that number. You compare your weight and size now to the weight and size you were in the past and come up lacking. Even if those old numbers are no longer realistic for you.

So, looking at a photo of you and seeing yourself from someone else’s point of view can bring up many different thoughts and emotions. And they are often intense. And they are so often negative.

Photos are a part of our world. Let’s deal with this right now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 290: Do You Hate How You Look In Photos? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Questions Where to Start — Episode 289: Q&A: Where to Start? I Slipped! Do I Need to be Strict? Sep 13, 2022

Hello my friend.
Today I am going to answer three listener questions that were written in to me. Feel free to write me your questions and maybe they will be selected for another podcast.

Our first question is:
I’m overwhelmed! There are so many things I need to work on to change how I eat, and my weight, and I don’t know where or how to begin.

• Is this your question?
• Do you tend to lump all parts of your overeating struggle together and feel like it’s all just too much?
• If this is you, we’ve got you covered. Listen to the first question and answer and I will show you how to break your struggle down into manageable and changeable parts.

The second question is:
I was doing so well, eating naturally, and losing weight! I felt great! And suddenly I began slipping. I don’t know what happened, and before I knew it, I was and am back where I started! I regained all the weight that I lost!

• No worries!
• Slipping into old habits, even when you’ve been doing well is totally natural and no real cause for concern.
• The sooner you know how to learn from your slip and recover, the faster you’ll get back on track.

Maybe this third question resonates with you:
I’m finally getting close to the weight range that I want to be. I know I should be excited and grateful and proud. But instead, I’m full of worry. How will I maintain this without being strict for the rest of my life!

• How you maintain weight loss depends on how you lost the weight.
• You are right to be concerned but I’ll show you what it’s like to maintain a weight loss the Eat, Think, Love way.
• No worries here. I’ve got you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 289: Q&A: Where to Start? I Slipped! Do I Need to be Strict? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 289: Q&A: Where to Start? I Slipped! Do I Need to be Strict? Sep 13, 2022

Hello my friend.
Today I am going to answer three listener questions that were written in to me. Feel free to write me your questions and maybe they will be selected for another podcast.

Our first question is:
I’m overwhelmed! There are so many things I need to work on to change how I eat, and my weight, and I don’t know where or how to begin.

• Is this your question?
• Do you tend to lump all parts of your overeating struggle together and feel like it’s all just too much?
• If this is you, we’ve got you covered. Listen to the first question and answer and I will show you how to break your struggle down into manageable and changeable parts.

The second question is:
I was doing so well, eating naturally, and losing weight! I felt great! And suddenly I began slipping. I don’t know what happened, and before I knew it, I was and am back where I started! I regained all the weight that I lost!

• No worries!
• Slipping into old habits, even when you’ve been doing well is totally natural and no real cause for concern.
• The sooner you know how to learn from your slip and recover, the faster you’ll get back on track.

Maybe this third question resonates with you:
I’m finally getting close to the weight range that I want to be. I know I should be excited and grateful and proud. But instead, I’m full of worry. How will I maintain this without being strict for the rest of my life!

• How you maintain weight loss depends on how you lost the weight.
• You are right to be concerned but I’ll show you what it’s like to maintain a weight loss the Eat, Think, Love way.
• No worries here. I’ve got you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 289: Q&A: Where to Start? I Slipped! Do I Need to be Strict? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eat Out in Restaurants — Episode 288: How to Eat Out and Not Gain Weight Aug 30, 2022

Some of us do well with our eating when we eat at home, where we have more control over our choices. At home you might have more limited choices and you think that’s what you need to eat well. But at some point it’s likely that you will go to a restaurant. Does that mean weight loss and eating out are a bad match? Definitely not! Join me today to learn how to eat in restaurants and not gain weight.

If you’re like my Freedom Group Members, you might be confused about eating out. Is it better to eat at home or out? Is it possible to find a way to eat out and still honor what is most important to you?

The short and simple answer is yes. We are going to begin to figure this out together.

So, what’s the problem with eating in restaurants?
Typically, your plans may get waylaid as you see all the choices you have…you might throw your hands up and think that eating out is just not compatible with weight loss and eating like a natural eater.

This is not true, and this is what we are going to talk about in this coaching session today. Here are some of the questions I will answer for you:

• What the problem is with eating out.
• What’s the myth about it?
• And what’s the reality of it?
• We will talk about how you might be erroneously treating your restaurant meals now.
• And if you are overdoing it, like so many of us do, I’m going to explain why this happens…you know I’m all about understanding why we do what we do.
• We’ll cover why your usual method of eating out may not be working for you and what to do instead.

Enjoy this session about doing as well at restaurants as you do when eating at home.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 288: How to Eat Out and Not Gain Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 288: How to Eat Out and Not Gain Weight Aug 30, 2022

Some of us do well with our eating when we eat at home, where we have more control over our choices. At home you might have more limited choices and you think that’s what you need to eat well. But at some point it’s likely that you will go to a restaurant. Does that mean weight loss and eating out are a bad match? Definitely not! Join me today to learn how to eat in restaurants and not gain weight.

If you’re like my Freedom Group Members, you might be confused about eating out. Is it better to eat at home or out? Is it possible to find a way to eat out and still honor what is most important to you?

The short and simple answer is yes. We are going to begin to figure this out together.

So, what’s the problem with eating in restaurants?
Typically, your plans may get waylaid as you see all the choices you have…you might throw your hands up and think that eating out is just not compatible with weight loss and eating like a natural eater.

This is not true, and this is what we are going to talk about in this coaching session today. Here are some of the questions I will answer for you:

• What the problem is with eating out.
• What’s the myth about it?
• And what’s the reality of it?
• We will talk about how you might be erroneously treating your restaurant meals now.
• And if you are overdoing it, like so many of us do, I’m going to explain why this happens…you know I’m all about understanding why we do what we do.
• We’ll cover why your usual method of eating out may not be working for you and what to do instead.

Enjoy this session about doing as well at restaurants as you do when eating at home.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 288: How to Eat Out and Not Gain Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Is Your Weight Loss Stuck at a Plateau — Episode 287: Is Your Weight Loss Stuck At A Plateau? Aug 16, 2022

I’m wondering if you’ve been at a plateau with your weight? is your weight stuck at a place that you don’t consider your end goal? Are you paused and wanting to get moving again? Well, get ready for our coaching session today on how to deal with a weight loss plateau.

Let’s start our discussion with asking: What is a plateau? – It happens when you are trying to do something new, like stopping overeating.
You’ve made progress up to this point.
And then suddenly, you stop making progress, and there is no more forward movement.
In case of weight loss, you might be so discouraged by being at a plateau that you might even start moving backwards and erase any progress you’ve made so far.
It can be very frustrating and demoralizing.
And it can challenge your belief in yourself, your belief that you can do this.
That you can become a natural eater.
But let’s talk about this today.
I don’t want you to use a plateau in your progress as an excuse to give up and go back to all your old overeating habits.

Plateaus are very common and what I don’t want to do with you is teach you that the way out of a plateau is to jump start your weight loss…by focusing only on what you eat.
Yes, I know that might be what you think you need and want.
But what you really need is to figure out what happened and learn from it.
Because that’s what we do around here.
We figure out why we do what we do so we can make intelligent changes that last, right?

I want you to consider viewing your plateau as a pause, a pause telling you that it’s time for you to re-access where you are, why you are there, and what your next steps should be to get yourself moving forward again.

Let’s figure this out together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 287: Is Your Weight Loss Stuck At A Plateau? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 287: Is Your Weight Loss Stuck At A Plateau? Aug 16, 2022

I’m wondering if you’ve been at a plateau with your weight? is your weight stuck at a place that you don’t consider your end goal? Are you paused and wanting to get moving again? Well, get ready for our coaching session today on how to deal with a weight loss plateau.

Let’s start our discussion with asking: What is a plateau? – It happens when you are trying to do something new, like stopping overeating.
You’ve made progress up to this point.
And then suddenly, you stop making progress, and there is no more forward movement.
In case of weight loss, you might be so discouraged by being at a plateau that you might even start moving backwards and erase any progress you’ve made so far.
It can be very frustrating and demoralizing.
And it can challenge your belief in yourself, your belief that you can do this.
That you can become a natural eater.
But let’s talk about this today.
I don’t want you to use a plateau in your progress as an excuse to give up and go back to all your old overeating habits.

Plateaus are very common and what I don’t want to do with you is teach you that the way out of a plateau is to jump start your weight loss…by focusing only on what you eat.
Yes, I know that might be what you think you need and want.
But what you really need is to figure out what happened and learn from it.
Because that’s what we do around here.
We figure out why we do what we do so we can make intelligent changes that last, right?

I want you to consider viewing your plateau as a pause, a pause telling you that it’s time for you to re-access where you are, why you are there, and what your next steps should be to get yourself moving forward again.

Let’s figure this out together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 287: Is Your Weight Loss Stuck At A Plateau? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Focus on Wins — Episode 286: How To Find And Focus On Wins Every Day Aug 02, 2022

So today we are continuing our discussion from Episode 285, of why we tend to focus on the negative, why we should focus on the positive, and how to do it.
Because this is something we all need to hear.

When you aren’t at your goal yet, and I ask what you might be thinking about how you are doing, you might say:
• I’m not doing anything right! This is not true.
• It’s just a perspective that your brain leans toward, like taking the same streets to work every day, you go that way automatically.
• You might think that the small things you are doing right are too small to count
• But I want to remind you that it all counts, it all adds up, and everything you do takes you either in the right direction or the wrong direction.

Today I’m going to show you how to look at your days, and how to purposely look for what you are doing well, or even one inch better than you had been doing. So that you feel good and can keep moving forward.

I want you to think about What you’ve trained yourself to focus on in each part of your day.
And we’re going to switch your negative bias to a more positive bias.
This is not about pretending that you are doing well, but switching your focus to:
What you did do that was positive
What you didn’t do that you might usually do that is negative, these are both wins.
Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 286: How To Find And Focus On Wins Every Day appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 286: How To Find And Focus On Wins Every Day Aug 02, 2022

So today we are continuing our discussion from Episode 285, of why we tend to focus on the negative, why we should focus on the positive, and how to do it.
Because this is something we all need to hear.

When you aren’t at your goal yet, and I ask what you might be thinking about how you are doing, you might say:
• I’m not doing anything right! This is not true.
• It’s just a perspective that your brain leans toward, like taking the same streets to work every day, you go that way automatically.
• You might think that the small things you are doing right are too small to count
• But I want to remind you that it all counts, it all adds up, and everything you do takes you either in the right direction or the wrong direction.

Today I’m going to show you how to look at your days, and how to purposely look for what you are doing well, or even one inch better than you had been doing. So that you feel good and can keep moving forward.

I want you to think about What you’ve trained yourself to focus on in each part of your day.
And we’re going to switch your negative bias to a more positive bias.
This is not about pretending that you are doing well, but switching your focus to:
What you did do that was positive
What you didn’t do that you might usually do that is negative, these are both wins.
Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 286: How To Find And Focus On Wins Every Day appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Start Focusing on What's Right — Episode 285: Stop Focusing On What’s Wrong, And Start Focusing On What’s Right Jul 26, 2022

Do you do this? Someone gives you a complement and you deflect, saying: yes I did do that well, but look at this other thing I did. You shrug off the good things you do and focus all the time on what you didn’t do or what you didn’t do well You make light of the good things and you shine a bright light on things that are not going well. You constantly think about what isn’t going well. What you did wrong. Any misstep you made. You pretty much ignore anything you did that was right, went well or took you a step closer to your goals. You are negating the good things you are doing, simply because you’re still not there yet. You’re not at your final goal, so you think all those good things you are doing along the way just don’t count.

It used to be that when I asked my clients how they were doing since the last time we spoke, I’d get a long laundry list of all the things they thought they had done wrong. Why is it a problem that we focus on the negatives and shrug off the positives? and let’s talk about why I think you should consciously try to stop doing this. When you focus on what’s wrong with you, your life, your body, your eating, and your actions, the thoughts you are creating from this negative spotlight make you feel bad. Ashamed. Hopeless. Pessimistic. And fundamentally flawed. Join me today to learn more about how your negativity bias takes you in the opposite direction you want to go towards. The first step will be seeing where you usually focus. And if you’re like most of us, you’ll be surprised at how often you focus on what didn’t go right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 285: Stop Focusing On What’s Wrong, And Start Focusing On What’s Right appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 285: Stop Focusing On What’s Wrong, And Start Focusing On What’s Right Jul 26, 2022

Do you do this? Someone gives you a complement and you deflect, saying: yes I did do that well, but look at this other thing I did. You shrug off the good things you do and focus all the time on what you didn’t do or what you didn’t do well You make light of the good things and you shine a bright light on things that are not going well. You constantly think about what isn’t going well. What you did wrong. Any misstep you made. You pretty much ignore anything you did that was right, went well or took you a step closer to your goals. You are negating the good things you are doing, simply because you’re still not there yet. You’re not at your final goal, so you think all those good things you are doing along the way just don’t count.

It used to be that when I asked my clients how they were doing since the last time we spoke, I’d get a long laundry list of all the things they thought they had done wrong. Why is it a problem that we focus on the negatives and shrug off the positives? and let’s talk about why I think you should consciously try to stop doing this. When you focus on what’s wrong with you, your life, your body, your eating, and your actions, the thoughts you are creating from this negative spotlight make you feel bad. Ashamed. Hopeless. Pessimistic. And fundamentally flawed. Join me today to learn more about how your negativity bias takes you in the opposite direction you want to go towards. The first step will be seeing where you usually focus. And if you’re like most of us, you’ll be surprised at how often you focus on what didn’t go right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 285: Stop Focusing On What’s Wrong, And Start Focusing On What’s Right appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bored Thinking About Food — Episode 284: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? Jul 19, 2022

You might be taking breaks from your Project You because you’re telling yourself you’re tired of thinking about the whole subject. Or you are bored with the subject of weight and food and eating.

Some signs of boredom you might be experiencing: believing that thinking about food will lead you to overeat, tired of planning what you will eat, tired of thinking about the fact that you need to eat several times during the day, tired of the whole subject, thinking you’ve been working on this long enough and if you don’t have the results you want, and you want to pause and take a break.

And we know what taking a break means, right? Eating whenever, whatever.

These things feel like they just happen. You wake up and you just follow these patterns. Whatever pattern you follow is what creates your end result.

I want to help you reframe this issue of being tired or bored with the whole subject because this is what you need help with.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 284: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 284: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? Jul 19, 2022

You might be taking breaks from your Project You because you’re telling yourself you’re tired of thinking about the whole subject. Or you are bored with the subject of weight and food and eating.

Some signs of boredom you might be experiencing: believing that thinking about food will lead you to overeat, tired of planning what you will eat, tired of thinking about the fact that you need to eat several times during the day, tired of the whole subject, thinking you’ve been working on this long enough and if you don’t have the results you want, and you want to pause and take a break.

And we know what taking a break means, right? Eating whenever, whatever.

These things feel like they just happen. You wake up and you just follow these patterns. Whatever pattern you follow is what creates your end result.

I want to help you reframe this issue of being tired or bored with the whole subject because this is what you need help with.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 284: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Avoiding Failure — Episode 283: Want Weight Loss? Stop Avoiding Failure! Jul 12, 2022

When you’re trying to stop overeating, do you hold on tight and think you should avoid failing at any cost?

If this is what you’ve tried in the past, you probably know by now that it doesn’t work, and it’s certainly not sustainable.

Yet most of us think our goal in life is to do anything to avoid failing.

When we learn anything that’s new to us and our brains, we need to know that failing is a part of learning.

The big mistake you make when you fail is not the mistake itself. It is your assumption that failing means there is something wrong with you. And that you did something ‘bad’. With thoughts like these, it’s understandable why failing seems like a terrible thing.

Today, we are going to talk about why you need to embrace failure.
Just imagine:
• What if you just reframed failure?
• What if failing was required on the way to success?
• What if you didn’t tell yourself it was terrible?
• Instead, you said: great, I’m glad I got that first fail over with!
• Now I can keep trying and get closer to the success I want.

Failing is not personal in that it doesn’t mean anything bad about you.
Yet it is personal in that it gives you a specific message about what you need to work on. Like a prescription for your own future success.

Join me in this coaching session today and learn how moving towards failing, in the right way, will help you reach those goals and feel better along the way.

You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 283: Want Weight Loss? Stop Avoiding Failure! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 283: Want Weight Loss? Stop Avoiding Failure! Jul 12, 2022

When you’re trying to stop overeating, do you hold on tight and think you should avoid failing at any cost?

If this is what you’ve tried in the past, you probably know by now that it doesn’t work, and it’s certainly not sustainable.

Yet most of us think our goal in life is to do anything to avoid failing.

When we learn anything that’s new to us and our brains, we need to know that failing is a part of learning.

The big mistake you make when you fail is not the mistake itself. It is your assumption that failing means there is something wrong with you. And that you did something ‘bad’. With thoughts like these, it’s understandable why failing seems like a terrible thing.

Today, we are going to talk about why you need to embrace failure.
Just imagine:
• What if you just reframed failure?
• What if failing was required on the way to success?
• What if you didn’t tell yourself it was terrible?
• Instead, you said: great, I’m glad I got that first fail over with!
• Now I can keep trying and get closer to the success I want.

Failing is not personal in that it doesn’t mean anything bad about you.
Yet it is personal in that it gives you a specific message about what you need to work on. Like a prescription for your own future success.

Join me in this coaching session today and learn how moving towards failing, in the right way, will help you reach those goals and feel better along the way.

You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 283: Want Weight Loss? Stop Avoiding Failure! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Why Worry Leads to Overeating — Episode 282: Why Worry Leads to Overeating Jul 05, 2022

Today I’m going to help you understand why you worry so much, why worry leads you to overeat, and how to fix this habit. Come and join me in this coaching session.

Are you a worrier?
You’ll know if you are!
Worry is a negative emotion, and it doesn’t just come upon you. It comes from a negative thought that you have created in your own mind.

The way that you’d experience worry would be thinking about something in the future in a way that creates apprehension or anxiety for you.

It might feel like not knowing the future and automatically fearing the worst possible outcome.

Or not being able to be uncomfortable with any uncertainty in your life. Remember, for all of us, all future events have a degree of uncertainty because they are something that hasn’t happened yet. So, you thinking about the unknown future is certainly not unique to you.

What does worry sound or look like in your mind? How would you recognize that you are doing it?
• You think about something in the future, and you feel stuck in thoughts about it.
• You then just can’t stop thinking about it. You ruminate.
• You begin to obsess about all the ‘what if’s’ that might happen.
• You worry about things that may happen, or what someone may say or do, and you might worry or fear that you can’t handle a possible situation.
• You may think that you’re just a worrier, and it’s a personality trait and there’s nothing you can do about it. But this is not true.
• It’s just a habit of thinking and feeling and then eating that you inadvertently learned, and it can be unlearned. For sure.

Join me in this coaching session to look your worry in the eye, understand it and get back in charge of you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 282: Why Worry Leads to Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 282: Why Worry Leads to Overeating Jul 05, 2022

Today I’m going to help you understand why you worry so much, why worry leads you to overeat, and how to fix this habit. Come and join me in this coaching session.

Are you a worrier?
You’ll know if you are!
Worry is a negative emotion, and it doesn’t just come upon you. It comes from a negative thought that you have created in your own mind.

The way that you’d experience worry would be thinking about something in the future in a way that creates apprehension or anxiety for you.

It might feel like not knowing the future and automatically fearing the worst possible outcome.

Or not being able to be uncomfortable with any uncertainty in your life. Remember, for all of us, all future events have a degree of uncertainty because they are something that hasn’t happened yet. So, you thinking about the unknown future is certainly not unique to you.

What does worry sound or look like in your mind? How would you recognize that you are doing it?
• You think about something in the future, and you feel stuck in thoughts about it.
• You then just can’t stop thinking about it. You ruminate.
• You begin to obsess about all the ‘what if’s’ that might happen.
• You worry about things that may happen, or what someone may say or do, and you might worry or fear that you can’t handle a possible situation.
• You may think that you’re just a worrier, and it’s a personality trait and there’s nothing you can do about it. But this is not true.
• It’s just a habit of thinking and feeling and then eating that you inadvertently learned, and it can be unlearned. For sure.

Join me in this coaching session to look your worry in the eye, understand it and get back in charge of you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 282: Why Worry Leads to Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Where Does Nutrition Fit In — Episode 281: Where Does Nutritional Advice Fit In With Becoming A Natural Eater? Jun 28, 2022

Be honest. With so many different diets out there and so many plans to choose from, don’t you sometimes wish someone would just give you exact advice about what to eat?

I wouldn’t blame you if you thought that would solve your overeating habits.

But if you’ve listened to me for a while, you know that first we need to relearn when we are hungry and when our bodies have had enough.

Then, we figure out what to eat.
As much as we would like it, there is no nutritional prescription that will change your eating habits.

The way you eat, or overeat, comes from your mind. So, your first job is to get reconnected with those signals from your body.
Those signals tell you when you’re hungry and should feed yourself.
They also tell you when your body is approaching ‘enough’ and when you should stop eating.
And then learn how your mind works. So you understand why you sometimes feel like you need something to eat, even though the idea is not coming from your empty stomach.

So where does nutritional advice come in?
Do you need it?

There certainly are experts in the field of nutrition, like registered Dieticians. They can help you eat in a certain way to solve many physical issues.

After you learn to become a natural eater, that would be the time to learn how to optimize your nutritional intake to have the best health possible for you.

Looking to a nutritional expert to tell you how to lose weight from habits and urges…that is not the right answer. Not yet.

Let’s solve why you are overeating first.
Then we can add in some expert advice about what to eat to help your particular body. And your particular health situation.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 281: Where Does Nutritional Advice Fit In With Becoming A Natural Eater? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 281: Where Does Nutritional Advice Fit In With Becoming A Natural Eater? Jun 28, 2022

Be honest. With so many different diets out there and so many plans to choose from, don’t you sometimes wish someone would just give you exact advice about what to eat?

I wouldn’t blame you if you thought that would solve your overeating habits.

But if you’ve listened to me for a while, you know that first we need to relearn when we are hungry and when our bodies have had enough.

Then, we figure out what to eat.
As much as we would like it, there is no nutritional prescription that will change your eating habits.

The way you eat, or overeat, comes from your mind. So, your first job is to get reconnected with those signals from your body.
Those signals tell you when you’re hungry and should feed yourself.
They also tell you when your body is approaching ‘enough’ and when you should stop eating.
And then learn how your mind works. So you understand why you sometimes feel like you need something to eat, even though the idea is not coming from your empty stomach.

So where does nutritional advice come in?
Do you need it?

There certainly are experts in the field of nutrition, like registered Dieticians. They can help you eat in a certain way to solve many physical issues.

After you learn to become a natural eater, that would be the time to learn how to optimize your nutritional intake to have the best health possible for you.

Looking to a nutritional expert to tell you how to lose weight from habits and urges…that is not the right answer. Not yet.

Let’s solve why you are overeating first.
Then we can add in some expert advice about what to eat to help your particular body. And your particular health situation.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 281: Where Does Nutritional Advice Fit In With Becoming A Natural Eater? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Love Your Weight Loss Journey — Episode 280: What if You Loved Your Weight Loss Journey? Jun 21, 2022

If one of your goals was to take care of yourself and end your overeating, imagine waking up one day and NOT hating the journey! Not dreading your day with all the things you need to do. If you don’t look forward to doing all the ‘hard’ things that you need to do to lose your extra weight, today’s coaching session is for you.

We’re talking about why your weight loss journey feels so hard, and how to make it lighter and easier and actually enjoy it.

Think about how you feel now about working on your own Project You. If you’re like most Freedom Group members when they first join me, you might look at the work you need to do like it’s a burden you need to bear.

Or like: life’s not fair! You may wonder why you struggle, and other women don’t. And you resent what you need to do to change your habits.

If this describes you, we’re going to step back and look at your thoughts that create doubt about yourself and your abilities.

Thoughts that create pessimism about ever accomplishing your goals.

And thoughts that make you feel insecure about your ability to solve your overeating issues.

What if you could stop hating your journey? This is really possible for you.
You’ll learn why you automatically think this journey is hard and something to be dreaded.
And you’ll learn how to think about it in a whole new way, without ‘faking it until you make it’.

Your ability and opportunity to work on Project You is a privilege. You GET to work on yourself, you don’t ‘have to’.

Get ready for some game-changing new perspectives that will make your weight loss journey feel so much better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 280: What if You Loved Your Weight Loss Journey? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 280: What if You Loved Your Weight Loss Journey? Jun 21, 2022

If one of your goals was to take care of yourself and end your overeating, imagine waking up one day and NOT hating the journey! Not dreading your day with all the things you need to do. If you don’t look forward to doing all the ‘hard’ things that you need to do to lose your extra weight, today’s coaching session is for you.

We’re talking about why your weight loss journey feels so hard, and how to make it lighter and easier and actually enjoy it.

Think about how you feel now about working on your own Project You. If you’re like most Freedom Group members when they first join me, you might look at the work you need to do like it’s a burden you need to bear.

Or like: life’s not fair! You may wonder why you struggle, and other women don’t. And you resent what you need to do to change your habits.

If this describes you, we’re going to step back and look at your thoughts that create doubt about yourself and your abilities.

Thoughts that create pessimism about ever accomplishing your goals.

And thoughts that make you feel insecure about your ability to solve your overeating issues.

What if you could stop hating your journey? This is really possible for you.
You’ll learn why you automatically think this journey is hard and something to be dreaded.
And you’ll learn how to think about it in a whole new way, without ‘faking it until you make it’.

Your ability and opportunity to work on Project You is a privilege. You GET to work on yourself, you don’t ‘have to’.

Get ready for some game-changing new perspectives that will make your weight loss journey feel so much better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 280: What if You Loved Your Weight Loss Journey? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Body hunger or head hunger — Episode 279: Is That Body Hunger? Or Head Hunger? Jun 14, 2022

Do you know how to successfully answer the age-old question: Am I hungry?
I know it sounds so basic.
But if you don’t know the difference between body hunger and head hunger, odds are good that you may sometimes eat for the wrong reason.

You let your inner mean girl come out and you put yourself down for not being perfect. You slipped.

If you eat from body hunger most of the time, I’m guessing that you are a pretty natural eater, and extra weight is not a problem for you.

You instinctively know when to start eating, and when to stop eating.

But some of us are not good at deciphering signals that we get from our mind, and I am calling that head hunger.

You feel something that you have linked to eating. It might be a good feeling or an uncomfortable feeling.
And your habit is to think: oh, I need something to eat.
Just a little something to eat. And you reinforce the habit of eating before your body actually needs it.

Today’s coaching session is a short and sweet reminder of how to answer, ‘Am I hungry’ and to understand the difference between body hunger and head hunger.

This lesson will start you on the path to knowing when to start eating, and when to stop. And once you know that, you are on your way to freedom from the struggle.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 279: Is That Body Hunger? Or Head Hunger? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 279: Is That Body Hunger? Or Head Hunger? Jun 14, 2022

Do you know how to successfully answer the age-old question: Am I hungry?
I know it sounds so basic.
But if you don’t know the difference between body hunger and head hunger, odds are good that you may sometimes eat for the wrong reason.

You let your inner mean girl come out and you put yourself down for not being perfect. You slipped.

If you eat from body hunger most of the time, I’m guessing that you are a pretty natural eater, and extra weight is not a problem for you.

You instinctively know when to start eating, and when to stop eating.

But some of us are not good at deciphering signals that we get from our mind, and I am calling that head hunger.

You feel something that you have linked to eating. It might be a good feeling or an uncomfortable feeling.
And your habit is to think: oh, I need something to eat.
Just a little something to eat. And you reinforce the habit of eating before your body actually needs it.

Today’s coaching session is a short and sweet reminder of how to answer, ‘Am I hungry’ and to understand the difference between body hunger and head hunger.

This lesson will start you on the path to knowing when to start eating, and when to stop. And once you know that, you are on your way to freedom from the struggle.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 279: Is That Body Hunger? Or Head Hunger? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How to Slip Without Going Back to Square One — Episode 278: How to Slip Without Going Back to Square One Jun 07, 2022

When was the last time you slipped from your eating plan?
You know.
It’s when you make a plan and promise yourself that you will follow your plan.
And…. you don’t.

You might make excuses for yourself.
Or maybe you are in deep denial. And think things like: This is no big deal.

Maybe you get upset with yourself.
You let your inner mean girl come out and you put yourself down for not being perfect. You slipped.

Or maybe you give up.
I hope this is not you.
But know that it’s a common response to having a slip. And there is a way out of it.

I don’t want you to give up or be mad at yourself or pretend that nothing happened.

There is a better way to treat a slip and that’s what we will cover today.
Slips are inevitable when you are learning something new.
Let’s do this together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 278: How to Slip Without Going Back to Square One appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 278: How to Slip Without Going Back to Square One Jun 07, 2022

When was the last time you slipped from your eating plan?
You know.
It’s when you make a plan and promise yourself that you will follow your plan.
And…. you don’t.

You might make excuses for yourself.
Or maybe you are in deep denial. And think things like: This is no big deal.

Maybe you get upset with yourself.
You let your inner mean girl come out and you put yourself down for not being perfect. You slipped.

Or maybe you give up.
I hope this is not you.
But know that it’s a common response to having a slip. And there is a way out of it.

I don’t want you to give up or be mad at yourself or pretend that nothing happened.

There is a better way to treat a slip and that’s what we will cover today.
Slips are inevitable when you are learning something new.
Let’s do this together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 278: How to Slip Without Going Back to Square One appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder May 31, 2022

Have you ever looked at other women and wondered about them?
What is their story?
How do they eat?
How do they manage their weight?

Here is one young woman’s story of how she worked herself into an eating disorder, and then bravely worked her way out of it.

And became a mentor to other women who struggled.

Amber shares the common pressures she faced. She talks about all the things she tried to break free from the struggle with her eating, her self-esteem and her weight.
And what she finally found that worked.

Under the skin, we are all women living in the world today. With similar cultural messages and pressures to be and act and look a certain way.

Join me as we explore one woman’s journey to learn how to take care of herself and get really good at understanding how her mind works.

Meet Amber, one of the mentors for our members in The Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder May 31, 2022

Have you ever looked at other women and wondered about them?
What is their story?
How do they eat?
How do they manage their weight?

Here is one young woman’s story of how she worked herself into an eating disorder, and then bravely worked her way out of it.

And became a mentor to other women who struggled.

Amber shares the common pressures she faced. She talks about all the things she tried to break free from the struggle with her eating, her self-esteem and her weight.
And what she finally found that worked.

Under the skin, we are all women living in the world today. With similar cultural messages and pressures to be and act and look a certain way.

Join me as we explore one woman’s journey to learn how to take care of herself and get really good at understanding how her mind works.

Meet Amber, one of the mentors for our members in The Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hot mess? Or work in Progress? — Episode 277: Are You A Hot Mess Or A Work In Progress? May 31, 2022

How you talk to yourself matters.
Why?
If no one hears you, why does it matter?
Because you cannot escape the effect your words have on you
Even if no one hears you.

When you think a thought, that thought has the power to create something for you.
A feeling.
An action.
And eventually a result.
I think that we all believe to some extent that our words matter and our thoughts matter, but we think this about things out there in the world, and about other people, and about all kinds of circumstances.

What’s critical to know is that even your very own words in your mind, not even spoken out loud, will have an effect on you and how things go for you.

How you describe yourself matters…the words you use when you think of where you are on this journey, of learning to stop overeating. Whether you just did something well or you did something with a bunch of mistakes.

Whatever you say to yourself quietly in your own mind, will register and produce good, neutral or negative feelings.

So, my question to you is: how do you describe how you are and what you’re doing right now in the world of eating and weight?

Are you a hot mess?
Or a work in progress?
Let’s explore together and dial down that internal hot mess and dial up that internal work in progress.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 277: Are You A Hot Mess Or A Work In Progress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 277: Are You A Hot Mess Or A Work In Progress? May 31, 2022

How you talk to yourself matters.
Why?
If no one hears you, why does it matter?
Because you cannot escape the effect your words have on you
Even if no one hears you.

When you think a thought, that thought has the power to create something for you.
A feeling.
An action.
And eventually a result.
I think that we all believe to some extent that our words matter and our thoughts matter, but we think this about things out there in the world, and about other people, and about all kinds of circumstances.

What’s critical to know is that even your very own words in your mind, not even spoken out loud, will have an effect on you and how things go for you.

How you describe yourself matters…the words you use when you think of where you are on this journey, of learning to stop overeating. Whether you just did something well or you did something with a bunch of mistakes.

Whatever you say to yourself quietly in your own mind, will register and produce good, neutral or negative feelings.

So, my question to you is: how do you describe how you are and what you’re doing right now in the world of eating and weight?

Are you a hot mess?
Or a work in progress?
Let’s explore together and dial down that internal hot mess and dial up that internal work in progress.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 277: Are You A Hot Mess Or A Work In Progress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How to be consistent — Episode 276: How to Be Consistent With Your Eating May 24, 2022

Today we’re going to talk about how to be consistent with your eating. This doesn’t mean being perfect with your eating. It means doing enough of the right things over time, until you create the results you want. Here’s how to do it!

What do I mean when I say consistency?

Consistency means doing what works. It means sticking with what is proven to work. If what you're doing is working, you want to put blinders on to avoid the latest guru telling you to try a new thing.

Consistency is about following a plan that you have investigated that makes sense, and not being distracted by all the other options out there. That doesn’t mean you can never change your path. It means you don’t flit back and forth out of lack of conviction, or boredom or lack of determination.

What happens when you are consistent with your eating?
Your results add up.
And your actions add up.
They become a part of your identity, that mental picture of who you are.
I’m a woman who does ___.
I’m a woman who eats a certain way.
Who thinks ahead about her day and her week.
And what she wants to achieve.
And then does it….
over and over again…. those consistent right actions add up to your best eating habits.

One consistent action in the right direction leads to the next one.
And each one makes you feel good, like: wow today I did it.
I waited to be hungry to eat.
Now I know I can do it.
I’m going to do it again tomorrow and tomorrow and tomorrow.
And pretty soon those links in your consistency chain will be so strong that you won’t have to pay attention to them. And you will move onto other links, other goals.

Join me today as we discuss how you can become more consistent in the eating habits you wish to have.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 276: How to Be Consistent With Your Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 276: How to Be Consistent With Your Eating May 24, 2022

Today we’re going to talk about how to be consistent with your eating. This doesn’t mean being perfect with your eating. It means doing enough of the right things over time, until you create the results you want. Here’s how to do it!

What do I mean when I say consistency?

Consistency means doing what works. It means sticking with what is proven to work. If what you're doing is working, you want to put blinders on to avoid the latest guru telling you to try a new thing.

Consistency is about following a plan that you have investigated that makes sense, and not being distracted by all the other options out there. That doesn’t mean you can never change your path. It means you don’t flit back and forth out of lack of conviction, or boredom or lack of determination.

What happens when you are consistent with your eating?
Your results add up.
And your actions add up.
They become a part of your identity, that mental picture of who you are.
I’m a woman who does ___.
I’m a woman who eats a certain way.
Who thinks ahead about her day and her week.
And what she wants to achieve.
And then does it….
over and over again…. those consistent right actions add up to your best eating habits.

One consistent action in the right direction leads to the next one.
And each one makes you feel good, like: wow today I did it.
I waited to be hungry to eat.
Now I know I can do it.
I’m going to do it again tomorrow and tomorrow and tomorrow.
And pretty soon those links in your consistency chain will be so strong that you won’t have to pay attention to them. And you will move onto other links, other goals.

Join me today as we discuss how you can become more consistent in the eating habits you wish to have.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 276: How to Be Consistent With Your Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How Pat Lost Weight — Episode 275: How Pat Lost Weight And Fulfilled A Lifelong Dream May 17, 2022

Today we have a treat for you: a chat with a Freedom Group member who’s accomplished so many amazing things.

I want you to hear how she overcame nighttime eating, created a great relationship with her body, lost weight, overcame fear, learned to deal with family events without going back to square one, and fulfilled a major dream.

I’m so proud of her and I’m honored to share her story.. so, join me as we visit with Pat.

I hope after listening to how Pat lost weight, you are inspired to pursue your own dreams and act on them right now.

In the Freedom Group, where I work with women like Pat, we focus on learning why we overeat. I teach you how to deal with uncomfortable emotions, so you stop running to food every time you are stressed.

Going to a family function and don’t want to erase all the progress you’ve made? No problem.

Struggling with feeling so worn out at the end of the day that you MUST escape into a bag of chips and a glass of wine? No problem.

Have dreams that have been on hold until you finally lose that extra weight? We’ve got you.

Remember, if Pat can do these things and change her habits, you can, too.

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for many, many episodes. And right now, if you are listening in real time when this episode is released, I want you to know that the FG is open for enrollment tomorrow.

We are open for a few days only, so mark your calendar and check your email to get the link to learn more and join me. See the link here in these show notes.

Imagine being supported and taught new ways to think about your eating. Imagine someone gently showing you your thoughts and coaching you so that you can finally end a habit that colors your whole life…the habit of overeating.

The Freedom Group opens for new members a few times a year. If you are already on my email list, you’ll get an invitation to join me tomorrow.

The FG is where we take what we talk about here and personalize it for you on a much deeper level. It’s an affordable monthly membership with tons of coaching, teaching and support from me and my team.

It’s where you will learn my proven Eat, Think, Love program, which takes weight loss and ending overeating to a whole new level.

As you search for an answer to end your struggle with weight and eating, make sure you are open to hearing a solution when it’s offered to you.

I hope you join me tomorrow to end your struggles once and for all.

Join the Freedom Group

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 275: How Pat Lost Weight And Fulfilled A Lifelong Dream appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 275: How Pat Lost Weight And Fulfilled A Lifelong Dream May 17, 2022

Today we have a treat for you: a chat with a Freedom Group member who’s accomplished so many amazing things.

I want you to hear how she overcame nighttime eating, created a great relationship with her body, lost weight, overcame fear, learned to deal with family events without going back to square one, and fulfilled a major dream.

I’m so proud of her and I’m honored to share her story.. so, join me as we visit with Pat.

I hope after listening to how Pat lost weight, you are inspired to pursue your own dreams and act on them right now.

In the Freedom Group, where I work with women like Pat, we focus on learning why we overeat. I teach you how to deal with uncomfortable emotions, so you stop running to food every time you are stressed.

Going to a family function and don’t want to erase all the progress you’ve made? No problem.

Struggling with feeling so worn out at the end of the day that you MUST escape into a bag of chips and a glass of wine? No problem.

Have dreams that have been on hold until you finally lose that extra weight? We’ve got you.

Remember, if Pat can do these things and change her habits, you can, too.

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for many, many episodes. And right now, if you are listening in real time when this episode is released, I want you to know that the FG is open for enrollment tomorrow.

We are open for a few days only, so mark your calendar and check your email to get the link to learn more and join me. See the link here in these show notes.

Imagine being supported and taught new ways to think about your eating. Imagine someone gently showing you your thoughts and coaching you so that you can finally end a habit that colors your whole life…the habit of overeating.

The Freedom Group opens for new members a few times a year. If you are already on my email list, you’ll get an invitation to join me tomorrow.

The FG is where we take what we talk about here and personalize it for you on a much deeper level. It’s an affordable monthly membership with tons of coaching, teaching and support from me and my team.

It’s where you will learn my proven Eat, Think, Love program, which takes weight loss and ending overeating to a whole new level.

As you search for an answer to end your struggle with weight and eating, make sure you are open to hearing a solution when it’s offered to you.

I hope you join me tomorrow to end your struggles once and for all.

Join the Freedom Group

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 275: How Pat Lost Weight And Fulfilled A Lifelong Dream appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

The Pain of Overeating — Episode 274: Are You Remembering the Pain of Overeating? May 10, 2022

Think about the last time you slipped and went off your eating plan. We’re not about diets here, but we are talking about making a plan for yourself and then keeping your promise to yourself. Your goal is to honor your plan.

And when you don’t keep your promise to yourself, that is considered a slip.

So, what happens when you slip? Essentially you are enjoying the moment, and conveniently putting your goals in the way back part of your mind.

And, you are conveniently forgetting how bad you felt on the last overeating episode.

Now remember in Episode 171, How to Hold Yourself Accountable, we talked about making sure you didn’t move on from a slip without learning from it. No self-beating, but definitely learning from what you did.

What we’re talking about here today is why it’s important to keep the memory of the pain you felt when you slipped… in the front of your mind.

Do I want you to feel bad? Of course not. But sometimes we need to remember our pain, so we learn from it. So we know what we don’t want again. And we use it to help ourselves keep our promises.

So, before you let the pain of your latest overeating episode slip into the back of your memory, write it down. Let’s remember while it’s fresh. I want you to be sure to have some ammunition the next time you think: “Oh, what’s the big deal? I can always start again tomorrow.”

We are focusing on the pain. So that you can stop creating the pain. Go back and listen to Episode 171 so you can put all this together. Hold yourself accountable. Get clear on the pain you’re creating when you allow your brain to talk you into a slip. And let’s prevent it from happening again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 274: Are You Remembering the Pain of Overeating? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 274: Are You Remembering the Pain of Overeating? May 10, 2022

Think about the last time you slipped and went off your eating plan. We’re not about diets here, but we are talking about making a plan for yourself and then keeping your promise to yourself. Your goal is to honor your plan.

And when you don’t keep your promise to yourself, that is considered a slip.

So, what happens when you slip? Essentially you are enjoying the moment, and conveniently putting your goals in the way back part of your mind.

And, you are conveniently forgetting how bad you felt on the last overeating episode.

Now remember in Episode 171, How to Hold Yourself Accountable, we talked about making sure you didn’t move on from a slip without learning from it. No self-beating, but definitely learning from what you did.

What we’re talking about here today is why it’s important to keep the memory of the pain you felt when you slipped… in the front of your mind.

Do I want you to feel bad? Of course not. But sometimes we need to remember our pain, so we learn from it. So we know what we don’t want again. And we use it to help ourselves keep our promises.

So, before you let the pain of your latest overeating episode slip into the back of your memory, write it down. Let’s remember while it’s fresh. I want you to be sure to have some ammunition the next time you think: “Oh, what’s the big deal? I can always start again tomorrow.”

We are focusing on the pain. So that you can stop creating the pain. Go back and listen to Episode 171 so you can put all this together. Hold yourself accountable. Get clear on the pain you’re creating when you allow your brain to talk you into a slip. And let’s prevent it from happening again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 274: Are You Remembering the Pain of Overeating? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Friends supporters or partners in crime — Episode 273: Are Your Friends Supporters Or Partners In Crime? May 03, 2022

Do your friends support your eating goals? Or are they really partners in crime? Listen in today to hear my own story of my former partner in crime.

Today we’re talking about the culture of our friendships.
The people we spend time with, the people we look up to, and go to for advice.
We want their approval.
We want their love.
We want to be accepted by people we care about.

What happens when you try to swim upstream against the not only diet culture but also your friends’ culture?
I want you to see that how your friends think and what they believe and what they do in the world of eating and weight is an influence that is very close to home for you.

And today we’re going to shine the light on how our friends help us make all kinds of eating decisions, some that are helpful and some that are definitely less than helpful. Some that support us and some that lead us down a dark path.

You’d assume that as friends you’d support each other and cheer each other on and help each other say yes or no to things that might help you or hinder your progress.

But your friends might not know how to do this, and I am going to give you some examples of how friend support could work and also how it could turn into each of you supporting the other in jumping ship and giving up on your goals.

Join me as I share my story of my own special long-term friend and how we used to handle supporting each other….or not!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 273: Are Your Friends Supporters Or Partners In Crime? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 273: Are Your Friends Supporters Or Partners In Crime? May 03, 2022

Do your friends support your eating goals? Or are they really partners in crime? Listen in today to hear my own story of my former partner in crime.

Today we’re talking about the culture of our friendships.
The people we spend time with, the people we look up to, and go to for advice.
We want their approval.
We want their love.
We want to be accepted by people we care about.

What happens when you try to swim upstream against the not only diet culture but also your friends’ culture?
I want you to see that how your friends think and what they believe and what they do in the world of eating and weight is an influence that is very close to home for you.

And today we’re going to shine the light on how our friends help us make all kinds of eating decisions, some that are helpful and some that are definitely less than helpful. Some that support us and some that lead us down a dark path.

You’d assume that as friends you’d support each other and cheer each other on and help each other say yes or no to things that might help you or hinder your progress.

But your friends might not know how to do this, and I am going to give you some examples of how friend support could work and also how it could turn into each of you supporting the other in jumping ship and giving up on your goals.

Join me as I share my story of my own special long-term friend and how we used to handle supporting each other….or not!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 273: Are Your Friends Supporters Or Partners In Crime? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Why We All Diets — Episode 272: Why We All Love Diets Apr 26, 2022

Let’s face it. We love diets.

We love simple instructions that promise magical results.

Eat this.

Don’t eat that.

And you’ll arrive at your perfect weight.

Not. True.

Diets are an external solution to an internal problem.

Please join me as I coach you today on why we all love diets, and love to search for them and read all about them, but know, inside, that they aren’t the answer to your extra weight.

If diets aren’t a solution to losing your extra weight, well then, what does work?

Why it doesn’t work to keep trying to change the way you eat.

How those diet books with the big recipe sections fool you every time.

Why you love those simple 5 step guides to do anything, including weight loss.

Is your extra weight the problem? Or the symptom?

If you aren’t hungry and want to eat, what should you do?

How do you find the right solution to the problem of eating beyond what your body needs?

And, how to figure out your own causes of overeating so you can truly treat the problem correctly.

Let’s talk about finding the right solution to the problem of your extra weight. And, to do that, let’s learn how you created that problem in the first place. See you in the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 272: Why We All Love Diets appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 272: Why We All Love Diets Apr 26, 2022

Let’s face it. We love diets.

We love simple instructions that promise magical results.

Eat this.

Don’t eat that.

And you’ll arrive at your perfect weight.

Not. True.

Diets are an external solution to an internal problem.

Please join me as I coach you today on why we all love diets, and love to search for them and read all about them, but know, inside, that they aren’t the answer to your extra weight.

If diets aren’t a solution to losing your extra weight, well then, what does work?

Why it doesn’t work to keep trying to change the way you eat.

How those diet books with the big recipe sections fool you every time.

Why you love those simple 5 step guides to do anything, including weight loss.

Is your extra weight the problem? Or the symptom?

If you aren’t hungry and want to eat, what should you do?

How do you find the right solution to the problem of eating beyond what your body needs?

And, how to figure out your own causes of overeating so you can truly treat the problem correctly.

Let’s talk about finding the right solution to the problem of your extra weight. And, to do that, let’s learn how you created that problem in the first place. See you in the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 272: Why We All Love Diets appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Sadness of Eating Less — Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less Apr 19, 2022

Becoming a natural eater means learning to respond to your body – instead of your mind and all the other triggers that used to be reasons to eat. And that is good; that’s your goal. To be a natural eater who eats when hungry and stops when lightly full.

But sometimes, even when you learn to read your body and know when it’s asking for food (as opposed to your mind asking for food) you may still WANT to eat food for all kinds of other reasons.

And then you may feel disappointed or sad that you’re no longer doing what you used to do. Eating when you used to eat.

You may find yourself rebelling against doing this. And feeling bad.

So, let’s talk about WHY: Why does this new way of eating make you feel sad?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less Apr 19, 2022

Becoming a natural eater means learning to respond to your body – instead of your mind and all the other triggers that used to be reasons to eat. And that is good; that’s your goal. To be a natural eater who eats when hungry and stops when lightly full.

But sometimes, even when you learn to read your body and know when it’s asking for food (as opposed to your mind asking for food) you may still WANT to eat food for all kinds of other reasons.

And then you may feel disappointed or sad that you’re no longer doing what you used to do. Eating when you used to eat.

You may find yourself rebelling against doing this. And feeling bad.

So, let’s talk about WHY: Why does this new way of eating make you feel sad?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 271: The Sadness of Eating Less appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Binge Eating — Episode 270: A Conversation About Binge Eating And General Overeating With Kathryn Hansen Apr 12, 2022

Do you know the difference between binge eating and general overeating? Today Kathryn Hansen and I are going to break down the differences between these two eating struggles. Because your first step in solving your challenge is knowing the truth about what you are doing. And then finding the right solution. Let’s do this!

Welcome to your coaching session today, and it’s a special one.

Today I have a real treat for you, a conversation with an expert who I’m pretty sure you know. She is Kathryn Hansen, author of the breakthrough book: Brain Over Binge.

Kathryn Hansen recovered from bulimia in 2005; and since then, she has been dedicated to educating and empowering women and men who struggle with all forms of binge eating. She is the author of two books: Brain over Binge (published in 2011, and a new updated second edition, just released this year, in 2022) and the Brain over Binge Recovery Guide (2016). Additionally, Kathryn is the host of the Brain over Binge Podcast and a certified Integrative Nutrition Health Coach. She has made major contributions to the field of binge eating and its treatment and has helped thousands overcome this disorder.

I am honored to call her my friend and colleague and have her here for you today.
So get comfy and get ready to join our conversation.

We are going to help you define binge eating and garden-variety overeating. So you understand which one you struggle with. And so you can focus on the right solution for you.

We also talk about one of the most common areas of confusion around both of these eating habits. And that is when you think that you truly want to binge or overeat. It feels like it makes sense in the moment, and that makes it near impossible to stop. Let’s solve this once and for all.

Get my free training: 3 Steps to Stop Overeating

Visit Brain Over Binge website

Find Kathryn's Books here

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 270: A Conversation About Binge Eating And General Overeating With Kathryn Hansen appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 270: A Conversation About Binge Eating And General Overeating With Kathryn Hansen Apr 12, 2022

Do you know the difference between binge eating and general overeating? Today Kathryn Hansen and I are going to break down the differences between these two eating struggles. Because your first step in solving your challenge is knowing the truth about what you are doing. And then finding the right solution. Let’s do this!

Welcome to your coaching session today, and it’s a special one.

Today I have a real treat for you, a conversation with an expert who I’m pretty sure you know. She is Kathryn Hansen, author of the breakthrough book: Brain Over Binge.

Kathryn Hansen recovered from bulimia in 2005; and since then, she has been dedicated to educating and empowering women and men who struggle with all forms of binge eating. She is the author of two books: Brain over Binge (published in 2011, and a new updated second edition, just released this year, in 2022) and the Brain over Binge Recovery Guide (2016). Additionally, Kathryn is the host of the Brain over Binge Podcast and a certified Integrative Nutrition Health Coach. She has made major contributions to the field of binge eating and its treatment and has helped thousands overcome this disorder.

I am honored to call her my friend and colleague and have her here for you today.
So get comfy and get ready to join our conversation.

We are going to help you define binge eating and garden-variety overeating. So you understand which one you struggle with. And so you can focus on the right solution for you.

We also talk about one of the most common areas of confusion around both of these eating habits. And that is when you think that you truly want to binge or overeat. It feels like it makes sense in the moment, and that makes it near impossible to stop. Let’s solve this once and for all.

Get my free training: 3 Steps to Stop Overeating

Visit Brain Over Binge website

Find Kathryn's Books here

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 270: A Conversation About Binge Eating And General Overeating With Kathryn Hansen appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Weight Loss as You Age — Episode 269: Weight Loss Goals as You Age Apr 05, 2022

Have you updated your weight loss goals in the past few years? Or do you still aim for the body you had 20 years ago? Today we’re going to talk about why your goals need to change with you as you grow and as you age. And doing this intentionally can feel wonderful.

In February we talked about subjects that related to how you eat. And In March we mostly talked about how we think and how it affects all that we do and how we eat.

And this month, in April we are talking about caring for ourselves…the love part of my Eat, Think, Love Program to stop overeating. Today we are working on weight loss goals as you change, as you age. Because hating yourself and your body as you age is so self-defeating.

This is an important subject. No matter what your age is right now.
Let’s look at where you are right now in your journey to stop overeating…does it feel like you’re stuck? And not making progress?

If this feels true to you, I want you to ask yourself if you’re looking at yourself through the eyes of the HS or college version of you?

And right now, are you maybe 10 or 20 or 30 years beyond that time of your life?

Things change with time, and your goals change too, even your goals for how you want to eat. And what you think your weight should be.

So, how are your goals defined right now?

Is your appearance number one?

Or fitting in?

Getting others’ approval?

Attracting a partner?

Feeling worthy?

I want you to acknowledge your current driver…the thing that motivates you to do this personal work on yourself.

And ask yourself, is your ‘why’ really current?

Join me as we look at weight loss as we age: how to think about it so it’s achievable and feels good.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 269: Weight Loss Goals as You Age appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 269: Weight Loss Goals as You Age Apr 05, 2022

Have you updated your weight loss goals in the past few years? Or do you still aim for the body you had 20 years ago? Today we’re going to talk about why your goals need to change with you as you grow and as you age. And doing this intentionally can feel wonderful.

In February we talked about subjects that related to how you eat. And In March we mostly talked about how we think and how it affects all that we do and how we eat.

And this month, in April we are talking about caring for ourselves…the love part of my Eat, Think, Love Program to stop overeating. Today we are working on weight loss goals as you change, as you age. Because hating yourself and your body as you age is so self-defeating.

This is an important subject. No matter what your age is right now.
Let’s look at where you are right now in your journey to stop overeating…does it feel like you’re stuck? And not making progress?

If this feels true to you, I want you to ask yourself if you’re looking at yourself through the eyes of the HS or college version of you?

And right now, are you maybe 10 or 20 or 30 years beyond that time of your life?

Things change with time, and your goals change too, even your goals for how you want to eat. And what you think your weight should be.

So, how are your goals defined right now?

Is your appearance number one?

Or fitting in?

Getting others’ approval?

Attracting a partner?

Feeling worthy?

I want you to acknowledge your current driver…the thing that motivates you to do this personal work on yourself.

And ask yourself, is your ‘why’ really current?

Join me as we look at weight loss as we age: how to think about it so it’s achievable and feels good.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 269: Weight Loss Goals as You Age appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Name That Mood — Episode 268: Name That Mood So You Don’t Go To Food Mar 29, 2022

If you’re one of my listeners who runs to the fridge or pantry at the first sign of a bad mood, you’ll want to listen carefully to our coaching session today, called: Name that mood, so you don’t go to food!

Here’s what we’re going to talk about today:
You’re going to learn how to identify what you are feeling and understand why it’s important to do that.
You’ll understand what a mood is.
And where your moods come from.
I’ll show you why you might be in the habit of avoiding an uncomfortable mood by eating more than you need, even when you’re not hungry.
You’ll learn why moods are important and why it helps to be able to name them.
And finally, I’m going to give you a short exercise for the week so you can begin to master this skill. It is a valuable skill and that’s why we are talking about it.

What happens when you name your feelings?
• You take a step back and see what’s happening in your mind. You see yourself having thoughts.
• You see yourself creating feelings.
• You see yourself having a mind that is doing what it thinks you need.
• You see clearly where your feelings come from: your thinking.
• And You can relax because you see the progression your thoughts and moods take…even if your feelings are unpleasant.
• You lessen the fear and worry and anxiety out of strong emotions when you name them.
• And you can say ‘I’m a woman having a thought that is creating the feeling of anxiety or fear or worry or happiness’.

Learn the skill of naming your feelings with me today, so you can take the fear out of feeling whatever you feel. No more eating to escape a feeling!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 268: Name That Mood So You Don’t Go To Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 268: Name That Mood So You Don’t Go To Food Mar 29, 2022

If you’re one of my listeners who runs to the fridge or pantry at the first sign of a bad mood, you’ll want to listen carefully to our coaching session today, called: Name that mood, so you don’t go to food!

Here’s what we’re going to talk about today:
You’re going to learn how to identify what you are feeling and understand why it’s important to do that.
You’ll understand what a mood is.
And where your moods come from.
I’ll show you why you might be in the habit of avoiding an uncomfortable mood by eating more than you need, even when you’re not hungry.
You’ll learn why moods are important and why it helps to be able to name them.
And finally, I’m going to give you a short exercise for the week so you can begin to master this skill. It is a valuable skill and that’s why we are talking about it.

What happens when you name your feelings?
• You take a step back and see what’s happening in your mind. You see yourself having thoughts.
• You see yourself creating feelings.
• You see yourself having a mind that is doing what it thinks you need.
• You see clearly where your feelings come from: your thinking.
• And You can relax because you see the progression your thoughts and moods take…even if your feelings are unpleasant.
• You lessen the fear and worry and anxiety out of strong emotions when you name them.
• And you can say ‘I’m a woman having a thought that is creating the feeling of anxiety or fear or worry or happiness’.

Learn the skill of naming your feelings with me today, so you can take the fear out of feeling whatever you feel. No more eating to escape a feeling!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 268: Name That Mood So You Don’t Go To Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

beliefs you can borrow — Episode 267 More Beliefs You Can Borrow So You Don’t Give Up! Mar 22, 2022

You say you will eat or not eat something. You feel determined. But before you know it, you’re eating it! What just happened? And why did it happen? That’s what I’m going to talk about with you today.

Alright…. imagine this: You want something, you want to be able to do something, like wait until you are hungry to eat, or stop eating when your body says: enough! and you try to do it.

But your new goal smacks into what you think
It’s like an internal mental Collision!
This happens when what you want isn’t compatible with what you believe. What you think.

And remember, beliefs are just thoughts that you’ve practiced thinking repeatedly, so they are just very firmly entrenched in your mind, and they come up often.

How do you even know what you believe?
When you ask yourself a question, when you are trying to make a decision, the answers that come up come from what you believe.
It’s how you talk to yourself when no one is listening.

That sneaky little voice in your head that tells you you’ll probably fail, or says things like: who are you kidding, …. whenever you make a decision, once again, to stick to your eating plan. That inner voice that challenges you and shakes your confidence. Which was probably shaky to begin with, right?

It’s kind of amazing but the truth is that that little voice holds all the power over you.
You might think: it’s just my thoughts! What’s the big deal? No one even hears my thoughts…it’s between me and me!

But it is all about your thoughts because they lead you to all the things you do, and all the things you say you’ll do and then end up blowing off.

Let me give you some new thoughts that you can borrow from me that will help your eating match your thoughts…. you will learn to do what you say you want to do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 267 More Beliefs You Can Borrow So You Don’t Give Up! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 267 More Beliefs You Can Borrow So You Don’t Give Up! Mar 22, 2022

You say you will eat or not eat something. You feel determined. But before you know it, you’re eating it! What just happened? And why did it happen? That’s what I’m going to talk about with you today.

Alright…. imagine this: You want something, you want to be able to do something, like wait until you are hungry to eat, or stop eating when your body says: enough! and you try to do it.

But your new goal smacks into what you think
It’s like an internal mental Collision!
This happens when what you want isn’t compatible with what you believe. What you think.

And remember, beliefs are just thoughts that you’ve practiced thinking repeatedly, so they are just very firmly entrenched in your mind, and they come up often.

How do you even know what you believe?
When you ask yourself a question, when you are trying to make a decision, the answers that come up come from what you believe.
It’s how you talk to yourself when no one is listening.

That sneaky little voice in your head that tells you you’ll probably fail, or says things like: who are you kidding, …. whenever you make a decision, once again, to stick to your eating plan. That inner voice that challenges you and shakes your confidence. Which was probably shaky to begin with, right?

It’s kind of amazing but the truth is that that little voice holds all the power over you.
You might think: it’s just my thoughts! What’s the big deal? No one even hears my thoughts…it’s between me and me!

But it is all about your thoughts because they lead you to all the things you do, and all the things you say you’ll do and then end up blowing off.

Let me give you some new thoughts that you can borrow from me that will help your eating match your thoughts…. you will learn to do what you say you want to do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 267 More Beliefs You Can Borrow So You Don’t Give Up! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Imagine Being a Natural Eater — Episode 266: What If You Can’t Even Imagine Being A Natural Eater? Mar 15, 2022

You know in these coaching sessions we talk a lot about stopping your overeating and becoming a natural eater. That is the way to weight loss. But what if you have trouble with imagining being a natural eater because you can’t visualize what that would even feel like?

That’s exactly what I’m going to help you with today.

I talk a lot about your goals, not just for a number on the scale but your three big goals so that you can stop overeating. Of course, you want to do that because ending overeating is what leads to weight loss.

The first big goal is to become a natural eater, a woman who eats when she is hungry, stops when her body has had enough, and just very, very rarely overeats.

The second big goal is to Learn how to manage your mind, understand your moods, not be reactionary every time you are triggered to eat, or feel low and want to resolve it quickly

And the third goal is being able to take really good care of yourself, so food is not your best friend or cozy blankie

To me, these are the ultimate goals if you are struggling with your overeating and your weight. But what if you can’t even imagine being a natural eater? There are two parts to this dilemma…you can’t imagine that it’s possible for you because you’ve never really been a natural eater, and you don’t even really know what it would be like, look like, or feel like to live this way. So, you don’t have a sense of what you are aiming for.

Do you clearly know what it would look like to be a natural eater? Here are some ideas:

Natural eaters go about their lives and focus on whatever they are doing. They don’t think about food all day long, imagining their next meal.

They don’t worry and wonder if they are being good or bad today with regards to what and how much they ate.

They do their thing and notice when they start to feel hungry, that empty feeling in their stomach.

When they feel it, they start getting ready to eat, and that might mean prepping their next meal, or going out to pick up some food.

They rarely think about food unless they are planning it or prepping it or actually eating it. Does this sound different than what you do right now?

They eat when they are hungry, and they enjoy their food. They don’t count calories or carbs or points, not even secretly in their head.

They don’t feel guilty after they’ve eaten.

I think you get the idea! Listen in and learn how to start imagining this for yourself. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 266: What If You Can’t Even Imagine Being A Natural Eater? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 266: What If You Can’t Even Imagine Being A Natural Eater? Mar 15, 2022

You know in these coaching sessions we talk a lot about stopping your overeating and becoming a natural eater. That is the way to weight loss. But what if you have trouble with imagining being a natural eater because you can’t visualize what that would even feel like?

That’s exactly what I’m going to help you with today.

I talk a lot about your goals, not just for a number on the scale but your three big goals so that you can stop overeating. Of course, you want to do that because ending overeating is what leads to weight loss.

The first big goal is to become a natural eater, a woman who eats when she is hungry, stops when her body has had enough, and just very, very rarely overeats.

The second big goal is to Learn how to manage your mind, understand your moods, not be reactionary every time you are triggered to eat, or feel low and want to resolve it quickly

And the third goal is being able to take really good care of yourself, so food is not your best friend or cozy blankie

To me, these are the ultimate goals if you are struggling with your overeating and your weight. But what if you can’t even imagine being a natural eater? There are two parts to this dilemma…you can’t imagine that it’s possible for you because you’ve never really been a natural eater, and you don’t even really know what it would be like, look like, or feel like to live this way. So, you don’t have a sense of what you are aiming for.

Do you clearly know what it would look like to be a natural eater? Here are some ideas:

Natural eaters go about their lives and focus on whatever they are doing. They don’t think about food all day long, imagining their next meal.

They don’t worry and wonder if they are being good or bad today with regards to what and how much they ate.

They do their thing and notice when they start to feel hungry, that empty feeling in their stomach.

When they feel it, they start getting ready to eat, and that might mean prepping their next meal, or going out to pick up some food.

They rarely think about food unless they are planning it or prepping it or actually eating it. Does this sound different than what you do right now?

They eat when they are hungry, and they enjoy their food. They don’t count calories or carbs or points, not even secretly in their head.

They don’t feel guilty after they’ve eaten.

I think you get the idea! Listen in and learn how to start imagining this for yourself. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 266: What If You Can’t Even Imagine Being A Natural Eater? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

do you hate your weight? you are in charge of your results — Episode 265: Do You Hate Your Weight? Here’s What To Do Instead Mar 08, 2022

Do you ever step on the scale and hate the number you see?
Or get dressed and look in the mirror and not love the reflection staring back at you?

These scenarios are common if you are still struggling with overeating.
You’re not where you want to be yet on this journey to freedom.
So, you think things like:

‘I just can’t figure this out!’ And you feel confused and frustrated.
These feelings will lead you to possibly eat even more, just to feel better in the moment.

Instead of wasting time on blame and confusion and frustration, I want you to get in the habit of pausing and assessing where you are.

What needs to be tweaked?

No drama, no blame. But I do want you to take responsibility for where you are. Because responsibility means you are in charge of your results. So, you can be in charge of making changes and getting a different result.

No blame. Just responsibility.

Ask yourself: what am I doing, thinking, feeling, eating, to create my current results?
What needs to be changed?

You don’t need to change everything.
My guess is that some of the things you are doing are good. We just need to shift the balance and increase the good things you’re doing and decrease some of the unhelpful things you are doing.

Figure it out, my friend.
Pause, assess, make a new plan, and move on.
You can do this!

Also see the Math of Weight Loss Part I and Part II

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 265: Do You Hate Your Weight? Here’s What To Do Instead appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 265: Do You Hate Your Weight? Here’s What To Do Instead Mar 08, 2022

Do you ever step on the scale and hate the number you see?
Or get dressed and look in the mirror and not love the reflection staring back at you?

These scenarios are common if you are still struggling with overeating.
You’re not where you want to be yet on this journey to freedom.
So, you think things like:

‘I just can’t figure this out!’ And you feel confused and frustrated.
These feelings will lead you to possibly eat even more, just to feel better in the moment.

Instead of wasting time on blame and confusion and frustration, I want you to get in the habit of pausing and assessing where you are.

What needs to be tweaked?

No drama, no blame. But I do want you to take responsibility for where you are. Because responsibility means you are in charge of your results. So, you can be in charge of making changes and getting a different result.

No blame. Just responsibility.

Ask yourself: what am I doing, thinking, feeling, eating, to create my current results?
What needs to be changed?

You don’t need to change everything.
My guess is that some of the things you are doing are good. We just need to shift the balance and increase the good things you’re doing and decrease some of the unhelpful things you are doing.

Figure it out, my friend.
Pause, assess, make a new plan, and move on.
You can do this!

Also see the Math of Weight Loss Part I and Part II

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 265: Do You Hate Your Weight? Here’s What To Do Instead appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Fear of Missing Out or Joy of Missing Out — Episode 264: Do You Have A Fear Of Missing Out? Or Can You Feel The Joy Of Missing Out? Mar 01, 2022

When you aren’t hungry, and you know you should turn down food that is offered to you, do you fear missing something great? This is FOMO. The fear of missing out. You might also tell yourself that you only live once! This is YOLO.

What if instead you had JOMO? The joy of missing out. This could be a game-changer for you. Here’s your coaching session for today.

Today we’re going to talk about a few things:
1. What happens when you have the opportunity to eat, and you aren’t’ hungry…what you might think to yourself that will either lead you to eat or say no thank you.

2. We will talk about FOMO…fear of missing out, what it means, whether you are doing it and what it would sound like if you are.

3. Then we will cover YOLO, you only live once, a common thought that you might use to rationalize saying yes to food you aren’t hungry for.

4. And finally, I want to introduce you to JOMO, a way of thinking that is the antidote to FOMO and YOLO that you, the smart woman who wants to stop overeating, can use to be able to say no to food your body doesn’t need and feel good while you do it.

Join me today as I help you shine the light on some of the most common thoughts that drive you to struggle saying no to food, even when you are not at all hungry.

If you can master the fear of missing out, and the rationalization that you only live once (so you better grab all the pleasure you can) you will be one step closer to being in charge of you.

And as a smart woman, isn’t that what you want?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 264: Do You Have A Fear Of Missing Out? Or Can You Feel The Joy Of Missing Out? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 264: Do You Have A Fear Of Missing Out? Or Can You Feel The Joy Of Missing Out? Mar 01, 2022

When you aren’t hungry, and you know you should turn down food that is offered to you, do you fear missing something great? This is FOMO. The fear of missing out. You might also tell yourself that you only live once! This is YOLO.

What if instead you had JOMO? The joy of missing out. This could be a game-changer for you. Here’s your coaching session for today.

Today we’re going to talk about a few things:
1. What happens when you have the opportunity to eat, and you aren’t’ hungry…what you might think to yourself that will either lead you to eat or say no thank you.

2. We will talk about FOMO…fear of missing out, what it means, whether you are doing it and what it would sound like if you are.

3. Then we will cover YOLO, you only live once, a common thought that you might use to rationalize saying yes to food you aren’t hungry for.

4. And finally, I want to introduce you to JOMO, a way of thinking that is the antidote to FOMO and YOLO that you, the smart woman who wants to stop overeating, can use to be able to say no to food your body doesn’t need and feel good while you do it.

Join me today as I help you shine the light on some of the most common thoughts that drive you to struggle saying no to food, even when you are not at all hungry.

If you can master the fear of missing out, and the rationalization that you only live once (so you better grab all the pleasure you can) you will be one step closer to being in charge of you.

And as a smart woman, isn’t that what you want?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 264: Do You Have A Fear Of Missing Out? Or Can You Feel The Joy Of Missing Out? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Keep Your Goals in Front — Episode 263: How To Keep Your Goals On The Front Burner Feb 22, 2022

Do you ever set goals and then forget them? Life is so full and busy that it’s hard to stay focused even if it’s something you really want.

Today we are going to dive deep into keeping your important goals on the front burner of your mind. So, forgetting about them is just not an option.

Here’s the problem we’re going to work on and solve together today:
You set goals and then very quickly you forget them.
You get distracted.
You forget what you were working on.
You lose your focus.
Time passes and nothing changes, except how down you feel about yourself, right?

Think about things you’ve done before that were multifaceted projects, like planning a wedding, raising a child, building a house, or starting a business. You wouldn’t sit back and wait for things to happen.
You’d make those plans. And set those deadlines. And set up reminders.

Losing weight and stopping your overeating is just like any other big project.
It requires thinking ahead and having a vision.
And you are working here on Project You.
This project is so important because it will move you closer to what you want:
1. To stop overeating and
2. To lose your extra weight

We can’t lose weight until we stop overeating, right?
And weight loss will ultimately follow with ease if we stop overeating. So that is where your focus needs to go.
You want to focus on your end game, on exactly what you want.

We are going to work on helping it all happen right here.

But one problem many of my FG members run into is this:
They set a goal, map out all their action steps they will have to take and poof! They forget all about it!
The craziness of life seems to take over. You get busy. You get phone calls and emails and texts and all kinds of urgent requests from all the people in your life.

If this is you, you’ve come to the right place.
Join me today as we talk about what you need to do to keep your goals on the front burner of your mind so you can do what it takes to get what you want.

Download the worksheet here.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 263: How To Keep Your Goals On The Front Burner appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 263: How To Keep Your Goals On The Front Burner Feb 22, 2022

Do you ever set goals and then forget them? Life is so full and busy that it’s hard to stay focused even if it’s something you really want.

Today we are going to dive deep into keeping your important goals on the front burner of your mind. So, forgetting about them is just not an option.

Here’s the problem we’re going to work on and solve together today:
You set goals and then very quickly you forget them.
You get distracted.
You forget what you were working on.
You lose your focus.
Time passes and nothing changes, except how down you feel about yourself, right?

Think about things you’ve done before that were multifaceted projects, like planning a wedding, raising a child, building a house, or starting a business. You wouldn’t sit back and wait for things to happen.
You’d make those plans. And set those deadlines. And set up reminders.

Losing weight and stopping your overeating is just like any other big project.
It requires thinking ahead and having a vision.
And you are working here on Project You.
This project is so important because it will move you closer to what you want:
1. To stop overeating and
2. To lose your extra weight

We can’t lose weight until we stop overeating, right?
And weight loss will ultimately follow with ease if we stop overeating. So that is where your focus needs to go.
You want to focus on your end game, on exactly what you want.

We are going to work on helping it all happen right here.

But one problem many of my FG members run into is this:
They set a goal, map out all their action steps they will have to take and poof! They forget all about it!
The craziness of life seems to take over. You get busy. You get phone calls and emails and texts and all kinds of urgent requests from all the people in your life.

If this is you, you’ve come to the right place.
Join me today as we talk about what you need to do to keep your goals on the front burner of your mind so you can do what it takes to get what you want.

Download the worksheet here.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 263: How To Keep Your Goals On The Front Burner appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

excuses to overeat? — Episode 262: Do You Have Good Excuses To Overeat? Let’s Deal With Them! Feb 15, 2022

Do you have a whole collection of excuses that you use to justify your overeating? If the answer is yes, welcome to the club. Today we’ll look at those excuses and talk about how to let them go.

So, what are we working on today? Here we go!
You know how you should be eating.
Waiting for hunger.
Choosing mostly foods that love you back.
Staying connected and stopping at enough.
These are the basics, right?

But even if you know the basics I’m guessing that you still overeat.
Maybe sometimes. Maybe often.
And you probably have a whole collection of excuses that you use over and over again to justify why you should overeat.
In the moment, these excuses tell you it’s okay. Keep eating.
In the moment, the decision to eat without hunger seems to make sense. Am I accurate in describing what you do?

You know you should wait for hunger to eat.
So why might you not want to wait to be hungry?
In the moment you are experiencing an urge to eat.
Even though you’re not hungry…it’s a mental urge, not a signal from your body.

And you think that these urges are commands
And that you have no choice.
But you do, you always do.

Let’s look at some of the reasons you might be doing this….and then we’re going to look at some of the most common excuses to see if you are using any of these. Let’s get rid of those ‘innocent’ lies you tell yourself to perpetuate your overeating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 262: Do You Have Good Excuses To Overeat? Let’s Deal With Them! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 262: Do You Have Good Excuses To Overeat? Let’s Deal With Them! Feb 15, 2022

Do you have a whole collection of excuses that you use to justify your overeating? If the answer is yes, welcome to the club. Today we’ll look at those excuses and talk about how to let them go.

So, what are we working on today? Here we go!
You know how you should be eating.
Waiting for hunger.
Choosing mostly foods that love you back.
Staying connected and stopping at enough.
These are the basics, right?

But even if you know the basics I’m guessing that you still overeat.
Maybe sometimes. Maybe often.
And you probably have a whole collection of excuses that you use over and over again to justify why you should overeat.
In the moment, these excuses tell you it’s okay. Keep eating.
In the moment, the decision to eat without hunger seems to make sense. Am I accurate in describing what you do?

You know you should wait for hunger to eat.
So why might you not want to wait to be hungry?
In the moment you are experiencing an urge to eat.
Even though you’re not hungry…it’s a mental urge, not a signal from your body.

And you think that these urges are commands
And that you have no choice.
But you do, you always do.

Let’s look at some of the reasons you might be doing this….and then we’re going to look at some of the most common excuses to see if you are using any of these. Let’s get rid of those ‘innocent’ lies you tell yourself to perpetuate your overeating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 262: Do You Have Good Excuses To Overeat? Let’s Deal With Them! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

interrupt yourself — Episode 261: How To Interrupt Yourself When You’re Eating Feb 08, 2022

Do you think once you start eating that you cannot stop, until the food is gone? Or maybe until you are ready to explode? Today we are going to talk about why you might want to be able to interrupt your eating and how to do it.

Welcome to your coaching session for today.
Maybe you think I’m a little crazy for asking you to interrupt your eating.
If you’re hungry, and the food tastes good, why would you want to stop?

You want to periodically stop for several reasons:
• To learn to eat mindfully.
• To get off autopilot.
• To be able to get more pleasure from your food.
• To be able to clearly hear the signal that you have had enough.
• To know just how much food your body eats.
• And, to become a natural eater.

Have you ever been in a movie theater, eating popcorn? The movie ends, you look down at the empty container with surprise. Where did the popcorn go? Who ate that?

You were so distracted and on autopilot that you missed the pleasure of the popcorn.
That is the habit I want to help you change by interrupting your eating.

You might rebel against doing this.
I understand, my friend.
Once you start eating your lower brain will encourage you to get as much as you can.
Remember, food is pleasure, and we all want as much of it as we can get.

But I want you to pause and assess where you are.
When you are eating from hunger you will get MORE pleasure from your food than when you are on autopilot, eating without thought.

Join me today and practice getting back in charge of your eating by learning how to pause and interrupt yourself to see where you are.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 261: How To Interrupt Yourself When You’re Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 261: How To Interrupt Yourself When You’re Eating Feb 08, 2022

Do you think once you start eating that you cannot stop, until the food is gone? Or maybe until you are ready to explode? Today we are going to talk about why you might want to be able to interrupt your eating and how to do it.

Welcome to your coaching session for today.
Maybe you think I’m a little crazy for asking you to interrupt your eating.
If you’re hungry, and the food tastes good, why would you want to stop?

You want to periodically stop for several reasons:
• To learn to eat mindfully.
• To get off autopilot.
• To be able to get more pleasure from your food.
• To be able to clearly hear the signal that you have had enough.
• To know just how much food your body eats.
• And, to become a natural eater.

Have you ever been in a movie theater, eating popcorn? The movie ends, you look down at the empty container with surprise. Where did the popcorn go? Who ate that?

You were so distracted and on autopilot that you missed the pleasure of the popcorn.
That is the habit I want to help you change by interrupting your eating.

You might rebel against doing this.
I understand, my friend.
Once you start eating your lower brain will encourage you to get as much as you can.
Remember, food is pleasure, and we all want as much of it as we can get.

But I want you to pause and assess where you are.
When you are eating from hunger you will get MORE pleasure from your food than when you are on autopilot, eating without thought.

Join me today and practice getting back in charge of your eating by learning how to pause and interrupt yourself to see where you are.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 261: How To Interrupt Yourself When You’re Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

eating before bed — Episode 260: Are You Hungry Before Bed? Here’s What To Do Feb 01, 2022

Do you eat right before bed?
Is this your habit?
Let’s look at the eating before bed habit so we can decide if it’s giving you the results you want, or not.

Let’s look at the reasons for wanting to eat before bed that come from physical hunger, from physical causes.
If we look back at your last meal, which was likely dinner, check in to see if you ate less at dinner than you usually do.
Sometimes you might intentionally eat less because you are trying to lose weight.
Your brain knows this, but your body doesn’t and your body is asking for more food.
So, if you don’t feed yourself based on what and how much your body wants, you might be depriving your body of food it naturally needs.
Later, before bed, you will be hungry from the food you denied yourself and will ask you to feed yourself.
And maybe you ate less all day, not just at dinner.
Maybe on this day you moved your body more…it really takes a lot of exercise to truly expend significantly more calories, and if you actually do that, you will feel hungrier, at the end of the day. your body is tallying up what you gave it, and it feels like it is coming up short.
So, it is demanding more food.
I don’t want to go to bed and wait till morning.
I want to eat now.

What if you ate your usual amount at dinner but less dense?
Example: only fruits or veggies
Lots of high-water content food
They may have filled you up but were digested quickly
Your body wants more
Now what if none of those physical reasons came up for you and led you to want to eat before bed
What if it was something else?

And maybe your habit is emotional…. you feel sad or frustrated with your day, and this is like your bedtime gift for yourself.
You think you deserve something
Or you feel lonely, and the food is your company
It distracts you from what you are feeling.
Unappreciated, worried, fearful of something

So, with all these possible causes, how do you decide whether to eat or not?
You know I’m a big believer in getting at the origin of a problem.
To solve your pre-bed eating, let’s work backwards to do this.
Are you ready?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 260: Are You Hungry Before Bed? Here’s What To Do appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 260: Are You Hungry Before Bed? Here’s What To Do Feb 01, 2022

Do you eat right before bed?
Is this your habit?
Let’s look at the eating before bed habit so we can decide if it’s giving you the results you want, or not.

Let’s look at the reasons for wanting to eat before bed that come from physical hunger, from physical causes.
If we look back at your last meal, which was likely dinner, check in to see if you ate less at dinner than you usually do.
Sometimes you might intentionally eat less because you are trying to lose weight.
Your brain knows this, but your body doesn’t and your body is asking for more food.
So, if you don’t feed yourself based on what and how much your body wants, you might be depriving your body of food it naturally needs.
Later, before bed, you will be hungry from the food you denied yourself and will ask you to feed yourself.
And maybe you ate less all day, not just at dinner.
Maybe on this day you moved your body more…it really takes a lot of exercise to truly expend significantly more calories, and if you actually do that, you will feel hungrier, at the end of the day. your body is tallying up what you gave it, and it feels like it is coming up short.
So, it is demanding more food.
I don’t want to go to bed and wait till morning.
I want to eat now.

What if you ate your usual amount at dinner but less dense?
Example: only fruits or veggies
Lots of high-water content food
They may have filled you up but were digested quickly
Your body wants more
Now what if none of those physical reasons came up for you and led you to want to eat before bed
What if it was something else?

And maybe your habit is emotional…. you feel sad or frustrated with your day, and this is like your bedtime gift for yourself.
You think you deserve something
Or you feel lonely, and the food is your company
It distracts you from what you are feeling.
Unappreciated, worried, fearful of something

So, with all these possible causes, how do you decide whether to eat or not?
You know I’m a big believer in getting at the origin of a problem.
To solve your pre-bed eating, let’s work backwards to do this.
Are you ready?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 260: Are You Hungry Before Bed? Here’s What To Do appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 259: Amy Learned How to be Surrounded by Food without Overdoing It Jan 25, 2022

Join me today as we talk with Amy, a current Freedom Group member.

You might be interested in her story, because she has busted through all the excuses you can imagine for struggling with eating and weight.

What if you cooked for a living?
What if you created recipes daily?
What if you spent your days writing and blogging about food?
And creating cookbooks?
And even, at one point, owned restaurants?

Would you be able to not overeat?

Imagine being surrounded and tempted by food most days of the week.

Would you throw up your hands and dive into the cookies and ice cream?

Amy learned how to be surrounded by food, and truly enjoy food, without overdoing it.
Without sacrificing her health and her body.
All while going through all the normal ups and downs that life gives all of us.

And yet Amy achieved freedom from the struggle with food and eating and her weight.
And if Amy can do this, you can too.

Listen to our interview today and see if you can imagine yourself learning what Amy learned.
How would it change your life?

To learn more about Amy, visit her website here https://www.gourmetdoneskinny.com/

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 259: Amy Learned How to be Surrounded by Food without Overdoing It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 259: Amy Learned How to be Surrounded by Food without Overdoing It Jan 25, 2022

Join me today as we talk with Amy, a current Freedom Group member.

You might be interested in her story, because she has busted through all the excuses you can imagine for struggling with eating and weight.

What if you cooked for a living?
What if you created recipes daily?
What if you spent your days writing and blogging about food?
And creating cookbooks?
And even, at one point, owned restaurants?

Would you be able to not overeat?

Imagine being surrounded and tempted by food most days of the week.

Would you throw up your hands and dive into the cookies and ice cream?

Amy learned how to be surrounded by food, and truly enjoy food, without overdoing it.
Without sacrificing her health and her body.
All while going through all the normal ups and downs that life gives all of us.

And yet Amy achieved freedom from the struggle with food and eating and her weight.
And if Amy can do this, you can too.

Listen to our interview today and see if you can imagine yourself learning what Amy learned.
How would it change your life?

To learn more about Amy, visit her website here https://www.gourmetdoneskinny.com/

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 259: Amy Learned How to be Surrounded by Food without Overdoing It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

What it takes to lose weight for good — Episode 258: What It Takes To Lose Weight For Good Jan 18, 2022

What if I told you the exact three things it would take for you to lose weight for good? Would you be interested?

I would have killed for this information back in the days when I was an emotional eater.

So here it is, just for you.
Losing weight for good is absolutely do-able.
Thousands of women have been through my programs and have changed their eating habits for good.
And that means that you can do this too.

Knowledge is power.
If you have not been successful before, that doesn’t mean that you never will.
It simply means that you have not understood what it takes.
You have not updated your methods, to include the latest knowledge from brain science, from coaching and from psychology.

Here is the help you need.
Listen to this coaching session and decide to take simple steps to help yourself change.
How you eat.
How you think.
And how you love yourself.

I’m betting on you, my friend.
If anyone can do this, I know you can.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 258: What It Takes To Lose Weight For Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 258: What It Takes To Lose Weight For Good Jan 18, 2022

What if I told you the exact three things it would take for you to lose weight for good? Would you be interested?

I would have killed for this information back in the days when I was an emotional eater.

So here it is, just for you.
Losing weight for good is absolutely do-able.
Thousands of women have been through my programs and have changed their eating habits for good.
And that means that you can do this too.

Knowledge is power.
If you have not been successful before, that doesn’t mean that you never will.
It simply means that you have not understood what it takes.
You have not updated your methods, to include the latest knowledge from brain science, from coaching and from psychology.

Here is the help you need.
Listen to this coaching session and decide to take simple steps to help yourself change.
How you eat.
How you think.
And how you love yourself.

I’m betting on you, my friend.
If anyone can do this, I know you can.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 258: What It Takes To Lose Weight For Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How You Eat is How You Do Everything — Episode 257: How You Eat Is How You Do Everything! Jan 11, 2022

Did you ever hear the saying: How you do one thing is how you do everything?
This is true and it’s even reflected in how you eat.
Join me today as we step back and take a look at how you live your life from a 10,000-foot perspective, and zero in on why you eat the way you do. And how the rest of your life is connected to how you are eating now.

What does this old Zen saying mean?
• The way you do one thing is the way you do most things
• You have a perspective, a world view that you use as a filter and that’s how you do life
• So, the way you act in one area is the way you do most things, even unrelated things
• You may not be aware of how interconnected it all is, but when you act in a certain way, it feels congruent….things just feel right.

I want you to think about the big picture of how you live your life
Do things seem to line up for you?
Does your life feel chaotic or fairly predictable?
And I don’t mean predictable in a boring way, but in a way where you feel like yourself.

How does this knowledge apply to your life and how you eat?

Let’s look at what parts of your life you are frustrated with, often.
If you are here, your eating will probably show up in this category.
Maybe your pattern is to always eat too much, more than your body needs…just in case. And it’s likely that you are doing this in other areas too.
Because you think you just never have ‘enough’.

Maybe you are frequently in a habitual mood, and you just accept it as ‘yeah, that’s just how I am’.
You don’t question why that mood shows up so often.
And likely, if you don’t question where that mood comes from, you probably won’t question why that type of mood leads you to eat to escape from it.

Maybe you feel like you never have time for yourself.
And in other areas, you have lots of thoughts about how you have to earn self-care.
You don’t deserve down time when there is so much to do.
You can’t focus on yourself or your eating because there is just no time.

See how one habit shows up in so many different places?

Let’s dive in and see why…how you eat is how you do everything!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 257: How You Eat Is How You Do Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 257: How You Eat Is How You Do Everything! Jan 11, 2022

Did you ever hear the saying: How you do one thing is how you do everything?
This is true and it’s even reflected in how you eat.
Join me today as we step back and take a look at how you live your life from a 10,000-foot perspective, and zero in on why you eat the way you do. And how the rest of your life is connected to how you are eating now.

What does this old Zen saying mean?
• The way you do one thing is the way you do most things
• You have a perspective, a world view that you use as a filter and that’s how you do life
• So, the way you act in one area is the way you do most things, even unrelated things
• You may not be aware of how interconnected it all is, but when you act in a certain way, it feels congruent….things just feel right.

I want you to think about the big picture of how you live your life
Do things seem to line up for you?
Does your life feel chaotic or fairly predictable?
And I don’t mean predictable in a boring way, but in a way where you feel like yourself.

How does this knowledge apply to your life and how you eat?

Let’s look at what parts of your life you are frustrated with, often.
If you are here, your eating will probably show up in this category.
Maybe your pattern is to always eat too much, more than your body needs…just in case. And it’s likely that you are doing this in other areas too.
Because you think you just never have ‘enough’.

Maybe you are frequently in a habitual mood, and you just accept it as ‘yeah, that’s just how I am’.
You don’t question why that mood shows up so often.
And likely, if you don’t question where that mood comes from, you probably won’t question why that type of mood leads you to eat to escape from it.

Maybe you feel like you never have time for yourself.
And in other areas, you have lots of thoughts about how you have to earn self-care.
You don’t deserve down time when there is so much to do.
You can’t focus on yourself or your eating because there is just no time.

See how one habit shows up in so many different places?

Let’s dive in and see why…how you eat is how you do everything!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 257: How You Eat Is How You Do Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

It's All Possible — Episode 256: It’s All Possible For You! Jan 04, 2022

Happy new year!
However this past year was for you…right now, I want you to take a deep breath. You are moving forward into a brand-new year, and I want you to give yourself permission to dream and hope for a version of you in your life that feels better, more peaceful, more able to enjoy more moments than where you are right now.

More able to change what isn’t working and make peace with some things that are not changeable.

Today we are going to talk about what really is possible for you.

So join me right here for your newest coaching session.

Let’s think back to when you were a child. Think about whether you were lucky and had encouraging parents or teachers. I know that some of us did, and some did not… if you did not, I want you to try to imagine your caregivers telling you that you could do anything you wanted.

Be anything

Achieve anything

If you were lucky enough to have had these beliefs given to you as a child, then you probably are going through life feeling pretty confident about yourself

Confident about what you could achieve
And that you could figure things out most of the time.

But let’s say you didn’t have a great upbringing, and these were not the beliefs you were given. Well, no worries, because if you didn’t get these messages as you grew up, I am going to give them to you today

And together we can start today with a clean slate of beliefs, including the big belief that it’s all possible for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 256: It’s All Possible For You! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 256: It’s All Possible For You! Jan 04, 2022

Happy new year!
However this past year was for you…right now, I want you to take a deep breath. You are moving forward into a brand-new year, and I want you to give yourself permission to dream and hope for a version of you in your life that feels better, more peaceful, more able to enjoy more moments than where you are right now.

More able to change what isn’t working and make peace with some things that are not changeable.

Today we are going to talk about what really is possible for you.

So join me right here for your newest coaching session.

Let’s think back to when you were a child. Think about whether you were lucky and had encouraging parents or teachers. I know that some of us did, and some did not… if you did not, I want you to try to imagine your caregivers telling you that you could do anything you wanted.

Be anything

Achieve anything

If you were lucky enough to have had these beliefs given to you as a child, then you probably are going through life feeling pretty confident about yourself

Confident about what you could achieve
And that you could figure things out most of the time.

But let’s say you didn’t have a great upbringing, and these were not the beliefs you were given. Well, no worries, because if you didn’t get these messages as you grew up, I am going to give them to you today

And together we can start today with a clean slate of beliefs, including the big belief that it’s all possible for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 256: It’s All Possible For You! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Top Three Concepts 2021 — Episode 255: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts From 2021 Dec 28, 2021

Weight loss and eating struggles are complicated.
There are many moving parts. So many things to learn and practice and master.
Where do you start?

Today, I’ve followed my tradition that I do each year. I’ve gathered up three of my top weight loss concepts from this past year for you, dear listener.
I know that if you listen to me regularly, these coaching sessions give you a lot to take in.
You are a loyal listener, and each week is another nugget to focus on.

So, let’s simplify things.
Here are 3 key things I want you to think about AND act on.
You can do these three things, for sure.
Here we go!

Concept #1 from Episode 204: Belief is more important than strategy.
Yes, I know you want a list of steps to take and rules in abide by. But not matter now sound those rules may be, if you don’t believe in yourself, in your ability to change, those rules are worthless.

Belief must always come before strategies.

Concept #2 from Episode 208: Thin doesn’t equal happy. You might argue with me about this. I know you think that of course you’ll be happier when you lose that extra weight.

The truth is that you have the ability to be happy today, whatever you weigh. It’s not better over there; it’s good right now if you learn how to manage your thoughts. And, if you felt good now, imagine how much easier your weight loss journey would be!

Concept #3 from Episode 213: How to say no to yourself and still feel good. I used to hate saying no to myself. It didn’t feel right. I felt deprived and restricted, and that life wasn’t fair.

If I couldn’t have what I wanted, especially what I wanted to eat, well, it just wasn’t right.

Now I know, and will share with you, how learning to lovingly say no to yourself can help you get what you want and what you need. In order to get the results you want, it’s truly necessary to start using gentle, loving self-discipline.

Join me today as I give you three clear concepts to embrace to make your weight loss journey easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 255: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts From 2021 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 255: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts From 2021 Dec 28, 2021

Weight loss and eating struggles are complicated.
There are many moving parts. So many things to learn and practice and master.
Where do you start?

Today, I’ve followed my tradition that I do each year. I’ve gathered up three of my top weight loss concepts from this past year for you, dear listener.
I know that if you listen to me regularly, these coaching sessions give you a lot to take in.
You are a loyal listener, and each week is another nugget to focus on.

So, let’s simplify things.
Here are 3 key things I want you to think about AND act on.
You can do these three things, for sure.
Here we go!

Concept #1 from Episode 204: Belief is more important than strategy.
Yes, I know you want a list of steps to take and rules in abide by. But not matter now sound those rules may be, if you don’t believe in yourself, in your ability to change, those rules are worthless.

Belief must always come before strategies.

Concept #2 from Episode 208: Thin doesn’t equal happy. You might argue with me about this. I know you think that of course you’ll be happier when you lose that extra weight.

The truth is that you have the ability to be happy today, whatever you weigh. It’s not better over there; it’s good right now if you learn how to manage your thoughts. And, if you felt good now, imagine how much easier your weight loss journey would be!

Concept #3 from Episode 213: How to say no to yourself and still feel good. I used to hate saying no to myself. It didn’t feel right. I felt deprived and restricted, and that life wasn’t fair.

If I couldn’t have what I wanted, especially what I wanted to eat, well, it just wasn’t right.

Now I know, and will share with you, how learning to lovingly say no to yourself can help you get what you want and what you need. In order to get the results you want, it’s truly necessary to start using gentle, loving self-discipline.

Join me today as I give you three clear concepts to embrace to make your weight loss journey easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 255: My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts From 2021 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dis You Overeat? — Episode 254: Did You Just Overeat? What’s Next? Dec 21, 2021

Today we are going to talk about slipping and getting back on track without struggling.

Slips are inevitable when you are learning something new.
And your main goal when you are in a slip, is to learn how to recover from a slip without punishing yourself.

Having a slip in relation to how you are eating simply means that you ate more than your body needed. That’s it!

So today we will talk about how to recover from a slip without beating yourself, without judging yourself, and without starving yourself.

We all overeat sometimes, especially on our way toward learning how to eat naturally.

The important thing to look at when you DO overeat is what you do immediately after.

Do you punish yourself?

Do you restrict your eating to ‘make up’ for what you just overate?

You may very well be sabotaging yourself without realizing it!

Restricting your eating following an overeating episode, messes with your survival instincts.

It reinforces a habit that is exactly what you want to stop doing! When you don’t give yourself enough food, to make up for overeating, your brain thinks you are starving. And this will make you want to eat even more.

Listen in and join me in this coaching session as I teach you why it’s so important not to restrict your eating after you’ve overeaten.

If you regularly swing between overeating and then under-eating, this session is for you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 254: Did You Just Overeat? What’s Next? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 254: Did You Just Overeat? What’s Next? Dec 21, 2021

Today we are going to talk about slipping and getting back on track without struggling.

Slips are inevitable when you are learning something new.
And your main goal when you are in a slip, is to learn how to recover from a slip without punishing yourself.

Having a slip in relation to how you are eating simply means that you ate more than your body needed. That’s it!

So today we will talk about how to recover from a slip without beating yourself, without judging yourself, and without starving yourself.

We all overeat sometimes, especially on our way toward learning how to eat naturally.

The important thing to look at when you DO overeat is what you do immediately after.

Do you punish yourself?

Do you restrict your eating to ‘make up’ for what you just overate?

You may very well be sabotaging yourself without realizing it!

Restricting your eating following an overeating episode, messes with your survival instincts.

It reinforces a habit that is exactly what you want to stop doing! When you don’t give yourself enough food, to make up for overeating, your brain thinks you are starving. And this will make you want to eat even more.

Listen in and join me in this coaching session as I teach you why it’s so important not to restrict your eating after you’ve overeaten.

If you regularly swing between overeating and then under-eating, this session is for you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 254: Did You Just Overeat? What’s Next? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Routines — Episode 253: How Routines Can Help Your Weight Loss Dec 14, 2021

What if there were a way to make your weight loss journey easier?
Would you be interested?

There is a way, and it’s called ‘routines’.

Routines help you do things in an easier way.
After you’ve established a routine, especially in how you eat or think or care for yourself, it’s easier to do the thing you want to do, than to not do it.

You’ll be able to make decisions easier and will have less decisions to make. Because doing the routine takes the act of deciding away.

You’ll have less stress over what you should or shouldn’t eat, or when you should eat.

Routines will help you break down what you really want – your goal – into small steps that follow a plan. So, in the moment, all you’ll have to do it follow your plan.

You can create simple routines for so many different areas of your life, including your eating. Some ideas for routines are:

Your work

Your self-care

Doing fun things

Staying in touch with friends and family

Moving your body

Bedtime routines

Morning routines

Planning and prepping food routines

Health-related routines

Journaling

What area of your life feels like a struggle?
This is an area that could probably use a routine.
Join me as I help you create a routine that will make your life, and of course your weight loss, easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 253: How Routines Can Help Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 253: How Routines Can Help Your Weight Loss Dec 14, 2021

What if there were a way to make your weight loss journey easier?
Would you be interested?

There is a way, and it’s called ‘routines’.

Routines help you do things in an easier way.
After you’ve established a routine, especially in how you eat or think or care for yourself, it’s easier to do the thing you want to do, than to not do it.

You’ll be able to make decisions easier and will have less decisions to make. Because doing the routine takes the act of deciding away.

You’ll have less stress over what you should or shouldn’t eat, or when you should eat.

Routines will help you break down what you really want – your goal – into small steps that follow a plan. So, in the moment, all you’ll have to do it follow your plan.

You can create simple routines for so many different areas of your life, including your eating. Some ideas for routines are:

Your work

Your self-care

Doing fun things

Staying in touch with friends and family

Moving your body

Bedtime routines

Morning routines

Planning and prepping food routines

Health-related routines

Journaling

What area of your life feels like a struggle?
This is an area that could probably use a routine.
Join me as I help you create a routine that will make your life, and of course your weight loss, easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 253: How Routines Can Help Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

In Between — Episode 252: The Pain of Being In Between Dec 07, 2021

I’ll bet you’re pretty good at starting over.
And are even pretty good at setting goals.
You know where you want to go.
You know what you want to be different.
And you look ahead.

You see your end goal in sight.
You get excited.
You plot your steps and start taking them.

All is good so far.
But at a certain point, you reach that middle point.
The in between.
The point between your starting point and your goal point.
And it feels awful.

And this middle point, this point that is in-between where you start and where you want to finish… it’s a danger zone.
This is where you and most others generally quit.

It’s new, it’s hard, it’s uncomfortable.
And no one likes being there.
How do you currently get out of the discomfort of the middle?
Typically, you give up. You quit.

But getting to the middle and giving up won’t get you where you want to go.
It will give you momentary relief from the discomfort of doing a new thing.
And then you will be right back at the starting gate.

Join me in this coaching session today, where I will show you how to get past the pain of being in between your starting point and your goal.
No more U-turns.
No more giving up.
You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 252: The Pain of Being In Between appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 252: The Pain of Being In Between Dec 07, 2021

I’ll bet you’re pretty good at starting over.
And are even pretty good at setting goals.
You know where you want to go.
You know what you want to be different.
And you look ahead.

You see your end goal in sight.
You get excited.
You plot your steps and start taking them.

All is good so far.
But at a certain point, you reach that middle point.
The in between.
The point between your starting point and your goal point.
And it feels awful.

And this middle point, this point that is in-between where you start and where you want to finish… it’s a danger zone.
This is where you and most others generally quit.

It’s new, it’s hard, it’s uncomfortable.
And no one likes being there.
How do you currently get out of the discomfort of the middle?
Typically, you give up. You quit.

But getting to the middle and giving up won’t get you where you want to go.
It will give you momentary relief from the discomfort of doing a new thing.
And then you will be right back at the starting gate.

Join me in this coaching session today, where I will show you how to get past the pain of being in between your starting point and your goal.
No more U-turns.
No more giving up.
You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 252: The Pain of Being In Between appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

a better tomorrow — Episode 251: What You Need To Do Today To Create A Better Tomorrow Nov 30, 2021

Welcome back my dear listener.
If you are against planning and thinking ahead because you think it’s a diet-y thing to do, you are not alone. Today we are going to talk about how you can use today to have a better tomorrow, in how you eat, how you think and feel and how you take care of yourself.

Do you feel in control or out of control?

Do you know what you are going to eat or is it just whatever is around or what is offered to you?

Do you know how to anticipate your day?

What is coming up for you, and when and with who?

Or does it all seem to come at you all at once?

Do you feel like you cross your fingers and hope you have a good eating day?

Or do you know how to create a good eating day?

Do you think it’s all about luck?

Do you think that women who eat well with foods that are helpful and love them back are smarter than you?

Or luckier than you?

Or is it just a mystery of what is the difference between you and those special women?

Join me in this coaching session as we shine the light on the truth about what makes a good eating day vs. a challenging one.

It is not random, and, yes, you do have so say in how your day goes.
I’m going to show you what makes a day good, what makes a day challenging, and how it all affects how you eat.

When you think today about how you want tomorrow to go, you are not at the mercy of all the other people and events that are in your orbit, sitting with your fingers crossed hoping they will go well. You are in charge of you even when you don’t know the exact details of what is coming at you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 251: What You Need To Do Today To Create A Better Tomorrow appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 251: What You Need To Do Today To Create A Better Tomorrow Nov 30, 2021

Welcome back my dear listener.
If you are against planning and thinking ahead because you think it’s a diet-y thing to do, you are not alone. Today we are going to talk about how you can use today to have a better tomorrow, in how you eat, how you think and feel and how you take care of yourself.

Do you feel in control or out of control?

Do you know what you are going to eat or is it just whatever is around or what is offered to you?

Do you know how to anticipate your day?

What is coming up for you, and when and with who?

Or does it all seem to come at you all at once?

Do you feel like you cross your fingers and hope you have a good eating day?

Or do you know how to create a good eating day?

Do you think it’s all about luck?

Do you think that women who eat well with foods that are helpful and love them back are smarter than you?

Or luckier than you?

Or is it just a mystery of what is the difference between you and those special women?

Join me in this coaching session as we shine the light on the truth about what makes a good eating day vs. a challenging one.

It is not random, and, yes, you do have so say in how your day goes.
I’m going to show you what makes a day good, what makes a day challenging, and how it all affects how you eat.

When you think today about how you want tomorrow to go, you are not at the mercy of all the other people and events that are in your orbit, sitting with your fingers crossed hoping they will go well. You are in charge of you even when you don’t know the exact details of what is coming at you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 251: What You Need To Do Today To Create A Better Tomorrow appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tough Love or Compassion — Episode 250: To Lose Weight: Tough Love or Compassion? Nov 23, 2021

What do you say to yourself when the going gets tough?
When you’re struggling to eat in a new way or to stop eating your emotions?
Do you talk to yourself like a tough drill sergeant?
Do you coddle yourself like a baby?

What is the right thing to do?

Join me in this short coaching session as we discuss the three most common ways we tend to talk to ourselves when we struggle…some are helpful and some are not.

The first most common method of trying to motivate ourselves to do better is when we take the role of our very own mean girl.

Yelling at yourself, putting yourself down, saying things that make you feel hopeless.
Is this you? If it is, stop it right now!

The second most used method of trying to encourage yourself is in the form of self-compassion. This one sounds good, doesn’t it? It will show up as thoughts like, aww, don’t worry! You did the best you could, so just move on.

We think this is the best solution, but I’m going to explain why compassion alone is not enough.

And finally, there is the option of tough love. This is different than being mean to yourself. It firmly encourages you to do better, but without the mean girl element.

Join me as we look at the mental talk, all inside your head, that has the ability to totally derail you OR motivate you to get the best results ever.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 250: To Lose Weight: Tough Love or Compassion? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 250: To Lose Weight: Tough Love or Compassion? Nov 23, 2021

What do you say to yourself when the going gets tough?
When you’re struggling to eat in a new way or to stop eating your emotions?
Do you talk to yourself like a tough drill sergeant?
Do you coddle yourself like a baby?

What is the right thing to do?

Join me in this short coaching session as we discuss the three most common ways we tend to talk to ourselves when we struggle…some are helpful and some are not.

The first most common method of trying to motivate ourselves to do better is when we take the role of our very own mean girl.

Yelling at yourself, putting yourself down, saying things that make you feel hopeless.
Is this you? If it is, stop it right now!

The second most used method of trying to encourage yourself is in the form of self-compassion. This one sounds good, doesn’t it? It will show up as thoughts like, aww, don’t worry! You did the best you could, so just move on.

We think this is the best solution, but I’m going to explain why compassion alone is not enough.

And finally, there is the option of tough love. This is different than being mean to yourself. It firmly encourages you to do better, but without the mean girl element.

Join me as we look at the mental talk, all inside your head, that has the ability to totally derail you OR motivate you to get the best results ever.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 250: To Lose Weight: Tough Love or Compassion? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Why Don't You Weigh More? — Episode 249: Why Don’t You Weigh More? Nov 16, 2021

What do you weigh right now? Is it your highest weight? Do you know how you got there? And why you don’t weigh even more?

Let’s talk about the control you actually DO have over the number on your scale. I think you’re going to be surprised!

In today’s coaching session we are going to talk about how much control you DO have over your weight.

Yes, I know you likely think your eating and your weight are out of control.
Have you ever said that?

Well, let me ask you this question:
What do you weigh right now? I want a very simple answer, without judgement.
Just the facts please, just the number

Is this a weight you like or don’t like?

When you look at your weight as just a fact, this helps you look at your thoughts, we are going from the number, a fact, to what you think about it, right?
And for most of you, you are kind of judgmental about your number.

You might think that this number says something about you as a person.
If you like the number you see, you might be doing the happy dance around your bathroom scale, patting yourself on your back.
Go me! Look what I did!
I can do this after all!
I’m on my way to the number I want.

And if you don’t like your current number, you are probably thinking: I’m out of control! Help!

Today we will talk about how to see the control you already do have, no matter what the number on the scale says.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 249: Why Don’t You Weigh More? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 249: Why Don’t You Weigh More? Nov 16, 2021

What do you weigh right now? Is it your highest weight? Do you know how you got there? And why you don’t weigh even more?

Let’s talk about the control you actually DO have over the number on your scale. I think you’re going to be surprised!

In today’s coaching session we are going to talk about how much control you DO have over your weight.

Yes, I know you likely think your eating and your weight are out of control.
Have you ever said that?

Well, let me ask you this question:
What do you weigh right now? I want a very simple answer, without judgement.
Just the facts please, just the number

Is this a weight you like or don’t like?

When you look at your weight as just a fact, this helps you look at your thoughts, we are going from the number, a fact, to what you think about it, right?
And for most of you, you are kind of judgmental about your number.

You might think that this number says something about you as a person.
If you like the number you see, you might be doing the happy dance around your bathroom scale, patting yourself on your back.
Go me! Look what I did!
I can do this after all!
I’m on my way to the number I want.

And if you don’t like your current number, you are probably thinking: I’m out of control! Help!

Today we will talk about how to see the control you already do have, no matter what the number on the scale says.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 249: Why Don’t You Weigh More? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Starting on Monday — Episode 248: Stop Starting on Every Monday Nov 09, 2021

Do you always start your diet on a Monday? If so, you are not alone. This is a universal habit. The question is: does it work?
Join me for a mini coaching session today and I will help you look at this habit.

Today we’re going to learn:

What is the habit of starting on a Monday about? What do I mean with the ‘Monday diet’ habit?

Why you love it? Sometimes we all are addicted to doing something even though we know it’s not helpful. Is this you

Why you do it? What might motivate you to get stuck in the cycle of starting over, time and time again? Even though you aren’t making progress.

Why you keep believing it even when you see it’s a never-ending cycle. You know it doesn’t work. And yet you get hopeful every single Sunday night, thinking about your fresh start coming up.

Why it does not work.

And how to stop starting over and over and over.

Let’s take this repetitive habit apart and learn how to really move forward and create a weight loss habit that works.

I want you to make progress, not just be busy and tired and frustrated.

Join me and let’s work on this together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 248: Stop Starting on Every Monday appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 248: Stop Starting on Every Monday Nov 09, 2021

Do you always start your diet on a Monday? If so, you are not alone. This is a universal habit. The question is: does it work?
Join me for a mini coaching session today and I will help you look at this habit.

Today we’re going to learn:

What is the habit of starting on a Monday about? What do I mean with the ‘Monday diet’ habit?

Why you love it? Sometimes we all are addicted to doing something even though we know it’s not helpful. Is this you

Why you do it? What might motivate you to get stuck in the cycle of starting over, time and time again? Even though you aren’t making progress.

Why you keep believing it even when you see it’s a never-ending cycle. You know it doesn’t work. And yet you get hopeful every single Sunday night, thinking about your fresh start coming up.

Why it does not work.

And how to stop starting over and over and over.

Let’s take this repetitive habit apart and learn how to really move forward and create a weight loss habit that works.

I want you to make progress, not just be busy and tired and frustrated.

Join me and let’s work on this together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 248: Stop Starting on Every Monday appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tell Me What To Eat — Episode 247: Just Tell Me What To Eat! Nov 02, 2021

The biggest question my clients have when they first come to me is this: what should I eat?
And that is their biggest desire. They want to lose weight, and they want me to tell them step by step exactly what to eat to get to their goal weight.

So in today’s episode, I want to revisit the subject of what to eat.

Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

Why you look at food as good or bad and where that perspective came from.

Why that way of looking at food isn’t helping you and may actually be making weight loss harder.

What your parents and teacher may have trained you to think when it comes to what you eat.

How you judge yourself and why when you eat a ‘bad’ food.

When you see certain foods as forbidden, what happens when you do eat one of these foods?

And if you manage to stay away from forbidden foods, why do you feel so deprived?

How can you look at different types of food without the good vs. bad division?

What are helpful foods?

How can we incorporate less helpful but good tasting foods into our diet without losing control?

How can you judge how much ‘less helpful’ / treat food to allow yourself and still lose weight?

I want you to feel secure even when there is no exact prescription of what and how much to eat. I want you to always know what to eat and how much to eat because you know what works for you and your body. And this is what I teach my clients in the Freedom Group.

So even if your question is: “What should I eat?”, I promise that you will enjoy and learn from this enlightening coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 247: Just Tell Me What To Eat! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 247: Just Tell Me What To Eat! Nov 02, 2021

The biggest question my clients have when they first come to me is this: what should I eat?
And that is their biggest desire. They want to lose weight, and they want me to tell them step by step exactly what to eat to get to their goal weight.

So in today’s episode, I want to revisit the subject of what to eat.

Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

Why you look at food as good or bad and where that perspective came from.

Why that way of looking at food isn’t helping you and may actually be making weight loss harder.

What your parents and teacher may have trained you to think when it comes to what you eat.

How you judge yourself and why when you eat a ‘bad’ food.

When you see certain foods as forbidden, what happens when you do eat one of these foods?

And if you manage to stay away from forbidden foods, why do you feel so deprived?

How can you look at different types of food without the good vs. bad division?

What are helpful foods?

How can we incorporate less helpful but good tasting foods into our diet without losing control?

How can you judge how much ‘less helpful’ / treat food to allow yourself and still lose weight?

I want you to feel secure even when there is no exact prescription of what and how much to eat. I want you to always know what to eat and how much to eat because you know what works for you and your body. And this is what I teach my clients in the Freedom Group.

So even if your question is: “What should I eat?”, I promise that you will enjoy and learn from this enlightening coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 247: Just Tell Me What To Eat! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Ostacles — Episode 246: Why You Should Plan For Eating Obstacles Oct 26, 2021

Do you hope for the best each day?
Crossing your fingers, quietly saying a little prayer, and wishing that you will be able to eat according to your plan?

If you do this, you are surely not alone.
But that still doesn’t solve your problem.
That still doesn’t resolve you feeling out of control as life throws challenges at you.
Daily.

Today, I’m going to make a case urging you to think ahead.
To see what is coming at you in the coming week, or at least the coming day.
And to think through how you want to respond.

No time to do this?
Hate planning?
Do you fear that thinking about these things will make you feel too structured?
Restricted?
Un-spontaneous?

Guess what?
Planning is empowering.
Letting life come toward you without a thought ahead of time, with no semblance of order at all…that is disempowering.

What do you wish for?
When you want to make a change, you have a goal, right?
To get to that goal, you need to take steps.
You need to know that you will keep your word to yourself.
Do what you say you will do.
But if you operate with no plan at all, you will feel like you are out of control.
You will feel lost, frustrated, and angry. And be unable to take those steps.

How do I know? I know because this was me before I took charge of myself and looked ahead.
Join me and allow me to show you the value of thinking ahead, for what is probably predictable. And learning how to keep your promise to yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 246: Why You Should Plan For Eating Obstacles appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 246: Why You Should Plan For Eating Obstacles Oct 26, 2021

Do you hope for the best each day?
Crossing your fingers, quietly saying a little prayer, and wishing that you will be able to eat according to your plan?

If you do this, you are surely not alone.
But that still doesn’t solve your problem.
That still doesn’t resolve you feeling out of control as life throws challenges at you.
Daily.

Today, I’m going to make a case urging you to think ahead.
To see what is coming at you in the coming week, or at least the coming day.
And to think through how you want to respond.

No time to do this?
Hate planning?
Do you fear that thinking about these things will make you feel too structured?
Restricted?
Un-spontaneous?

Guess what?
Planning is empowering.
Letting life come toward you without a thought ahead of time, with no semblance of order at all…that is disempowering.

What do you wish for?
When you want to make a change, you have a goal, right?
To get to that goal, you need to take steps.
You need to know that you will keep your word to yourself.
Do what you say you will do.
But if you operate with no plan at all, you will feel like you are out of control.
You will feel lost, frustrated, and angry. And be unable to take those steps.

How do I know? I know because this was me before I took charge of myself and looked ahead.
Join me and allow me to show you the value of thinking ahead, for what is probably predictable. And learning how to keep your promise to yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 246: Why You Should Plan For Eating Obstacles appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 245: Annie Uncovered Where Her Eating and Weight Struggles Began Oct 19, 2021

What was it like for you to grow up?
How did you think about food?
And your weight?

A lot of the ideas you have now, as an adult, come from your childhood. From your early caregivers.

And their ideas were passed on to you.

I’d like you to listen to this interview with Annie, an alumni of The Freedom Group.

Her mom, like many of ours, had her own struggles with food. And she passed them on to her children.

Did this happen to you?

Join me today and hear this woman’s story. It will help you understand where your own eating and weight struggles began.

And once you gain understanding of why you do what you do, anything is possible.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 245: Annie Uncovered Where Her Eating and Weight Struggles Began appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 245: Annie Uncovered Where Her Eating and Weight Struggles Began Oct 19, 2021

What was it like for you to grow up?
How did you think about food?
And your weight?

A lot of the ideas you have now, as an adult, come from your childhood. From your early caregivers.

And their ideas were passed on to you.

I’d like you to listen to this interview with Annie, an alumni of The Freedom Group.

Her mom, like many of ours, had her own struggles with food. And she passed them on to her children.

Did this happen to you?

Join me today and hear this woman’s story. It will help you understand where your own eating and weight struggles began.

And once you gain understanding of why you do what you do, anything is possible.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 245: Annie Uncovered Where Her Eating and Weight Struggles Began appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Your Automatic Thoughts — Episode 244: Your Automatic Thoughts About Your Weight Oct 12, 2021

Sometimes it’s hard to get yourself to do what you want to do.
I know.
I’ve certainly been there.

Something that has helped me, and my Freedom Group members is looking at what goes on in your mind.
What are the thoughts you might be thinking that come up automatically?

Are these thoughts you think without being aware?
Not exactly.
You are aware of them, but they are so well-practiced, it feels like they come up and you have no choice.

It feels in the moment like this is just the truth and it’s reality, and it leads you to your moods and what you do.

What if your automatic thoughts lead you to do things that aren’t helpful? Like overeat?
Like eating by the clock.
Or never turning down food, even if you aren’t hungry?

That’s where your automatic thoughts might be leading you.

The good news is once you become aware of what your automatic thoughts are, and you can see what results they create for you, you will become aware of your choices.

And you can ditch those automatic thoughts for ones that serve you better.

Join me in this coaching session. Let’s see what your automatic thoughts are, and whether they are working for you or against you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 244: Your Automatic Thoughts About Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 244: Your Automatic Thoughts About Your Weight Oct 12, 2021

Sometimes it’s hard to get yourself to do what you want to do.
I know.
I’ve certainly been there.

Something that has helped me, and my Freedom Group members is looking at what goes on in your mind.
What are the thoughts you might be thinking that come up automatically?

Are these thoughts you think without being aware?
Not exactly.
You are aware of them, but they are so well-practiced, it feels like they come up and you have no choice.

It feels in the moment like this is just the truth and it’s reality, and it leads you to your moods and what you do.

What if your automatic thoughts lead you to do things that aren’t helpful? Like overeat?
Like eating by the clock.
Or never turning down food, even if you aren’t hungry?

That’s where your automatic thoughts might be leading you.

The good news is once you become aware of what your automatic thoughts are, and you can see what results they create for you, you will become aware of your choices.

And you can ditch those automatic thoughts for ones that serve you better.

Join me in this coaching session. Let’s see what your automatic thoughts are, and whether they are working for you or against you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 244: Your Automatic Thoughts About Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 243: Before and After Oct 05, 2021

Welcome back, my friend.
Do you love a good before and after?

So do I!
I love it because it’s so motivating to see someone before with struggles I can relate to, and then the ‘after’ version of them, free from all the struggles.

It gives us hope, right?
If they can change so can we.
And it’s so inspiring to see how different someone can be.

It’s one thing when we think we might be capable of change.
And it’s another thing to actually see someone be transformed, right before our eyes.

The problem comes when we think of our before and after only in terms of how much we weigh, or what size pants we wear.

There are so many parts that need to change and lead to your after.
So today I’m going to help you break down what would have to happen for you to go from now, today, your ‘before’ to your ‘after’.

It is doable. And we’re going to talk about how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 243: Before and After appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 243: Before and After Oct 05, 2021

Welcome back, my friend.
Do you love a good before and after?

So do I!
I love it because it’s so motivating to see someone before with struggles I can relate to, and then the ‘after’ version of them, free from all the struggles.

It gives us hope, right?
If they can change so can we.
And it’s so inspiring to see how different someone can be.

It’s one thing when we think we might be capable of change.
And it’s another thing to actually see someone be transformed, right before our eyes.

The problem comes when we think of our before and after only in terms of how much we weigh, or what size pants we wear.

There are so many parts that need to change and lead to your after.
So today I’m going to help you break down what would have to happen for you to go from now, today, your ‘before’ to your ‘after’.

It is doable. And we’re going to talk about how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 243: Before and After appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Habits that don't serve you — Episode 242: Habits That Don’t Serve You Sep 28, 2021

Last week we talked about the compounding effect of your habits. Today I’m back to help you pinpoint which of your habits don’t serve you in your quest for weight loss.

We talk about habits a lot here.
Last episode I talked about the compounding effect of your habits.
And if you listened to that episode, you know that I mean that each thing you do gives you a result and that result grows, just like interest compounding on money in the bank. The result is bigger than what you started with.

So, whether you are thinking about a good habit you have, that affects your eating and your weight, or a habit you wish you didn’t have…all your habits count and add up. Or compound.

Before we dive in to change any of your habits, you need to be aware of what you’re doing, especially if you’re talking about an area of life that you might not be happy about.

One of the big picture goals I wish for you is to build habits that support your weight loss and your life as you want it to be. Building these kinds of habits puts you in charge as the artist who is creating your life, just the way you want it to be.

Today I want to talk about the habits you have that aren’t serving you.

We all have them.
And you don’t need to eliminate every single habit that isn’t helpful. That isn’t the goal.

But let’s just start with some of the things you do that feel so automatic that it feels like you have no choice.
You always have a choice.
Let’s break this down together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 242: Habits That Don’t Serve You appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 242: Habits That Don’t Serve You Sep 28, 2021

Last week we talked about the compounding effect of your habits. Today I’m back to help you pinpoint which of your habits don’t serve you in your quest for weight loss.

We talk about habits a lot here.
Last episode I talked about the compounding effect of your habits.
And if you listened to that episode, you know that I mean that each thing you do gives you a result and that result grows, just like interest compounding on money in the bank. The result is bigger than what you started with.

So, whether you are thinking about a good habit you have, that affects your eating and your weight, or a habit you wish you didn’t have…all your habits count and add up. Or compound.

Before we dive in to change any of your habits, you need to be aware of what you’re doing, especially if you’re talking about an area of life that you might not be happy about.

One of the big picture goals I wish for you is to build habits that support your weight loss and your life as you want it to be. Building these kinds of habits puts you in charge as the artist who is creating your life, just the way you want it to be.

Today I want to talk about the habits you have that aren’t serving you.

We all have them.
And you don’t need to eliminate every single habit that isn’t helpful. That isn’t the goal.

But let’s just start with some of the things you do that feel so automatic that it feels like you have no choice.
You always have a choice.
Let’s break this down together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 242: Habits That Don’t Serve You appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Compounding Effect of Weight Loss Habits — Episode 241: The Compounding Effect of Your Weight Loss Habits Sep 21, 2021

Your life is made up of lots of different habits.
Things you do over and over again.
Some are habits you like and do without thought because they give you results you enjoy.

But some are habits you hate.
It feels like you have no control.
You just automatically do certain things that add up to a result you don’t like.

Your weight is also made up of habits.
The way you eat.
What you eat.
How fast you eat.
When you eat.

You get the picture.

If you wish to change your weight, you are really wanting to change the habits that you currently practice.
And if you’re like most people, you think big.
You want to make big, sweeping changes.
And you want to make them yesterday.

And yet, as exciting as it feels to think about those big changes you are going to make, it’s harder than it looks.
And after a short time, you feel resistance to big change and give up.
This is where we use tiny habits, over time, that compound to give you big results.

Are you willing to listen to this perspective and see if there is a better way to change your habits?
Join me. This is what works.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 241: The Compounding Effect of Your Weight Loss Habits appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 241: The Compounding Effect of Your Weight Loss Habits Sep 21, 2021

Your life is made up of lots of different habits.
Things you do over and over again.
Some are habits you like and do without thought because they give you results you enjoy.

But some are habits you hate.
It feels like you have no control.
You just automatically do certain things that add up to a result you don’t like.

Your weight is also made up of habits.
The way you eat.
What you eat.
How fast you eat.
When you eat.

You get the picture.

If you wish to change your weight, you are really wanting to change the habits that you currently practice.
And if you’re like most people, you think big.
You want to make big, sweeping changes.
And you want to make them yesterday.

And yet, as exciting as it feels to think about those big changes you are going to make, it’s harder than it looks.
And after a short time, you feel resistance to big change and give up.
This is where we use tiny habits, over time, that compound to give you big results.

Are you willing to listen to this perspective and see if there is a better way to change your habits?
Join me. This is what works.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 241: The Compounding Effect of Your Weight Loss Habits appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

What if you stayed this weight forever — Episode 240: What If You Stayed This Weight Forever? Sep 14, 2021

I know your struggle.
You are working on your weight. On losing weight.

And in this struggle, you are in a fairly constant battle with yourself.
Staying the same weight as you are now… is not an option for you.

So, you push and pull and fight and hate, hoping you can change yourself.

But what if, just imagine, that no one could ever lose any weight at all. No one could gain, and no one, including you, could lose.

Would you feel compelled to still hate yourself?
Or would you put down your weapons and relax?

That does not mean you’d keep overeating and abuse your body.
It means, in fact, that without the focus on losing weight, you’d most likely ease into self-acceptance and love.

And that would probably mean you’d eat better.
Take better care of yourself.
And manage all those unsettling emotions.

Let’s use the fantasy of ‘no more weight loss ever’ to find a way to be compassionate to yourself right now. Not in the future when the number on the scale was lower. Now.

And guess what? That will probably help you release some extra weight!
Join me as we learn how to stop the hate and love yourself slim.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 240: What If You Stayed This Weight Forever? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 240: What If You Stayed This Weight Forever? Sep 14, 2021

I know your struggle.
You are working on your weight. On losing weight.

And in this struggle, you are in a fairly constant battle with yourself.
Staying the same weight as you are now… is not an option for you.

So, you push and pull and fight and hate, hoping you can change yourself.

But what if, just imagine, that no one could ever lose any weight at all. No one could gain, and no one, including you, could lose.

Would you feel compelled to still hate yourself?
Or would you put down your weapons and relax?

That does not mean you’d keep overeating and abuse your body.
It means, in fact, that without the focus on losing weight, you’d most likely ease into self-acceptance and love.

And that would probably mean you’d eat better.
Take better care of yourself.
And manage all those unsettling emotions.

Let’s use the fantasy of ‘no more weight loss ever’ to find a way to be compassionate to yourself right now. Not in the future when the number on the scale was lower. Now.

And guess what? That will probably help you release some extra weight!
Join me as we learn how to stop the hate and love yourself slim.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 240: What If You Stayed This Weight Forever? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Law of Attraction — Episode 239: The Law of Attraction and Weight Loss Sep 07, 2021

Have you ever heard about the Law of Attraction?
It’s a perspective that helps you understand why you have what you have in your life.
And, why you don’t have what you wish you had.

Once you learn how you create things in your world, your whole life can change.
Really.

Maybe you want to change your weight, or maybe just your eating habits.
You probably want to live without the whole eating struggle.

Well, the first thing you’ll want to do is step back and learn how you have created the weight and the habits you have now.

What you focus on grows.
And if you are always focusing on being overweight, you might be accidentally creating more of what you don’t want.

Join me today and take a look at your present life.
Your weight.
Your habits.
Your struggle.

And without blame, let’s see how your thinking and your emotions and your actions have all created exactly where you are right now.

Then, we can move on from there and you can change anything you wish.
Let’s do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 239: The Law of Attraction and Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 239: The Law of Attraction and Weight Loss Sep 07, 2021

Have you ever heard about the Law of Attraction?
It’s a perspective that helps you understand why you have what you have in your life.
And, why you don’t have what you wish you had.

Once you learn how you create things in your world, your whole life can change.
Really.

Maybe you want to change your weight, or maybe just your eating habits.
You probably want to live without the whole eating struggle.

Well, the first thing you’ll want to do is step back and learn how you have created the weight and the habits you have now.

What you focus on grows.
And if you are always focusing on being overweight, you might be accidentally creating more of what you don’t want.

Join me today and take a look at your present life.
Your weight.
Your habits.
Your struggle.

And without blame, let’s see how your thinking and your emotions and your actions have all created exactly where you are right now.

Then, we can move on from there and you can change anything you wish.
Let’s do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 239: The Law of Attraction and Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Your Weight Loss Project — Episode 238: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority Aug 31, 2021

Let’s say you decide you want to lose weight. And you make a plan, and get everything you need to do all lined up. You’re ready. But somehow, even though you really want to do this, the everyday challenges of life come up and you simply forget to focus on what you want most.

Does that sound like something that happens to you?
It’s more common than you think.
And today, I’m going to coach you and teach you how to avoid this pitfall. I’m going to show you how to keep your Project YOU the ultimate priority, so you can get it done.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 238: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 238: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority Aug 31, 2021

Let’s say you decide you want to lose weight. And you make a plan, and get everything you need to do all lined up. You’re ready. But somehow, even though you really want to do this, the everyday challenges of life come up and you simply forget to focus on what you want most.

Does that sound like something that happens to you?
It’s more common than you think.
And today, I’m going to coach you and teach you how to avoid this pitfall. I’m going to show you how to keep your Project YOU the ultimate priority, so you can get it done.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 238: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 237: Liz Learned to Overcome a Lifetime of Breaking Promises to Herself Aug 24, 2021

Where did your struggle begin?
If you listen to my interview with Liz, a current member of the Freedom Group, we go all the way back to 5th grade.
That’s when she first noticed that she felt her body was ‘different’ than those around her.
Yet if she looked at a picture of herself back then, today, she probably would think she looked fine!
Isn’t it amazing that our simple thoughts about ourselves, in one moment in time, can lead to a lifetime of emotional eating, a long search and broken promises?

Join me as I chat with Liz about her history with her eating struggles. And, most importantly, how she overcame them.
I’m pretty sure you will hear your own story in this conversation. It goes across many years and many struggles, with a really good ending.
If Liz can conquer a lifetime of using food to feel good, and learning about herself and creating better solutions, you can do this too.
Join us and learn about Liz AND about yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 237: Liz Learned to Overcome a Lifetime of Breaking Promises to Herself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 237: Liz Learned to Overcome a Lifetime of Breaking Promises to Herself Aug 24, 2021

Where did your struggle begin?
If you listen to my interview with Liz, a current member of the Freedom Group, we go all the way back to 5th grade.
That’s when she first noticed that she felt her body was ‘different’ than those around her.
Yet if she looked at a picture of herself back then, today, she probably would think she looked fine!
Isn’t it amazing that our simple thoughts about ourselves, in one moment in time, can lead to a lifetime of emotional eating, a long search and broken promises?

Join me as I chat with Liz about her history with her eating struggles. And, most importantly, how she overcame them.
I’m pretty sure you will hear your own story in this conversation. It goes across many years and many struggles, with a really good ending.
If Liz can conquer a lifetime of using food to feel good, and learning about herself and creating better solutions, you can do this too.
Join us and learn about Liz AND about yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 237: Liz Learned to Overcome a Lifetime of Breaking Promises to Herself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Acting As If — Episode 236: Acting As If For Weight Loss Aug 17, 2021

I know you probably won’t believe me here.
You probably think that solving your weight and eating issues must be a long, drawn-out, 10-year process.
That it just can’t be anything close to simple.

But what if I told you that you could wake up tomorrow and pretend to be the woman you wished you were?
And, that it would work?

Acting ‘as if’ you were already where you want to be is one of the ways you get your brain to change.

You wake up in the morning and pretend that you are following a script.
Let’s call the script: A day in the life of a natural eater.
Sounds unbelievable, right?

Here’s the thing.
Your struggle, which feels very real, is ALL created by your thinking.
So, if one day, we give you a script to read, and act on.
And this script gave you the thoughts and feelings and actions of a natural-eating-woman, you’d be amazed.

Because pretending that this was you, would give you a glimpse into the world of that woman, that woman that you so dearly want to be.

And that glimpse could be the start for you.
Of course, there will be more work to do.
But for now, it will help you imagine what is possible, and right now, you can’t see that.
You are stuck in looking at your past to predict your future.

So, for now, let’s just pretend. Join me and try this experiment and let me know how you do.

This can be your start!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 236: Acting As If For Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 236: Acting As If For Weight Loss Aug 17, 2021

I know you probably won’t believe me here.
You probably think that solving your weight and eating issues must be a long, drawn-out, 10-year process.
That it just can’t be anything close to simple.

But what if I told you that you could wake up tomorrow and pretend to be the woman you wished you were?
And, that it would work?

Acting ‘as if’ you were already where you want to be is one of the ways you get your brain to change.

You wake up in the morning and pretend that you are following a script.
Let’s call the script: A day in the life of a natural eater.
Sounds unbelievable, right?

Here’s the thing.
Your struggle, which feels very real, is ALL created by your thinking.
So, if one day, we give you a script to read, and act on.
And this script gave you the thoughts and feelings and actions of a natural-eating-woman, you’d be amazed.

Because pretending that this was you, would give you a glimpse into the world of that woman, that woman that you so dearly want to be.

And that glimpse could be the start for you.
Of course, there will be more work to do.
But for now, it will help you imagine what is possible, and right now, you can’t see that.
You are stuck in looking at your past to predict your future.

So, for now, let’s just pretend. Join me and try this experiment and let me know how you do.

This can be your start!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 236: Acting As If For Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dieting for special events — Episode 235: Dieting For Special Events Aug 10, 2021

If you’ve ever tried to lose weight for a special event, you are not alone. The question is: is this a good idea? Or not?

Think of all the things you’ve done in the past that may have made you think you needed to lose weight for:

Your wedding or a friend’s wedding

Having a special outfit you wanted to fit into

A class reunion

A big business meeting or presentation

A vacation

And let’s not forget: wearing a bathing suit!

You think of these events, and you think about how you want to look, right?
You want others to admire you.
Or find you ‘acceptable’.
You want to seem like you’ve got it all together.
That you are successful. That you don’t struggle.

And you think your weight is a barometer of how well you are doing in your life.

So, you search for a diet.
Something fast.
And probably, something unrealistic.

You might lose some weight.
And you might not.
Is this a good idea?

Tune in and join me in this coaching session.
If you’ve ever dieted or even considered dieting for a special event, let’s explore your options together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 235: Dieting For Special Events appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 235: Dieting For Special Events Aug 10, 2021

If you’ve ever tried to lose weight for a special event, you are not alone. The question is: is this a good idea? Or not?

Think of all the things you’ve done in the past that may have made you think you needed to lose weight for:

Your wedding or a friend’s wedding

Having a special outfit you wanted to fit into

A class reunion

A big business meeting or presentation

A vacation

And let’s not forget: wearing a bathing suit!

You think of these events, and you think about how you want to look, right?
You want others to admire you.
Or find you ‘acceptable’.
You want to seem like you’ve got it all together.
That you are successful. That you don’t struggle.

And you think your weight is a barometer of how well you are doing in your life.

So, you search for a diet.
Something fast.
And probably, something unrealistic.

You might lose some weight.
And you might not.
Is this a good idea?

Tune in and join me in this coaching session.
If you’ve ever dieted or even considered dieting for a special event, let’s explore your options together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 235: Dieting For Special Events appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Turning Down Food — Episode 234: Turning Down Food Aug 03, 2021

Imagine this:
Someone offers you some delicious-looking food.
But you aren’t hungry.

Just imagine how it would feel if it were easy to say: No thanks!

If this seems like an impossible dream to you, you are not alone.
So many of us can’t resist certain foods when they are offered to us.

We tell ourselves stories, like:

I don’t know when I’ll get this again, so I’d better eat some now!

She made it just for me. I can’t say no!

Or:
I can never say no to ____…. fill in the blank!

Think about all those times that you are saying yes to eating when you aren’t hungry. All those times count. And they all add up to extra weight.

If you were able to say ‘no’ when you are offered food when you weren’t hungry, your body would reflect that. And you’d feel proud and in control.

In our coaching session today, we are going to talk about why it’s so hard to turn down food, even if you aren’t hungry. AND we will talk about what to do instead.

Join me and learn about how to make turning down extra food easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 234: Turning Down Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 234: Turning Down Food Aug 03, 2021

Imagine this:
Someone offers you some delicious-looking food.
But you aren’t hungry.

Just imagine how it would feel if it were easy to say: No thanks!

If this seems like an impossible dream to you, you are not alone.
So many of us can’t resist certain foods when they are offered to us.

We tell ourselves stories, like:

I don’t know when I’ll get this again, so I’d better eat some now!

She made it just for me. I can’t say no!

Or:
I can never say no to ____…. fill in the blank!

Think about all those times that you are saying yes to eating when you aren’t hungry. All those times count. And they all add up to extra weight.

If you were able to say ‘no’ when you are offered food when you weren’t hungry, your body would reflect that. And you’d feel proud and in control.

In our coaching session today, we are going to talk about why it’s so hard to turn down food, even if you aren’t hungry. AND we will talk about what to do instead.

Join me and learn about how to make turning down extra food easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 234: Turning Down Food appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Goals to Set Along the way — Episode 233: Goals to Set Along the Way to Weight Loss Jul 27, 2021

When you want to lose weight and end your eating struggle, often all you can think about is the number on the scale.

That is your goal, your big focus.
In fact, sometimes it’s all you can think about.
You want that number.
You judge yourself by how far you are from that number.
And you struggle. You don’t know how to get there.

What I’m going to teach you today is how to create success right now, on your way to the weight loss you want so much.

I want you to break down the process of losing weight and count every little thing you do to get there, as a small goal.
And when you reach that small goal, yes!
That counts as a victory.

I know, I know. You still want that number.
But all those little everyday goals and victories are exactly what will get you to your goal.

So, let’s do this.
Let’s make every step you take count along the way to that number on the scale.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 233: Goals to Set Along the Way to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 233: Goals to Set Along the Way to Weight Loss Jul 27, 2021

When you want to lose weight and end your eating struggle, often all you can think about is the number on the scale.

That is your goal, your big focus.
In fact, sometimes it’s all you can think about.
You want that number.
You judge yourself by how far you are from that number.
And you struggle. You don’t know how to get there.

What I’m going to teach you today is how to create success right now, on your way to the weight loss you want so much.

I want you to break down the process of losing weight and count every little thing you do to get there, as a small goal.
And when you reach that small goal, yes!
That counts as a victory.

I know, I know. You still want that number.
But all those little everyday goals and victories are exactly what will get you to your goal.

So, let’s do this.
Let’s make every step you take count along the way to that number on the scale.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 233: Goals to Set Along the Way to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Fear of weight loss success — Episode 232: Do You Fear Weight Loss Success? Jul 20, 2021

You want to solve your eating issues.
Maybe you want to lose weight too.
And you want these things SO much.
You can just taste the freedom you would feel to have these struggles go away.

So, why am I suggesting that you might have a fear of success?

And that this fear might be causing you to sabotage yourself, unknowingly?

Listen in today while we talk about ALL the things that might lead you to be afraid of your own potential success:

Wondering who you would be without the constant struggle

Fearing that you won’t live up to your expectations, even if you do lose weight

Thinking that weight loss will give you a perfect life

Wondering what will change and what will stay the same

If you’ve ever had any of these thoughts, you can understand why as much as you want to stop struggling with your eating, there is an equal part of you that fears…. what then?

Let’s deal with this together so that nothing holds you back.
See you inside the coaching session.

Your coach,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 232: Do You Fear Weight Loss Success? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 232: Do You Fear Weight Loss Success? Jul 20, 2021

You want to solve your eating issues.
Maybe you want to lose weight too.
And you want these things SO much.
You can just taste the freedom you would feel to have these struggles go away.

So, why am I suggesting that you might have a fear of success?

And that this fear might be causing you to sabotage yourself, unknowingly?

Listen in today while we talk about ALL the things that might lead you to be afraid of your own potential success:

Wondering who you would be without the constant struggle

Fearing that you won’t live up to your expectations, even if you do lose weight

Thinking that weight loss will give you a perfect life

Wondering what will change and what will stay the same

If you’ve ever had any of these thoughts, you can understand why as much as you want to stop struggling with your eating, there is an equal part of you that fears…. what then?

Let’s deal with this together so that nothing holds you back.
See you inside the coaching session.

Your coach,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 232: Do You Fear Weight Loss Success? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Healthy Food Doesn't Mean Eat as Much as You Want — Episode 231: Healthy Food Doesn’t Give You Permission To Eat It All Jul 13, 2021

You’ve heard about my mind-reading ability, right?
My uncanny skill of knowing just what you are thinking?
Well, I’ve done it again.

I happen to know that at some point, you probably have thought that you could eat as much food as you want as long as it’s ‘healthy’.

Am I right?
Have you ever complained about how you’re eating ‘so good’ and you’re not losing weight?

I know, I know…. I’ve been there.
I’ve watched my calories.
I’ve watched my carbs.
I’ve watched my sugar and my flour.
And I’ve used so many other ways of judging food as good or bad.

And those tricks didn’t give me weight loss.

I was still eating too much food.
I was still eating when I was upset, instead of hungry.

So, are you kidding yourself if you think ‘healthy’ foods = weight loss?
And you can eat as much of them as you want?
Listen to this episode and find out whether I give you a hall pass to eat as much as you want if a food is a healthy food.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 231: Healthy Food Doesn’t Give You Permission To Eat It All appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 231: Healthy Food Doesn’t Give You Permission To Eat It All Jul 13, 2021

You’ve heard about my mind-reading ability, right?
My uncanny skill of knowing just what you are thinking?
Well, I’ve done it again.

I happen to know that at some point, you probably have thought that you could eat as much food as you want as long as it’s ‘healthy’.

Am I right?
Have you ever complained about how you’re eating ‘so good’ and you’re not losing weight?

I know, I know…. I’ve been there.
I’ve watched my calories.
I’ve watched my carbs.
I’ve watched my sugar and my flour.
And I’ve used so many other ways of judging food as good or bad.

And those tricks didn’t give me weight loss.

I was still eating too much food.
I was still eating when I was upset, instead of hungry.

So, are you kidding yourself if you think ‘healthy’ foods = weight loss?
And you can eat as much of them as you want?
Listen to this episode and find out whether I give you a hall pass to eat as much as you want if a food is a healthy food.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 231: Healthy Food Doesn’t Give You Permission To Eat It All appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 230: Learn Why You Sabotage Yourself When Starting A New Plan Jul 06, 2021

When you first start on any weight loss journey, maybe it’s because you’ve hit bottom.

You are defeated and you know it’s time to change, right?

And then you make that big decision, that this time you are REALLY going to do it. But what happens next may surprise you.

You stop in your tracks.
Why?
Usually because of one of these two things:
Procrastination and overwhelm.

Yes. Even though doing what it takes to lose weight is what you really want.
You suddenly feel like there is too much to do.
You don’t know where to start.
What sounded like a good plan suddenly seems overwhelming.

And so, you never get started.
If this is you, you’ll love my talk today with Master Coach Neill Williams. She is my own coach and helps me manage my mind both in life and in business.

She is a wizard at helping women work less and enjoy their lives more. And these things involve of course, getting over overwhelm and procrastination.

So even if you do not have a business, you will love learning why you seem to sabotage yourself when you try to start following a plan, even a plan that you’re excited about.

Join us for this eye-opening conversation.

Visit Neill William's website to learn more about her.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 230: Learn Why You Sabotage Yourself When Starting A New Plan appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 230: Learn Why You Sabotage Yourself When Starting A New Plan Jul 06, 2021

When you first start on any weight loss journey, maybe it’s because you’ve hit bottom.

You are defeated and you know it’s time to change, right?

And then you make that big decision, that this time you are REALLY going to do it. But what happens next may surprise you.

You stop in your tracks.
Why?
Usually because of one of these two things:
Procrastination and overwhelm.

Yes. Even though doing what it takes to lose weight is what you really want.
You suddenly feel like there is too much to do.
You don’t know where to start.
What sounded like a good plan suddenly seems overwhelming.

And so, you never get started.
If this is you, you’ll love my talk today with Master Coach Neill Williams. She is my own coach and helps me manage my mind both in life and in business.

She is a wizard at helping women work less and enjoy their lives more. And these things involve of course, getting over overwhelm and procrastination.

So even if you do not have a business, you will love learning why you seem to sabotage yourself when you try to start following a plan, even a plan that you’re excited about.

Join us for this eye-opening conversation.

Visit Neill William's website to learn more about her.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 230: Learn Why You Sabotage Yourself When Starting A New Plan appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

How Can Weight Loss be Easier — Episode 229: How Can Weight Loss Be Easier? Jun 29, 2021

Hello my friend!
Have you ever asked yourself why losing weight is so hard?
And why can’t it be easier?

Questions like these usually lead us to search for quick solutions…solutions like a 5-day diet, or a list of ‘do and don’t’ foods.

Shortcuts usually don’t work long term.
But there are real ways to make weight loss easier.

Here are some of the things we will uncover in this coaching session today that could make weight loss easier for you:

Learning how to care for yourself without food as an emotional blankie.

Learning how natural eaters eat, not how good dieters eat.

Learning how your mind works: what creates your moods and how to not let them lead you to overeating.

Making very clear decisions on exactly what needs to change for you.

Having a plan to help that change happen.

Making choices that feel good in the moment AND in the long-term picture of your life.

Getting support when your resolve falters.

Learning to see yourself as a whole, deserving, capable person.

Having compassion for yourself as you do the best you can with what you know.

Learning to fall down and get right back up.

Learning to benefit from your failures.

Being open to new concepts from brain science, coaching and psychology.

Wanting to change from the inside to the outside.

If you are listening to this today, I hope you join me in the Freedom Group where real change takes place. We close at midnight tonight, 6/29/21.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 229: How Can Weight Loss Be Easier? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 229: How Can Weight Loss Be Easier? Jun 29, 2021

Hello my friend!
Have you ever asked yourself why losing weight is so hard?
And why can’t it be easier?

Questions like these usually lead us to search for quick solutions…solutions like a 5-day diet, or a list of ‘do and don’t’ foods.

Shortcuts usually don’t work long term.
But there are real ways to make weight loss easier.

Here are some of the things we will uncover in this coaching session today that could make weight loss easier for you:

Learning how to care for yourself without food as an emotional blankie.

Learning how natural eaters eat, not how good dieters eat.

Learning how your mind works: what creates your moods and how to not let them lead you to overeating.

Making very clear decisions on exactly what needs to change for you.

Having a plan to help that change happen.

Making choices that feel good in the moment AND in the long-term picture of your life.

Getting support when your resolve falters.

Learning to see yourself as a whole, deserving, capable person.

Having compassion for yourself as you do the best you can with what you know.

Learning to fall down and get right back up.

Learning to benefit from your failures.

Being open to new concepts from brain science, coaching and psychology.

Wanting to change from the inside to the outside.

If you are listening to this today, I hope you join me in the Freedom Group where real change takes place. We close at midnight tonight, 6/29/21.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 229: How Can Weight Loss Be Easier? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 228: Melissa Used to Believe that if She was Thinner She’d Be Happier Jun 22, 2021

Are you a perfectionist?
If you think you need to be a certain weight to be acceptable, I hope you tune in to today’s coaching session.

What happens when you grow up feeling like you are never ‘good enough’?
If you’re like most of the women I work with, you develop coping strategies.
And many of these coping strategies involve eating.

Yup, eating to feel better.
Eating because you think you are not good enough.
Eating because you just can’t handle that feeling of not being enough.

This is a common way of thinking. And it’s not really helpful.
We all tend to try to be better, do better, and many of us think the way to do that is to lose weight.
Be better = be thinner. So you go into the world of dieting.
And what happens then?
If the diets don’t work?
Then you assume it must be you, right?

Listen to Melissa. She was a Freedom Group member who graduated to the highest honor and became a mentor to other members.
She did so well on her own journey that she is now a member of our beloved Freedom Group Team, helping other women on their own journeys.

Melissa is smart and has great insight. To the world she was living a successful life. But inside she was struggling.
And now the inside matches her beautiful outside.

Join me and Melissa as we share her journey, her struggles and her triumph.

Then join the Freedom Group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 228: Melissa Used to Believe that if She was Thinner She’d Be Happier appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 228: Melissa Used to Believe that if She was Thinner She’d Be Happier Jun 22, 2021

Are you a perfectionist?
If you think you need to be a certain weight to be acceptable, I hope you tune in to today’s coaching session.

What happens when you grow up feeling like you are never ‘good enough’?
If you’re like most of the women I work with, you develop coping strategies.
And many of these coping strategies involve eating.

Yup, eating to feel better.
Eating because you think you are not good enough.
Eating because you just can’t handle that feeling of not being enough.

This is a common way of thinking. And it’s not really helpful.
We all tend to try to be better, do better, and many of us think the way to do that is to lose weight.
Be better = be thinner. So you go into the world of dieting.
And what happens then?
If the diets don’t work?
Then you assume it must be you, right?

Listen to Melissa. She was a Freedom Group member who graduated to the highest honor and became a mentor to other members.
She did so well on her own journey that she is now a member of our beloved Freedom Group Team, helping other women on their own journeys.

Melissa is smart and has great insight. To the world she was living a successful life. But inside she was struggling.
And now the inside matches her beautiful outside.

Join me and Melissa as we share her journey, her struggles and her triumph.

Then join the Freedom Group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 228: Melissa Used to Believe that if She was Thinner She’d Be Happier appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Aha Moment, Insight — Episode 227: Why Your Weight Loss ‘Aha’ Moments Don’t Lead to Weight Loss Jun 15, 2021

This used to happen to me all the time.
I was trying to lose weight and not struggle with food.
So I’d read the latest book and have a major ‘aha’ moment.

I’d get some big insight and get really, really excited.
Wow!
This is it!
I can see exactly what the solution is and why I’ve been struggling!
I now know what to do and starting tomorrow, my problem will be gone.

I’d go to bed excited and confident that I finally figured out what to do.
I couldn’t wait to wake up the next day and get started.

Boy, was I ever surprised to find that the next day was just another repeat of all the other days.
Make a plan.
Try to eat in a new way.
Fail, give up, and beat myself up.

I was so disappointed.
I really thought this was it.
I had the insight.
I had the understanding.
So why couldn’t I change?

This coaching session will show you what I learned the hard way.
The insight, the ‘aha’ moment is great and feels motivating.
But you need to know what to do after you get that lightning bolt of insight.
And that is what I will teach you today.

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 227: Why Your Weight Loss ‘Aha’ Moments Don’t Lead to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 227: Why Your Weight Loss ‘Aha’ Moments Don’t Lead to Weight Loss Jun 15, 2021

This used to happen to me all the time.
I was trying to lose weight and not struggle with food.
So I’d read the latest book and have a major ‘aha’ moment.

I’d get some big insight and get really, really excited.
Wow!
This is it!
I can see exactly what the solution is and why I’ve been struggling!
I now know what to do and starting tomorrow, my problem will be gone.

I’d go to bed excited and confident that I finally figured out what to do.
I couldn’t wait to wake up the next day and get started.

Boy, was I ever surprised to find that the next day was just another repeat of all the other days.
Make a plan.
Try to eat in a new way.
Fail, give up, and beat myself up.

I was so disappointed.
I really thought this was it.
I had the insight.
I had the understanding.
So why couldn’t I change?

This coaching session will show you what I learned the hard way.
The insight, the ‘aha’ moment is great and feels motivating.
But you need to know what to do after you get that lightning bolt of insight.
And that is what I will teach you today.

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 227: Why Your Weight Loss ‘Aha’ Moments Don’t Lead to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Why It's So Hard to Stop Eating — Episode 226: Why It’s So Hard To Stop Eating Jun 08, 2021

You set an eating goal.
You decide ahead of time what you will eat.
When you will eat.
And when you will stop.
But when the times comes, the stopping part doesn’t happen.
It happens, but often not until the food you were eating is gone.
And by the time the food is gone, you are overly full. You ate more than you needed.
So why is it so darn hard to stop eating once you’ve started?

Sometimes it’s your biology.
You are wired to get as much of the good stuff as possible.
Sometimes you wait to be hungry to start eating, and then zone out and again, keep eating until your plate is clean. You simply stop paying attention to your hunger.
And sometimes it’s your faulty thinking.
If you’ve ever thought these things, this is what you need to work on.

I’ll start tomorrow.

Just this once.

I don’t want to waste food.

And on and on and on.

So join me in this coaching session where we uncover the three big reasons it’s so hard to stop eating even when your body has had enough.
This is a solvable problem. Let’s do this!

Join the Freedom Group Today!

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 226: Why It’s So Hard To Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 226: Why It’s So Hard To Stop Eating Jun 08, 2021

You set an eating goal.
You decide ahead of time what you will eat.
When you will eat.
And when you will stop.
But when the times comes, the stopping part doesn’t happen.
It happens, but often not until the food you were eating is gone.
And by the time the food is gone, you are overly full. You ate more than you needed.
So why is it so darn hard to stop eating once you’ve started?

Sometimes it’s your biology.
You are wired to get as much of the good stuff as possible.
Sometimes you wait to be hungry to start eating, and then zone out and again, keep eating until your plate is clean. You simply stop paying attention to your hunger.
And sometimes it’s your faulty thinking.
If you’ve ever thought these things, this is what you need to work on.

I’ll start tomorrow.

Just this once.

I don’t want to waste food.

And on and on and on.

So join me in this coaching session where we uncover the three big reasons it’s so hard to stop eating even when your body has had enough.
This is a solvable problem. Let’s do this!

Join the Freedom Group Today!

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 226: Why It’s So Hard To Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder Jun 01, 2021
Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder

Have you ever looked at other women and wondered about them?
What is their story?
How do they eat?
How do they manage their weight?

Here is one young woman’s story of how she worked herself into an eating disorder, and then bravely worked her way out of it.

And became a mentor to other women who struggled.

Amber shares the common pressures she faced. She talks about all the things she tried to break free from the struggle with her eating, her self-esteem and her weight.
And what she finally found that worked.

Under the skin, we are all women living in the world today. With similar cultural messages and pressures to be and act and look a certain way.

Join me as we explore one woman’s journey to learn how to take care of herself and get really good at understanding how her mind works.

Meet Amber, one of the mentors for our members in The Freedom Group.

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder Jun 01, 2021
Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder

Have you ever looked at other women and wondered about them?
What is their story?
How do they eat?
How do they manage their weight?

Here is one young woman’s story of how she worked herself into an eating disorder, and then bravely worked her way out of it.

And became a mentor to other women who struggled.

Amber shares the common pressures she faced. She talks about all the things she tried to break free from the struggle with her eating, her self-esteem and her weight.
And what she finally found that worked.

Under the skin, we are all women living in the world today. With similar cultural messages and pressures to be and act and look a certain way.

Join me as we explore one woman’s journey to learn how to take care of herself and get really good at understanding how her mind works.

Meet Amber, one of the mentors for our members in The Freedom Group.

Sign up for the 5-Day Challenge to Stop Overeating at the End of Your Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 225 – Amber Shares How She Overcame an Eating Disorder appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Getting Motivated — Episode 224: Getting and Staying Motivated May 25, 2021

I’ll bet you think I’m a good motivator.
Someone who can pump you up and get you excited to move toward your goals.

The fact is, people can inspire you.
People can help you light that initial flame to help you get started.
But for the long haul, to change your weight, your eating and how you think, being motivated is really something you need to create for yourself.

It’s truly an inside job.

When you need to be motivated to get yourself to do certain things, you start by thinking about how you will feel once you reach your goals.

That helps you know WHY you are doing what you’re doing. And that is what allows you be pulled toward your goals instead of pushing yourself toward them.

SO much easier!

This is what we’ll work on in this coaching session today.
How to get motivation.
Why you need it.
What it feels like when your motivation starts to fade.
What happens when you are NOT motivated?
And, how to keep your motivation fresh.

Join me as I teach you to become your own best cheerleader, who always has your best interests at heart, and will always have your back.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 224: Getting and Staying Motivated appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 224: Getting and Staying Motivated May 25, 2021

I’ll bet you think I’m a good motivator.
Someone who can pump you up and get you excited to move toward your goals.

The fact is, people can inspire you.
People can help you light that initial flame to help you get started.
But for the long haul, to change your weight, your eating and how you think, being motivated is really something you need to create for yourself.

It’s truly an inside job.

When you need to be motivated to get yourself to do certain things, you start by thinking about how you will feel once you reach your goals.

That helps you know WHY you are doing what you’re doing. And that is what allows you be pulled toward your goals instead of pushing yourself toward them.

SO much easier!

This is what we’ll work on in this coaching session today.
How to get motivation.
Why you need it.
What it feels like when your motivation starts to fade.
What happens when you are NOT motivated?
And, how to keep your motivation fresh.

Join me as I teach you to become your own best cheerleader, who always has your best interests at heart, and will always have your back.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 224: Getting and Staying Motivated appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Being Overweight — Episode 223: Stop Practicing Being Overweight May 18, 2021

You are here because you want to lose weight, end all the drama around eating, or maybe both.

But in pursuing these goals, what are you likely to do?
If you’re like most of the women I’ve had the honor of working with, you do what all the other overweight women do.

You practice being overweight and seeking a magical solution.
Instead, you should be practicing what natural eaters do…not what overweight women do.

I know this is surely not your intention.
You want to lose the weight AND the whole problem.
But if you are approaching it like a dieter, then you are creating more of what you don’t want:

The thoughts of overweight women

The feelings of overweight women

The actions of overweight women

And…you are stuck in the struggle.

I know you don’t do this on purpose.
I know that creating more extra weight is the opposite of what you want.
So, let’s look at this today.

If you want something different than what you have, you need to stop trying to do what overweight women do, and start doing what natural eaters do.

Are you in?
Let’s start changing, one thought at a time.
This is weight loss for the thinking woman.
And that is you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 223: Stop Practicing Being Overweight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 223: Stop Practicing Being Overweight May 18, 2021

You are here because you want to lose weight, end all the drama around eating, or maybe both.

But in pursuing these goals, what are you likely to do?
If you’re like most of the women I’ve had the honor of working with, you do what all the other overweight women do.

You practice being overweight and seeking a magical solution.
Instead, you should be practicing what natural eaters do…not what overweight women do.

I know this is surely not your intention.
You want to lose the weight AND the whole problem.
But if you are approaching it like a dieter, then you are creating more of what you don’t want:

The thoughts of overweight women

The feelings of overweight women

The actions of overweight women

And…you are stuck in the struggle.

I know you don’t do this on purpose.
I know that creating more extra weight is the opposite of what you want.
So, let’s look at this today.

If you want something different than what you have, you need to stop trying to do what overweight women do, and start doing what natural eaters do.

Are you in?
Let’s start changing, one thought at a time.
This is weight loss for the thinking woman.
And that is you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 223: Stop Practicing Being Overweight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

One Big Reason — Episode 222: One of the Biggest Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight May 11, 2021

Show Notes –
If you are struggling with weight loss, I would bet that it’s probably due to one of these three reasons:

You think there is a magical diet out there that will be fast, easy and permanent. And you just haven’t found it yet. So you are on a perpetual search.

You are convinced that when you find this magical diet, you will be able to get immediate results. You want this to be true, so you decide to believe this thought. And anything less than immediate results is not acceptable to you.

You try the magical diet, and you fall down. You fail. And then what? You give up. You had a huge expectation of immediate success and when you ran into your first roadblock, you just gave up.

Is this you? Are you guilty of these thoughts and expectations?
If so, this episode is for you.

Join me and listen as we talk about why you shouldn’t expect immediate results and how to change that habit.

Let’s break this unhelpful pattern that has you working against yourself to get what you want most: losing your extra weight AND losing the whole struggle.

I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 222: One of the Biggest Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 222: One of the Biggest Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight May 11, 2021

Show Notes –
If you are struggling with weight loss, I would bet that it’s probably due to one of these three reasons:

You think there is a magical diet out there that will be fast, easy and permanent. And you just haven’t found it yet. So you are on a perpetual search.

You are convinced that when you find this magical diet, you will be able to get immediate results. You want this to be true, so you decide to believe this thought. And anything less than immediate results is not acceptable to you.

You try the magical diet, and you fall down. You fail. And then what? You give up. You had a huge expectation of immediate success and when you ran into your first roadblock, you just gave up.

Is this you? Are you guilty of these thoughts and expectations?
If so, this episode is for you.

Join me and listen as we talk about why you shouldn’t expect immediate results and how to change that habit.

Let’s break this unhelpful pattern that has you working against yourself to get what you want most: losing your extra weight AND losing the whole struggle.

I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 222: One of the Biggest Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Project You — Episode 221: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint May 04, 2021

Today you’re going to get a handle on a major shift in how you think about losing weight or changing how you eat. If you’ve struggled in the past, this episode will help you in a big way. These changes are small and doable, with profound effects. They are part of Project You.

To get a copy of my FREE BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, go to: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll get in Project YOU:

You’ll see why having a certain weight as your main goal just doesn’t work, and what does work instead.

You’ll learn how to look at the whole project of making changes in your eating and your body, instead of just worrying about what to eat, and when to eat it.

You will understand why hating yourself stops you from losing weight and changing how you eat. And I’ll tell you how to look at yourself right now, at whatever weight you are.

Do you try to be good? This is not a strategy. Learn what to do instead.

Finally, learn how to look at a challenge as something you welcome, instead of something that you dread.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 221: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 221: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint May 04, 2021

Today you’re going to get a handle on a major shift in how you think about losing weight or changing how you eat. If you’ve struggled in the past, this episode will help you in a big way. These changes are small and doable, with profound effects. They are part of Project You.

To get a copy of my FREE BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, go to: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll get in Project YOU:

You’ll see why having a certain weight as your main goal just doesn’t work, and what does work instead.

You’ll learn how to look at the whole project of making changes in your eating and your body, instead of just worrying about what to eat, and when to eat it.

You will understand why hating yourself stops you from losing weight and changing how you eat. And I’ll tell you how to look at yourself right now, at whatever weight you are.

Do you try to be good? This is not a strategy. Learn what to do instead.

Finally, learn how to look at a challenge as something you welcome, instead of something that you dread.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 221: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 220: Kay Conquered Her Weight Struggle and the Rest of Her Life Benefited Apr 27, 2021

Today we have a special episode.
It’s time to hear from another Freedom Group member, Kay.
So often when you hear about another person’s success, you think: well, she’s different than me.
She did this, she changed her emotional eating habits, she lost weight, she became a natural eater.
But I’m different.
My case is different.
I just can’t do it.
Nothing could be further from the truth.
What someone else can learn and do, you also can learn and do.

So periodically I bring on someone who has done what you wish you could do. And I help her tell her story.
So you can see that yes, she did it and I share some of the same issues as her, so maybe, just maybe, if she could do it, then maybe I can too.
That is what I want you to focus on today.
I’m going to interview Kay, and you will hear her story, and how she moved past a long-term struggle to an amazing free place….and that’s where she is now.
And you will hear how she not only conquered her eating and weight struggles, but how what she learned spread out into so many other areas of her life.
That is the work we do in the Freedom Group.
So join me now as I welcome Kay.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 220: Kay Conquered Her Weight Struggle and the Rest of Her Life Benefited appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 220: Kay Conquered Her Weight Struggle and the Rest of Her Life Benefited Apr 27, 2021

Today we have a special episode.
It’s time to hear from another Freedom Group member, Kay.
So often when you hear about another person’s success, you think: well, she’s different than me.
She did this, she changed her emotional eating habits, she lost weight, she became a natural eater.
But I’m different.
My case is different.
I just can’t do it.
Nothing could be further from the truth.
What someone else can learn and do, you also can learn and do.

So periodically I bring on someone who has done what you wish you could do. And I help her tell her story.
So you can see that yes, she did it and I share some of the same issues as her, so maybe, just maybe, if she could do it, then maybe I can too.
That is what I want you to focus on today.
I’m going to interview Kay, and you will hear her story, and how she moved past a long-term struggle to an amazing free place….and that’s where she is now.
And you will hear how she not only conquered her eating and weight struggles, but how what she learned spread out into so many other areas of her life.
That is the work we do in the Freedom Group.
So join me now as I welcome Kay.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 220: Kay Conquered Her Weight Struggle and the Rest of Her Life Benefited appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 219: Can You Lose One Pound? Apr 20, 2021

Did you ever lose one pound?
In your whole life?
Just one little pound?

Of course you did.

We all have lost one pound at one time or another.

And here is what may have happened.
Scenario one:

You said: wow! I did it and this is great!
Now all I have to do is keep going.
One pound and one pound and one pound until I get what I want.
Until I get to my goal weight.

OR ,did you create scenario two:

You said: Well, I lost one pound.
Big deal.
Anyone can lose one pound.
But there’s no way I can keep this up.
There’s no way I can do this over and over.
So, who cares!

If you have what it takes to lose one pound, you have what it takes to keep going to lose as much weight as you want.

It ALL depends on what you say to yourself.
What you think about that one pound.
What you make that one pound mean.

Are you with me?
Let’s lose one pound. Again and again and again.
Until you get what you want.

See Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 219: Can You Lose One Pound? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 219: Can You Lose One Pound? Apr 20, 2021

Did you ever lose one pound?
In your whole life?
Just one little pound?

Of course you did.

We all have lost one pound at one time or another.

And here is what may have happened.
Scenario one:

You said: wow! I did it and this is great!
Now all I have to do is keep going.
One pound and one pound and one pound until I get what I want.
Until I get to my goal weight.

OR ,did you create scenario two:

You said: Well, I lost one pound.
Big deal.
Anyone can lose one pound.
But there’s no way I can keep this up.
There’s no way I can do this over and over.
So, who cares!

If you have what it takes to lose one pound, you have what it takes to keep going to lose as much weight as you want.

It ALL depends on what you say to yourself.
What you think about that one pound.
What you make that one pound mean.

Are you with me?
Let’s lose one pound. Again and again and again.
Until you get what you want.

See Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 219: Can You Lose One Pound? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Sign — Episode 218: Are You Hitting a Stop Sign? Apr 13, 2021

Hello my friend!
What is your weight loss journey like?

Do you start strong and stay strong until you get what you want?
Do you have the habit of starting and stopping again and again?
Or do you start strong, run into stop signs along the way, and just give up?

Life is not a smooth, predictable journey.
It is up and down and fast and slow and full-speed-ahead AND dead stops.
This is normal.

So, if you are on the road to permanent weight loss, you need to be prepared to encounter many signals to slow down, speed up, and of course, come to a stop.

What we are going to focus on today is not letting those stop signs derail you OR your progress.

I want you to be able to come to a signal that has caused you to stop in the past, evaluate what’s going on, and keep moving forward.

Just imagine how much more progress you’d make on this weight loss path if you understood what your own personal stop signs were?

Imagine if you knew they were normal, and you knew how to handle them?

This skill would help you keep going until you got what you wanted.

And what is that?

For many of you it’s permanent weight loss.
For all of you it’s freedom from the struggle.
Becoming a natural eater.
And that’s what today’s coaching session will help you do!
See you inside the episode.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 218: Are You Hitting a Stop Sign? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 218: Are You Hitting a Stop Sign? Apr 13, 2021

Hello my friend!
What is your weight loss journey like?

Do you start strong and stay strong until you get what you want?
Do you have the habit of starting and stopping again and again?
Or do you start strong, run into stop signs along the way, and just give up?

Life is not a smooth, predictable journey.
It is up and down and fast and slow and full-speed-ahead AND dead stops.
This is normal.

So, if you are on the road to permanent weight loss, you need to be prepared to encounter many signals to slow down, speed up, and of course, come to a stop.

What we are going to focus on today is not letting those stop signs derail you OR your progress.

I want you to be able to come to a signal that has caused you to stop in the past, evaluate what’s going on, and keep moving forward.

Just imagine how much more progress you’d make on this weight loss path if you understood what your own personal stop signs were?

Imagine if you knew they were normal, and you knew how to handle them?

This skill would help you keep going until you got what you wanted.

And what is that?

For many of you it’s permanent weight loss.
For all of you it’s freedom from the struggle.
Becoming a natural eater.
And that’s what today’s coaching session will help you do!
See you inside the episode.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 218: Are You Hitting a Stop Sign? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Goal Weight — Episode 217: How to Choose a Goal Weight Apr 06, 2021

How do you choose your goal weight?
You might be choosing it because you think a chart says that you should weigh a certain weight.

You might be choosing it because that’s what a famous public figure weighs, and you admire her.

Or maybe you’ve chosen a weight that you are aiming for that reminds you of a happy time in your life.

Today we’re going to get really clear on how to choose a weight loss goal.

I want you to think about this during the week. Think about your real life. How you eat, how you move, your age, and all the things that make up your life.

What are you willing and able to change?
Is that sustainable?
What cannot be changed?
What does your number look like now?

This session will help you come to a weight range that you can work toward that will be real, just like you.

See you in the episode.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 217: How to Choose a Goal Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 217: How to Choose a Goal Weight Apr 06, 2021

How do you choose your goal weight?
You might be choosing it because you think a chart says that you should weigh a certain weight.

You might be choosing it because that’s what a famous public figure weighs, and you admire her.

Or maybe you’ve chosen a weight that you are aiming for that reminds you of a happy time in your life.

Today we’re going to get really clear on how to choose a weight loss goal.

I want you to think about this during the week. Think about your real life. How you eat, how you move, your age, and all the things that make up your life.

What are you willing and able to change?
Is that sustainable?
What cannot be changed?
What does your number look like now?

This session will help you come to a weight range that you can work toward that will be real, just like you.

See you in the episode.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 217: How to Choose a Goal Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 216: Does Your Kitchen Trigger You? Mar 30, 2021

Did you ever wonder why you’ve felt like eating every time you walked through your kitchen?

Yes, of course, part of it will always be your thinking.
But part of it could actually be your kitchen.

So I want to ask you a personal question.
We kind of know each other after 216 coaching sessions, right?

So I hope you don’t mind if I ask you if you have a messy kitchen.
What I mean is: do you have food out on the counters?

No judgement here, my friend.
But if you do, you are setting yourself up to be triggered and wanting to grab something to eat, every time you walk into or past your kitchen.

You are a sensitive human, and whatever you see or hear or even smell, conjures up memories.

So if you a package of cookies your brain will think: mmm, good! I remember those cookies. And I want some of them!

And you, like all of us, being a creature of habit, will likely go get some cookies. And if you are not hungry or didn’t plan for cookies right now, you won’t be happy with yourself.

Sometimes succeeding at a goal of how you want to eat can be reached with making changes in your environment.

It’s not cheating to make your life and your eating easier! I promise.

So listen in and be honest about the state of your kitchen. And decide if it is working for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 216: Does Your Kitchen Trigger You? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 216: Does Your Kitchen Trigger You? Mar 30, 2021

Did you ever wonder why you’ve felt like eating every time you walked through your kitchen?

Yes, of course, part of it will always be your thinking.
But part of it could actually be your kitchen.

So I want to ask you a personal question.
We kind of know each other after 216 coaching sessions, right?

So I hope you don’t mind if I ask you if you have a messy kitchen.
What I mean is: do you have food out on the counters?

No judgement here, my friend.
But if you do, you are setting yourself up to be triggered and wanting to grab something to eat, every time you walk into or past your kitchen.

You are a sensitive human, and whatever you see or hear or even smell, conjures up memories.

So if you a package of cookies your brain will think: mmm, good! I remember those cookies. And I want some of them!

And you, like all of us, being a creature of habit, will likely go get some cookies. And if you are not hungry or didn’t plan for cookies right now, you won’t be happy with yourself.

Sometimes succeeding at a goal of how you want to eat can be reached with making changes in your environment.

It’s not cheating to make your life and your eating easier! I promise.

So listen in and be honest about the state of your kitchen. And decide if it is working for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 216: Does Your Kitchen Trigger You? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Coaching Session with Cookie — Episode 215: What is Weight Loss Coaching? Mar 23, 2021

Hello my friend!

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for a long time. And you know I’m a weight loss coach.

But do you know what a weight loss coach actually does with her clients?
No, I do not yell at you like a drill sergeant.
You know that’s not my style.

Join me in this coaching session as I open the door to what goes on inside the Freedom Group, my premier monthly membership for smart, thinking women who want to lose weight AND lose the whole problem.

What actually happens on those calls?
How do I get you to change bothersome habits?
What happens when you listen to another member be coached?

Yes, all this and more
Join me and learn what weight loss coaching is and see if it’s what you’ve been looking for.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 215: What is Weight Loss Coaching? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 215: What is Weight Loss Coaching? Mar 23, 2021

Hello my friend!

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for a long time. And you know I’m a weight loss coach.

But do you know what a weight loss coach actually does with her clients?
No, I do not yell at you like a drill sergeant.
You know that’s not my style.

Join me in this coaching session as I open the door to what goes on inside the Freedom Group, my premier monthly membership for smart, thinking women who want to lose weight AND lose the whole problem.

What actually happens on those calls?
How do I get you to change bothersome habits?
What happens when you listen to another member be coached?

Yes, all this and more
Join me and learn what weight loss coaching is and see if it’s what you’ve been looking for.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 215: What is Weight Loss Coaching? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 214: Weight Loss is Not One Big Hard Thing Mar 16, 2021

Do you think that losing weight is just SO hard?
Most women do.
Even smart women like you.

Part of the reason you think this way is that you aren’t clear on how to do it.
What to stop doing.
And what to start doing.
I’m going to share those things with you today.

But the other reason you think it’s a huge hard thing is that you are looking at it as a big problem. When you do that, it’s hard to see where to begin. What to work on.

I want you to break it down into three main challenges.
How to eat like a natural eater.
How to think like a natural eater.
And how to take care of yourself, so food is not your main comfort in life.

A diet tells you what to eat, how much to eat, and maybe when to eat.
But if you are driven to eat when you aren’t hungry, no diet in the world will help you manage yourself around food.

No book will help you take apart the problem.
This is something you can learn how to do, and I will help you.
Because remember, I want you to become your own guru…someone whose advice you trust and WANT to follow.

Why?
Because you will reach the point where you know your own thinking makes the most sense.
So let’s take this big problem apart into small challenges that you can actually do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 214: Weight Loss is Not One Big Hard Thing appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 214: Weight Loss is Not One Big Hard Thing Mar 16, 2021

Do you think that losing weight is just SO hard?
Most women do.
Even smart women like you.

Part of the reason you think this way is that you aren’t clear on how to do it.
What to stop doing.
And what to start doing.
I’m going to share those things with you today.

But the other reason you think it’s a huge hard thing is that you are looking at it as a big problem. When you do that, it’s hard to see where to begin. What to work on.

I want you to break it down into three main challenges.
How to eat like a natural eater.
How to think like a natural eater.
And how to take care of yourself, so food is not your main comfort in life.

A diet tells you what to eat, how much to eat, and maybe when to eat.
But if you are driven to eat when you aren’t hungry, no diet in the world will help you manage yourself around food.

No book will help you take apart the problem.
This is something you can learn how to do, and I will help you.
Because remember, I want you to become your own guru…someone whose advice you trust and WANT to follow.

Why?
Because you will reach the point where you know your own thinking makes the most sense.
So let’s take this big problem apart into small challenges that you can actually do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 214: Weight Loss is Not One Big Hard Thing appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

say no and still feel good — Episode 213 How to Say No to Yourself and Still Feel Good Mar 09, 2021

Do you hate saying ‘no’ to yourself?
I used to.
When I said ‘no, you can’t do that’, or ‘you can’t eat that’…I felt deprived.
I felt like I was experiencing a terrible injustice.

What do you mean I can’t have that?
That’s not fair!
I shouldn’t have to tell myself ‘no’.
I don’t want to miss out on anything.
I certainly don’t want to be deprived.

But I’ve learned that if I never say no to myself, I wouldn’t love the outcome.
I would eat whatever I wanted, sure, but I’d pay for it with extra weight.

If I said no to my promise to move my body, in the moment, I’d get a free pass to just chill and relax.
But I’d pay for it with a body that wasn’t in the shape I wanted to be.

I realized that sometimes I did need to say ‘no’ to get what I wanted.
And I’d need to change how I thought about saying to, so that I didn’t always feel restricted, deprived or like life just wasn’t fair.

And that is what I want to share with you today.
In order to get the results you want, it is necessary that you start disciplining yourself in a kind, loving way.
That will mean saying ‘no’ sometimes.

This coaching session will help you see how and when to lovingly say ‘no’.

Also see Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 213 How to Say No to Yourself and Still Feel Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 213 How to Say No to Yourself and Still Feel Good Mar 09, 2021

Do you hate saying ‘no’ to yourself?
I used to.
When I said ‘no, you can’t do that’, or ‘you can’t eat that’…I felt deprived.
I felt like I was experiencing a terrible injustice.

What do you mean I can’t have that?
That’s not fair!
I shouldn’t have to tell myself ‘no’.
I don’t want to miss out on anything.
I certainly don’t want to be deprived.

But I’ve learned that if I never say no to myself, I wouldn’t love the outcome.
I would eat whatever I wanted, sure, but I’d pay for it with extra weight.

If I said no to my promise to move my body, in the moment, I’d get a free pass to just chill and relax.
But I’d pay for it with a body that wasn’t in the shape I wanted to be.

I realized that sometimes I did need to say ‘no’ to get what I wanted.
And I’d need to change how I thought about saying to, so that I didn’t always feel restricted, deprived or like life just wasn’t fair.

And that is what I want to share with you today.
In order to get the results you want, it is necessary that you start disciplining yourself in a kind, loving way.
That will mean saying ‘no’ sometimes.

This coaching session will help you see how and when to lovingly say ‘no’.

Also see Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 213 How to Say No to Yourself and Still Feel Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Keeping Your Promise — Episode 212 – How to Keep Your Promises to Yourself Mar 02, 2021

Imagine this.
You make a date to meet a friend for lunch.
At the time you need to leave your house, you don’t feel like meeting this friend.

But nothing is really wrong.
She’s already on the way there, so it’s too late to cancel.
And she is counting on you being there.

Do you just not show up?
Do you just blow off the date because you don’t feel like going?

My guess is that you keep your promise to your friend and show up for your date.
You care about what she will think.
You care about how she views you.
You care about being the kind of person who does what she says she will do.

So how do we translate this skill, that you already have, to you?
And train yourself to do what you say you will do?

That is what we will cover in your coaching session today.
We will talk about all the different kinds of promises you might make.
And all the excitement you have when you first make them.

I know you think that excitement will help you follow through. And it does, to some extent. But you also need to take action. And practice taking action over and over again.

We will talk about why it’s easier to make and keep promises in the morning and how to create momentum that will help you stay true to your word even as the day goes on.

You’ll learn why planning on a deep level really helps make keeping those promises easier, and how to plan and break down that promise into small doable steps.

Imagine now how amazing it would feel to do exactly what you said you would do, just like honoring that promise to a friend who is sitting waiting for you at lunch.

You can do this, and I will help you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 212 – How to Keep Your Promises to Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 212 – How to Keep Your Promises to Yourself Mar 02, 2021

Imagine this.
You make a date to meet a friend for lunch.
At the time you need to leave your house, you don’t feel like meeting this friend.

But nothing is really wrong.
She’s already on the way there, so it’s too late to cancel.
And she is counting on you being there.

Do you just not show up?
Do you just blow off the date because you don’t feel like going?

My guess is that you keep your promise to your friend and show up for your date.
You care about what she will think.
You care about how she views you.
You care about being the kind of person who does what she says she will do.

So how do we translate this skill, that you already have, to you?
And train yourself to do what you say you will do?

That is what we will cover in your coaching session today.
We will talk about all the different kinds of promises you might make.
And all the excitement you have when you first make them.

I know you think that excitement will help you follow through. And it does, to some extent. But you also need to take action. And practice taking action over and over again.

We will talk about why it’s easier to make and keep promises in the morning and how to create momentum that will help you stay true to your word even as the day goes on.

You’ll learn why planning on a deep level really helps make keeping those promises easier, and how to plan and break down that promise into small doable steps.

Imagine now how amazing it would feel to do exactly what you said you would do, just like honoring that promise to a friend who is sitting waiting for you at lunch.

You can do this, and I will help you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 212 – How to Keep Your Promises to Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 211 – How to Decide What to Eat Feb 23, 2021

Ah, the big question!
What should I eat?

No doubt you’ve asked yourself this question many, many times.
Possibly hoping for a magical answer. But you know I am always honest with you.
My friend, there is no magical answer.

In this coaching session, I will walk you through the process of deciding how to choose your food, as the intelligent, adult woman you are.

I know you want me, or someone, to tell you what to eat.
I know that would feel easier for you.
But you know and I know that it simply doesn’t work.
No one knows you and your body and your needs better than you.
Even though you may not believe me.

I know you probably think there is some list somewhere in the world, that has all the perfect foods for you, that will deliver amazingly fast weight loss.
This list will also tell you what foods to stay away from and if you follow this list, you will wake up thin and happy.

Okay, back to real life.
You have within you the ability to figure out your food.
This is not rocket science, I promise.
You can use a few simple criteria to know how to say yes or no to any given food. After you decide if you are hungry, or course.

This is weight loss for the thinking woman.

Let’s take a look at why you’re resistant to choosing your own food and how you can overcome this roadblock.
And of course, I will help you.

Also see

Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman

Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 211 – How to Decide What to Eat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 211 – How to Decide What to Eat Feb 23, 2021

Ah, the big question!
What should I eat?

No doubt you’ve asked yourself this question many, many times.
Possibly hoping for a magical answer. But you know I am always honest with you.
My friend, there is no magical answer.

In this coaching session, I will walk you through the process of deciding how to choose your food, as the intelligent, adult woman you are.

I know you want me, or someone, to tell you what to eat.
I know that would feel easier for you.
But you know and I know that it simply doesn’t work.
No one knows you and your body and your needs better than you.
Even though you may not believe me.

I know you probably think there is some list somewhere in the world, that has all the perfect foods for you, that will deliver amazingly fast weight loss.
This list will also tell you what foods to stay away from and if you follow this list, you will wake up thin and happy.

Okay, back to real life.
You have within you the ability to figure out your food.
This is not rocket science, I promise.
You can use a few simple criteria to know how to say yes or no to any given food. After you decide if you are hungry, or course.

This is weight loss for the thinking woman.

Let’s take a look at why you’re resistant to choosing your own food and how you can overcome this roadblock.
And of course, I will help you.

Also see

Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman

Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 211 – How to Decide What to Eat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Storm Ahead — Episode 210: How to Avoid The Perfect Storm of Overeating Feb 16, 2021

Did you ever have one of those days when all the things that happened, and what you did, added up to you eating way more than you needed?

And did you ever have one of those days when all the things seemed to go right? And you easily created a great day of eating and self-care?

I like to call these days, both of them: perfect storm days. That means that all the things you experienced, thought about, felt and did added up to a result. Either a day you felt great about or a day you ended up regretting.

So you can have a day that is a perfect storm of overeating. OR you can have a day that is a perfect storm of doing great.

I know you’d love to string together a bunch of great days of helpful eating and great self-management. And I know that sometimes it feels like you have no control over how the days turn out.

Today we’re going to work on these things:
What leads to a day that is a perfect storm of overeating?
Is this something you have control over?
Can you create a day that is a perfect storm of peaceful and helpful eating?
How can you be more in charge of how your days turn out?

Join me in this coaching session where we take apart your typical great days and your typical not-so-great days and see what happened and why.

Remember, you are an intelligent, thinking woman, and this is weight loss for the thinking woman.

We dissect what is happening and figure out how to make it look more like the weight, the body and the life you wish you had.

This is something that is more than possible!
Let’s do this together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 210: How to Avoid The Perfect Storm of Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 210: How to Avoid The Perfect Storm of Overeating Feb 16, 2021

Did you ever have one of those days when all the things that happened, and what you did, added up to you eating way more than you needed?

And did you ever have one of those days when all the things seemed to go right? And you easily created a great day of eating and self-care?

I like to call these days, both of them: perfect storm days. That means that all the things you experienced, thought about, felt and did added up to a result. Either a day you felt great about or a day you ended up regretting.

So you can have a day that is a perfect storm of overeating. OR you can have a day that is a perfect storm of doing great.

I know you’d love to string together a bunch of great days of helpful eating and great self-management. And I know that sometimes it feels like you have no control over how the days turn out.

Today we’re going to work on these things:
What leads to a day that is a perfect storm of overeating?
Is this something you have control over?
Can you create a day that is a perfect storm of peaceful and helpful eating?
How can you be more in charge of how your days turn out?

Join me in this coaching session where we take apart your typical great days and your typical not-so-great days and see what happened and why.

Remember, you are an intelligent, thinking woman, and this is weight loss for the thinking woman.

We dissect what is happening and figure out how to make it look more like the weight, the body and the life you wish you had.

This is something that is more than possible!
Let’s do this together!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 210: How to Avoid The Perfect Storm of Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 209: How To Tell If You Are Truly Hungry Feb 09, 2021

If I followed you around for a few days (don’t worry, I won’t!) what would I see?
Would I see you grazing all day?
Would I see you sit down to eat periodically, and watch you ask yourself if you were hungry?
Or would you go to food just because it was time?
Or because others were eating?
Or because someone offered you food?

A few years back, my eating had nothing to do with my hunger.
I ate for all sorts of reasons, and hardly any of it had to do with hunger.
And my weight reflected that.

I also was obsessed with losing weight.
And I couldn’t put two + two together to understand why losing my extra weight was so hard.
I thought it was all about WHAT I was eating.
I didn’t pay attention to all those times I ate without hunger.

If you struggle with your weight, the very first thing we need to work on is you learning what it feels like to be hungry, to be full, and then to eat according to those two signals.

Not when the food looks yummy.
Not when it’s lunchtime.
And not when you are anxious, nervous or worried.

No. Just when you are hungry.
That is how natural eaters eat.
Join me in this coaching session today and I will help you recognize what real hunger feels like.
What emotional hunger feels like.
And how to tell the difference.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 209: How To Tell If You Are Truly Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 209: How To Tell If You Are Truly Hungry Feb 09, 2021

If I followed you around for a few days (don’t worry, I won’t!) what would I see?
Would I see you grazing all day?
Would I see you sit down to eat periodically, and watch you ask yourself if you were hungry?
Or would you go to food just because it was time?
Or because others were eating?
Or because someone offered you food?

A few years back, my eating had nothing to do with my hunger.
I ate for all sorts of reasons, and hardly any of it had to do with hunger.
And my weight reflected that.

I also was obsessed with losing weight.
And I couldn’t put two + two together to understand why losing my extra weight was so hard.
I thought it was all about WHAT I was eating.
I didn’t pay attention to all those times I ate without hunger.

If you struggle with your weight, the very first thing we need to work on is you learning what it feels like to be hungry, to be full, and then to eat according to those two signals.

Not when the food looks yummy.
Not when it’s lunchtime.
And not when you are anxious, nervous or worried.

No. Just when you are hungry.
That is how natural eaters eat.
Join me in this coaching session today and I will help you recognize what real hunger feels like.
What emotional hunger feels like.
And how to tell the difference.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 209: How To Tell If You Are Truly Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 208: Does Thin Equal Happy? Feb 02, 2021

Pop quiz:
How often have you said these things to yourself?
When I weigh ___, then I’ll be happy.
When I lose ___ pounds, then my relationship will be better.
When my weight gets to this lower point, then I can work on other things.

If you recognize these thoughts, you are in for a challenge today.
You are in a common habit of thinking that your happiness hinges on your weight.

I know we live in a culture where thin is worshipped.
Although I must say that it’s getting better.
And even if you don’t worship thin, you still want to lose weight so you can be a natural eater and lose the drama around food and your weight.

All this is good. But what isn’t so good is you connecting happiness with a number. Because if you believe you can’t be happy until you achieve the magic number, then you are doomed.

It’s like you are telling yourself that you must be miserable until someday in the future when you get to that number.

Think about how that makes you feel.
Awful in the present, right?
And does feeling awful about yourself right now help you lose weight?
Let me think?

No.
It does not.
I have never worked with a woman who successfully learned how to be a natural eater who hated herself all along the journey.

So I hope you open your mind today to the idea that you do not have to hate where you are to change where you are.
You can be more accepting of where you are and yes, still get to your goal. And I can promise that the journey will feel a whole lot better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 208: Does Thin Equal Happy? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 208: Does Thin Equal Happy? Feb 02, 2021

Pop quiz:
How often have you said these things to yourself?
When I weigh ___, then I’ll be happy.
When I lose ___ pounds, then my relationship will be better.
When my weight gets to this lower point, then I can work on other things.

If you recognize these thoughts, you are in for a challenge today.
You are in a common habit of thinking that your happiness hinges on your weight.

I know we live in a culture where thin is worshipped.
Although I must say that it’s getting better.
And even if you don’t worship thin, you still want to lose weight so you can be a natural eater and lose the drama around food and your weight.

All this is good. But what isn’t so good is you connecting happiness with a number. Because if you believe you can’t be happy until you achieve the magic number, then you are doomed.

It’s like you are telling yourself that you must be miserable until someday in the future when you get to that number.

Think about how that makes you feel.
Awful in the present, right?
And does feeling awful about yourself right now help you lose weight?
Let me think?

No.
It does not.
I have never worked with a woman who successfully learned how to be a natural eater who hated herself all along the journey.

So I hope you open your mind today to the idea that you do not have to hate where you are to change where you are.
You can be more accepting of where you are and yes, still get to your goal. And I can promise that the journey will feel a whole lot better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 208: Does Thin Equal Happy? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 207: A Good Eating Day Starts the Night Before Jan 26, 2021

Are you a planner, or do you live and eat spontaneously?
Most of us identify as one or the other.
You might think that you simply don’t have the personality to be a planner, and if it doesn’t come naturally to you, that you weren’t meant to do it.

But I want to talk to you today, and yes, I want to convince you, that planning ahead for yourself is the way to help you change, to help you keep your promises to yourself, and to help you eat differently.

When you make decisions in the moment, 99% of the time, they will be decisions to do the same things you have always done. And this certainly includes how you eat.

When you pre-think a situation, you are giving your brain a plan. You are telling yourself: when this happens, I want to do ____.

So if you are trying to eat differently, and stick to a plan, you need to think through what it will feel like in the moment and how you will handle it.

If planning ahead makes so much sense and helps you get what you really want, why aren’t you doing it?

It might be that you just think it’s too hard.
Or that it’s boring to plan.
Or that if you plan you might miss out on something wonderful.
OR you might be rebelling against being told what to do. Even if you are being told by you! For something you really want!

It is time to step back and see what lack of planning costs you, why it really works and how to do it.

Join me as I coach you about thinking things through ahead of time and how to get yourself to stop rejecting what really works. You can do this, even if you think you’re not a planner.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 207: A Good Eating Day Starts the Night Before appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 207: A Good Eating Day Starts the Night Before Jan 26, 2021

Are you a planner, or do you live and eat spontaneously?
Most of us identify as one or the other.
You might think that you simply don’t have the personality to be a planner, and if it doesn’t come naturally to you, that you weren’t meant to do it.

But I want to talk to you today, and yes, I want to convince you, that planning ahead for yourself is the way to help you change, to help you keep your promises to yourself, and to help you eat differently.

When you make decisions in the moment, 99% of the time, they will be decisions to do the same things you have always done. And this certainly includes how you eat.

When you pre-think a situation, you are giving your brain a plan. You are telling yourself: when this happens, I want to do ____.

So if you are trying to eat differently, and stick to a plan, you need to think through what it will feel like in the moment and how you will handle it.

If planning ahead makes so much sense and helps you get what you really want, why aren’t you doing it?

It might be that you just think it’s too hard.
Or that it’s boring to plan.
Or that if you plan you might miss out on something wonderful.
OR you might be rebelling against being told what to do. Even if you are being told by you! For something you really want!

It is time to step back and see what lack of planning costs you, why it really works and how to do it.

Join me as I coach you about thinking things through ahead of time and how to get yourself to stop rejecting what really works. You can do this, even if you think you’re not a planner.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 207: A Good Eating Day Starts the Night Before appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 206: It’s Okay to Feel Low Right Now AND Not Overeat Jan 19, 2021

What do you do when you wake up and feel low?
Or anxious?
Or worried about things?

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, and you know how your mind works, you might be tempted to think: what can I think to feel better?

You might struggle to think positively so that you don’t overeat.
If you’re an emotional eater, you know how strong this habit can be.

But what if you could have a down day, or a ‘blah’ day, like I sometimes do, and don’t feel compelled to fix it?

You could just accept that ups and downs and in-betweens are all just part of the whole picture of you.
And when you are feeling blah, there is no need to fix anything.

When you don’t like how you feel, you might assume that you need to do something to feel better.
And, do it quickly!

But it’s when you think you ‘shouldn’t’ feel low that you then add to the original low feeling. You might be resisting feeling all the natural emotions, and this leads you to want to run to the escape hatch…quickly!

What’s one of the fastest ways away from a painful emotion?
Food.
Whether you are hungry or not.

So, join me today as we explore what you might do with challenging emotions. It’s a skill worth learning.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 206: It’s Okay to Feel Low Right Now AND Not Overeat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 206: It’s Okay to Feel Low Right Now AND Not Overeat Jan 19, 2021

What do you do when you wake up and feel low?
Or anxious?
Or worried about things?

If you’ve been listening to me for a while, and you know how your mind works, you might be tempted to think: what can I think to feel better?

You might struggle to think positively so that you don’t overeat.
If you’re an emotional eater, you know how strong this habit can be.

But what if you could have a down day, or a ‘blah’ day, like I sometimes do, and don’t feel compelled to fix it?

You could just accept that ups and downs and in-betweens are all just part of the whole picture of you.
And when you are feeling blah, there is no need to fix anything.

When you don’t like how you feel, you might assume that you need to do something to feel better.
And, do it quickly!

But it’s when you think you ‘shouldn’t’ feel low that you then add to the original low feeling. You might be resisting feeling all the natural emotions, and this leads you to want to run to the escape hatch…quickly!

What’s one of the fastest ways away from a painful emotion?
Food.
Whether you are hungry or not.

So, join me today as we explore what you might do with challenging emotions. It’s a skill worth learning.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 206: It’s Okay to Feel Low Right Now AND Not Overeat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 205: How to Accept Failure Gracefully and Restart Your Weight Loss Journey Without the Drama Jan 12, 2021

I want you to think back to the last time you set a goal and you failed.
No, I’m not trying to make you feel bad about how you are doing with your eating and your weight.

I want to help you see exactly what keeps you stuck.

Here’s the big point of this coaching session:
When you have a habit, even if you hate the habit, it’s always easier to do it than to do something new.
When you fail at doing a new thing, this is absolutely part of the process of change.
If you think you can escape without failing and be the exception…. I’m sorry my dear. But you are kidding yourself.

Okay, so this is probably not what you want to hear.
I get it.
But now that you’ve heard the fact about failure as a requirement for change, now we can move onto making those hard things easier.

In this coaching session, you and I are going to look at why you fail at doing what you want most.

And how the way you look at it will either keep setting you back at the starting line, or help you get up, learn, brush yourself off, and move toward the new version of you.

So, let’s look at the steps you’ll need to take to fail forward.
Yes, to fail and actually move ahead at the same time.
Without regrets.
Without hating yourself.
And without feeling bad. Promise.

Are you ready?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 205: How to Accept Failure Gracefully and Restart Your Weight Loss Journey Without the Drama appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 205: How to Accept Failure Gracefully and Restart Your Weight Loss Journey Without the Drama Jan 12, 2021

I want you to think back to the last time you set a goal and you failed.
No, I’m not trying to make you feel bad about how you are doing with your eating and your weight.

I want to help you see exactly what keeps you stuck.

Here’s the big point of this coaching session:
When you have a habit, even if you hate the habit, it’s always easier to do it than to do something new.
When you fail at doing a new thing, this is absolutely part of the process of change.
If you think you can escape without failing and be the exception…. I’m sorry my dear. But you are kidding yourself.

Okay, so this is probably not what you want to hear.
I get it.
But now that you’ve heard the fact about failure as a requirement for change, now we can move onto making those hard things easier.

In this coaching session, you and I are going to look at why you fail at doing what you want most.

And how the way you look at it will either keep setting you back at the starting line, or help you get up, learn, brush yourself off, and move toward the new version of you.

So, let’s look at the steps you’ll need to take to fail forward.
Yes, to fail and actually move ahead at the same time.
Without regrets.
Without hating yourself.
And without feeling bad. Promise.

Are you ready?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 205: How to Accept Failure Gracefully and Restart Your Weight Loss Journey Without the Drama appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 204: Want Weight Loss? Give Yourself a Dose of Belief! Jan 05, 2021

I know, I know.
You want to lose weight and you want the formula.
Just tell me what to eat, right?
Just give me that magical list of the good foods and the bad foods and I’ll do my best.

If you have thought these things before, you know that they are not enough.
Because as soon as you begin your weight loss journey, you will bump into something hard.
Something new.
And you will fall down and experience a ‘fail’.

If you don’t have a firm belief that you can do this, no matter what, then you won’t get back up again.
At least not for a while.

Without the belief that you can do this even when it’s challenging, you will struggle all the way.
And it’s likely that you won’t get too far.

But, you ask me, how can I believe in myself if I’ve never done this before?
I have proof over and over again that I can’t do this?
How can I believe that I can?

I hear you.
I understand.
And creating that belief is exactly what I am going to help you with today.

We are working together to look at your old habits and dump the ones that are not working and add in some that will work.

That means that before you even start, you need to look at your belief in yourself.
Your belief in your ability to change.
No matter how many times you’ve tried and failed in the past.
This is KEY to changing for good.
And that is what we will work on together in this coaching session.
See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 204: Want Weight Loss? Give Yourself a Dose of Belief! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 204: Want Weight Loss? Give Yourself a Dose of Belief! Jan 05, 2021

I know, I know.
You want to lose weight and you want the formula.
Just tell me what to eat, right?
Just give me that magical list of the good foods and the bad foods and I’ll do my best.

If you have thought these things before, you know that they are not enough.
Because as soon as you begin your weight loss journey, you will bump into something hard.
Something new.
And you will fall down and experience a ‘fail’.

If you don’t have a firm belief that you can do this, no matter what, then you won’t get back up again.
At least not for a while.

Without the belief that you can do this even when it’s challenging, you will struggle all the way.
And it’s likely that you won’t get too far.

But, you ask me, how can I believe in myself if I’ve never done this before?
I have proof over and over again that I can’t do this?
How can I believe that I can?

I hear you.
I understand.
And creating that belief is exactly what I am going to help you with today.

We are working together to look at your old habits and dump the ones that are not working and add in some that will work.

That means that before you even start, you need to look at your belief in yourself.
Your belief in your ability to change.
No matter how many times you’ve tried and failed in the past.
This is KEY to changing for good.
And that is what we will work on together in this coaching session.
See you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 204: Want Weight Loss? Give Yourself a Dose of Belief! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 203 – My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2020 Dec 29, 2020

Weight loss and eating struggles are complicated.
There are so many moving parts. So many things to consider.
Where to start?

Today, I’ve gathered up three of my top weight loss concepts from this past year, for you, my dear listener.
I know, if you listen to me regularly, that these coaching sessions give you a lot to take in.
You listen, and each week there is something new to focus on.

So let’s simplify things.
Here are just 3 things I want you to think about AND take action on.
You can do three things, for sure.
Here we go!

Concept #1 = You need to learn how to hold yourself accountable when you overeat without punishing yourself and without overcompensating for what you ate.

Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat

Is it good that you are not beating yourself up about a slip? Yes, of course. Beating yourself up serves zero purpose. But I don’t want you to move on from the slip until you pause and ask what you’ve learned.
I also want to make sure you don’t starve yourself to make up for what you’ve overeaten.

Got it?

Concept #2 = You need to stop stopping.

Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want!

You need to know that when you have a fail, which you will when you learn something new, you need to fail forward and move on. Not stop, say: what the hell! And then wake up a month later.
No. You need to fail, do the right thing, and keep moving.
You lose steam when you stop and take a break because you disappointed yourself.

Stop stopping.

Concept #3 = Stop thinking there is shame in asking for help. You think: I SHOULD be able to figure this out for myself.

Episode 189: I Should be Able to Figure This Out on My Own!

Yet, you can’t.
You can argue with reality or get help and get what you want.
Does this sound like the smarter option? To me it does.

Okay, join me in this coaching session and take these three simple ideas into the new year with you.
You CAN do this.
And I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 203 – My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2020 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 203 – My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2020 Dec 29, 2020

Weight loss and eating struggles are complicated.
There are so many moving parts. So many things to consider.
Where to start?

Today, I’ve gathered up three of my top weight loss concepts from this past year, for you, my dear listener.
I know, if you listen to me regularly, that these coaching sessions give you a lot to take in.
You listen, and each week there is something new to focus on.

So let’s simplify things.
Here are just 3 things I want you to think about AND take action on.
You can do three things, for sure.
Here we go!

Concept #1 = You need to learn how to hold yourself accountable when you overeat without punishing yourself and without overcompensating for what you ate.

Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat

Is it good that you are not beating yourself up about a slip? Yes, of course. Beating yourself up serves zero purpose. But I don’t want you to move on from the slip until you pause and ask what you’ve learned.
I also want to make sure you don’t starve yourself to make up for what you’ve overeaten.

Got it?

Concept #2 = You need to stop stopping.

Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want!

You need to know that when you have a fail, which you will when you learn something new, you need to fail forward and move on. Not stop, say: what the hell! And then wake up a month later.
No. You need to fail, do the right thing, and keep moving.
You lose steam when you stop and take a break because you disappointed yourself.

Stop stopping.

Concept #3 = Stop thinking there is shame in asking for help. You think: I SHOULD be able to figure this out for myself.

Episode 189: I Should be Able to Figure This Out on My Own!

Yet, you can’t.
You can argue with reality or get help and get what you want.
Does this sound like the smarter option? To me it does.

Okay, join me in this coaching session and take these three simple ideas into the new year with you.
You CAN do this.
And I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 203 – My Top 3 Weight Loss Concepts from 2020 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 202: A Day in the Life of a Natural Eater Dec 22, 2020

Your goal is to become a natural eater, right?
That means that you know when you’re hungry and you eat.
You know when you are nicely satisfied, and you stop eating.

It does not mean that you are an accomplished dieter. Nope.
That is not our goal in this work together.
Your goal is to read the signals from your body and answer them.

That said, you might not be able to imagine what it would feel like to be a natural eater.
Maybe you’ve always struggled with your weight. And the thought of losing that struggle seems foreign to you.
I understand.

So today, I’m going to help you see and hear what it would be like to be a natural eater on a day-to-day basis.

Natural eaters don’t have perfect lives. They have good days and very challenging days. Just like you and me.

The difference is that even on the most challenging of days, they don’t abandon the way they eat, the way they think OR the way they care for themselves.

Let’s walk through this vision together. I’m going to show you an example of how a natural eater navigates a typical day…the kind of day when things actually go according to plan. (Imagine!)

We’ll also take a peek into a day in the life of a natural eater who is going through a hard day. Things do not go as planned.

What does she do? Does she attack the fridge and order in the pizzas?
Join me in this coaching session and find out.
I know you can learn to be a natural eater.
And I’m here to help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 202: A Day in the Life of a Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 202: A Day in the Life of a Natural Eater Dec 22, 2020

Your goal is to become a natural eater, right?
That means that you know when you’re hungry and you eat.
You know when you are nicely satisfied, and you stop eating.

It does not mean that you are an accomplished dieter. Nope.
That is not our goal in this work together.
Your goal is to read the signals from your body and answer them.

That said, you might not be able to imagine what it would feel like to be a natural eater.
Maybe you’ve always struggled with your weight. And the thought of losing that struggle seems foreign to you.
I understand.

So today, I’m going to help you see and hear what it would be like to be a natural eater on a day-to-day basis.

Natural eaters don’t have perfect lives. They have good days and very challenging days. Just like you and me.

The difference is that even on the most challenging of days, they don’t abandon the way they eat, the way they think OR the way they care for themselves.

Let’s walk through this vision together. I’m going to show you an example of how a natural eater navigates a typical day…the kind of day when things actually go according to plan. (Imagine!)

We’ll also take a peek into a day in the life of a natural eater who is going through a hard day. Things do not go as planned.

What does she do? Does she attack the fridge and order in the pizzas?
Join me in this coaching session and find out.
I know you can learn to be a natural eater.
And I’m here to help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 202: A Day in the Life of a Natural Eater appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 201 Dealing With Food Pushers Dec 15, 2020

Is there someone in your life who is always pushing food on you?
Even when you aren’t hungry?

Someone who doesn’t take no for an answer?

Most of us have dealt with friends or family who do this at some point in time.
We’ve heard those words:

But I made it just for you!
Everyone is having some.
You’re no fun!
Is that all you’re having?

Most of us have felt the anger, the embarrassment, and the guilt and those feelings are so uncomfortable, sometimes we think it’s easier to just go ahead and eat.

Even if you’re not hungry.
I’ve been there and I’ll bet you have also.

You just want to crawl into a hole rather than have all the attention on you and what you are or aren’t eating, right?

This coaching session will help you look at why some people push others to eat food they don’t want or need and have a new perspective about it.

From there, we will talk about how to recognize this challenge and come up with a game plan to deal with the next food pusher you meet.

You are always in charge of what, when and how much you eat.
Now let’s understand why others might push you to eat more than you need and figure out how to honor yourself without having a big issue with them.

You can absolutely do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 201 Dealing With Food Pushers appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 201 Dealing With Food Pushers Dec 15, 2020

Is there someone in your life who is always pushing food on you?
Even when you aren’t hungry?

Someone who doesn’t take no for an answer?

Most of us have dealt with friends or family who do this at some point in time.
We’ve heard those words:

But I made it just for you!
Everyone is having some.
You’re no fun!
Is that all you’re having?

Most of us have felt the anger, the embarrassment, and the guilt and those feelings are so uncomfortable, sometimes we think it’s easier to just go ahead and eat.

Even if you’re not hungry.
I’ve been there and I’ll bet you have also.

You just want to crawl into a hole rather than have all the attention on you and what you are or aren’t eating, right?

This coaching session will help you look at why some people push others to eat food they don’t want or need and have a new perspective about it.

From there, we will talk about how to recognize this challenge and come up with a game plan to deal with the next food pusher you meet.

You are always in charge of what, when and how much you eat.
Now let’s understand why others might push you to eat more than you need and figure out how to honor yourself without having a big issue with them.

You can absolutely do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 201 Dealing With Food Pushers appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 200 – How Eating Fast Messes Up Your Weight Loss Efforts Dec 08, 2020

Are you a fast eater?
Do you practically inhale your food?
And regularly finish before everyone else?

Well, we need to talk. This habit is bound to give you results you don’t really want.
Results like extra weight.
Less satisfaction with your food.
And being constantly frustrated being on a merry-go-round you can’t seem to get off.

What if you could enjoy your food more AND get to your natural weight?
Of course you’d love it, right?
The answer for you may be changing your eating style.
In this case, the speed at which you are eating most of the time.

You may know where your speed-eating habit came from.
Maybe you watched your family eat quickly.
Maybe there wasn’t always enough food, and you had to speed up to get your share.
Or maybe you’ve developed a scarcity way of thinking. Even though you have enough now, you still inexplicably feel that fear of ‘not enough’.

Time to slow down, my dear.
Time to taste your food, get satisfaction from your food, and enjoy mealtime as a chance to care for yourself, to visit with others perhaps, and to get great pleasure from your food.

The way to do this is to slow down your eating.
In this coaching session, I will talk about what happens when you always eat fast, why you might do it, AND how to slow down.

Are you with me?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 200 – How Eating Fast Messes Up Your Weight Loss Efforts appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 200 – How Eating Fast Messes Up Your Weight Loss Efforts Dec 08, 2020

Are you a fast eater?
Do you practically inhale your food?
And regularly finish before everyone else?

Well, we need to talk. This habit is bound to give you results you don’t really want.
Results like extra weight.
Less satisfaction with your food.
And being constantly frustrated being on a merry-go-round you can’t seem to get off.

What if you could enjoy your food more AND get to your natural weight?
Of course you’d love it, right?
The answer for you may be changing your eating style.
In this case, the speed at which you are eating most of the time.

You may know where your speed-eating habit came from.
Maybe you watched your family eat quickly.
Maybe there wasn’t always enough food, and you had to speed up to get your share.
Or maybe you’ve developed a scarcity way of thinking. Even though you have enough now, you still inexplicably feel that fear of ‘not enough’.

Time to slow down, my dear.
Time to taste your food, get satisfaction from your food, and enjoy mealtime as a chance to care for yourself, to visit with others perhaps, and to get great pleasure from your food.

The way to do this is to slow down your eating.
In this coaching session, I will talk about what happens when you always eat fast, why you might do it, AND how to slow down.

Are you with me?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 200 – How Eating Fast Messes Up Your Weight Loss Efforts appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 199: What Happens After Weight Loss? Dec 01, 2020

If you are still struggling with your weight and your eating, I’ll bet you have a vision about what it will be like when you get ‘there’.

When you get that number on the scale.
Or that size jeans.
Or maybe it’s just the lack of struggle that you wish for.

And I’ll bet that your vision of life ‘after’ weight loss involves some rainbows, beautiful kittens and unicorns, right?
After all, if losing the extra weight is your goal for SO many years, and you finally get there, life should be pretty sweet.

Here’s the reality:
Yes, it’s wonderful to achieve your goal.
It’s amazing to feel proud of changing your thinking to change your eating and actually reach your goal.
But there is another change that has to happen.

And that is your identity.
Your self-image.
It takes work to let your self-image catch up with the changes in your body.
In order to feel comfortable in who you are, the inside and the outside have to match.
And often, this doesn’t happen right away.

After weight loss, I don’t want you to slip-slide your way back to an old familiar problem. I want you to be moving ahead and find a new project to work on.
Nothing to do with weight and eating.

Should you still be learning and growing as a person, after you’ve reached your weight loss goals? Absolutely.
And that’s what we will talk about today.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 199: What Happens After Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 199: What Happens After Weight Loss? Dec 01, 2020

If you are still struggling with your weight and your eating, I’ll bet you have a vision about what it will be like when you get ‘there’.

When you get that number on the scale.
Or that size jeans.
Or maybe it’s just the lack of struggle that you wish for.

And I’ll bet that your vision of life ‘after’ weight loss involves some rainbows, beautiful kittens and unicorns, right?
After all, if losing the extra weight is your goal for SO many years, and you finally get there, life should be pretty sweet.

Here’s the reality:
Yes, it’s wonderful to achieve your goal.
It’s amazing to feel proud of changing your thinking to change your eating and actually reach your goal.
But there is another change that has to happen.

And that is your identity.
Your self-image.
It takes work to let your self-image catch up with the changes in your body.
In order to feel comfortable in who you are, the inside and the outside have to match.
And often, this doesn’t happen right away.

After weight loss, I don’t want you to slip-slide your way back to an old familiar problem. I want you to be moving ahead and find a new project to work on.
Nothing to do with weight and eating.

Should you still be learning and growing as a person, after you’ve reached your weight loss goals? Absolutely.
And that’s what we will talk about today.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 199: What Happens After Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 198: Thanksgiving Without Being Stuffed Nov 24, 2020

Happy holidays!
This week marks the beginning of several weeks of holidays.
That means parties, family gatherings, and lots of food.

How do you feel about this first holiday in the US?
Thanksgiving is all about being grateful for what we have, who we are connected to and all the blessings in our lives.

But too often, for many of you, it’s all about the food.
The turkey.
The stuffing.
The pies.
The side dishes.
Need I go on?

You don’t have to go to your holiday meals carrying a small Tupperware container with veggies and cottage cheese.
That’s old school, right?

You are here to live your life and that includes enjoying good food.
But that doesn’t have to mean that you leave this holiday being as stuffed as the turkey!

I want you to feel excited going into this holiday, not dreading it.
So today we’re going to talk about dealing with this holiday season in a way that allows for pleasure, but still leaves you in charge of what you do, how you eat and how you feel.

I’m going to show you how to think going into these celebrations, what to do, and how to create an occasion for yourself that you can look back at and feel proud.

Proud of yourself for keeping your word to yourself, AND still enjoying good food and good company!

Are you ready for this holiday-themed coaching session?
Join me as we take on Thanksgiving.

And by the way, I am grateful to be in your world. I love nothing more (aside from my family!) than sharing what I know with you, my dear listeners and Freedom Group members.

xoxo, Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 198: Thanksgiving Without Being Stuffed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 198: Thanksgiving Without Being Stuffed Nov 24, 2020

Happy holidays!
This week marks the beginning of several weeks of holidays.
That means parties, family gatherings, and lots of food.

How do you feel about this first holiday in the US?
Thanksgiving is all about being grateful for what we have, who we are connected to and all the blessings in our lives.

But too often, for many of you, it’s all about the food.
The turkey.
The stuffing.
The pies.
The side dishes.
Need I go on?

You don’t have to go to your holiday meals carrying a small Tupperware container with veggies and cottage cheese.
That’s old school, right?

You are here to live your life and that includes enjoying good food.
But that doesn’t have to mean that you leave this holiday being as stuffed as the turkey!

I want you to feel excited going into this holiday, not dreading it.
So today we’re going to talk about dealing with this holiday season in a way that allows for pleasure, but still leaves you in charge of what you do, how you eat and how you feel.

I’m going to show you how to think going into these celebrations, what to do, and how to create an occasion for yourself that you can look back at and feel proud.

Proud of yourself for keeping your word to yourself, AND still enjoying good food and good company!

Are you ready for this holiday-themed coaching session?
Join me as we take on Thanksgiving.

And by the way, I am grateful to be in your world. I love nothing more (aside from my family!) than sharing what I know with you, my dear listeners and Freedom Group members.

xoxo, Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 198: Thanksgiving Without Being Stuffed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 197: The Slight Edge for Weight Loss Nov 17, 2020
YOU ARE INVITED | JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

* * * Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating, AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

* * *

In The Freedom Group, we often share books that promote what we teach about becoming a natural eater, reaching goals and losing weight.

Often these books are not weight loss books but are personal development books that we apply to weight loss.

The Slight Edge, by Jeff Olson, is one of these books.
It’s one of my favorite books!
Today I’m going to take The Slight Edge philosophy and show you how you can use it to reach your weight loss goals and transform yourself into a natural eater.

We will talk about small actions and simple choices that day after day, produce huge results. Things that are easy to do AND at the same time are easy to not do.

I want you to see that everything you do adds up to your results.
Everything you do and eat counts.
Not in the sense of counting points or calories, because you know we don’t do that here.
But in the sense that all your actions count.

So you might do something you know is not helpful, and think: oh, what’s the big deal?
I can always get back on track tomorrow.

Have you ever said this?
If you have, you probably know that when you are trying to change, it all counts. It’s all a big deal.
So every decision you make is important.
Everything you do is important.
And so it everything you don’t do.

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you examples of some simple choices you make that you might think don’t matter, when it comes to food and eating. And yet they do.

We’ll talk about why taking the important small steps in the right direction is hard….and what can make it easier.

And I’ll help you see how to create a ‘slight edge’ for yourself, so your change is inevitable.

Join me today and we can start creating an edge for you that is easy to do and will add up to the change you wish for.

JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating, AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

Enrollment in the Freedom Group will open Nov. 18, 2020, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we’re accepting new members. This is a monthly membership and you can stay as long as you wish. I’d love to work with you in the Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 197: The Slight Edge for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 197: The Slight Edge for Weight Loss Nov 17, 2020
YOU ARE INVITED | JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

* * * Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating, AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

* * *

In The Freedom Group, we often share books that promote what we teach about becoming a natural eater, reaching goals and losing weight.

Often these books are not weight loss books but are personal development books that we apply to weight loss.

The Slight Edge, by Jeff Olson, is one of these books.
It’s one of my favorite books!
Today I’m going to take The Slight Edge philosophy and show you how you can use it to reach your weight loss goals and transform yourself into a natural eater.

We will talk about small actions and simple choices that day after day, produce huge results. Things that are easy to do AND at the same time are easy to not do.

I want you to see that everything you do adds up to your results.
Everything you do and eat counts.
Not in the sense of counting points or calories, because you know we don’t do that here.
But in the sense that all your actions count.

So you might do something you know is not helpful, and think: oh, what’s the big deal?
I can always get back on track tomorrow.

Have you ever said this?
If you have, you probably know that when you are trying to change, it all counts. It’s all a big deal.
So every decision you make is important.
Everything you do is important.
And so it everything you don’t do.

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you examples of some simple choices you make that you might think don’t matter, when it comes to food and eating. And yet they do.

We’ll talk about why taking the important small steps in the right direction is hard….and what can make it easier.

And I’ll help you see how to create a ‘slight edge’ for yourself, so your change is inevitable.

Join me today and we can start creating an edge for you that is easy to do and will add up to the change you wish for.

JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating, AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

Enrollment in the Freedom Group will open Nov. 18, 2020, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we’re accepting new members. This is a monthly membership and you can stay as long as you wish. I’d love to work with you in the Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 197: The Slight Edge for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 196 – Love to Plan or Hate to Plan? Nov 10, 2020

Are you one of those people who runs the other way when I talk about planning?
Planning what your week looks like.
Planning your meals.
Planning your self-care.
Planning some fun.

You get the idea. Planning means thinking ahead to make things easier for yourself.
But lots of us still think of planning as boring, restrictive rules.
You might think that a plan will tell you what you HAVE to do, vs. what you want to do.

Well, when you are the creator of your plan, it’s something you are doing for yourself.
That means that you are taking care of the most important person in your life: YOU.

Without planning, you will almost always do the same things you’ve always done. And if you want to change anything, that means you have to do things differently.

The way this happens is by thinking ahead of time about what you want, and then mapping out the steps to take to get yourself there.

You can do this, and you can do it without feeling burdened.
It is something you aren’t born with; it’s something you learn.
I will teach you why planning helps you be successful at reaching your goals, and how to think about it so it doesn’t feel like a big, boring chore.

Are you ready to dive in?

JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

Enrollment in the Freedom Group will open Nov. 18, 2020, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we’re accepting new members. This is a monthly membership and you can stay as long as you wish. I’d love to work with you in the Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 196 – Love to Plan or Hate to Plan? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 196 – Love to Plan or Hate to Plan? Nov 10, 2020

Are you one of those people who runs the other way when I talk about planning?
Planning what your week looks like.
Planning your meals.
Planning your self-care.
Planning some fun.

You get the idea. Planning means thinking ahead to make things easier for yourself.
But lots of us still think of planning as boring, restrictive rules.
You might think that a plan will tell you what you HAVE to do, vs. what you want to do.

Well, when you are the creator of your plan, it’s something you are doing for yourself.
That means that you are taking care of the most important person in your life: YOU.

Without planning, you will almost always do the same things you’ve always done. And if you want to change anything, that means you have to do things differently.

The way this happens is by thinking ahead of time about what you want, and then mapping out the steps to take to get yourself there.

You can do this, and you can do it without feeling burdened.
It is something you aren’t born with; it’s something you learn.
I will teach you why planning helps you be successful at reaching your goals, and how to think about it so it doesn’t feel like a big, boring chore.

Are you ready to dive in?

JOIN ME FOR A FREE MASTERCLASS ON WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 2020.

Kathryn Hansen, author of Brain Over Binge, and I will help you find the perfect solution to your emotional eating, habitual overeating AND binge eating. REGISTER FOR FREE! Find your perfect solution right here: https://weightlossmadereal.com/freedomcall

Enrollment in the Freedom Group will open Nov. 18, 2020, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we’re accepting new members. This is a monthly membership and you can stay as long as you wish. I’d love to work with you in the Freedom Group.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 196 – Love to Plan or Hate to Plan? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 195: Thoughts Before and After Eating Nov 03, 2020

Did you know that your overeating episodes are totally predictable?
I’ll bet you think that you are helpless against those strong urges that sneak up on you.

The truth is, your thoughts right before you overeat are really accurate predictors of what you will do….will you overdo it?
Or will you wait to be hungry before you eat?

Natural eaters have thoughts before they eat. And of course, they also have thoughts after they eat.

But they are SO different from the thoughts that emotional eaters and habitual overeaters have.

And in this coaching session, I’m going to share with you those thoughts that natural eaters use to eat just the right amount at the right time.

You can borrow these thoughts until they become natural for you.
Because I know your goal is to become a natural eater, right?

So you don’t just want to focus on how they eat.
You want to focus on what they think to be able to eat the way they do.
And that’s exactly what I am going to show you today.

Try on some of these thoughts and see how they feel, and what they lead you to do. I think you’ll be surprised to see that eating naturally is not as hard as you think, once you see the difference between your thoughts and a natural eater’s thoughts.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 195: Thoughts Before and After Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 195: Thoughts Before and After Eating Nov 03, 2020

Did you know that your overeating episodes are totally predictable?
I’ll bet you think that you are helpless against those strong urges that sneak up on you.

The truth is, your thoughts right before you overeat are really accurate predictors of what you will do….will you overdo it?
Or will you wait to be hungry before you eat?

Natural eaters have thoughts before they eat. And of course, they also have thoughts after they eat.

But they are SO different from the thoughts that emotional eaters and habitual overeaters have.

And in this coaching session, I’m going to share with you those thoughts that natural eaters use to eat just the right amount at the right time.

You can borrow these thoughts until they become natural for you.
Because I know your goal is to become a natural eater, right?

So you don’t just want to focus on how they eat.
You want to focus on what they think to be able to eat the way they do.
And that’s exactly what I am going to show you today.

Try on some of these thoughts and see how they feel, and what they lead you to do. I think you’ll be surprised to see that eating naturally is not as hard as you think, once you see the difference between your thoughts and a natural eater’s thoughts.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 195: Thoughts Before and After Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 194: The Clean Plate Club Oct 27, 2020

Are you a finisher?
Do you eat all the food that is served to you and then go back for more?
And, does your plate look so clean when you’re done that it barely needs washing?

I’m guilty! Or at least I used to be.
I was not brought up by parents who told me I must finish the food in front of me because children around the world were starving.
But for various reasons, that is the habit I developed.

How about you?
Do you feel like it’s not fair that you can’t eat ALL the delicious food?
Do you think it’s bad to waste food?

I understand.
But food is wasted whether it’s inside your body or outside.
And that ‘inside’ waste means extra, unneeded food is stored as fat.
And who wants that?

So join me in this coaching session where I will show you how to think so that you can resign from the Clean Plate Club.

After all, this is a membership that will keep you stuck in the struggle.
And I am all about freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 194: The Clean Plate Club appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 194: The Clean Plate Club Oct 27, 2020

Are you a finisher?
Do you eat all the food that is served to you and then go back for more?
And, does your plate look so clean when you’re done that it barely needs washing?

I’m guilty! Or at least I used to be.
I was not brought up by parents who told me I must finish the food in front of me because children around the world were starving.
But for various reasons, that is the habit I developed.

How about you?
Do you feel like it’s not fair that you can’t eat ALL the delicious food?
Do you think it’s bad to waste food?

I understand.
But food is wasted whether it’s inside your body or outside.
And that ‘inside’ waste means extra, unneeded food is stored as fat.
And who wants that?

So join me in this coaching session where I will show you how to think so that you can resign from the Clean Plate Club.

After all, this is a membership that will keep you stuck in the struggle.
And I am all about freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 194: The Clean Plate Club appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 193: Food as Self-Care Oct 20, 2020

Food tastes good and makes us feel good.
It’s pleasurable to eat and enjoy all kinds of tastes and textures.
This is good.
It lights up our brains and we see food as a kind of reward.

But if food is pleasure, can we use food to make us feel good?
Can we use food as self-care?
Wouldn’t that mean always overeating?

In this episode, we will talk about how to really know what self-care is, what qualifies as self-care.

We will talk about the different things you can do to take care of yourself.
And why it’s your responsibility to figure out what makes you feel good.
Why you need it.
No matter what you weigh right now.

But we will also answer this big question:
Can I use food to care for myself?
Get ready.
I’m going to give you five different thoughts about how to use food as self-care, without going overboard and without letting the food rule you.

Join me in this coaching session and learn how to get pleasure from your food without sabotaging yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 193: Food as Self-Care appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 193: Food as Self-Care Oct 20, 2020

Food tastes good and makes us feel good.
It’s pleasurable to eat and enjoy all kinds of tastes and textures.
This is good.
It lights up our brains and we see food as a kind of reward.

But if food is pleasure, can we use food to make us feel good?
Can we use food as self-care?
Wouldn’t that mean always overeating?

In this episode, we will talk about how to really know what self-care is, what qualifies as self-care.

We will talk about the different things you can do to take care of yourself.
And why it’s your responsibility to figure out what makes you feel good.
Why you need it.
No matter what you weigh right now.

But we will also answer this big question:
Can I use food to care for myself?
Get ready.
I’m going to give you five different thoughts about how to use food as self-care, without going overboard and without letting the food rule you.

Join me in this coaching session and learn how to get pleasure from your food without sabotaging yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 193: Food as Self-Care appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

self esteem — Episode 192: How Your Core Beliefs Affect Everything! Oct 13, 2020

What are core beliefs, where do they come from, and why are they hard to change?
Shine the light on your core beliefs, both positive and negative, and realize that you get to choose your beliefs about yourself.
No matter what we've achieved, some core beliefs like that secret not good enough feeling can keep coming back.

Look for evidence they are not true and make the effort to correct your brain. They may stay at your core, but you will recognize them
and be able to see them faster and not react to them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 192: How Your Core Beliefs Affect Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 192: How Your Core Beliefs Affect Everything! Oct 13, 2020

What are core beliefs, where do they come from, and why are they hard to change?
Shine the light on your core beliefs, both positive and negative, and realize that you get to choose your beliefs about yourself.
No matter what we've achieved, some core beliefs like that secret not good enough feeling can keep coming back.

Look for evidence they are not true and make the effort to correct your brain. They may stay at your core, but you will recognize them
and be able to see them faster and not react to them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 192: How Your Core Beliefs Affect Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 191: Why It’s Hard to Keep Your Promises to Yourself When You’re Tired Oct 06, 2020

Recently in the Freedom Group, we were having a discussion about how hard it is to keep your promises to yourself when you are tired. And so I am dedicating this podcast to the Freedom Group member who wanted to know more about how to overcome some of her not so helpful eating habits on days when she didn’t get enough sleep. There are two parts to this problem. One is the physiological part, and that’s about what happens to your hormones when you don’t get enough sleep, but the other perspective has to do with the thoughts you have about being tired and how it will affect you and your eating. So, I want you to create and then practice some new thoughts.

This week notice your sleep patterns. Notice what you tell yourself when you don’t get enough sleep, and come up with your own new thought ahead of time to get you through the day without giving up your plans for eating, self-management, and self-care.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 191: Why It’s Hard to Keep Your Promises to Yourself When You’re Tired appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 191: Why It’s Hard to Keep Your Promises to Yourself When You’re Tired Oct 06, 2020

Recently in the Freedom Group, we were having a discussion about how hard it is to keep your promises to yourself when you are tired. And so I am dedicating this podcast to the Freedom Group member who wanted to know more about how to overcome some of her not so helpful eating habits on days when she didn’t get enough sleep. There are two parts to this problem. One is the physiological part, and that’s about what happens to your hormones when you don’t get enough sleep, but the other perspective has to do with the thoughts you have about being tired and how it will affect you and your eating. So, I want you to create and then practice some new thoughts.

This week notice your sleep patterns. Notice what you tell yourself when you don’t get enough sleep, and come up with your own new thought ahead of time to get you through the day without giving up your plans for eating, self-management, and self-care.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 191: Why It’s Hard to Keep Your Promises to Yourself When You’re Tired appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 190: You’re Stronger Than You Think! Sep 29, 2020

Have you ever thought you just can’t do certain things?
Today we are going to talk about your inner strength in all areas of your life and how it applies to changes you’d like to make in your body and your eating.

You are strong. You can do amazing things.
When you set yourself on a path to change your eating, if you understand how your mind works, and how your habits are formed and changed, no food is stronger than you.

You can do this my friend. Look for your strengths, in all areas and stop looking for your proof of weakness.
It’s a new day. You’re strong and you’re in charge.
Let’s do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 190: You’re Stronger Than You Think! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 190: You’re Stronger Than You Think! Sep 29, 2020

Have you ever thought you just can’t do certain things?
Today we are going to talk about your inner strength in all areas of your life and how it applies to changes you’d like to make in your body and your eating.

You are strong. You can do amazing things.
When you set yourself on a path to change your eating, if you understand how your mind works, and how your habits are formed and changed, no food is stronger than you.

You can do this my friend. Look for your strengths, in all areas and stop looking for your proof of weakness.
It’s a new day. You’re strong and you’re in charge.
Let’s do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 190: You’re Stronger Than You Think! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 189 — Episode 189: I should be able to figure this out on my own! Sep 22, 2020

Do you think you should be able to do this on your own? Today I talk about

What would be a much better way to think about asking for what you need and gracefully accepting help

How being open to new perspectives can change your whole life

But sometimes we need to get help in figuring things out. That is PART of figuring things out.

We need someone to help us see what we are doing and why it isn’t working.

So we can get off that never ending road of doing the same thing and failing over and over again.

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group many times.

Well, this week we are open for new members to enroll.

And this could be just the perspective you need to get out of your own way.

Click here to get all the details and join me in this high-quality, yet low-cost coaching membership. You’ll be amazed at the level of unique material you’ll receive in the Freedom Group.

Let’s give you the freedom you deserve!

I hope you join me.

I always welcome your letters. You may email me with questions and suggestions for podcasts at cookie@realweightlossrealwomen.com

Finally, I’d so appreciate it if you would leave me an honest rating and review on Apple Podcasts at https://realweightlossrealwomen.com/itunes. It will help the show and its ranking in Apple Podcasts a lot!

Here's how to rate and review on Apple Podcasts: https://realweightlossrealwomen.com/rate. Thank you and enjoy the show!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 189: I should be able to figure this out on my own! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 189: I should be able to figure this out on my own! Sep 22, 2020

Do you think you should be able to do this on your own? Today I talk about

What would be a much better way to think about asking for what you need and gracefully accepting help

How being open to new perspectives can change your whole life

But sometimes we need to get help in figuring things out. That is PART of figuring things out.

We need someone to help us see what we are doing and why it isn’t working.

So we can get off that never ending road of doing the same thing and failing over and over again.

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group many times.

Well, this week we are open for new members to enroll.

And this could be just the perspective you need to get out of your own way.

Click here to get all the details and join me in this high-quality, yet low-cost coaching membership. You’ll be amazed at the level of unique material you’ll receive in the Freedom Group.

Let’s give you the freedom you deserve!

I hope you join me.

I always welcome your letters. You may email me with questions and suggestions for podcasts at cookie@realweightlossrealwomen.com

Finally, I’d so appreciate it if you would leave me an honest rating and review on Apple Podcasts at https://realweightlossrealwomen.com/itunes. It will help the show and its ranking in Apple Podcasts a lot!

Here's how to rate and review on Apple Podcasts: https://realweightlossrealwomen.com/rate. Thank you and enjoy the show!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 189: I should be able to figure this out on my own! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 188: Julie’s Inspiring Story from Private Client to Freedom Group Mentor Sep 15, 2020

Today I’d like you to hear Julie’s story, from a very young age to now being close to 50 and all that she went through to achieve a true transformation.

She started with me as a private client, and then as a Freedom Group member, and finally as Freedom Group team member, who is a mentor to our members.

Julie has been where you are, so she is wonderfully aware and compassionate.

I want you to hear her inspiring story and see if you can get inspired yourself, and start believing what I believe, and that is, if anyone can do this, can lose weight if that is what you want to do, AND to lose the whole struggle around it, then you can too.

I’ve created a 4-part video training because it is time to UNLOCK THE SECRET to end your emotional eating and lose weight permanently. Let me show you how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 188: Julie’s Inspiring Story from Private Client to Freedom Group Mentor appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

video training — Episode 188: Julie’s Inspiring Story from Private Client to Freedom Group Mentor Sep 15, 2020

Today I’d like you to hear Julie’s story, from a very young age to now being close to 50 and all that she went through to achieve a true transformation.

She started with me as a private client, and then as a Freedom Group member, and finally as Freedom Group team member, who is a mentor to our members.

Julie has been where you are, so she is wonderfully aware and compassionate.

I want you to hear her inspiring story and see if you can get inspired yourself, and start believing what I believe, and that is, if anyone can do this, can lose weight if that is what you want to do, AND to lose the whole struggle around it, then you can too.

I’ve created a 4-part video training because it is time to UNLOCK THE SECRET to end your emotional eating and lose weight permanently. Let me show you how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 188: Julie’s Inspiring Story from Private Client to Freedom Group Mentor appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tough Love Podcast 187 — Episode 187: Tough Love! Do You Say, “I Don’t Know What to Do”? Sep 08, 2020

How often do you catch yourself saying, “Help! I just don’t know what to do”?

If you are anything like the women I work with, this is a very common thought for you.

You may think it’s innocent. And you may think it’s the truth!

You think: But really, Cookie, I truly don’t know what to do! I don’t know how to solve this problem!

I know you believe that thought. But I am here to give you some tough love. And that means a strong dose of truth.

You DO know what to do. But your brain is in the habit of giving up, giving in, and marching in place, not getting anywhere.

If you constantly lapse into the ‘I don’t know what to do’ thought, we need to talk.

So, get comfy and get ready to get a loving dose of tough love from me, your Coach Cookie.

Let’s do this, my friend!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 187: Tough Love! Do You Say, “I Don’t Know What to Do”? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 187: Tough Love! Do You Say, “I Don’t Know What to Do”? Sep 08, 2020

How often do you catch yourself saying, “Help! I just don’t know what to do”?

If you are anything like the women I work with, this is a very common thought for you.

You may think it’s innocent. And you may think it’s the truth!

You think: But really, Cookie, I truly don’t know what to do! I don’t know how to solve this problem!

I know you believe that thought. But I am here to give you some tough love. And that means a strong dose of truth.

You DO know what to do. But your brain is in the habit of giving up, giving in, and marching in place, not getting anywhere.

If you constantly lapse into the ‘I don’t know what to do’ thought, we need to talk.

So, get comfy and get ready to get a loving dose of tough love from me, your Coach Cookie.

Let’s do this, my friend!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 187: Tough Love! Do You Say, “I Don’t Know What to Do”? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Solve Podcast 186 — Episode 186: How to Solve Your Biggest Weight Loss Problems Sep 01, 2020

What if you didn’t have to struggle with eating, with your weight, with dieting?

You don’t have to struggle if you learn how to view these struggles as simple problems to be solved.

That’s what we’re going to talk about today.

We’re going to outline how to solve the weight loss-related challenges that I help my clients deal with all the time in the Freedom Group.

Is your struggle not having confidence in yourself? You just don’t believe you can conquer this?

Or maybe you have a habit of indulging in end-of-the-day eating? And you just can’t see another choice in the moment.

Is feeling overwhelmed holding you back? What do you do first? So many choices, right?

Or stress eating! I’ll bet you’re no stranger to using food to deal with all kinds of life stress.

Do you slip and not know how to get up? Or maybe your issue is not knowing how to keep your promises to yourself.

This is what we will talk about in our coaching session today. I hope you join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 186: How to Solve Your Biggest Weight Loss Problems appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 186: How to Solve Your Biggest Weight Loss Problems Sep 01, 2020

What if you didn’t have to struggle with eating, with your weight, with dieting?

You don’t have to struggle if you learn how to view these struggles as simple problems to be solved.

That’s what we’re going to talk about today.

We’re going to outline how to solve the weight loss-related challenges that I help my clients deal with all the time in the Freedom Group.

Is your struggle not having confidence in yourself? You just don’t believe you can conquer this?

Or maybe you have a habit of indulging in end-of-the-day eating? And you just can’t see another choice in the moment.

Is feeling overwhelmed holding you back? What do you do first? So many choices, right?

Or stress eating! I’ll bet you’re no stranger to using food to deal with all kinds of life stress.

Do you slip and not know how to get up? Or maybe your issue is not knowing how to keep your promises to yourself.

This is what we will talk about in our coaching session today. I hope you join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 186: How to Solve Your Biggest Weight Loss Problems appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stress Podcast 185 — Episode 185: Are You Overeating from Pandemic Stress? Aug 25, 2020

We’re in a worldwide crisis that we all need to be aware of and doing what we can to avoid and prevent the spread of this virus.

Some of you are using this time to take care of yourself but some of you are reacting to the threat out there, and maybe it’s close to home for you. Maybe you have been sick yourself and maybe you know people who have been sick.

Are you reacting to it with stress? Your old habit might be to be a stress eater. You feel it, you’re uncomfortable, and you grab something in that moment.

A hallmark of this is either you’re eating when you are not physically hungry, or you start off hungry and then you stop paying attention to your body and you just keep eating.

And so now in the middle of a worldwide crisis your old habit wakes up and comes to life, signaling to you to eat often when you are stressed and not hungry.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 185: Are You Overeating from Pandemic Stress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 185: Are You Overeating from Pandemic Stress? Aug 25, 2020

We’re in a worldwide crisis that we all need to be aware of and doing what we can to avoid and prevent the spread of this virus.

Some of you are using this time to take care of yourself but some of you are reacting to the threat out there, and maybe it’s close to home for you. Maybe you have been sick yourself and maybe you know people who have been sick.

Are you reacting to it with stress? Your old habit might be to be a stress eater. You feel it, you’re uncomfortable, and you grab something in that moment.

A hallmark of this is either you’re eating when you are not physically hungry, or you start off hungry and then you stop paying attention to your body and you just keep eating.

And so now in the middle of a worldwide crisis your old habit wakes up and comes to life, signaling to you to eat often when you are stressed and not hungry.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 185: Are You Overeating from Pandemic Stress? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bored Podcast 184 — Episode 184: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? Aug 18, 2020

You might be taking breaks from your Project You because you’re telling yourself you’re tired of thinking about the whole subject. Or you are bored with the subject of weight and food and eating.

Some signs of boredom you might be experiencing: believing that thinking about food will lead you to overeat, tired of planning what you will eat, tired of thinking about the fact that you need to eat several times during the day, tired of the whole subject, thinking you’ve been working on this long enough and if you don’t have the results you want, and you want to pause and take a break.

And we know what taking a break means, right? Eating whenever, whatever.

These things feel like they just happen. You wake up and you just follow these patterns. Whatever pattern you follow is what creates your end result.

I want to help you reframe this issue of being tired or bored with the whole subject because this is what you need help with.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 184: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 184: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? Aug 18, 2020

You might be taking breaks from your Project You because you’re telling yourself you’re tired of thinking about the whole subject. Or you are bored with the subject of weight and food and eating.

Some signs of boredom you might be experiencing: believing that thinking about food will lead you to overeat, tired of planning what you will eat, tired of thinking about the fact that you need to eat several times during the day, tired of the whole subject, thinking you’ve been working on this long enough and if you don’t have the results you want, and you want to pause and take a break.

And we know what taking a break means, right? Eating whenever, whatever.

These things feel like they just happen. You wake up and you just follow these patterns. Whatever pattern you follow is what creates your end result.

I want to help you reframe this issue of being tired or bored with the whole subject because this is what you need help with.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 184: Are You Bored with Thinking About Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Thoughts Podcast 183 — Episode 183: Borrow These Thoughts for Weight Loss Aug 11, 2020

You can’t figure out why you aren’t making progress with your weight loss goals and you keep slipping into old behaviors.

You see what you are doing but can’t stop. This is because you are thinking the same old thoughts.

You need new thoughts. I’m going to give you some of the thoughts I use for myself and my Freedom Group members that you can borrow until they become natural for you.

We are going to look at a few thoughts that I invite you to try for yourself. I’ll help you see where these thoughts can lead you and what your results might be.

Change comes from practicing new thoughts that give you what you want, until they become your own. Until they just become what you do on a regular basis.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want!
Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts
Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 183: Borrow These Thoughts for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 183: Borrow These Thoughts for Weight Loss Aug 11, 2020

You can’t figure out why you aren’t making progress with your weight loss goals and you keep slipping into old behaviors.

You see what you are doing but can’t stop. This is because you are thinking the same old thoughts.

You need new thoughts. I’m going to give you some of the thoughts I use for myself and my Freedom Group members that you can borrow until they become natural for you.

We are going to look at a few thoughts that I invite you to try for yourself. I’ll help you see where these thoughts can lead you and what your results might be.

Change comes from practicing new thoughts that give you what you want, until they become your own. Until they just become what you do on a regular basis.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want!
Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts
Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 183: Borrow These Thoughts for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Control Podcast 182 — Episode 182: Why You Try to Control Things and How to Stop! Aug 04, 2020

When things are uncertain, we will do almost anything to create more certainty.

Right now, we are in flux in so many areas and it’s natural that you want to know what is happening.

Whether it’s the virus, or the state of our nation in the US, other people’s actions or your own… so much is going on. In weight loss, we try to control what we do, thinking it will help us get what we want.

Here’s what we will cover today:

What does being in control feel like?

Why do you and everyone else strive to be in control?

Where this shows up in your life.

How you might be doing it, trying to control all kinds of things.

And how that works… or doesn’t!

I’m going to give you a new way of looking at control and give you some new ways to think about it.

I’ll also show you how you can be in charge of yourself and what you can control, without holding on for dear life and feeling stressed and pressured all the time.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 182: Why You Try to Control Things and How to Stop! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 182: Why You Try to Control Things and How to Stop! Aug 04, 2020

When things are uncertain, we will do almost anything to create more certainty.

Right now, we are in flux in so many areas and it’s natural that you want to know what is happening.

Whether it’s the virus, or the state of our nation in the US, other people’s actions or your own… so much is going on. In weight loss, we try to control what we do, thinking it will help us get what we want.

Here’s what we will cover today:

What does being in control feel like?

Why do you and everyone else strive to be in control?

Where this shows up in your life.

How you might be doing it, trying to control all kinds of things.

And how that works… or doesn’t!

I’m going to give you a new way of looking at control and give you some new ways to think about it.

I’ll also show you how you can be in charge of yourself and what you can control, without holding on for dear life and feeling stressed and pressured all the time.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 182: Why You Try to Control Things and How to Stop! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 181: Cookie’s Personal Weight Loss Story Jun 16, 2020

So many of you ask about my story. Did I ever weigh more than I do now? Why do I do this work? How did I get to be so passionate about emotional eating and weight loss?

Listen in as I share my own personal story from being a chubby weight loss coach to finding the answer that helped me and has since, helped thousands of women.

I went from feeling shame, defeat and utter confusion to feeling confident and proud… and you can too.

My own personal evolution is what led me to develop my whole philosophy, and develop the Freedom Group and my Eat, Think, Love program.

It all came out of my own struggles and also with the thousands of women just like you, who I have helped go through the same transformation.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 181: Cookie’s Personal Weight Loss Story appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 181: Cookie’s Personal Weight Loss Story Jun 16, 2020

So many of you ask about my story. Did I ever weigh more than I do now? Why do I do this work? How did I get to be so passionate about emotional eating and weight loss?

Listen in as I share my own personal story from being a chubby weight loss coach to finding the answer that helped me and has since, helped thousands of women.

I went from feeling shame, defeat and utter confusion to feeling confident and proud… and you can too.

My own personal evolution is what led me to develop my whole philosophy, and develop the Freedom Group and my Eat, Think, Love program.

It all came out of my own struggles and also with the thousands of women just like you, who I have helped go through the same transformation.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 181: Cookie’s Personal Weight Loss Story appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Decision Podcast 180 — Episode 180: All Weight Loss Starts with a Decision Jun 09, 2020

You know what result you want. You want to lose weight. You want to stop starting over again and again. You definitely want to stop hating yourself.

So first, you clarify what you want and then you figure out what to do. You look for a diet or a program or a philosophy and then you start.

But if this is what you do, you are forgetting one big important thing: your decision.

Not your decision to lose weight. You make that decision every morning and every evening. You think about it constantly and beat yourself up for not following the steps you’ve chosen, and you do this over and over.

What is missing is your decision to do what it takes and that means your commitment. Not just when it’s easy but to do what it takes until you get what you want.

You decide, then you commit. And then you get all your thoughts and feelings lined up so that you can do what it takes to get what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 180: All Weight Loss Starts with a Decision appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 180: All Weight Loss Starts with a Decision Jun 09, 2020

You know what result you want. You want to lose weight. You want to stop starting over again and again. You definitely want to stop hating yourself.

So first, you clarify what you want and then you figure out what to do. You look for a diet or a program or a philosophy and then you start.

But if this is what you do, you are forgetting one big important thing: your decision.

Not your decision to lose weight. You make that decision every morning and every evening. You think about it constantly and beat yourself up for not following the steps you’ve chosen, and you do this over and over.

What is missing is your decision to do what it takes and that means your commitment. Not just when it’s easy but to do what it takes until you get what you want.

You decide, then you commit. And then you get all your thoughts and feelings lined up so that you can do what it takes to get what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 180: All Weight Loss Starts with a Decision appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Reasons Podcast 179 — Episode 179: Two of the Biggest Reasons Weight Loss is SO Hard Jun 02, 2020

Today, we’re talking about two of the reasons why weight loss may feel hard.

The good news is these two things that hold you back are totally within your control. They come from your thinking, and your thoughts can be changed to whatever you want to think.

When you shift how you think about these reasons, you will be able to move forward and make progress.

Once we take these reasons apart together, it will be easier. That is my promise to you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 179: Two of the Biggest Reasons Weight Loss is SO Hard appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 179: Two of the Biggest Reasons Weight Loss is SO Hard Jun 02, 2020

Today, we’re talking about two of the reasons why weight loss may feel hard.

The good news is these two things that hold you back are totally within your control. They come from your thinking, and your thoughts can be changed to whatever you want to think.

When you shift how you think about these reasons, you will be able to move forward and make progress.

Once we take these reasons apart together, it will be easier. That is my promise to you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 179: Two of the Biggest Reasons Weight Loss is SO Hard appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Time Podcast 178 — Episode 178: It Takes Time to Change May 26, 2020

We want immediate results – want to see something for our effort. When we don’t, we give up. We think something is wrong… with the plan, with us, with something.

That isn’t the whole picture. Some change can be seen “overnight” – but most change, significant change, long-lasting change, takes time. Most results don’t come after just a few attempts or a few small steps in the right direction.

We’ll discuss:

What change is.

The first thing to do that will lead to lasting change.

What’s required for change to happen.

Why it hasn’t happened in the past.

It’s time to get real so you can get real results and see the change you want to see.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss and Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 178: It Takes Time to Change appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 178: It Takes Time to Change May 26, 2020

We want immediate results – want to see something for our effort. When we don’t, we give up. We think something is wrong… with the plan, with us, with something.

That isn’t the whole picture. Some change can be seen “overnight” – but most change, significant change, long-lasting change, takes time. Most results don’t come after just a few attempts or a few small steps in the right direction.

We’ll discuss:

What change is.

The first thing to do that will lead to lasting change.

What’s required for change to happen.

Why it hasn’t happened in the past.

It’s time to get real so you can get real results and see the change you want to see.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss and Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 178: It Takes Time to Change appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Conflict Podcast 177 — Episode 177: Dealing with Conflict with Others Without Eating May 19, 2020

Do you eat because conflict is scary? Are you one of those people who will do just about anything to avoid a conflict, including and especially, eat something when you’re not hungry?

Today, we’re getting and giving a dose of the truth: and here it is: As long as you are connected to other humans, you will experience conflict.

We’ll talk about what conflict is and how it affects you. We’ll also discuss options for choosing how to view conflict, managing your thoughts and feelings about it and how to get through conflict and stressful times without turning to food.

It’s time for a new perspective about conflict in your life.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 177: Dealing with Conflict with Others Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 177: Dealing with Conflict with Others Without Eating May 19, 2020

Do you eat because conflict is scary? Are you one of those people who will do just about anything to avoid a conflict, including and especially, eat something when you’re not hungry?

Today, we’re getting and giving a dose of the truth: and here it is: As long as you are connected to other humans, you will experience conflict.

We’ll talk about what conflict is and how it affects you. We’ll also discuss options for choosing how to view conflict, managing your thoughts and feelings about it and how to get through conflict and stressful times without turning to food.

It’s time for a new perspective about conflict in your life.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 177: Dealing with Conflict with Others Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Comfort Podcast 176 — Episode 176: Why Comfort Foods Don’t Work and What Really Does May 12, 2020

Today we are talking about how to comfort yourself without food.

So many of you think about and talk about comfort food like it’s the answer to feeling better.

The world we live in promotes this… we have tv ads on all the time that show us snuggling up in a couch eating mac and cheese or having a cup of coffee and cookies. And they sure do make it look appealing, right? If we want to feel better, we should eat these things.

And we get that idea and do it.

So, let’s look at this subject today and take it apart together, and figure out how to get the comfort you need and want. Truly.

We’ll talk about:

What comfort is and why we seek it.

Why eating is such a “go to” way to comfort ourselves.

4 steps to change your pattern of using food for comfort.

Remember, there’s no such thing as comfort food. Comfort is a feeling and feelings come from your thoughts so, let’s work on those thought patterns. Food is only good for one thing: to satisfy physical hunger. Food cannot comfort you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 176: Why Comfort Foods Don’t Work and What Really Does appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 176: Why Comfort Foods Don’t Work and What Really Does May 12, 2020

Today we are talking about how to comfort yourself without food.

So many of you think about and talk about comfort food like it’s the answer to feeling better.

The world we live in promotes this… we have tv ads on all the time that show us snuggling up in a couch eating mac and cheese or having a cup of coffee and cookies. And they sure do make it look appealing, right? If we want to feel better, we should eat these things.

And we get that idea and do it.

So, let’s look at this subject today and take it apart together, and figure out how to get the comfort you need and want. Truly.

We’ll talk about:

What comfort is and why we seek it.

Why eating is such a “go to” way to comfort ourselves.

4 steps to change your pattern of using food for comfort.

Remember, there’s no such thing as comfort food. Comfort is a feeling and feelings come from your thoughts so, let’s work on those thought patterns. Food is only good for one thing: to satisfy physical hunger. Food cannot comfort you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 176: Why Comfort Foods Don’t Work and What Really Does appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Moods Podcast 175 — Episode 175: Why Some Moods Stick Around and Others Don’t May 05, 2020

Do you go through your life from mood to mood, and feel like how your days go is determined by luck?

Do you know what causes all the moods you have? And how important it is to understand them?

That’s what we are going to talk about today.

What your moods are and how they influence you.

Why it’s important to understand your moods.

Knowing and being aware of your most typical moods, most days.

What purpose moods have in your life.

What could happen when you pay attention to your moods.

And, what happens if you continue to be a victim of your moods and are not in charge of where they might lead you.

Moods don’t just come upon us. They don’t come from other people, our hormones, or how long our to-do lists are.

Moods are created by you. Some are helpful, some are neutral, and some are negative. Some are fleeting and some last for days.

Enough said! Now, let’s figure out this whole subject of moods, so you can get back in charge of getting what you want, whether it’s being a more peaceful eater, losing weight, or just being happier.

Mentioned in this episode: The Happiness Trap by Russ Harris

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 175: Why Some Moods Stick Around and Others Don’t appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 175: Why Some Moods Stick Around and Others Don’t May 05, 2020

Do you go through your life from mood to mood, and feel like how your days go is determined by luck?

Do you know what causes all the moods you have? And how important it is to understand them?

That’s what we are going to talk about today.

What your moods are and how they influence you.

Why it’s important to understand your moods.

Knowing and being aware of your most typical moods, most days.

What purpose moods have in your life.

What could happen when you pay attention to your moods.

And, what happens if you continue to be a victim of your moods and are not in charge of where they might lead you.

Moods don’t just come upon us. They don’t come from other people, our hormones, or how long our to-do lists are.

Moods are created by you. Some are helpful, some are neutral, and some are negative. Some are fleeting and some last for days.

Enough said! Now, let’s figure out this whole subject of moods, so you can get back in charge of getting what you want, whether it’s being a more peaceful eater, losing weight, or just being happier.

Mentioned in this episode: The Happiness Trap by Russ Harris

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 175: Why Some Moods Stick Around and Others Don’t appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Remember Podcast 174 — Episode 174: Why You Need to Remember the Pain of Overeating Apr 28, 2020

Think about the last time you slipped and went off your eating plan. We’re not about diets here, but we are talking about making a plan for yourself and then keeping your promise to yourself. Your goal is to honor your plan.

And when you don’t keep your promise to yourself, that is considered a slip.

So, what happens when you slip? Essentially you are enjoying the moment, and conveniently putting your goals in the way back part of your mind.

And, you are conveniently forgetting how bad you felt on the last overeating episode.

Now remember in Episode 171, How to Hold Yourself Accountable, we talked about making sure you didn’t move on from a slip without learning from it. No self-beating, but definitely learning from what you did.

What we’re talking about here today is why it’s important to keep the memory of the pain you felt when you slipped… in the front of your mind.

Do I want you to feel bad? Of course not. But sometimes we need to remember our pain, so we learn from it. So we know what we don’t want again. And we use it to help ourselves keep our promises.

So, before you let the pain of your latest overeating episode slip into the back of your memory, write it down. Let’s remember while it’s fresh. I want you to be sure to have some ammunition the next time you think: “Oh, what’s the big deal? I can always start again tomorrow.”

We are focusing on the pain. So that you can stop creating the pain. Go back and listen to Episode 171 so you can put all this together. Hold yourself accountable. Get clear on the pain you’re creating when you allow your brain to talk you into a slip. And let’s prevent it from happening again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 174: Why You Need to Remember the Pain of Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 174: Why You Need to Remember the Pain of Overeating Apr 28, 2020

Think about the last time you slipped and went off your eating plan. We’re not about diets here, but we are talking about making a plan for yourself and then keeping your promise to yourself. Your goal is to honor your plan.

And when you don’t keep your promise to yourself, that is considered a slip.

So, what happens when you slip? Essentially you are enjoying the moment, and conveniently putting your goals in the way back part of your mind.

And, you are conveniently forgetting how bad you felt on the last overeating episode.

Now remember in Episode 171, How to Hold Yourself Accountable, we talked about making sure you didn’t move on from a slip without learning from it. No self-beating, but definitely learning from what you did.

What we’re talking about here today is why it’s important to keep the memory of the pain you felt when you slipped… in the front of your mind.

Do I want you to feel bad? Of course not. But sometimes we need to remember our pain, so we learn from it. So we know what we don’t want again. And we use it to help ourselves keep our promises.

So, before you let the pain of your latest overeating episode slip into the back of your memory, write it down. Let’s remember while it’s fresh. I want you to be sure to have some ammunition the next time you think: “Oh, what’s the big deal? I can always start again tomorrow.”

We are focusing on the pain. So that you can stop creating the pain. Go back and listen to Episode 171 so you can put all this together. Hold yourself accountable. Get clear on the pain you’re creating when you allow your brain to talk you into a slip. And let’s prevent it from happening again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 174: Why You Need to Remember the Pain of Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Podcast 173 — Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want! Apr 21, 2020

Are you in the habit of falling down and not getting up? I mean when you are trying to accomplish a new thing, and it’s hard. You fail. You feel bad. And then you talk yourself out of doing it at all.

Today we are going to talk frankly about what it really takes to change. To transform yourself. From where you are now and from how you eat and care for yourself now, to where you want to be.

Change takes time, yes. But it also takes a lot of failures. Yes, painful, humbling, uncomfortable failures. It takes going through them and getting back up and keeping on keeping on.

It does not take quitting, giving up, and licking your wounds.

In order to create real change, you need to expect to fail and keep going. Without stopping.

Does that sound harsh? It doesn’t have to sound harsh or feel harsh. It’s just reality.

Doing something new means you will fail often. If you take those fails as a signal to stop, you are going to stay exactly where you are. And I know you, my friend. You want more. You want better. And you want to be the best version of you.

So, are you ready to stop stopping? Let me help you with this in this coaching session. As you listen, think about something you really wish was different for you. And I will show you how to keep going until you get what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want! Apr 21, 2020

Are you in the habit of falling down and not getting up? I mean when you are trying to accomplish a new thing, and it’s hard. You fail. You feel bad. And then you talk yourself out of doing it at all.

Today we are going to talk frankly about what it really takes to change. To transform yourself. From where you are now and from how you eat and care for yourself now, to where you want to be.

Change takes time, yes. But it also takes a lot of failures. Yes, painful, humbling, uncomfortable failures. It takes going through them and getting back up and keeping on keeping on.

It does not take quitting, giving up, and licking your wounds.

In order to create real change, you need to expect to fail and keep going. Without stopping.

Does that sound harsh? It doesn’t have to sound harsh or feel harsh. It’s just reality.

Doing something new means you will fail often. If you take those fails as a signal to stop, you are going to stay exactly where you are. And I know you, my friend. You want more. You want better. And you want to be the best version of you.

So, are you ready to stop stopping? Let me help you with this in this coaching session. As you listen, think about something you really wish was different for you. And I will show you how to keep going until you get what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 173: Stop Stopping to Get What You Want! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Math Podcast 172 — Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss Part 2 Apr 14, 2020
$Math Podcast 172$

Are you frustrated because the scale is not moving? You are not alone! And you’re not alone in thinking that you have no idea why you can’t lose weight.

But I am here today to show you how to figure out EXACTLY what you are doing, or not doing, that is contributing to your current weight.

You might remember that in Episode 98, The Math of Weight Loss, we looked at this concept. Here, I am elaborating on how thinking of your weight as the end of an equation will help you make adjustments so you can get the result you want.

I want you to think of your weight as part of a big but very simple math equation. On one side are all the things you do or don’t do.

How you eat.

When you start eating.

What you eat.

When you stop eating.

And so on.

All these things add up to the right side of the equation. And that is your weight.

So, if you want to change that number on the scale, I want you to sit down, leave the mind drama behind, do the math, and figure out exactly what needs to be adjusted, so the number on the right is a number you want.

Are you ready to tweak all the things you do to get the weight you want? I’m here to help, so grab a comfy chair and listen in.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss Part 2 Apr 14, 2020
$Math Podcast 172$

Are you frustrated because the scale is not moving? You are not alone! And you’re not alone in thinking that you have no idea why you can’t lose weight.

But I am here today to show you how to figure out EXACTLY what you are doing, or not doing, that is contributing to your current weight.

You might remember that in Episode 98, The Math of Weight Loss, we looked at this concept. Here, I am elaborating on how thinking of your weight as the end of an equation will help you make adjustments so you can get the result you want.

I want you to think of your weight as part of a big but very simple math equation. On one side are all the things you do or don’t do.

How you eat.

When you start eating.

What you eat.

When you stop eating.

And so on.

All these things add up to the right side of the equation. And that is your weight.

So, if you want to change that number on the scale, I want you to sit down, leave the mind drama behind, do the math, and figure out exactly what needs to be adjusted, so the number on the right is a number you want.

Are you ready to tweak all the things you do to get the weight you want? I’m here to help, so grab a comfy chair and listen in.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 172: The Math of Weight Loss Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Accountable Podcast 171 — Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat Apr 07, 2020

What do you do when you slip? When you promise yourself that you will do something or not do something, and it doesn’t work? You don’t keep that promise sometimes, right? Are you accountable to yourself?

If you’re like most of the people I’ve worked with you probably veer between hating yourself when you slip and letting it go without examining what happened.

In this coaching session, you know I’m going to strongly recommend against beating yourself up. Of course.

But I’m also not an advocate of saying: “Oh well. No big deal.” And just moving on.

It’s not a big deal. But it’s a learning experience if you allow yourself to look at what happened. What you thought. What you felt. What you did or didn’t do. And what the end result was.

This is loving accountability.

Want to grow? No more beating, and no more sweeping it under the rug.

Be accountable, learn from your mistake and THEN move on.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat Apr 07, 2020

What do you do when you slip? When you promise yourself that you will do something or not do something, and it doesn’t work? You don’t keep that promise sometimes, right? Are you accountable to yourself?

If you’re like most of the people I’ve worked with you probably veer between hating yourself when you slip and letting it go without examining what happened.

In this coaching session, you know I’m going to strongly recommend against beating yourself up. Of course.

But I’m also not an advocate of saying: “Oh well. No big deal.” And just moving on.

It’s not a big deal. But it’s a learning experience if you allow yourself to look at what happened. What you thought. What you felt. What you did or didn’t do. And what the end result was.

This is loving accountability.

Want to grow? No more beating, and no more sweeping it under the rug.

Be accountable, learn from your mistake and THEN move on.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 171: Hold Yourself Accountable for What You Eat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Now Podcast 170 — Episode 170: Why Now is Better than Someday Mar 31, 2020

Do you want something different than what you have today? Do you want to feel different? To do different things? To get different results?

I hear you! Of course, you do. And that doesn’t mean you don’t appreciate what you have and who you are today. It means you want more. You want growth. You want to live as a better version of who you are.

That means allowing yourself to feel good now, even while you are going through a really challenging time. I want you to prioritize taking good care of you and your loved ones. And once you are safe and healthy, it’s okay to feel good now. It’s okay to move between fear and worry and back to gratitude and peace.

In addition to feeling good now, it’s also okay and even good to keep moving toward what you want most. After your needs are taken care of, now is the time to take steps in the direction of your dreams.

Time marches on, life marches on, and so do you. In the moment when you know you are okay, allow your good feelings to be present AND allow yourself to take steps toward what you wish for. Remember that someday is not real. Someday is a concept in the future, an easy way to let your brain stop worrying about today, but never really getting where you want to go.

I’d love to be your support and your guide to help you get through this big challenge.

Learning to manage your mind during a crisis is such a valuable skill. Let’s come through this together, better than we were before.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 170: Why Now is Better than Someday appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 170: Why Now is Better than Someday Mar 31, 2020

Do you want something different than what you have today? Do you want to feel different? To do different things? To get different results?

I hear you! Of course, you do. And that doesn’t mean you don’t appreciate what you have and who you are today. It means you want more. You want growth. You want to live as a better version of who you are.

That means allowing yourself to feel good now, even while you are going through a really challenging time. I want you to prioritize taking good care of you and your loved ones. And once you are safe and healthy, it’s okay to feel good now. It’s okay to move between fear and worry and back to gratitude and peace.

In addition to feeling good now, it’s also okay and even good to keep moving toward what you want most. After your needs are taken care of, now is the time to take steps in the direction of your dreams.

Time marches on, life marches on, and so do you. In the moment when you know you are okay, allow your good feelings to be present AND allow yourself to take steps toward what you wish for. Remember that someday is not real. Someday is a concept in the future, an easy way to let your brain stop worrying about today, but never really getting where you want to go.

I’d love to be your support and your guide to help you get through this big challenge.

Learning to manage your mind during a crisis is such a valuable skill. Let’s come through this together, better than we were before.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 170: Why Now is Better than Someday appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Brain Podcast 169 — Episode 169: Your Brain in a Crisis – How to Not Eat Your Way Through It! Mar 24, 2020

Right now, we are all going through a worldwide crisis. A pandemic. A unique situation.

If you are typically an emotional eater, you are probably hitting the fridge and the pantry for some extra snacks.

Snacks to distract you from your fears, your worry, and your overwhelm. But the way to get through this crisis is to manage your brain. Not feed yourself so you don’t feel your scary feelings.

In the special episode of Weight Loss Made Real, we will talk about how your brain works to serve you on a daily basis.

And what happens to your brain when you go through a serious situation.

We are in this together, and I want to help you learn how to manage your thoughts and feelings so that you come out the other end proud of yourself.

Overeating now will distract you from your feelings… but just for a few minutes. And when you are done, you will feel worse than you did in the beginning.

Let’s look at how you can outsmart your brain and get it to work FOR you, instead of against you.

We can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 169: Your Brain in a Crisis – How to Not Eat Your Way Through It! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 169: Your Brain in a Crisis – How to Not Eat Your Way Through It! Mar 24, 2020

Right now, we are all going through a worldwide crisis. A pandemic. A unique situation.

If you are typically an emotional eater, you are probably hitting the fridge and the pantry for some extra snacks.

Snacks to distract you from your fears, your worry, and your overwhelm. But the way to get through this crisis is to manage your brain. Not feed yourself so you don’t feel your scary feelings.

In the special episode of Weight Loss Made Real, we will talk about how your brain works to serve you on a daily basis.

And what happens to your brain when you go through a serious situation.

We are in this together, and I want to help you learn how to manage your thoughts and feelings so that you come out the other end proud of yourself.

Overeating now will distract you from your feelings… but just for a few minutes. And when you are done, you will feel worse than you did in the beginning.

Let’s look at how you can outsmart your brain and get it to work FOR you, instead of against you.

We can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 169: Your Brain in a Crisis – How to Not Eat Your Way Through It! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Want It Podcast 168 — Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It Mar 17, 2020
Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It

You know you want it. You can taste it. You think about it morning and night. You feel desperate about it!

Wait, hold on. Feeling desperate won’t help you get what you want. You do need to really want it, whether ‘it’ is weight loss or freedom from the weight and eating struggle.

But you need to want it in a determined way, not in a desperate way.

Today we are going to talk about how to get what you want in the right frame of mind.

Stop wasting all that negative energy pushing and fighting for what you want. I want you to want it. But I want you to want it in a peacefully determined way.

Are you game? Join me in this coaching session.

Let’s ditch the desperation and start getting closer to what you want: Freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It Mar 17, 2020
Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It

You know you want it. You can taste it. You think about it morning and night. You feel desperate about it!

Wait, hold on. Feeling desperate won’t help you get what you want. You do need to really want it, whether ‘it’ is weight loss or freedom from the weight and eating struggle.

But you need to want it in a determined way, not in a desperate way.

Today we are going to talk about how to get what you want in the right frame of mind.

Stop wasting all that negative energy pushing and fighting for what you want. I want you to want it. But I want you to want it in a peacefully determined way.

Are you game? Join me in this coaching session.

Let’s ditch the desperation and start getting closer to what you want: Freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 168: You Have to Really Want It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 167: Fran Learned How to Stop Thinking About Food and Her Weight All the Time Mar 10, 2020

Today we are going to hear a conversation between me and Fran, a former Freedom Group member.

Fran graduated from the Freedom Group after working through all four of the levels in the group.

I want you to listen to Fran’s story. Although she didn’t have a lot of weight to lose, about 20 lbs., she went through a long period of time in eating drama, thinking about food and her weight a lot!

Fran’s thoughts about her weight put her in a constant struggle with herself. And here’s how she got out of the struggle.

She tried all the diets you’ve ever heard of, including some methods that weren’t helpful.

After losing her husband, she started dieting to control what she could and felt bad about herself. She was using food to feel better.

Fran was in a pattern of feeling very emotional, overeating, and then restricting her eating so she never got above a certain weight.

This was an exhausting cycle. At that time this struggle felt normal, but now she realizes how hard it was.

Her journey led her to take care of herself emotionally and she got out of the habit of going to strict diets that ruled her life to a much more relaxed way of eating and finding peace.

I know what is possible for Fran is possible for everyone.

Listen to her story and ask yourself if you are still doing some of the things she used to do, and if you’d like to leave these habits in the past.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 167: Fran Learned How to Stop Thinking About Food and Her Weight All the Time appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 167: Fran Learned How to Stop Thinking About Food and Her Weight All the Time Mar 10, 2020

Today we are going to hear a conversation between me and Fran, a former Freedom Group member.

Fran graduated from the Freedom Group after working through all four of the levels in the group.

I want you to listen to Fran’s story. Although she didn’t have a lot of weight to lose, about 20 lbs., she went through a long period of time in eating drama, thinking about food and her weight a lot!

Fran’s thoughts about her weight put her in a constant struggle with herself. And here’s how she got out of the struggle.

She tried all the diets you’ve ever heard of, including some methods that weren’t helpful.

After losing her husband, she started dieting to control what she could and felt bad about herself. She was using food to feel better.

Fran was in a pattern of feeling very emotional, overeating, and then restricting her eating so she never got above a certain weight.

This was an exhausting cycle. At that time this struggle felt normal, but now she realizes how hard it was.

Her journey led her to take care of herself emotionally and she got out of the habit of going to strict diets that ruled her life to a much more relaxed way of eating and finding peace.

I know what is possible for Fran is possible for everyone.

Listen to her story and ask yourself if you are still doing some of the things she used to do, and if you’d like to leave these habits in the past.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 167: Fran Learned How to Stop Thinking About Food and Her Weight All the Time appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Night Eating Podcast 166 — Episode 166: Middle of the Night Eating Mar 03, 2020

Click HERE for your free worksheet.

Do you ever wake up in the middle of the night, looking for food? Maybe you’re actually hungry, or maybe it’s just your habit.
In the moment, it feels like you have no choice but to follow this strong urge. And so, you do.

In the moment you don’t give it a lot of thought; there’s just this super-strong urge. And you probably go back to sleep after you’ve eaten. But the next morning is a different story, as you are wracked with guilt and regret.

Feeling bad and frustrated won’t help. But I do want you to do something about this, so it doesn’t become an even stronger habit.

In this coaching session I will tell you exactly what it might look and feel like so you can know if middle-of-the-night eating is what you are struggling with.

Then we will talk about all the possible reasons you might be doing this. We’ll talk about how it started and what to do about it.

This is a habit you definitely don’t want to keep around; there’s no doubt about that. But rest assured that this night eating habit, like all others, can be changed. And I will show you how, right here. See you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 166: Middle of the Night Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 166: Middle of the Night Eating Mar 03, 2020

Click HERE for your free worksheet.

Do you ever wake up in the middle of the night, looking for food? Maybe you’re actually hungry, or maybe it’s just your habit.
In the moment, it feels like you have no choice but to follow this strong urge. And so, you do.

In the moment you don’t give it a lot of thought; there’s just this super-strong urge. And you probably go back to sleep after you’ve eaten. But the next morning is a different story, as you are wracked with guilt and regret.

Feeling bad and frustrated won’t help. But I do want you to do something about this, so it doesn’t become an even stronger habit.

In this coaching session I will tell you exactly what it might look and feel like so you can know if middle-of-the-night eating is what you are struggling with.

Then we will talk about all the possible reasons you might be doing this. We’ll talk about how it started and what to do about it.

This is a habit you definitely don’t want to keep around; there’s no doubt about that. But rest assured that this night eating habit, like all others, can be changed. And I will show you how, right here. See you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 166: Middle of the Night Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Schedule Podcast 165 — Episode 165: How to Eat with an Irregular Schedule Feb 25, 2020

A lot of my clients complain about their schedules. So many things come up! And so many things just don’t happen as they were planned.

Sometimes your regular schedule gets disrupted and you have to change all your plans.

Other times your schedule is regularly up and down. It’s always irregular. And that is normal for you.

What I hear is that so many of my clients and listeners blame the normal ups and downs of their life for their irregular eating. For their overeating. And for their out-of-control eating.

Does an irregular schedule have to lead to irregular eating?

What is true? Can you actually stick to your plans and work toward healthy weight loss when your calendar is looking a little crazy?

The answer is yes! And that’s what we will talk about today.

Not only will I show you how to stop blaming and complaining about the fluctuations of your schedule, but I will also show you what to do about it.

You know me and you know there will be some thinking involved. But together, we will figure this out.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 165: How to Eat with an Irregular Schedule appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 165: How to Eat with an Irregular Schedule Feb 25, 2020

A lot of my clients complain about their schedules. So many things come up! And so many things just don’t happen as they were planned.

Sometimes your regular schedule gets disrupted and you have to change all your plans.

Other times your schedule is regularly up and down. It’s always irregular. And that is normal for you.

What I hear is that so many of my clients and listeners blame the normal ups and downs of their life for their irregular eating. For their overeating. And for their out-of-control eating.

Does an irregular schedule have to lead to irregular eating?

What is true? Can you actually stick to your plans and work toward healthy weight loss when your calendar is looking a little crazy?

The answer is yes! And that’s what we will talk about today.

Not only will I show you how to stop blaming and complaining about the fluctuations of your schedule, but I will also show you what to do about it.

You know me and you know there will be some thinking involved. But together, we will figure this out.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 165: How to Eat with an Irregular Schedule appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Break Podcast 164 — Episode 164: Taking a Break Without Eating Feb 18, 2020

Did you ever have one of those days where you just needed a break?

You weren’t hungry. But maybe you were tired and worn out. It had been a long day, full of all kinds of demands on you. And you just needed something!

The problem is, you’re not used to paying attention to your thoughts or your feelings. Not to the point of really clarifying what’s going on with you. And if you’re not clear, then it’s hard to know what you really need.

You assume it’s food. And you’re certainly not alone here. It’s easy to grab. You know it will taste good. And it’s a faster fix than sitting with yourself and figuring out exactly what it is you do need.

But here’s the problem: Your body doesn’t need food in this moment. So, everything you eat will be stored as fat. And that’s not what you want, right?

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you how to figure out exactly what you need in the moment. And then, you’ll learn how to give it to yourself. Let’s reserve food for one main thing: hunger.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 164: Taking a Break Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 164: Taking a Break Without Eating Feb 18, 2020

Did you ever have one of those days where you just needed a break?

You weren’t hungry. But maybe you were tired and worn out. It had been a long day, full of all kinds of demands on you. And you just needed something!

The problem is, you’re not used to paying attention to your thoughts or your feelings. Not to the point of really clarifying what’s going on with you. And if you’re not clear, then it’s hard to know what you really need.

You assume it’s food. And you’re certainly not alone here. It’s easy to grab. You know it will taste good. And it’s a faster fix than sitting with yourself and figuring out exactly what it is you do need.

But here’s the problem: Your body doesn’t need food in this moment. So, everything you eat will be stored as fat. And that’s not what you want, right?

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you how to figure out exactly what you need in the moment. And then, you’ll learn how to give it to yourself. Let’s reserve food for one main thing: hunger.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 164: Taking a Break Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Rebelling Podcast 163 — Episode 163: Are You Rebelling Against Yourself When You Overeat? Feb 11, 2020

Do you think if someone had a way of ‘making you’ do something, that you’d be so happy? Because then you’d really stick to your eating plan or go to the gym.

But then, when you do join a diet program or hire that personal trainer, you still find yourself quitting?

If you do, you are not alone.

And as silly as this might sound, you are really rebelling against yourself. You’re the one who wants to achieve something, to change a habit, or to just show up differently.

But when you set things up to do just that, you find yourself thinking things like:

I don’t care!

I don’t have to!

No one can make me do that!

And the next thing you know you are off your plan, headed in the opposite direction of your goal.

This is rebellion at it’s worst, because you are actually rebelling only against yourself. Hmmm. Not exactly what you planned to do, right?

In this coaching session we will take a good look at how you might be rebelling against yourself, why you might be in the habit of doing that, and, of course, how to stop doing it!

You know what you need to do. Now, let’s work together to help you actually do that. Without the rebellion. No more excuses!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 163: Are You Rebelling Against Yourself When You Overeat? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 163: Are You Rebelling Against Yourself When You Overeat? Feb 11, 2020

Do you think if someone had a way of ‘making you’ do something, that you’d be so happy? Because then you’d really stick to your eating plan or go to the gym.

But then, when you do join a diet program or hire that personal trainer, you still find yourself quitting?

If you do, you are not alone.

And as silly as this might sound, you are really rebelling against yourself. You’re the one who wants to achieve something, to change a habit, or to just show up differently.

But when you set things up to do just that, you find yourself thinking things like:

I don’t care!

I don’t have to!

No one can make me do that!

And the next thing you know you are off your plan, headed in the opposite direction of your goal.

This is rebellion at it’s worst, because you are actually rebelling only against yourself. Hmmm. Not exactly what you planned to do, right?

In this coaching session we will take a good look at how you might be rebelling against yourself, why you might be in the habit of doing that, and, of course, how to stop doing it!

You know what you need to do. Now, let’s work together to help you actually do that. Without the rebellion. No more excuses!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 163: Are You Rebelling Against Yourself When You Overeat? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hungry Podcast 162 — Episode 162: Why You Are Always Hungry Feb 04, 2020

Click HERE to get your FREE worksheet for this episode!

Do you think that you could lose weight and stop overeating if only you weren’t hungry all the time?

I hear you!

And do you know what? You may actually have a reason why you’re doing this.

It’s not all emotional and it’s not all in your head.

The possible reasons you are constantly physically hungry can be many. And figuring this out will help you solve this big problem. Because if you weren’t hungry all the time, you’d be able to stick to your plans.

Now of course, taking away the excess hunger doesn’t break the connection between your emotions and your eating.

And you know we deal with that in other coaching sessions.

But for now, let’s dive deep into the reasons you feel hungry so often. Here we go!

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 162: Why You Are Always Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 162: Why You Are Always Hungry Feb 04, 2020

Click HERE to get your FREE worksheet for this episode!

Do you think that you could lose weight and stop overeating if only you weren’t hungry all the time?

I hear you!

And do you know what? You may actually have a reason why you’re doing this.

It’s not all emotional and it’s not all in your head.

The possible reasons you are constantly physically hungry can be many. And figuring this out will help you solve this big problem. Because if you weren’t hungry all the time, you’d be able to stick to your plans.

Now of course, taking away the excess hunger doesn’t break the connection between your emotions and your eating.

And you know we deal with that in other coaching sessions.

But for now, let’s dive deep into the reasons you feel hungry so often. Here we go!

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 162: Why You Are Always Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Drained Podcast 161 — Episode 161: Do You Feel Drained all the Time? Jan 28, 2020

How do you feel most days? Are you energized and fairly optimistic? Or are you drained and depleted?

If your answer was drained and depleted, we need to talk.

There are many possible causes for feeling this way. And if this is one of your issues, I’d love to help you with this.

We need to look at the possible causes for these feelings so you can figure this out. And then you can deal directly with the cause of these feelings and get on with your life.

And, of course, stop using food to feel better.

In this coaching session, we’re going to consider all the reasons you may be feeling drained.

We’ll separate the potential causes into physical and mental or emotional reasons for your exhaustion. And we will take a look at what things are within your control, and which are outside of your control.

And then we’ll make a plan.

If you are frequently tired, mentally and physically, and don’t have the energy or the bandwidth to do what you need to do, let’s take this apart and solve it. Together.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 161: Do You Feel Drained all the Time? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 161: Do You Feel Drained all the Time? Jan 28, 2020

How do you feel most days? Are you energized and fairly optimistic? Or are you drained and depleted?

If your answer was drained and depleted, we need to talk.

There are many possible causes for feeling this way. And if this is one of your issues, I’d love to help you with this.

We need to look at the possible causes for these feelings so you can figure this out. And then you can deal directly with the cause of these feelings and get on with your life.

And, of course, stop using food to feel better.

In this coaching session, we’re going to consider all the reasons you may be feeling drained.

We’ll separate the potential causes into physical and mental or emotional reasons for your exhaustion. And we will take a look at what things are within your control, and which are outside of your control.

And then we’ll make a plan.

If you are frequently tired, mentally and physically, and don’t have the energy or the bandwidth to do what you need to do, let’s take this apart and solve it. Together.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 161: Do You Feel Drained all the Time? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Goals Podcast 160 — Episode 160: Why You’re Not Reaching Your Weight Loss Goals Jan 21, 2020

Click HERE to get your FREE worksheet for this episode!

Do you struggle over and over again with your weight? Are you beyond frustrated that all your hard work doesn’t lead you to the results you wish for?

Today’s podcast will help!

Today in our coaching session I’m going to share with you some things you need to understand about goals.

What they are, and why they feel so hard to reach.

I will show you the three main reasons you are not reaching your weight loss goals. This will help you see what you should stop doing, for sure.

And, then we’ll talk about the eight most common mistakes women like you make when trying to lose weight. I don’t want you to waste a moment more doing things that don’t work.

And finally, I’ll share with you the four things that must happen so you can stop setting goals and move to getting goals!

That’s what you want, right?

Join me in this coaching session AND be sure to get the worksheet above I created for you that will help you learn these concepts on a deeper level. I want you to see what you haven’t been able to see, so you can change what you do and how you eat. Finally!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 160: Why You’re Not Reaching Your Weight Loss Goals appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 160: Why You’re Not Reaching Your Weight Loss Goals Jan 21, 2020

Click HERE to get your FREE worksheet for this episode!

Do you struggle over and over again with your weight? Are you beyond frustrated that all your hard work doesn’t lead you to the results you wish for?

Today’s podcast will help!

Today in our coaching session I’m going to share with you some things you need to understand about goals.

What they are, and why they feel so hard to reach.

I will show you the three main reasons you are not reaching your weight loss goals. This will help you see what you should stop doing, for sure.

And, then we’ll talk about the eight most common mistakes women like you make when trying to lose weight. I don’t want you to waste a moment more doing things that don’t work.

And finally, I’ll share with you the four things that must happen so you can stop setting goals and move to getting goals!

That’s what you want, right?

Join me in this coaching session AND be sure to get the worksheet above I created for you that will help you learn these concepts on a deeper level. I want you to see what you haven’t been able to see, so you can change what you do and how you eat. Finally!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 160: Why You’re Not Reaching Your Weight Loss Goals appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hungry Podcast 159 — Episode 159: How to Know When You’re Really Hungry Jan 14, 2020

When was the last time you checked to see if you were really hungry before you ate?

I thought so!

My guess is that you are a bit on autopilot when you eat.

It’s noon; time for lunch. It’s 6:00 pm; time for dinner. Someone offers you a treat… mm mm, that looks good!

And so, your day goes on and so many eating opportunities come up. You make decision after decision to eat based on how you feel emotionally, whether others are eating, whether it looks good or even whether you feel ‘deserving’ of something.

But when you eat, one of the main prerequisites is hunger. Physical hunger. And without that, you are giving your body something it may not be asking for.

When you do this all the time, you are either gaining weight you don’t need, or maintaining a higher weight than you really need or want.

So what’s the solution?

Join me today for a lesson on what hunger is, what it should feel like, and how it differs from an emotional urge to eat.

Once you get this, you’ll be able to know exactly when to start eating and that’s one third of the eating equation:

When to start eating.

What to eat.

And when to stop eating.

So let’s dive in and help you know for sure whether you’re hungry or not.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 159: How to Know When You’re Really Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 159: How to Know When You’re Really Hungry Jan 14, 2020

When was the last time you checked to see if you were really hungry before you ate?

I thought so!

My guess is that you are a bit on autopilot when you eat.

It’s noon; time for lunch. It’s 6:00 pm; time for dinner. Someone offers you a treat… mm mm, that looks good!

And so, your day goes on and so many eating opportunities come up. You make decision after decision to eat based on how you feel emotionally, whether others are eating, whether it looks good or even whether you feel ‘deserving’ of something.

But when you eat, one of the main prerequisites is hunger. Physical hunger. And without that, you are giving your body something it may not be asking for.

When you do this all the time, you are either gaining weight you don’t need, or maintaining a higher weight than you really need or want.

So what’s the solution?

Join me today for a lesson on what hunger is, what it should feel like, and how it differs from an emotional urge to eat.

Once you get this, you’ll be able to know exactly when to start eating and that’s one third of the eating equation:

When to start eating.

What to eat.

And when to stop eating.

So let’s dive in and help you know for sure whether you’re hungry or not.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 159: How to Know When You’re Really Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Motivated Podcast 158 — Episode 158: Getting Motivated After January 1st Jan 07, 2020

Do you think motivation is like magic? You get it and then you magically can do whatever you said you would do because you are officially ‘motivated’?

The thing is, motivation is an inside job. You might be inspired by listening to me, but that inspiration comes from your thoughts about what I’m saying.

So, here are some important things to take away from this episode:

Motivation is created by you.

It’s what helps you move toward your goals.

It feels inspiring.

Motivation doesn’t last!

It needs to be refreshed periodically.

And… the more you understand what it is and how it’s created, the easier it is to help it happen.

Let’s go get motivated!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 158: Getting Motivated After January 1st appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 158: Getting Motivated After January 1st Jan 07, 2020

Do you think motivation is like magic? You get it and then you magically can do whatever you said you would do because you are officially ‘motivated’?

The thing is, motivation is an inside job. You might be inspired by listening to me, but that inspiration comes from your thoughts about what I’m saying.

So, here are some important things to take away from this episode:

Motivation is created by you.

It’s what helps you move toward your goals.

It feels inspiring.

Motivation doesn’t last!

It needs to be refreshed periodically.

And… the more you understand what it is and how it’s created, the easier it is to help it happen.

Let’s go get motivated!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 158: Getting Motivated After January 1st appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

5 Key Weight Loss Ideas Podcast 157 — Episode 157: 5 Key Weight Loss Ideas You Should Think About Dec 31, 2019

This time of year, is time to reflect.

Where are you? Where do you want to go? And, what have you learned?

Sometimes we don’t pay enough attention to what we’ve learned and then the lesson is lost. We hear it but we don’t give it enough time and focus, so before we get a chance to practice that lesson, it’s gone.

That’s why I am taking time now so we can review 5 of the key weight loss ideas we talked about this year. If interesting in new ways to reduce fat, check here to learn about the supplements you can take to help you.

Here we go. Listen, and then my friend, take action.

1. Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good

How can you believe in yourself when you have no evidence that you can do this thing? I’ll show you how to create the belief and practice it, so it becomes a part of who you are and how you act.

2. Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight

You might think that you’ll take good care of yourself after you reach your goal weight and keep using your supplements, as per an article we read at Wphealthcarenews.com. But this doesn’t work. You need self-love all along the journey, and I’ll show you why and how to do it.

3. Episode 148: Do You Love Food too Much?

You probably know by now that I will tell you the truth. And if you think that you just love food, and that’s why you carry extra weight, well my friend, I’m sorry to burst your bubble. When we really love something, we don’t need to overdo it. Just the right amount is enough. So, let’s drop the ‘more is better’ mantra and learn how to really love your food.

4. Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss

Have you ever thought that if your life were easier and smoother, it would be easier for you to lose weight? Well, no one I know has a totally smooth, easy life. We all have bumps in the road. And the sooner you learn to embrace this reality, the easier your weight loss will be.

5. Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary

You probably know that panicky feeling I’m talking about. You start getting hungry. You know that you can get to food if you really need to. But instead, you start to panic. What if you don’t get to eat in time? What if you get overly hungry? What if you can’t get what you need when you need it?

You will survive, I’m sure of it. But it takes practice to convince your brain that you are okay, even when you’re hungry. I will show you how to feed yourself when you need to but learn how to stop feeling like it’s an emergency.

Okay, time to listen, review and choose a couple of things to do. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 157: 5 Key Weight Loss Ideas You Should Think About appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 157: 5 Key Weight Loss Ideas You Should Think About Dec 31, 2019

This time of year, is time to reflect.

Where are you? Where do you want to go? And, what have you learned?

Sometimes we don’t pay enough attention to what we’ve learned and then the lesson is lost. We hear it but we don’t give it enough time and focus, so before we get a chance to practice that lesson, it’s gone.

That’s why I am taking time now so we can review 5 of the key weight loss ideas we talked about this year. If interesting in new ways to reduce fat, check here to learn about the supplements you can take to help you.

Here we go. Listen, and then my friend, take action.

1. Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good

How can you believe in yourself when you have no evidence that you can do this thing? I’ll show you how to create the belief and practice it, so it becomes a part of who you are and how you act.

2. Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight

You might think that you’ll take good care of yourself after you reach your goal weight and keep using your supplements, as per an article we read at Wphealthcarenews.com. But this doesn’t work. You need self-love all along the journey, and I’ll show you why and how to do it.

3. Episode 148: Do You Love Food too Much?

You probably know by now that I will tell you the truth. And if you think that you just love food, and that’s why you carry extra weight, well my friend, I’m sorry to burst your bubble. When we really love something, we don’t need to overdo it. Just the right amount is enough. So, let’s drop the ‘more is better’ mantra and learn how to really love your food.

4. Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss

Have you ever thought that if your life were easier and smoother, it would be easier for you to lose weight? Well, no one I know has a totally smooth, easy life. We all have bumps in the road. And the sooner you learn to embrace this reality, the easier your weight loss will be.

5. Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary

You probably know that panicky feeling I’m talking about. You start getting hungry. You know that you can get to food if you really need to. But instead, you start to panic. What if you don’t get to eat in time? What if you get overly hungry? What if you can’t get what you need when you need it?

You will survive, I’m sure of it. But it takes practice to convince your brain that you are okay, even when you’re hungry. I will show you how to feed yourself when you need to but learn how to stop feeling like it’s an emergency.

Okay, time to listen, review and choose a couple of things to do. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 157: 5 Key Weight Loss Ideas You Should Think About appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Past Year Podcast 156 — Episode 156: Let’s Look at the Past Year Together Dec 24, 2019

Do you ever sit down and reflect on how things are going for you? I don’t just mean a brief moment of lamenting about something that isn’t working, or a few seconds of a pat on your own back.

I mean literally taking some time at the end of the year, like now, to dive deep into how things are for you.

When you do this, you might find yourself not wanting to dive deeper. You might see yourself putting a quick label on things… “This was a great year!” Or… “This was an awful year!”

You can do better, and it’s worth doing. Because seeing where you are is the first step to changing where you are.

Aren’t you tired of just setting goals to lose XX pounds by next year? I know that this doesn’t really motivate most people.

So, let’s take a different approach. Yes, I want you to look at this past year. And I want you to answer this: What HAS to stop? What are you fed up with?

And from there, we will be on the road to creating what you wish for. Together, in 2020.

Happy holidays, my friend.
xoxo,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 156: Let’s Look at the Past Year Together appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 156: Let’s Look at the Past Year Together Dec 24, 2019

Do you ever sit down and reflect on how things are going for you? I don’t just mean a brief moment of lamenting about something that isn’t working, or a few seconds of a pat on your own back.

I mean literally taking some time at the end of the year, like now, to dive deep into how things are for you.

When you do this, you might find yourself not wanting to dive deeper. You might see yourself putting a quick label on things… “This was a great year!” Or… “This was an awful year!”

You can do better, and it’s worth doing. Because seeing where you are is the first step to changing where you are.

Aren’t you tired of just setting goals to lose XX pounds by next year? I know that this doesn’t really motivate most people.

So, let’s take a different approach. Yes, I want you to look at this past year. And I want you to answer this: What HAS to stop? What are you fed up with?

And from there, we will be on the road to creating what you wish for. Together, in 2020.

Happy holidays, my friend.
xoxo,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 156: Let’s Look at the Past Year Together appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 155: Gwen Figured Out Why She was Eating More Than She Needed Dec 17, 2019

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for a while now. And yet I know it’s hard to envision what it’s like inside. Who else joins? Will you be able to relate to other members?

If these are some of your questions, you’ll love this interview with Freedom Group member, Gwen.

Gwen is a smart, confident woman, who struggled for a long time. She knew she ate more than she needed but couldn’t seem to get that desire to overeat under control.

Things have changed for Gwen, and they can for you, too.

Even if your life is pretty good, and you’ve figured out a lot of things, permanent weight loss can still elude you.

There’s nothing wrong with you at all. But you’ve been looking for the solution in the wrong place. I firmly believe that you need to figure out why you are eating more food than your body needs, before you can eat less.

And it’s not that hard! It’s not about years of therapy and uncovering your darkest secrets. It’s easy to understand. And then it just takes practice.

Join me and Gwen as we discuss her journey to freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 155: Gwen Figured Out Why She was Eating More Than She Needed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 155: Gwen Figured Out Why She was Eating More Than She Needed Dec 17, 2019

You’ve heard me talk about the Freedom Group for a while now. And yet I know it’s hard to envision what it’s like inside. Who else joins? Will you be able to relate to other members?

If these are some of your questions, you’ll love this interview with Freedom Group member, Gwen.

Gwen is a smart, confident woman, who struggled for a long time. She knew she ate more than she needed but couldn’t seem to get that desire to overeat under control.

Things have changed for Gwen, and they can for you, too.

Even if your life is pretty good, and you’ve figured out a lot of things, permanent weight loss can still elude you.

There’s nothing wrong with you at all. But you’ve been looking for the solution in the wrong place. I firmly believe that you need to figure out why you are eating more food than your body needs, before you can eat less.

And it’s not that hard! It’s not about years of therapy and uncovering your darkest secrets. It’s easy to understand. And then it just takes practice.

Join me and Gwen as we discuss her journey to freedom.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 155: Gwen Figured Out Why She was Eating More Than She Needed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 154: Pat Made Changes that Led to an Amazing Transformation Dec 10, 2019

If you’re feeling frustrated with yourself and your lack of progress in the world of weight loss, today’s podcast will inspire you.

Today, I am interviewing Pat, a former member of the Freedom Group, who not only lost a significant amount of weight, but went on to become a mentor to others in the Freedom Group.

She raised a large family and rarely had time for herself. She was last on her list. And food was her only solace.

Also, did I mention that Pat tried every diet out there? Even some that I never heard of, like the Cookie Diet!

In the beginning, Pat was doubtful. She wasn’t optimistic that she could do this. So, she borrowed my belief until she could develop her own.

And then little by little, she began to make small changes. Changes in how she ate. In how she thought. And in how she took care of herself.

Her transformation is nothing short of amazing. Join me as I share Pat’s story with you. Because this I know: If Pat can do this, so can you. And I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 154: Pat Made Changes that Led to an Amazing Transformation appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 154: Pat Made Changes that Led to an Amazing Transformation Dec 10, 2019

If you’re feeling frustrated with yourself and your lack of progress in the world of weight loss, today’s podcast will inspire you.

Today, I am interviewing Pat, a former member of the Freedom Group, who not only lost a significant amount of weight, but went on to become a mentor to others in the Freedom Group.

She raised a large family and rarely had time for herself. She was last on her list. And food was her only solace.

Also, did I mention that Pat tried every diet out there? Even some that I never heard of, like the Cookie Diet!

In the beginning, Pat was doubtful. She wasn’t optimistic that she could do this. So, she borrowed my belief until she could develop her own.

And then little by little, she began to make small changes. Changes in how she ate. In how she thought. And in how she took care of herself.

Her transformation is nothing short of amazing. Join me as I share Pat’s story with you. Because this I know: If Pat can do this, so can you. And I can help.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 154: Pat Made Changes that Led to an Amazing Transformation appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Next Year Podcast 153 — Episode 153: Where Will You Be this Time Next Year? Dec 03, 2019

I’ll bet that you’re afraid to dream about what you really want. And I know why.

When you think about your life and your body, and what you’re happy with and what you’re not so happy with, you feel stuck.

The things you want to change feel out of your reach. If you haven’t been able to change them so far, why would now be different?

So, if I ask you what you wish for, what could be different for you next year, your mind goes to a safe place. It doesn’t want to be challenged and uncomfortable. As much as you want to change, it’s easier to stay stuck than to risk yet another failure.

Looking at where you will be a year from now is hard for you. You don’t want to get your hopes up. You don’t want to get excited about losing weight and eating without all the drama. Because there’s no evidence that you will be able to do things differently.

But today, I am challenging you. I want to help you change. And the way we will do that is by looking ahead and creating a vision of what you want.

Not just what you want to weigh. But how you want to be, to live, to show up in the world next year.

Take a breath. We will do this together. Let’s create that vision, so we can make a plan to get there. I’ve got you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 153: Where Will You Be this Time Next Year? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 153: Where Will You Be this Time Next Year? Dec 03, 2019

I’ll bet that you’re afraid to dream about what you really want. And I know why.

When you think about your life and your body, and what you’re happy with and what you’re not so happy with, you feel stuck.

The things you want to change feel out of your reach. If you haven’t been able to change them so far, why would now be different?

So, if I ask you what you wish for, what could be different for you next year, your mind goes to a safe place. It doesn’t want to be challenged and uncomfortable. As much as you want to change, it’s easier to stay stuck than to risk yet another failure.

Looking at where you will be a year from now is hard for you. You don’t want to get your hopes up. You don’t want to get excited about losing weight and eating without all the drama. Because there’s no evidence that you will be able to do things differently.

But today, I am challenging you. I want to help you change. And the way we will do that is by looking ahead and creating a vision of what you want.

Not just what you want to weigh. But how you want to be, to live, to show up in the world next year.

Take a breath. We will do this together. Let’s create that vision, so we can make a plan to get there. I’ve got you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 153: Where Will You Be this Time Next Year? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Holidays Podcast 152 — Episode 152: Getting Through the Holidays Without Gaining Weight Nov 26, 2019

If you’ve been following these podcasts and are doing the work on your eating and thinking and self-care, now may be the time for stress.

Or so you think.

Here in the U.S. and in many places around the world, it’s holiday season.

That means more food, more temptations to ditch your eating plan, more family drama and more worry about eating.

Am I describing you right now?

In the Freedom Group, lots of our members start worrying about the holidays in October.

For some it’s all about the food itself.

For others, it’s about being alone, or with family members you’re not as connected to as you want to be.

Maybe you’ve made progress in your weight loss journey and you fear losing the progress you’ve made.

Or maybe you’re just beginning and struggling, and you’re afraid that your old habit of non-stop holiday food will keep you stuck in square one.

And self-care? For lots of us, it goes right out the window at this time of year.

Let’s look at all these holiday concerns together. I know for sure that no matter what the calendar says, you can get through the holidays without weight gain and without stress.

Yes, you can even be with family and still honor yourself. And I will show you how.

Let’s do this together and make these holidays the new standard for you to take care of yourself and your eating no matter what day it is.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 152: Getting Through the Holidays Without Gaining Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 152: Getting Through the Holidays Without Gaining Weight Nov 26, 2019

If you’ve been following these podcasts and are doing the work on your eating and thinking and self-care, now may be the time for stress.

Or so you think.

Here in the U.S. and in many places around the world, it’s holiday season.

That means more food, more temptations to ditch your eating plan, more family drama and more worry about eating.

Am I describing you right now?

In the Freedom Group, lots of our members start worrying about the holidays in October.

For some it’s all about the food itself.

For others, it’s about being alone, or with family members you’re not as connected to as you want to be.

Maybe you’ve made progress in your weight loss journey and you fear losing the progress you’ve made.

Or maybe you’re just beginning and struggling, and you’re afraid that your old habit of non-stop holiday food will keep you stuck in square one.

And self-care? For lots of us, it goes right out the window at this time of year.

Let’s look at all these holiday concerns together. I know for sure that no matter what the calendar says, you can get through the holidays without weight gain and without stress.

Yes, you can even be with family and still honor yourself. And I will show you how.

Let’s do this together and make these holidays the new standard for you to take care of yourself and your eating no matter what day it is.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 152: Getting Through the Holidays Without Gaining Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Scary Podcast 151 — Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary Nov 19, 2019

You’re hungry. You start to feel panicky. Will you be able to eat soon? What type of food will be available? What if there isn’t enough?

Next thing you know, you’re eating way more than your body needs. But you can’t help it. It’s scary to be hungry.

Or maybe this is what you experience… you’re hungry and you immediately respond by shutting that down. You’re used to dieting and that means you ignore that hunger signal. You can’t eat now – you’re not supposed to. And that’s scary too.

There are so many reasons hunger signals cause you to feel scared, out of control, or panicky.

Today, let’s take a closer look at the thoughts and feelings that come up when you feel physical hunger.

And we’ll talk about why it’s so hard to even wait for hunger in the first place!

We’ll talk about the difference between food restriction and food deprivation. And why you don’t need to worry about either once you learn how to eat like a natural eater.

I’ll explain why hunger is not an emergency – even if your lower brain is telling you otherwise.

We’ll finish up with strategies for handling hunger signals so that you don’t panic, and you don’t respond in ways that derail you from your goals.

You can learn to experience hunger without feeling like it’s an emergency that causes you fear and panic. I’ll show you why it’s so important to learn this and how to do it.

I’ll teach you how to respond from your higher brain, making choices that will serve your body, your goals, and your enjoyment. You’ll be able to replace those scary feelings and panic with peace. Listen in to learn how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary Nov 19, 2019

You’re hungry. You start to feel panicky. Will you be able to eat soon? What type of food will be available? What if there isn’t enough?

Next thing you know, you’re eating way more than your body needs. But you can’t help it. It’s scary to be hungry.

Or maybe this is what you experience… you’re hungry and you immediately respond by shutting that down. You’re used to dieting and that means you ignore that hunger signal. You can’t eat now – you’re not supposed to. And that’s scary too.

There are so many reasons hunger signals cause you to feel scared, out of control, or panicky.

Today, let’s take a closer look at the thoughts and feelings that come up when you feel physical hunger.

And we’ll talk about why it’s so hard to even wait for hunger in the first place!

We’ll talk about the difference between food restriction and food deprivation. And why you don’t need to worry about either once you learn how to eat like a natural eater.

I’ll explain why hunger is not an emergency – even if your lower brain is telling you otherwise.

We’ll finish up with strategies for handling hunger signals so that you don’t panic, and you don’t respond in ways that derail you from your goals.

You can learn to experience hunger without feeling like it’s an emergency that causes you fear and panic. I’ll show you why it’s so important to learn this and how to do it.

I’ll teach you how to respond from your higher brain, making choices that will serve your body, your goals, and your enjoyment. You’ll be able to replace those scary feelings and panic with peace. Listen in to learn how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 151: Why Hunger Can Feel Scary appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Time Podcast 150 — Episode 150: Why You Must Make Time for Weight Loss Nov 12, 2019

It’s another Monday and you’re motivated to start a new weight loss plan. This time, you say to yourself, I’m ready.

For a few days or even a couple of weeks, you’re staying on your plan. You don’t have to think too much about it.

And then, the inevitable. Something or someone throws a wrench into your plans. You have to work late or there is a family emergency, or you’re worn out from too many commitments, or maybe it’s that you’re going on that long-awaited vacation.

But no matter what “it” is, the next thing you know, you tell yourself you’ll just have to plan on getting back on track after this is over with.

Sound familiar? It’s a cycle that you’ve been through before. That much I know.

But this cycle doesn’t get you where you want to go. It doesn’t help you reach your weight loss goal.

Something is missing. But what is it?

That something is time. Making time for your weight loss plan. Making time for yourself. And making your weight loss a priority. Every day. No matter what comes up.

Listen in today as I explain why making time for weight loss is so important to reaching your goal.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 150: Why You Must Make Time for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 150: Why You Must Make Time for Weight Loss Nov 12, 2019

It’s another Monday and you’re motivated to start a new weight loss plan. This time, you say to yourself, I’m ready.

For a few days or even a couple of weeks, you’re staying on your plan. You don’t have to think too much about it.

And then, the inevitable. Something or someone throws a wrench into your plans. You have to work late or there is a family emergency, or you’re worn out from too many commitments, or maybe it’s that you’re going on that long-awaited vacation.

But no matter what “it” is, the next thing you know, you tell yourself you’ll just have to plan on getting back on track after this is over with.

Sound familiar? It’s a cycle that you’ve been through before. That much I know.

But this cycle doesn’t get you where you want to go. It doesn’t help you reach your weight loss goal.

Something is missing. But what is it?

That something is time. Making time for your weight loss plan. Making time for yourself. And making your weight loss a priority. Every day. No matter what comes up.

Listen in today as I explain why making time for weight loss is so important to reaching your goal.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 150: Why You Must Make Time for Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bumps Podcast 149 — Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss Nov 05, 2019

Is your life perfect? I didn’t think so. And neither is mine.

Yet sometimes, I still have this unrealistic expectation and hope, that as I work on something, it WILL go perfectly.

I’ll bet you do, too. That’s why you may be shocked and thrown off track when you hit some bumps in the road toward natural eating.

The way around this is to know these bumps are inevitable, and not let them throw you.

In this coaching session, here’s what we will cover together:

Why you think you should have a smooth road on your natural eating journey.

What really happens in your mind when you get a dose of reality and things don’t go smoothly.

How this habit could go down in a whole different, better way.

Why ‘imperfect’ could be beautiful.

And, how to view any challenges you are facing right now.

See you inside the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss Nov 05, 2019

Is your life perfect? I didn’t think so. And neither is mine.

Yet sometimes, I still have this unrealistic expectation and hope, that as I work on something, it WILL go perfectly.

I’ll bet you do, too. That’s why you may be shocked and thrown off track when you hit some bumps in the road toward natural eating.

The way around this is to know these bumps are inevitable, and not let them throw you.

In this coaching session, here’s what we will cover together:

Why you think you should have a smooth road on your natural eating journey.

What really happens in your mind when you get a dose of reality and things don’t go smoothly.

How this habit could go down in a whole different, better way.

Why ‘imperfect’ could be beautiful.

And, how to view any challenges you are facing right now.

See you inside the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 149: Bumps in the Road to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Love Food Podcast 148 — Episode 148: Do You Love Food Too Much? Oct 29, 2019

Have you ever said this? “I just can’t lose weight because I’m a real food lover.”

Well, this is just not true. We all love food, really. Me too!

But when we love something, there is no drive to overdo it. Just the right amount is perfect. And too much is too much.

When you love something, you don’t use it for things it’s not intended for. You don’t eat delicious food because you are sad. You don’t eat 12 cookies because you are excited.

You eat food because you love it, and you eat it slowly enough to taste it. Slowly enough to really savor it. And you get maximum pleasure out of it.

When you use food inappropriately, to make yourself feel good, it’s not because you love it so much.

It’s because you aren’t taking responsibility for yourself. For your emotions. And this is VERY different from eating because you love food. Try hitting the vending machine Brisbane at the office to change the snacks fro healthy treats

I want you to enjoy the foods you love. AND learn to manage your emotional life. AND, see that they are two different things.

Here is where we do that, together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 148: Do You Love Food Too Much? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 148: Do You Love Food Too Much? Oct 29, 2019

Have you ever said this? “I just can’t lose weight because I’m a real food lover.”

Well, this is just not true. We all love food, really. Me too!

But when we love something, there is no drive to overdo it. Just the right amount is perfect. And too much is too much.

When you love something, you don’t use it for things it’s not intended for. You don’t eat delicious food because you are sad. You don’t eat 12 cookies because you are excited.

You eat food because you love it, and you eat it slowly enough to taste it. Slowly enough to really savor it. And you get maximum pleasure out of it.

When you use food inappropriately, to make yourself feel good, it’s not because you love it so much.

It’s because you aren’t taking responsibility for yourself. For your emotions. And this is VERY different from eating because you love food. Try hitting the vending machine Brisbane at the office to change the snacks fro healthy treats

I want you to enjoy the foods you love. AND learn to manage your emotional life. AND, see that they are two different things.

Here is where we do that, together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 148: Do You Love Food Too Much? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

People Podcast 147 — Episode 147: What Other People Think About Your Weight Oct 22, 2019

Are you on the journey to lose your extra weight and end your emotional eating?

If you are, I’ll bet you are a bit on the sensitive side when it comes to seeing certain people or doing certain things.

Maybe you wonder what they think of you. How you look. What you weigh. Especially if you haven’t lost weight since you’ve seen them. Or, maybe you’ve even gained weight since you’ve seen them!

I know you think you’d feel so much better if only the number on the scale were different. But guess what?

It’s not the number. It’s your thinking.

Yes, it’s how you think about what these other people think that makes you feel shame and fear and sadness.

It’s those thoughts that make you turn down invitations to events where you will be seen.

What if you didn’t have to do this? What if you could feel good no matter who you were seeing, what you were doing, and whatever your weight was?

Join me as I show you your thinking, and possibly how other people think, about you and your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 147: What Other People Think About Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 147: What Other People Think About Your Weight Oct 22, 2019

Are you on the journey to lose your extra weight and end your emotional eating?

If you are, I’ll bet you are a bit on the sensitive side when it comes to seeing certain people or doing certain things.

Maybe you wonder what they think of you. How you look. What you weigh. Especially if you haven’t lost weight since you’ve seen them. Or, maybe you’ve even gained weight since you’ve seen them!

I know you think you’d feel so much better if only the number on the scale were different. But guess what?

It’s not the number. It’s your thinking.

Yes, it’s how you think about what these other people think that makes you feel shame and fear and sadness.

It’s those thoughts that make you turn down invitations to events where you will be seen.

What if you didn’t have to do this? What if you could feel good no matter who you were seeing, what you were doing, and whatever your weight was?

Join me as I show you your thinking, and possibly how other people think, about you and your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 147: What Other People Think About Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Boredom Podcast 146 — Episode 146: Boredom Eating Oct 15, 2019

Ho hum! Another lull in your day. Nothing exciting to do. Not much to think about.

Might as well grab something to eat!

Is this you?

Although eating from boredom was never my thing, SO many of my former clients and Freedom Group members have told me that this is their biggest struggle.

If you’ve ever gone to eat something with no hunger, and seemingly no problem, you know what I mean.

It’s the excitement you are looking for. The pleasure. And yes, that hit of dopamine that you crave.

But wait! This is a habit you don’t want to keep.

Because it will give you a gift you don’t want. All that extra weight. And a strong link between an emotion and the chips, ice cream and Snickers bars.

So, join me as I deconstruct the idea of boredom:

What it is.

Why you feel it.

What it feels like.

What creates that feeling of being bored.

And a new way to both look at it, and not eat from it.

I know if you solved this issue, your eating would be less stressed, and your old habits of eating from feelings would start to fade away.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 146: Boredom Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 146: Boredom Eating Oct 15, 2019

Ho hum! Another lull in your day. Nothing exciting to do. Not much to think about.

Might as well grab something to eat!

Is this you?

Although eating from boredom was never my thing, SO many of my former clients and Freedom Group members have told me that this is their biggest struggle.

If you’ve ever gone to eat something with no hunger, and seemingly no problem, you know what I mean.

It’s the excitement you are looking for. The pleasure. And yes, that hit of dopamine that you crave.

But wait! This is a habit you don’t want to keep.

Because it will give you a gift you don’t want. All that extra weight. And a strong link between an emotion and the chips, ice cream and Snickers bars.

So, join me as I deconstruct the idea of boredom:

What it is.

Why you feel it.

What it feels like.

What creates that feeling of being bored.

And a new way to both look at it, and not eat from it.

I know if you solved this issue, your eating would be less stressed, and your old habits of eating from feelings would start to fade away.

Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 146: Boredom Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Little Podcast 145 — Episode 145: Should I Have Just a Little? Or None at All? Oct 08, 2019

How often do you struggle with this?

You are offered a piece of chocolate cake. Your mind immediately starts weighing the pros and the cons.

Should you have a little bit of it? Or should you say no?

What will be easier? What will create more of a struggle?

While you know yourself, I wonder if you know what makes this decision easier or harder for you.

The first thing that I want you to look at is your thoughts, of course! If you think ‘one bite and I’m out of control’, that is a hint that you might find it easier to have none than just a little of that chocolate cake.

Your thinking creates your emotions. And if your emotions are deprived and helpless, when thinking about not having a treat, we can look at this and decide what you really want to do.

You’ll learn why having some isn’t better or worse than having none of that tempting food at all. It all depends on what is easier for you. And I’ll show you how to make the whole decision easier.

Are you ready? Will you have a little bit? Or will it be easier to just skip the cake?

Let’s find out!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 145: Should I Have Just a Little? Or None at All? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 145: Should I Have Just a Little? Or None at All? Oct 08, 2019

How often do you struggle with this?

You are offered a piece of chocolate cake. Your mind immediately starts weighing the pros and the cons.

Should you have a little bit of it? Or should you say no?

What will be easier? What will create more of a struggle?

While you know yourself, I wonder if you know what makes this decision easier or harder for you.

The first thing that I want you to look at is your thoughts, of course! If you think ‘one bite and I’m out of control’, that is a hint that you might find it easier to have none than just a little of that chocolate cake.

Your thinking creates your emotions. And if your emotions are deprived and helpless, when thinking about not having a treat, we can look at this and decide what you really want to do.

You’ll learn why having some isn’t better or worse than having none of that tempting food at all. It all depends on what is easier for you. And I’ll show you how to make the whole decision easier.

Are you ready? Will you have a little bit? Or will it be easier to just skip the cake?

Let’s find out!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 145: Should I Have Just a Little? Or None at All? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Moods Podcast 144 — Episode 144: How to Deal with Other People’s Moods Without Eating Oct 01, 2019

I used to be totally ruled by the moods of my husband, my two daughters and my friends.

If they were in a good mood, I’d be good. I’d feel relieved and peaceful. But if they weren’t, everything felt up for grabs.

If they were sad, I’d feel sad.

If they were worried, I’d jump right in there on the worry bus with them.

And if they were angry about something, guess who’d be angry too? Me, of course!

Now I have so much more understanding about moods than I used to. I know what creates my own moods. And, I really understand what creates the moods of others around us.

And that’s what I want to share with you today.

Because what you ultimately want to do is to experience your own moods, the good and the bad AND be with someone else and their moods, without running to eat to feel better. This is a step toward ending your emotional eating.

No matter what mood the people around you are in, you have a choice of how you feel. This is our work today.

Join me in this coaching session where we shine the light on moods, especially the moods of those around us.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 144: How to Deal with Other People’s Moods Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 144: How to Deal with Other People’s Moods Without Eating Oct 01, 2019

I used to be totally ruled by the moods of my husband, my two daughters and my friends.

If they were in a good mood, I’d be good. I’d feel relieved and peaceful. But if they weren’t, everything felt up for grabs.

If they were sad, I’d feel sad.

If they were worried, I’d jump right in there on the worry bus with them.

And if they were angry about something, guess who’d be angry too? Me, of course!

Now I have so much more understanding about moods than I used to. I know what creates my own moods. And, I really understand what creates the moods of others around us.

And that’s what I want to share with you today.

Because what you ultimately want to do is to experience your own moods, the good and the bad AND be with someone else and their moods, without running to eat to feel better. This is a step toward ending your emotional eating.

No matter what mood the people around you are in, you have a choice of how you feel. This is our work today.

Join me in this coaching session where we shine the light on moods, especially the moods of those around us.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 144: How to Deal with Other People’s Moods Without Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 143: Mary Found Out Why She was Triggered to Overeat Sep 24, 2019

I know you can relate to this. Let’s face it. We all want to hear what goes on behind the scenes. And the Freedom Group is no exception.

Meet Mary. A lifelong dieter, she has tried just about every eating plan and diet out there. For the past 44 years.

She started early, going from plan to plan and program to program. Always losing weight. But as soon as the programs were done, she went right back to how she used to eat and would always regain her weight.

She was either on a diet or falling off a diet. And along the way, with all the weight lost and gained, she never really learned one big thing: why she overate in the first place.

This cycle of failure made her think that there was something wrong with her. But there wasn’t.

Now Mary knows why she was triggered to overeat and how to stop it. She is much more self-accepting and has more self-confidence.

Social situations used to be a big source of stress, that required lots of planning and worry. No more. She is much more relaxed about her eating in every situation. And no longer stresses about parties and travel and holidays.

The new Mary? She can handle anything. And this is what I wish for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 143: Mary Found Out Why She was Triggered to Overeat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 143: Mary Found Out Why She was Triggered to Overeat Sep 24, 2019

I know you can relate to this. Let’s face it. We all want to hear what goes on behind the scenes. And the Freedom Group is no exception.

Meet Mary. A lifelong dieter, she has tried just about every eating plan and diet out there. For the past 44 years.

She started early, going from plan to plan and program to program. Always losing weight. But as soon as the programs were done, she went right back to how she used to eat and would always regain her weight.

She was either on a diet or falling off a diet. And along the way, with all the weight lost and gained, she never really learned one big thing: why she overate in the first place.

This cycle of failure made her think that there was something wrong with her. But there wasn’t.

Now Mary knows why she was triggered to overeat and how to stop it. She is much more self-accepting and has more self-confidence.

Social situations used to be a big source of stress, that required lots of planning and worry. No more. She is much more relaxed about her eating in every situation. And no longer stresses about parties and travel and holidays.

The new Mary? She can handle anything. And this is what I wish for you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 143: Mary Found Out Why She was Triggered to Overeat appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 142: Randy Learned to Deal with Her Emotions and End Her Overeating Sep 17, 2019

Listen in with me as I interview Randy, one of the Freedom Group members. Her story isn’t that different from yours.

After years of dieting and not understanding why those diets didn’t work, Randy has finally found what we all want: freedom!

Randy learned all about the emotions that drove her to eat more than her body needed. She learned that there was nothing wrong with her. She had simply learned to use food to feel better and now knows the real solution to negative emotions.

Did you learn at an early age that it wasn’t okay to express your emotions? This is really common. We’re taught to be ‘good’ as children, and that meant suppressing those strong feelings.

Well, those feelings don’t go away. They hide under the surface and create such discomfort, that we turn to something to feel better. That’s what emotional eating is.

I want you to hear how Randy is dealing with her eating, her emotions and her guilt of taking care of herself so that she can permanently end her eating issues. And the end result? Weight loss of course, because she isn’t eating away her feelings.

But more than the weight loss, she has found the way to finally feel at peace with herself and her life.

And this, my friend, is priceless!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 142: Randy Learned to Deal with Her Emotions and End Her Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 142: Randy Learned to Deal with Her Emotions and End Her Overeating Sep 17, 2019

Listen in with me as I interview Randy, one of the Freedom Group members. Her story isn’t that different from yours.

After years of dieting and not understanding why those diets didn’t work, Randy has finally found what we all want: freedom!

Randy learned all about the emotions that drove her to eat more than her body needed. She learned that there was nothing wrong with her. She had simply learned to use food to feel better and now knows the real solution to negative emotions.

Did you learn at an early age that it wasn’t okay to express your emotions? This is really common. We’re taught to be ‘good’ as children, and that meant suppressing those strong feelings.

Well, those feelings don’t go away. They hide under the surface and create such discomfort, that we turn to something to feel better. That’s what emotional eating is.

I want you to hear how Randy is dealing with her eating, her emotions and her guilt of taking care of herself so that she can permanently end her eating issues. And the end result? Weight loss of course, because she isn’t eating away her feelings.

But more than the weight loss, she has found the way to finally feel at peace with herself and her life.

And this, my friend, is priceless!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 142: Randy Learned to Deal with Her Emotions and End Her Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Deep Dive Podcast 141 — Episode 141: Take a Deep Dive for Lasting Change Sep 10, 2019

If you aren’t satisfied with your current weight or your eating habits (emotional eating and habitual overeating) then this podcast is for you.

I know you’ve tried repeatedly to lose the extra weight and change your eating habits. But it never sticks, does it? That’s because the “solutions” you’ve tried aren’t addressing the root cause.

In this episode I’ll talk about the difference between a surface solution and a root-cause solution. I’ll talk about why you need to take a deep dive into your issue if you want to achieve lasting change. And I’ll share three steps you can take to get different results and create a better future where the whole weight issue is permanently solved.

I can’t wait to share these 3 steps with you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 141: Take a Deep Dive for Lasting Change appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 141: Take a Deep Dive for Lasting Change Sep 10, 2019

If you aren’t satisfied with your current weight or your eating habits (emotional eating and habitual overeating) then this podcast is for you.

I know you’ve tried repeatedly to lose the extra weight and change your eating habits. But it never sticks, does it? That’s because the “solutions” you’ve tried aren’t addressing the root cause.

In this episode I’ll talk about the difference between a surface solution and a root-cause solution. I’ll talk about why you need to take a deep dive into your issue if you want to achieve lasting change. And I’ll share three steps you can take to get different results and create a better future where the whole weight issue is permanently solved.

I can’t wait to share these 3 steps with you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 141: Take a Deep Dive for Lasting Change appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Get the Weight Loss You Want Podcast 140 — Episode 140: Three Ways to Get the Weight Loss You Want Sep 03, 2019

In this podcast I’m going to show you how raising your standards in three specific areas of your life will give you what you want: normalized eating, better moods and less stress, and much better self-care. And that combination allows you to feel good – without turning to food – which results in the weight loss you want.

You’ll discover where your standards originally came from, how to know if you have high enough standards for yourself, and how your current standards are affecting your life.

The body and life you have today are a result of your standards. If you want different results, you need to up level your current standards in three areas.

I’ll walk you through the standards my Freedom Group members learn to create for themselves in order to reach their weight loss goals, end their emotional and overeating, and lose the whole struggle for good, once you understand this, I'll help you find the best weight loss treatments from websites like https://www.progressivemedicalcenter.com/therapy-bioidentical-horomones/.

You may also want to listen to Episode 84: What are Your Values. Your values are what determine the standards you set for yourself. You decide what is important to you and those are your values. And usually, your standards follow your values. Or do they?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 140: Three Ways to Get the Weight Loss You Want appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 140: Three Ways to Get the Weight Loss You Want Sep 03, 2019

In this podcast I’m going to show you how raising your standards in three specific areas of your life will give you what you want: normalized eating, better moods and less stress, and much better self-care. And that combination allows you to feel good – without turning to food – which results in the weight loss you want.

You’ll discover where your standards originally came from, how to know if you have high enough standards for yourself, and how your current standards are affecting your life.

The body and life you have today are a result of your standards. If you want different results, you need to up level your current standards in three areas.

I’ll walk you through the standards my Freedom Group members learn to create for themselves in order to reach their weight loss goals, end their emotional and overeating, and lose the whole struggle for good, once you understand this, I'll help you find the best weight loss treatments from websites like https://www.progressivemedicalcenter.com/therapy-bioidentical-horomones/.

You may also want to listen to Episode 84: What are Your Values. Your values are what determine the standards you set for yourself. You decide what is important to you and those are your values. And usually, your standards follow your values. Or do they?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 140: Three Ways to Get the Weight Loss You Want appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Who I Am Podcast 139 — Episode 139: Stop Saying “That’s Just Who I Am” Aug 27, 2019

In this podcast I’ll talk about why saying, “That’s just who I am” after a failure is so harmful to your weight loss success.

If you fail at some part of your weight loss plan and let that derail you, you won’t reach your goal.

You might think, “I’ve failed – again – so I might as well give up” but that isn’t helpful.

But what do you say and do instead?

I’ll show you three very important things to do after a failure instead of saying, “That’s just who I am.” And these three things will make all the difference.

If you want to learn what to do about that fail you just had, listen in.

What you say and do next will be the difference between giving up and reaching your goal.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 139: Stop Saying “That’s Just Who I Am” appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 139: Stop Saying “That’s Just Who I Am” Aug 27, 2019

In this podcast I’ll talk about why saying, “That’s just who I am” after a failure is so harmful to your weight loss success.

If you fail at some part of your weight loss plan and let that derail you, you won’t reach your goal.

You might think, “I’ve failed – again – so I might as well give up” but that isn’t helpful.

But what do you say and do instead?

I’ll show you three very important things to do after a failure instead of saying, “That’s just who I am.” And these three things will make all the difference.

If you want to learn what to do about that fail you just had, listen in.

What you say and do next will be the difference between giving up and reaching your goal.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 139: Stop Saying “That’s Just Who I Am” appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bullying-Podcast 138 — Episode 138: It’s Time to Stop Bullying Yourself – A Tough Love Podcast Aug 20, 2019

This is a tough love podcast, where I’m telling you the truth even if it’s hard for you to hear. And the topic is bullying yourself.

How aware are you of your self-talk?

You may think that your self-talk is helping you stay on course. You may think that the way you talk to yourself in your head is necessary to keep you from failing… yet again.

But you would be wrong. In this podcast we’re going to get very familiar with your self-talk and you might be surprised by what you hear.

It is time for some tough love from me, your compassionate coach.

Listen to this podcast to learn what self-bullying is, what happens when you do it consistently, and why it’s not getting you the results you want.

Even more importantly, I’m going to talk to you about putting an end to the bullying once and for all.

If you want different results, it’s time to speak to yourself differently.

The bullying stops now!

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight!
Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 138: It’s Time to Stop Bullying Yourself – A Tough Love Podcast appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 138: It’s Time to Stop Bullying Yourself – A Tough Love Podcast Aug 20, 2019

This is a tough love podcast, where I’m telling you the truth even if it’s hard for you to hear. And the topic is bullying yourself.

How aware are you of your self-talk?

You may think that your self-talk is helping you stay on course. You may think that the way you talk to yourself in your head is necessary to keep you from failing… yet again.

But you would be wrong. In this podcast we’re going to get very familiar with your self-talk and you might be surprised by what you hear.

It is time for some tough love from me, your compassionate coach.

Listen to this podcast to learn what self-bullying is, what happens when you do it consistently, and why it’s not getting you the results you want.

Even more importantly, I’m going to talk to you about putting an end to the bullying once and for all.

If you want different results, it’s time to speak to yourself differently.

The bullying stops now!

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight!
Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 138: It’s Time to Stop Bullying Yourself – A Tough Love Podcast appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Night-Time Eating Podcast 137 — Episode 137: Night-Time Eating Aug 13, 2019

Here’s the situation: You’ve already had dinner. You’re not physically hungry. Your body doesn’t need any more food. But you eat anyway. And you have a hard time stopping once you’ve started. Until it’s time for bed.

That’s what I call night-time eating. Eating after your last meal of the day – even though you aren’t hungry.

So why do you eat like this at the end of your day? And how do you start to unravel this behavior?

Join me for this podcast where I’ll give you common situations my listeners experience that lead to night-time eating. We’ll talk about the whole chain of events that lead from a trigger to your overeating after dinner. I’ll show you how to make sense of your specific triggers and what to do about them.

If you struggle with “grazing” from dinner to bedtime, or just plain overeating at dinner and afterwards, listen in and learn how to end your night-time eating.

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat!
Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 137: Night-Time Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 137: Night-Time Eating Aug 13, 2019

Here’s the situation: You’ve already had dinner. You’re not physically hungry. Your body doesn’t need any more food. But you eat anyway. And you have a hard time stopping once you’ve started. Until it’s time for bed.

That’s what I call night-time eating. Eating after your last meal of the day – even though you aren’t hungry.

So why do you eat like this at the end of your day? And how do you start to unravel this behavior?

Join me for this podcast where I’ll give you common situations my listeners experience that lead to night-time eating. We’ll talk about the whole chain of events that lead from a trigger to your overeating after dinner. I’ll show you how to make sense of your specific triggers and what to do about them.

If you struggle with “grazing” from dinner to bedtime, or just plain overeating at dinner and afterwards, listen in and learn how to end your night-time eating.

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat!
Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 137: Night-Time Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Spa Week Podcast 136 — Episode 136: An At-Home Spa Week Can Jump Start Your Weight Loss Aug 06, 2019

Today we’ll talk about the importance of making yourself a priority.

If you talk about making time for yourself but have a million reasons why you can’t take the time out of your busy schedule to do it – this podcast is for you!

Learn what an at-home spa week is and what it is not. Plus, I’ll tell you my own story about creating a spa week – out of necessity – so you can learn from me.

We’ll talk about why a spa week is so important to your weight loss success. And I’ll show you how to get started with small activities that will make a difference, whether you take an entire week to yourself or you do this during a regular week.

If you are struggling to lose weight, end your emotional eating, or end overeating, I believe an at-home spa week with some pampering that you choose will make you feel special and jump start your weight loss. Let me show you how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 136: An At-Home Spa Week Can Jump Start Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 136: An At-Home Spa Week Can Jump Start Your Weight Loss Aug 06, 2019

Today we’ll talk about the importance of making yourself a priority.

If you talk about making time for yourself but have a million reasons why you can’t take the time out of your busy schedule to do it – this podcast is for you!

Learn what an at-home spa week is and what it is not. Plus, I’ll tell you my own story about creating a spa week – out of necessity – so you can learn from me.

We’ll talk about why a spa week is so important to your weight loss success. And I’ll show you how to get started with small activities that will make a difference, whether you take an entire week to yourself or you do this during a regular week.

If you are struggling to lose weight, end your emotional eating, or end overeating, I believe an at-home spa week with some pampering that you choose will make you feel special and jump start your weight loss. Let me show you how.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 136: An At-Home Spa Week Can Jump Start Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

KonMari Podcast 135 — Episode 135: KonMari Your Mind Jul 30, 2019

The KonMari Method, created by Marie Kondo, is a set of rules and a mindset for tidying up – decluttering – your home.

You can apply the KonMari method to your mind, decluttering your thoughts.

The KonMari Method has 6 rules:

Commit yourself to tidying up.

Imagine your ideal lifestyle.

Discard what really doesn’t work.

Tidy by category, not location.

Follow the right order.

Ask yourself if it sparks joy.

In this coaching session I’ll explain why decluttering your mind is important for reaching your goals. And I’ll show you how to adapt the KonMari rules to do this.

I’ll walk you through each step so you can begin discarding thoughts that are not useful or joyful. It’s time to KonMari your mind!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 135: KonMari Your Mind appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 135: KonMari Your Mind Jul 30, 2019

The KonMari Method, created by Marie Kondo, is a set of rules and a mindset for tidying up – decluttering – your home.

You can apply the KonMari method to your mind, decluttering your thoughts.

The KonMari Method has 6 rules:

Commit yourself to tidying up.

Imagine your ideal lifestyle.

Discard what really doesn’t work.

Tidy by category, not location.

Follow the right order.

Ask yourself if it sparks joy.

In this coaching session I’ll explain why decluttering your mind is important for reaching your goals. And I’ll show you how to adapt the KonMari rules to do this.

I’ll walk you through each step so you can begin discarding thoughts that are not useful or joyful. It’s time to KonMari your mind!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 135: KonMari Your Mind appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Expect Podcast 134 — Episode 134: Do You Expect to Lose Weight on Day 1? Jul 23, 2019

In today’s coaching session we’re going to talk about what you expect when you start a new weight loss plan or program.

You’re so excited (and a bit scared) when you get started. You’re ready to really do it this time, aren’t you?

You may not want to admit it, but secretly you’re hoping to get on the scale tomorrow and see big changes. When you don’t, you get discouraged. And most likely, the new plan doesn’t last.

If that sounds familiar, listen in as I talk about this topic.

There are six things I’ll cover:

What your expectations are when you start a new weight loss plan.

Why you have these expectations.

What happens when reality doesn’t match your expectations.

The results of this pattern (it’s a never-ending cycle.)

What is realistic to expect when you start a new plan.

And what that reality requires of you.

Understand why you expect this and why it’s unrealistic. And these expectations are unrealistic. (We’re keeping it real here – I’ll always tell you the hard truth.)

How do you stop this cycle of starting a new weight loss plan, having unrealistic expectations, getting discouraged, and then quitting? Learn what to do instead of repeating that pattern.

I’ll show you how to see what is required of you if you want to succeed. And I’ll teach you what’s needed so you can stay on plan, stay on the path, and achieve your goal.

Join me for this coaching session and let’s put an end to the cycle of start-stop-repeat. It’s not getting you the results you want. It’s time to learn what to do instead.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 134: Do You Expect to Lose Weight on Day 1? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 134: Do You Expect to Lose Weight on Day 1? Jul 23, 2019

In today’s coaching session we’re going to talk about what you expect when you start a new weight loss plan or program.

You’re so excited (and a bit scared) when you get started. You’re ready to really do it this time, aren’t you?

You may not want to admit it, but secretly you’re hoping to get on the scale tomorrow and see big changes. When you don’t, you get discouraged. And most likely, the new plan doesn’t last.

If that sounds familiar, listen in as I talk about this topic.

There are six things I’ll cover:

What your expectations are when you start a new weight loss plan.

Why you have these expectations.

What happens when reality doesn’t match your expectations.

The results of this pattern (it’s a never-ending cycle.)

What is realistic to expect when you start a new plan.

And what that reality requires of you.

Understand why you expect this and why it’s unrealistic. And these expectations are unrealistic. (We’re keeping it real here – I’ll always tell you the hard truth.)

How do you stop this cycle of starting a new weight loss plan, having unrealistic expectations, getting discouraged, and then quitting? Learn what to do instead of repeating that pattern.

I’ll show you how to see what is required of you if you want to succeed. And I’ll teach you what’s needed so you can stay on plan, stay on the path, and achieve your goal.

Join me for this coaching session and let’s put an end to the cycle of start-stop-repeat. It’s not getting you the results you want. It’s time to learn what to do instead.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 134: Do You Expect to Lose Weight on Day 1? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Planning Podcast 133 — Episode 133: Why Planning Ahead Really Works Jul 16, 2019

Let’s take an honest look at how you’re deciding what to eat and when to eat.

If you’re letting triggers other than physical hunger determine what and when you eat, you’re not alone.

There are many triggers to eat that have nothing to do with physical hunger in your body. But continuing to be triggered to eat without hunger will not get you to your goal.

Triggers to eat are all around us, all the time. And they’re not going anywhere. What’s important is to learn how to respond to them in a way that actually helps you.

You already know I believe in planning ahead of time, both for what and when you eat. So, in today’s coaching session, let’s look at why planning works and why it’s important to your weight loss success.

I’ll explain why you’re susceptible to triggers (hint: it’s your lower brain) and what you can do about it. I’ll show you how you can retrain your brain. How you can create new programming (using your higher brain) that will build new habits in response to old triggers.

You may resist planning because of old associations with dieting rules and restrictions. We’ll talk about that in this coaching session, too.

Planning works because when you plan ahead – deciding ahead of time what and when you will eat – you are using your brain’s executive functions. And that provides you with guidance that always serves your highest good. Planning ahead is a foundational skill of eating like a natural eater.

Let’s get started so I can show you why planning really works and how you can begin using this tool today.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 133: Why Planning Ahead Really Works appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 133: Why Planning Ahead Really Works Jul 16, 2019

Let’s take an honest look at how you’re deciding what to eat and when to eat.

If you’re letting triggers other than physical hunger determine what and when you eat, you’re not alone.

There are many triggers to eat that have nothing to do with physical hunger in your body. But continuing to be triggered to eat without hunger will not get you to your goal.

Triggers to eat are all around us, all the time. And they’re not going anywhere. What’s important is to learn how to respond to them in a way that actually helps you.

You already know I believe in planning ahead of time, both for what and when you eat. So, in today’s coaching session, let’s look at why planning works and why it’s important to your weight loss success.

I’ll explain why you’re susceptible to triggers (hint: it’s your lower brain) and what you can do about it. I’ll show you how you can retrain your brain. How you can create new programming (using your higher brain) that will build new habits in response to old triggers.

You may resist planning because of old associations with dieting rules and restrictions. We’ll talk about that in this coaching session, too.

Planning works because when you plan ahead – deciding ahead of time what and when you will eat – you are using your brain’s executive functions. And that provides you with guidance that always serves your highest good. Planning ahead is a foundational skill of eating like a natural eater.

Let’s get started so I can show you why planning really works and how you can begin using this tool today.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 133: Why Planning Ahead Really Works appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stick with It Podcast 132 — Episode 132: How to Stick to Your Weight Loss Plan for the Long Haul Jul 09, 2019

Are you part of the way to your goal and wondering how to stick with it? This episode will help you with that.

Sometimes, when you have a big goal that requires a lot of time and commitment, it’s easy to lose your way.

You might find yourself doubtful that you can keep up with what got you to this point. You might find that you’re not quite as motivated as you need to be. As you were in the beginning. Or you might find yourself slipping back into old patterns. Patterns that aren’t helpful in getting you closer to what you want.

I want to show you, in this coaching session, how to hold onto the success you’ve created so far, and how to move forward without losing ground or motivation.

This requires looking at your beliefs about yourself. About what you think you are capable of. And about staying for the long haul.

This means knowing how to motivate yourself when that sticky note on your computer screen is no longer noticeable to you.

And this is what you need to do. You need to keep your eye on where you are going. And, at the same time, on what your next step will be.

You’ll learn how to know what to focus on, and when to switch focus. From the future, to the present, and back again and again and again.

You’re creating a new path for yourself. A smooth path. It’s rocky today. But if you stick with it, it will get easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 132: How to Stick to Your Weight Loss Plan for the Long Haul appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 132: How to Stick to Your Weight Loss Plan for the Long Haul Jul 09, 2019

Are you part of the way to your goal and wondering how to stick with it? This episode will help you with that.

Sometimes, when you have a big goal that requires a lot of time and commitment, it’s easy to lose your way.

You might find yourself doubtful that you can keep up with what got you to this point. You might find that you’re not quite as motivated as you need to be. As you were in the beginning. Or you might find yourself slipping back into old patterns. Patterns that aren’t helpful in getting you closer to what you want.

I want to show you, in this coaching session, how to hold onto the success you’ve created so far, and how to move forward without losing ground or motivation.

This requires looking at your beliefs about yourself. About what you think you are capable of. And about staying for the long haul.

This means knowing how to motivate yourself when that sticky note on your computer screen is no longer noticeable to you.

And this is what you need to do. You need to keep your eye on where you are going. And, at the same time, on what your next step will be.

You’ll learn how to know what to focus on, and when to switch focus. From the future, to the present, and back again and again and again.

You’re creating a new path for yourself. A smooth path. It’s rocky today. But if you stick with it, it will get easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 132: How to Stick to Your Weight Loss Plan for the Long Haul appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Summer Podcast 131 — Episode 131: Surviving Summer While Losing Weight Jul 02, 2019

Today, we’re talking about all the events, summer holidays, temptations, office parties and every eating situation that you’ve thought has thrown you off track.

It’s not the situation that throws you off track, but what you think about it.

How you can be surrounded by the most delicious looking food and not be tempted to eat if you’re not hungry.

How to approach those eating decisions.

Never feel deprived even when everyone around you is eating.

Why you give in and eat time and time again, when you’re not even hungry.

How to deal with any situation that is based around eating, and still take care of your needs without feeling like you are missing out.

You can go to any event or be on summer vacation and not worry about what kind of food will be there.

This episode will help you deal with all the things you run into when you are connecting with others, attending celebrations, traveling or being out of your normal routine.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 131: Surviving Summer While Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 131: Surviving Summer While Losing Weight Jul 02, 2019

Today, we’re talking about all the events, summer holidays, temptations, office parties and every eating situation that you’ve thought has thrown you off track.

It’s not the situation that throws you off track, but what you think about it.

How you can be surrounded by the most delicious looking food and not be tempted to eat if you’re not hungry.

How to approach those eating decisions.

Never feel deprived even when everyone around you is eating.

Why you give in and eat time and time again, when you’re not even hungry.

How to deal with any situation that is based around eating, and still take care of your needs without feeling like you are missing out.

You can go to any event or be on summer vacation and not worry about what kind of food will be there.

This episode will help you deal with all the things you run into when you are connecting with others, attending celebrations, traveling or being out of your normal routine.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 131: Surviving Summer While Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Secret Eating Podcast 130 — Episode 130: Secret Eating – Who Are You Really Hiding From? Jun 25, 2019

Tell me if you can relate to this:

You go out with friends for a nice restaurant meal and you order a salad. But when you leave, you stop and go through a drive-through, and over-indulge as soon as you get home.

You are cleaning up after a nice dinner with friends, and as soon as you bring those plates into the kitchen, you’re throwing away their scraps but you’re also eating half of them.

Or, you have a tough day at work. You bravely hold it together, waiting until you can be alone, in your bed, with the TV, and a large bag of chips and a gallon of ice cream.

Do you eat in secret? You know it has nothing to do with the food, right?

Why is it so hard to just be yourself? To eat what really want, without worrying about what others think.

To take care of your stress and your pain with hugs and conversation and maybe some tears, instead of with food.

This is possible. So, let’s talk today about secret eating, why you eat in secret, what it could mean, and how to get rid of that habit.

Because you know how bad it feels when you’re done with your secret eating. Let’s deal with this now, my friend.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 130: Secret Eating – Who Are You Really Hiding From? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 130: Secret Eating – Who Are You Really Hiding From? Jun 25, 2019

Tell me if you can relate to this:

You go out with friends for a nice restaurant meal and you order a salad. But when you leave, you stop and go through a drive-through, and over-indulge as soon as you get home.

You are cleaning up after a nice dinner with friends, and as soon as you bring those plates into the kitchen, you’re throwing away their scraps but you’re also eating half of them.

Or, you have a tough day at work. You bravely hold it together, waiting until you can be alone, in your bed, with the TV, and a large bag of chips and a gallon of ice cream.

Do you eat in secret? You know it has nothing to do with the food, right?

Why is it so hard to just be yourself? To eat what really want, without worrying about what others think.

To take care of your stress and your pain with hugs and conversation and maybe some tears, instead of with food.

This is possible. So, let’s talk today about secret eating, why you eat in secret, what it could mean, and how to get rid of that habit.

Because you know how bad it feels when you’re done with your secret eating. Let’s deal with this now, my friend.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 130: Secret Eating – Who Are You Really Hiding From? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Accountability Podcast 129 — Episode 129: How Accountability and Structure Help You Lose Your Eating Issues Jun 18, 2019

What do you think of when I say the word accountability?

Do you think of your old strict 5th grade teacher, asking you for your book report? I thought so.

And what do you think about when I talk about structure?

Do you think of a rigid schedule that has no flexibility and feels a little like prison? Yup. I thought that you might think that.

So, here’s the reality. When you want to achieve something, anything, you need to have a path. Some guidelines. Some things in place that help you know where you are going, how to get there, and signs that you’ve arrived.

Well, that’s exactly what accountability and structure give you. They give you a framework for doing what you most want to do. These are things you can create for yourself, by you, for you. So, there is nothing to rebel against.

Let’s take a look at how accountability and structure can very positively affect how you eat and how you deal with food, so that you can get what you want: ending that emotional eating, losing that extra weight, and living your best life.

Here we go! Join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 129: How Accountability and Structure Help You Lose Your Eating Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 129: How Accountability and Structure Help You Lose Your Eating Issues Jun 18, 2019

What do you think of when I say the word accountability?

Do you think of your old strict 5th grade teacher, asking you for your book report? I thought so.

And what do you think about when I talk about structure?

Do you think of a rigid schedule that has no flexibility and feels a little like prison? Yup. I thought that you might think that.

So, here’s the reality. When you want to achieve something, anything, you need to have a path. Some guidelines. Some things in place that help you know where you are going, how to get there, and signs that you’ve arrived.

Well, that’s exactly what accountability and structure give you. They give you a framework for doing what you most want to do. These are things you can create for yourself, by you, for you. So, there is nothing to rebel against.

Let’s take a look at how accountability and structure can very positively affect how you eat and how you deal with food, so that you can get what you want: ending that emotional eating, losing that extra weight, and living your best life.

Here we go! Join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 129: How Accountability and Structure Help You Lose Your Eating Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Truth Podcast 128 — Episode 128: Why It’s So Hard to Lose Weight if You Can’t See the Truth About Yourself Jun 11, 2019

Several years ago, I struggled. With just about everything.

Some days I felt ‘fat’ and other days I was content with my body. Some days I struggled with my eating and other days I just ate naturally. Sometimes I felt attractive, and other days I hated the way I looked. And my moods! I never knew how I’d wake up, feeling up one day and down the next. And I had no idea that I could ever feel a sense of control or understanding of these moods.

My self-image fluctuated wildly. And now I know that this happened because my thoughts about myself were fluctuating wildly too.

I had no compass to tell me the truth. How I really looked and felt and what was real and what was just my story. This takes perspective and being objective about yourself.

Sometimes you have a friend who serves as your mirror. Being with her lets you see yourself as the rest of the world sees you. And then you can be objective about what’s really you.

But sometimes you need the objectivity of a professional, who can see you and help you see yourself. In truth.

Today we’re talking about how to gain some objectivity in how you view life and yourself.

Join me for this short coaching session and ask yourself some important questions about your truth.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 128: Why It’s So Hard to Lose Weight if You Can’t See the Truth About Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 128: Why It’s So Hard to Lose Weight if You Can’t See the Truth About Yourself Jun 11, 2019

Several years ago, I struggled. With just about everything.

Some days I felt ‘fat’ and other days I was content with my body. Some days I struggled with my eating and other days I just ate naturally. Sometimes I felt attractive, and other days I hated the way I looked. And my moods! I never knew how I’d wake up, feeling up one day and down the next. And I had no idea that I could ever feel a sense of control or understanding of these moods.

My self-image fluctuated wildly. And now I know that this happened because my thoughts about myself were fluctuating wildly too.

I had no compass to tell me the truth. How I really looked and felt and what was real and what was just my story. This takes perspective and being objective about yourself.

Sometimes you have a friend who serves as your mirror. Being with her lets you see yourself as the rest of the world sees you. And then you can be objective about what’s really you.

But sometimes you need the objectivity of a professional, who can see you and help you see yourself. In truth.

Today we’re talking about how to gain some objectivity in how you view life and yourself.

Join me for this short coaching session and ask yourself some important questions about your truth.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 128: Why It’s So Hard to Lose Weight if You Can’t See the Truth About Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-Care Podcast 127 — Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight Jun 04, 2019

Are you an emotional eater? Check.

Do you give yourself a food treat when you’re sad or tired or angry or need comforting? Check.

Do you think of chocolate as one of your BFFs? Check.

Okay. Grab a seat and join me in this coaching session. I want to show you how and why self-care helps you stop using food as your main pleasure.

We think that having a treat is what we need. But the truth is that most women I work with have no idea what they need. They don’t take the time to figure out what they are really hungry for. And food seems to be the easiest answer.

But if you are carrying extra weight on your body, you already know that food is not the answer. And you may not know how to break this habit of using food for self-care and comfort and a whole lot of things it’s not meant for.

This is where I can help you. Let’s disconnect food from mood and create a self-care plan for your Project YOU. It will feel SO much better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight Jun 04, 2019

Are you an emotional eater? Check.

Do you give yourself a food treat when you’re sad or tired or angry or need comforting? Check.

Do you think of chocolate as one of your BFFs? Check.

Okay. Grab a seat and join me in this coaching session. I want to show you how and why self-care helps you stop using food as your main pleasure.

We think that having a treat is what we need. But the truth is that most women I work with have no idea what they need. They don’t take the time to figure out what they are really hungry for. And food seems to be the easiest answer.

But if you are carrying extra weight on your body, you already know that food is not the answer. And you may not know how to break this habit of using food for self-care and comfort and a whole lot of things it’s not meant for.

This is where I can help you. Let’s disconnect food from mood and create a self-care plan for your Project YOU. It will feel SO much better.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 127: Why Self-Care Helps You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Talk Podcast 126 — Episode 126: The Talk in Your Mind that Drives You Crazy May 28, 2019

Have you ever thought that you are driving yourself crazy? If you step back and listen to all the things you think about your eating and your weight, it’s not surprising that you might think that.

Imagine the jumble of thoughts you’re thinking about your eating. Why am I eating this? What should I be eating? Why can’t I stick to my plan? What’s wrong with me?

And the list goes on and on and on. It’s enough to drive you crazy. But wait! You are the one thinking those thoughts. You are the one creating that swirl of confusion.

Now, I’m not blaming you. And you shouldn’t blame yourself either. But I think it helps to know that if your thoughts are creating a mess of confusion, then your thoughts are the way out of that confusion.

We all talk to ourselves. You are no exception. I want your self-talk to be honest, but compassionate. And productive.

I want you to be able to think your way out of the mess you’re in. This is doable. And this is what you will learn.

Please join me in this coaching session where we take apart all those crazy-making thoughts in your head, slow them down, and create more meaningful ways of thinking.

And yes, create thoughts that will feel better to you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 126: The Talk in Your Mind that Drives You Crazy appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 126: The Talk in Your Mind that Drives You Crazy May 28, 2019

Have you ever thought that you are driving yourself crazy? If you step back and listen to all the things you think about your eating and your weight, it’s not surprising that you might think that.

Imagine the jumble of thoughts you’re thinking about your eating. Why am I eating this? What should I be eating? Why can’t I stick to my plan? What’s wrong with me?

And the list goes on and on and on. It’s enough to drive you crazy. But wait! You are the one thinking those thoughts. You are the one creating that swirl of confusion.

Now, I’m not blaming you. And you shouldn’t blame yourself either. But I think it helps to know that if your thoughts are creating a mess of confusion, then your thoughts are the way out of that confusion.

We all talk to ourselves. You are no exception. I want your self-talk to be honest, but compassionate. And productive.

I want you to be able to think your way out of the mess you’re in. This is doable. And this is what you will learn.

Please join me in this coaching session where we take apart all those crazy-making thoughts in your head, slow them down, and create more meaningful ways of thinking.

And yes, create thoughts that will feel better to you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 126: The Talk in Your Mind that Drives You Crazy appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Worth It Podcast 125 — Episode 125: Will Eating This Be Worth It? May 21, 2019

The ultimate question that you may never ask yourself. Too often we eat because of a feeling, a memory or a need that has nothing to do with our hunger.

This is not good, right? This is what gives you extra weight to carry around. If your body isn’t hungry, no matter what you think the food may do for you, it will always be extra food that you don’t need.

And extra food is always stored as fat. Period.

So, if you want to lose that extra weight, you need to start questioning yourself before you eat without hunger.

And a good way to do that is to ask: “Will eating this be worth it?”

That will require you to look ahead into the future and think about how you will feel after you eat this thing.

What do you hope eating now will do for you? What are you hoping to accomplish by eating right now?

I want you to learn to look ahead and make your decision about whether to eat based on the results you’ll get. The consequences you’re creating. Because that is the reality.

And rather than just feel bad after you eat something you shouldn’t have, let’s get in the habit of deciding whether this food, these bites, are worth it to you.

That is the question I want you to ask yourself if you want to eat when you aren’t hungry: “Will eating this be worth it?”

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 125: Will Eating This Be Worth It? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 125: Will Eating This Be Worth It? May 21, 2019

The ultimate question that you may never ask yourself. Too often we eat because of a feeling, a memory or a need that has nothing to do with our hunger.

This is not good, right? This is what gives you extra weight to carry around. If your body isn’t hungry, no matter what you think the food may do for you, it will always be extra food that you don’t need.

And extra food is always stored as fat. Period.

So, if you want to lose that extra weight, you need to start questioning yourself before you eat without hunger.

And a good way to do that is to ask: “Will eating this be worth it?”

That will require you to look ahead into the future and think about how you will feel after you eat this thing.

What do you hope eating now will do for you? What are you hoping to accomplish by eating right now?

I want you to learn to look ahead and make your decision about whether to eat based on the results you’ll get. The consequences you’re creating. Because that is the reality.

And rather than just feel bad after you eat something you shouldn’t have, let’s get in the habit of deciding whether this food, these bites, are worth it to you.

That is the question I want you to ask yourself if you want to eat when you aren’t hungry: “Will eating this be worth it?”

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 125: Will Eating This Be Worth It? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

POD 124 — Episode 124: I’ll Just Have a Bite and Other Weight Loss Lies We Tell Ourselves May 14, 2019

Do you ever say this to yourself?

I’ll just have a bite.

I deserve a little treat.

I’ll start fresh tomorrow.

If so, you’re certainly not alone. You may be the most honest person you know, yet when it comes to telling the real truth to yourself, you’re falling a little short.

You want to believe yourself when you say, “I’ll just have a little.” But when we’re talking about eating without hunger, you need to look at your history.

And your history shows that when you start eating for the wrong reason, it tends to keep going.

This is the truth. You want to eat ____________ and you’re not hungry. The truth is, whenever you do this, a little bit becomes a lot. And that is the truth about why you can’t lose weight.

I want you to take a deep look at all the little lies you tell yourself. Some of them may be about eating. And some of them may be about other habits you have, like starting over and over with anything you’re working on.

The feeling these thoughts create feels so real… because it is. It might make you feel justified or entitled to do this thing, or to eat this thing. But since that feeling comes from a little lie you tell yourself, it’s not a feeling based on your reality.

Join me today in this coaching session to uncover the lies you are in the habit of telling yourself.

And let’s wipe the slate clean. You are a person who does not tell lies. Ever. Not even to yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 124: I’ll Just Have a Bite and Other Weight Loss Lies We Tell Ourselves appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 124: I’ll Just Have a Bite and Other Weight Loss Lies We Tell Ourselves May 14, 2019

Do you ever say this to yourself?

I’ll just have a bite.

I deserve a little treat.

I’ll start fresh tomorrow.

If so, you’re certainly not alone. You may be the most honest person you know, yet when it comes to telling the real truth to yourself, you’re falling a little short.

You want to believe yourself when you say, “I’ll just have a little.” But when we’re talking about eating without hunger, you need to look at your history.

And your history shows that when you start eating for the wrong reason, it tends to keep going.

This is the truth. You want to eat ____________ and you’re not hungry. The truth is, whenever you do this, a little bit becomes a lot. And that is the truth about why you can’t lose weight.

I want you to take a deep look at all the little lies you tell yourself. Some of them may be about eating. And some of them may be about other habits you have, like starting over and over with anything you’re working on.

The feeling these thoughts create feels so real… because it is. It might make you feel justified or entitled to do this thing, or to eat this thing. But since that feeling comes from a little lie you tell yourself, it’s not a feeling based on your reality.

Join me today in this coaching session to uncover the lies you are in the habit of telling yourself.

And let’s wipe the slate clean. You are a person who does not tell lies. Ever. Not even to yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 124: I’ll Just Have a Bite and Other Weight Loss Lies We Tell Ourselves appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tough Times Podcast 123 — Episode 123: Tough Times Without Overeating May 07, 2019

How are you in your life right now? Are you peaceful? Or stressed?

Wherever you are, know that life is full of hills and valleys. We all go through tough times and big challenges.

Of course, you don’t want to go through a tough time. But this is part of living. And it really makes you appreciate the normal, everyday ups and downs.

The question for today is: How can you get through tough times without resorting to emotional eating?

Do you call it stress eating? Or emotional eating? Whatever you call it, it happens when you tell yourself you can’t handle a painful emotion.

And so, you feel something that doesn’t feel good, and you eat to escape the feeling.

I want you to be able to get through the toughest times and still not go to food that your body doesn’t need.

Can you do this? Yes. You can.

In this coaching session I will walk you through figuring out how you want to show up for the challenges that life will give you. Without eating your way through.

When you get through this tough time, I want you to look back and feel proud, and that you did the best you could do.

Is this hard? Is this a challenge in itself? Maybe. But if you’ve got a plan, and you know how to think your way through it, you’ve got this. Without overeating.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat!
Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 123: Tough Times Without Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 123: Tough Times Without Overeating May 07, 2019

How are you in your life right now? Are you peaceful? Or stressed?

Wherever you are, know that life is full of hills and valleys. We all go through tough times and big challenges.

Of course, you don’t want to go through a tough time. But this is part of living. And it really makes you appreciate the normal, everyday ups and downs.

The question for today is: How can you get through tough times without resorting to emotional eating?

Do you call it stress eating? Or emotional eating? Whatever you call it, it happens when you tell yourself you can’t handle a painful emotion.

And so, you feel something that doesn’t feel good, and you eat to escape the feeling.

I want you to be able to get through the toughest times and still not go to food that your body doesn’t need.

Can you do this? Yes. You can.

In this coaching session I will walk you through figuring out how you want to show up for the challenges that life will give you. Without eating your way through.

When you get through this tough time, I want you to look back and feel proud, and that you did the best you could do.

Is this hard? Is this a challenge in itself? Maybe. But if you’ve got a plan, and you know how to think your way through it, you’ve got this. Without overeating.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat!
Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 123: Tough Times Without Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Emotional Eating Podcast 122 — Episode 122: Emotional Eating and Your Weight Apr 30, 2019

Today we’re going to focus on what I’m guessing is your main issue: emotional eating.

This happens when you have linked an emotion with food. So, when you start to feel the beginning of that feeling, whatever it is, and it feels uncomfortable, you have learned to muffle that feeling with food.

The food tastes good, and it distracts you from whatever that feeling was. And so, your habit is formed.

But if you eat from an emotion without hunger, no doubt you will be carrying around some extra weight.

We talked about emotional eating in Episodes 40, 42 and 43. And I thought we should revisit this topic and get really clear so you can understand how to solve this problem.

Do you eat when you’re happy? Do you eat when you’re sad? How about when you’re bored?

Well, this is emotional eating. It includes what some call ‘stress eating’.

All of this type of eating is really a habit. It can feel pretty strong and pretty compelling.

Almost like once the idea to eat comes over you, you have no choice.

But I want to show you that you can learn to separate your mood from your food. And how it’s done.

Join me in this coaching session, in this one-of-many about emotional eating.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating
Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2
Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 122: Emotional Eating and Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 122: Emotional Eating and Your Weight Apr 30, 2019

Today we’re going to focus on what I’m guessing is your main issue: emotional eating.

This happens when you have linked an emotion with food. So, when you start to feel the beginning of that feeling, whatever it is, and it feels uncomfortable, you have learned to muffle that feeling with food.

The food tastes good, and it distracts you from whatever that feeling was. And so, your habit is formed.

But if you eat from an emotion without hunger, no doubt you will be carrying around some extra weight.

We talked about emotional eating in Episodes 40, 42 and 43. And I thought we should revisit this topic and get really clear so you can understand how to solve this problem.

Do you eat when you’re happy? Do you eat when you’re sad? How about when you’re bored?

Well, this is emotional eating. It includes what some call ‘stress eating’.

All of this type of eating is really a habit. It can feel pretty strong and pretty compelling.

Almost like once the idea to eat comes over you, you have no choice.

But I want to show you that you can learn to separate your mood from your food. And how it’s done.

Join me in this coaching session, in this one-of-many about emotional eating.

Mentioned in this episode:
Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating
Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating
Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed
Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2
Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 122: Emotional Eating and Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Reasons Podcast 121 — Episode 121: Five Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight Apr 23, 2019

I’ll bet you think that you are struggling to lose weight because of a reason that is special and unique to you.

And so, I want to tell you, right from the start, that whatever you think about this special reason… you’re wrong.

I’ve seen it all and I’ve heard it all. There are several reasons why some women (and men) struggle with weight loss.

The good news is these reasons are common. And so, they have a common solution. And if anyone can learn and apply that solution, well, you can too.

So here are the reasons you’re probably struggling.

See if you can relate, and then listen in as I talk about these challenges and what to do about them.

You think it’s more about what you’re eating than why you’re eating.

You are so used to escaping your feelings that you can’t picture life without emotional eating.

After eating the way you have for years; you want a super fast solution.

You have no faith in yourself, and don’t really believe you can do it.

You think your case is unique, and that you have some very special reason why you’re different.

My friend, if you can identify with one or more of these reasons, then pull up a chair, AND grab a free downloadable copy of my book and let’s figure this out. Together.

I know you can do this.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 121: Five Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 121: Five Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight Apr 23, 2019

I’ll bet you think that you are struggling to lose weight because of a reason that is special and unique to you.

And so, I want to tell you, right from the start, that whatever you think about this special reason… you’re wrong.

I’ve seen it all and I’ve heard it all. There are several reasons why some women (and men) struggle with weight loss.

The good news is these reasons are common. And so, they have a common solution. And if anyone can learn and apply that solution, well, you can too.

So here are the reasons you’re probably struggling.

See if you can relate, and then listen in as I talk about these challenges and what to do about them.

You think it’s more about what you’re eating than why you’re eating.

You are so used to escaping your feelings that you can’t picture life without emotional eating.

After eating the way you have for years; you want a super fast solution.

You have no faith in yourself, and don’t really believe you can do it.

You think your case is unique, and that you have some very special reason why you’re different.

My friend, if you can identify with one or more of these reasons, then pull up a chair, AND grab a free downloadable copy of my book and let’s figure this out. Together.

I know you can do this.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 121: Five Reasons You Aren’t Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stages Podcast 120 — Episode 120: The Four Stages of Weight Loss Apr 16, 2019

Are you frustrated because you can’t seem to stop eating?

I’d like you to take a more detailed look at these times when you can’t stop eating.

Because the way I think about it, you may be making progress that you just can’t see yet.

There are four stages of losing weight. And you need to get through all four of them to be able to eat the way you’d like to eat.

And, if you know about the four stages, you’ll be able to see where you are, understand why you’re there, and keep moving forward.

So, what are these stages?

Stage 1 is when you’ve just overeaten, and you realize what has happened when it’s all over.

Stage 2 is when you’re in the middle of overeating, you see what you are doing, and yet you just can’t get yourself to stop.

Stage 3 is when you are able to see what you’re about to do. You haven’t started overeating yet. You are able to step back and see what is happening. And still, you can’t stop the habit. You eat anyway.

And finally, Stage 4 is when you’re about to overeat, you see what is happening, and yes! You are able to stop yourself! This is big!

So, what we’re going to talk about today are these four stages.

I will tell you why you’re in each one. You’ll learn what you’re likely to do and think at each stage. And, I will help you get a good perspective of where you are, and what’s ahead, so you don’t give up.

Join me as I coach you and teach you a new way to look at your attempts to stop eating without hunger and lose your extra weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 120: The Four Stages of Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 120: The Four Stages of Weight Loss Apr 16, 2019

Are you frustrated because you can’t seem to stop eating?

I’d like you to take a more detailed look at these times when you can’t stop eating.

Because the way I think about it, you may be making progress that you just can’t see yet.

There are four stages of losing weight. And you need to get through all four of them to be able to eat the way you’d like to eat.

And, if you know about the four stages, you’ll be able to see where you are, understand why you’re there, and keep moving forward.

So, what are these stages?

Stage 1 is when you’ve just overeaten, and you realize what has happened when it’s all over.

Stage 2 is when you’re in the middle of overeating, you see what you are doing, and yet you just can’t get yourself to stop.

Stage 3 is when you are able to see what you’re about to do. You haven’t started overeating yet. You are able to step back and see what is happening. And still, you can’t stop the habit. You eat anyway.

And finally, Stage 4 is when you’re about to overeat, you see what is happening, and yes! You are able to stop yourself! This is big!

So, what we’re going to talk about today are these four stages.

I will tell you why you’re in each one. You’ll learn what you’re likely to do and think at each stage. And, I will help you get a good perspective of where you are, and what’s ahead, so you don’t give up.

Join me as I coach you and teach you a new way to look at your attempts to stop eating without hunger and lose your extra weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 120: The Four Stages of Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Promises Podcast 119 — Episode 119: Keeping Your Weight Loss Promises Apr 09, 2019

You probably don’t give it a second thought when you shrug off the promises you made to yourself.

Promises like not eating when you’re upset, eating when you’re hungry, or giving yourself a few minutes a day to check in with yourself.

Or maybe you do pay attention to your promises, but still just can’t seem to keep them.

Well, keeping your commitment to you is the way to make progress with your weight loss goals. It’s the way to do what you say you’ll do. And all those little steps add up to big changes.

Plus, you earn your own trust and build your confidence, knowing that you’re a person who has integrity. Not only with others, but also with the most important relationship… and that’s the relationship with yourself.

So, here’s what you’ll learn in this important coaching session:

What usually happens for you when you try to make a change, to do something new, to do something you really want to be able to do?

What do we mean when we talk about commitment, promises?

Why it seems easier to keep promises to others than to yourself.

Why it even matters whether you do what you say you will do.

And how to start keeping your own promises to yourself so you can do what you so much want to do, change your eating so you can eat naturally and get to your natural weight.

Join me as you learn how to make and keep promises to yourself, and why it’s so important.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 119: Keeping Your Weight Loss Promises appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 119: Keeping Your Weight Loss Promises Apr 09, 2019

You probably don’t give it a second thought when you shrug off the promises you made to yourself.

Promises like not eating when you’re upset, eating when you’re hungry, or giving yourself a few minutes a day to check in with yourself.

Or maybe you do pay attention to your promises, but still just can’t seem to keep them.

Well, keeping your commitment to you is the way to make progress with your weight loss goals. It’s the way to do what you say you’ll do. And all those little steps add up to big changes.

Plus, you earn your own trust and build your confidence, knowing that you’re a person who has integrity. Not only with others, but also with the most important relationship… and that’s the relationship with yourself.

So, here’s what you’ll learn in this important coaching session:

What usually happens for you when you try to make a change, to do something new, to do something you really want to be able to do?

What do we mean when we talk about commitment, promises?

Why it seems easier to keep promises to others than to yourself.

Why it even matters whether you do what you say you will do.

And how to start keeping your own promises to yourself so you can do what you so much want to do, change your eating so you can eat naturally and get to your natural weight.

Join me as you learn how to make and keep promises to yourself, and why it’s so important.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 119: Keeping Your Weight Loss Promises appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hurry Podcast 118 — Episode 118: There is No Hurry Apr 02, 2019

Are you in a perpetual hurry to lose weight? Does that work for you?

My educated guess is that it does not work. Hurrying makes you feel panicky and fearful and worried. It makes taking intelligent action hard, if not impossible.

I know that you’re probably in the habit of looking for the quickest fix. We all are these days.

But that quick fix, when it comes to weight loss, simply does not help you get what you want. And what you want is permanent change.

Permanent change comes from changing how you view things and changing your thinking. Then you can more easily change what you do.

If you force yourself to rush and take fast action, you will fall down and likely not get up for a while. And that will make your progress even slower.

So, hurry not only isn’t likely to get you what you want, but it doesn’t feel good. And in order to lose weight permanently, the whole process needs to feel good, so that you will stick with it.

If you’re willing to even consider rejecting your habits of hurried thinking and hurried actions, pull up a comfy chair and come into this coaching session with me.

Let’s take apart your habit of always being in a hurry for weight loss. It will come. But let’s not let hurry stop you because it’s not a sustainable way to live.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 118: There is No Hurry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 118: There is No Hurry Apr 02, 2019

Are you in a perpetual hurry to lose weight? Does that work for you?

My educated guess is that it does not work. Hurrying makes you feel panicky and fearful and worried. It makes taking intelligent action hard, if not impossible.

I know that you’re probably in the habit of looking for the quickest fix. We all are these days.

But that quick fix, when it comes to weight loss, simply does not help you get what you want. And what you want is permanent change.

Permanent change comes from changing how you view things and changing your thinking. Then you can more easily change what you do.

If you force yourself to rush and take fast action, you will fall down and likely not get up for a while. And that will make your progress even slower.

So, hurry not only isn’t likely to get you what you want, but it doesn’t feel good. And in order to lose weight permanently, the whole process needs to feel good, so that you will stick with it.

If you’re willing to even consider rejecting your habits of hurried thinking and hurried actions, pull up a comfy chair and come into this coaching session with me.

Let’s take apart your habit of always being in a hurry for weight loss. It will come. But let’s not let hurry stop you because it’s not a sustainable way to live.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 118: There is No Hurry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Quitting Podcast 117 — Episode 117: How to Stop Quitting When You’re Not Perfect Mar 26, 2019

Have you ever failed in your weight loss efforts, and in your desire to leave this whole problem behind you?

Of course, you have! Everyone has.

But the even bigger question is: What do you do when you fail? Do you quit? Do you tell yourself you’ll never get this?

If you’re like most of my clients and members of The Freedom Group, that is exactly what you do.

And the problem with that is each time you quit, because you’ve failed, the going gets rougher.

It gets harder and harder to move forward and make progress. You’ve had a fail. You’ve called yourself names and beat yourself up. And now what?

You want to start again. But each fail and each start over… everything is harder.

The real work to do is stick it out. Get up when you fall down. Know that failing is part of growing. In fact, one of my members said this on a call today: Failure is the bridge to success.

Don’t you love that vision? I do.

You need to stick with it and get over the hump when things get challenging and keep going.

Just keep going. Stop quitting. You can do this. Get over that hump.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 117: How to Stop Quitting When You’re Not Perfect appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 117: How to Stop Quitting When You’re Not Perfect Mar 26, 2019

Have you ever failed in your weight loss efforts, and in your desire to leave this whole problem behind you?

Of course, you have! Everyone has.

But the even bigger question is: What do you do when you fail? Do you quit? Do you tell yourself you’ll never get this?

If you’re like most of my clients and members of The Freedom Group, that is exactly what you do.

And the problem with that is each time you quit, because you’ve failed, the going gets rougher.

It gets harder and harder to move forward and make progress. You’ve had a fail. You’ve called yourself names and beat yourself up. And now what?

You want to start again. But each fail and each start over… everything is harder.

The real work to do is stick it out. Get up when you fall down. Know that failing is part of growing. In fact, one of my members said this on a call today: Failure is the bridge to success.

Don’t you love that vision? I do.

You need to stick with it and get over the hump when things get challenging and keep going.

Just keep going. Stop quitting. You can do this. Get over that hump.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 117: How to Stop Quitting When You’re Not Perfect appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Believe Podcast 116 — Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good Mar 19, 2019

You make a plan and you’re committed.

But you have nagging doubts that you can accomplish your weight loss goals.

And of course, you do!

You’ve never done this before, and you have no evidence that you can do it.

You’re thinking, I’ll believe it when I see it.

So how can you move forward and get where you want to go if you don’t believe in yourself?

The answer is simple.

You create the beliefs you want to have. And then you practice the heck out of them.

Yes, you can choose what you believe.

I know your current beliefs feel right. They feel like the truth. So even if they give you some not-so-great feelings, you assume they are just the truth.

Here’s the scoop: your beliefs are simply thoughts. Stories in your mind. And you’ve given these thoughts so much attention, and so much emotion, that over time, they become very strong. And very accessible.

And eventually, they simply feel true to you.

The good news is that even your long-held beliefs can be examined and replaced with beliefs that are more congruent with you, your life, and your desires.

So, let’s get to work on uncovering and shining the light on those beliefs of yours. The ones that stop you in your tracks every time you try to break out of your old patterns.

And then, you get to choose.

See you in the coaching session!

We are very proud and grateful to be featured in the Top 30 Women Podcasts. Thank you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good Mar 19, 2019

You make a plan and you’re committed.

But you have nagging doubts that you can accomplish your weight loss goals.

And of course, you do!

You’ve never done this before, and you have no evidence that you can do it.

You’re thinking, I’ll believe it when I see it.

So how can you move forward and get where you want to go if you don’t believe in yourself?

The answer is simple.

You create the beliefs you want to have. And then you practice the heck out of them.

Yes, you can choose what you believe.

I know your current beliefs feel right. They feel like the truth. So even if they give you some not-so-great feelings, you assume they are just the truth.

Here’s the scoop: your beliefs are simply thoughts. Stories in your mind. And you’ve given these thoughts so much attention, and so much emotion, that over time, they become very strong. And very accessible.

And eventually, they simply feel true to you.

The good news is that even your long-held beliefs can be examined and replaced with beliefs that are more congruent with you, your life, and your desires.

So, let’s get to work on uncovering and shining the light on those beliefs of yours. The ones that stop you in your tracks every time you try to break out of your old patterns.

And then, you get to choose.

See you in the coaching session!

We are very proud and grateful to be featured in the Top 30 Women Podcasts. Thank you!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 116: How to Believe You Can Lose Weight for Good appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Help podcast 115 — Episode 115: Why it’s So Hard to Ask for Help with Your Weight Loss Mar 12, 2019

I’ll bet you are pretty independent. And able to take care of many different things.

So, when there’s an area of your life that isn’t going the way you’d like it to go, you are surprised.

How can you be successful in most of your life, but not in the realm of your eating and your weight?

This is not uncommon. But what separates those who figure out what the problem is and solve their weight issue from those who don’t… is asking for help.

If you think it’s a sign of weakness or a sign that you are too needy, you’re wrong.

Asking for help is one of the smartest things you can do. It will help you get what you want faster and in an easier way.

But so often you may feel shame or just plain discomfort asking someone else to talk to you, give you support, or feedback, or even just sit and listen to you.

These acts require that you be vulnerable with someone. And it’s the act of being vulnerable that allows others to see the real you. You may think that if you revealed your weaknesses to someone else, you’d feel terrible.

In reality, we feel good when we can let it all hang out, with the right person, of course.

Think about an area where you could use some help. Think about your history around asking for help. And now, come into the present moment.

You can do this. Ask for what you need. Be brave.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 115: Why it’s So Hard to Ask for Help with Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 115: Why it’s So Hard to Ask for Help with Your Weight Loss Mar 12, 2019

I’ll bet you are pretty independent. And able to take care of many different things.

So, when there’s an area of your life that isn’t going the way you’d like it to go, you are surprised.

How can you be successful in most of your life, but not in the realm of your eating and your weight?

This is not uncommon. But what separates those who figure out what the problem is and solve their weight issue from those who don’t… is asking for help.

If you think it’s a sign of weakness or a sign that you are too needy, you’re wrong.

Asking for help is one of the smartest things you can do. It will help you get what you want faster and in an easier way.

But so often you may feel shame or just plain discomfort asking someone else to talk to you, give you support, or feedback, or even just sit and listen to you.

These acts require that you be vulnerable with someone. And it’s the act of being vulnerable that allows others to see the real you. You may think that if you revealed your weaknesses to someone else, you’d feel terrible.

In reality, we feel good when we can let it all hang out, with the right person, of course.

Think about an area where you could use some help. Think about your history around asking for help. And now, come into the present moment.

You can do this. Ask for what you need. Be brave.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 115: Why it’s So Hard to Ask for Help with Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Freedom podcast 114 — Episode 114: What Would True Freedom Taste Like? Mar 05, 2019

I know you want to lose weight or change the way you eat. We both know this. But what if I could lead you on a journey that would lead you to a whole new way of being in the world?

What if your ultimate goal was much more than a number? What if your ultimate goal was… dare I say it… freedom?

Freedom from obsessing about your weight. About your size. About what you ate or didn’t eat. About whether you were good or bad that day. And about how you looked.

What I want to introduce to you today is the concept of freedom. Freedom from the whole issue.

Today, in our coaching session, I want to talk to you about freedom. What it means and why I believe this should be your goal.

I know that freedom is hard for you to imagine. And I will tell you why this is.

And I know that you may think that you’re the big exception. You’re not.

I’ll show you how to get out of your old habitual thoughts that hold you back. And give you a new perspective on freedom from the whole weight struggle.

And, even if you’ve never succeeded at your weight goals before, I’ll show you how to cultivate belief in yourself, that yes, you CAN do this.

How do you get this freedom? Join me as I talk you through this.

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears

Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 114: What Would True Freedom Taste Like? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 114: What Would True Freedom Taste Like? Mar 05, 2019

I know you want to lose weight or change the way you eat. We both know this. But what if I could lead you on a journey that would lead you to a whole new way of being in the world?

What if your ultimate goal was much more than a number? What if your ultimate goal was… dare I say it… freedom?

Freedom from obsessing about your weight. About your size. About what you ate or didn’t eat. About whether you were good or bad that day. And about how you looked.

What I want to introduce to you today is the concept of freedom. Freedom from the whole issue.

Today, in our coaching session, I want to talk to you about freedom. What it means and why I believe this should be your goal.

I know that freedom is hard for you to imagine. And I will tell you why this is.

And I know that you may think that you’re the big exception. You’re not.

I’ll show you how to get out of your old habitual thoughts that hold you back. And give you a new perspective on freedom from the whole weight struggle.

And, even if you’ve never succeeded at your weight goals before, I’ll show you how to cultivate belief in yourself, that yes, you CAN do this.

How do you get this freedom? Join me as I talk you through this.

Mentioned in this episode:

Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears

Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 114: What Would True Freedom Taste Like? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Transformation podcast 113 — Episode 113: Creating a Weight Loss Transformation Feb 26, 2019

Welcome, my friend.

If you are listening to the Weight Loss Made Real podcast, you are probably a fan of self-help and personal development.

Me too!

I can read and listen to those subjects endlessly.

But what I want to talk with you about today is even more than self-help. It’s self-transformation.

That’s right. Not just changing your habits or bettering a part of your life.

It’s about taking your whole self to a whole new level.

It’s about creating a new version of you.

Evolving into the you that you always wished you could be.

In order to do this, I want to walk you through what it will take.

So, we will start today by defining transformation.

And how you would know if you are ready for a transformation.

We’ll cover why you never achieved this new state of being before.

I want you to be clear and know what it would feel like to still be you but be an upleveled version of you.

And there are mental shifts you’ll achieve along the way.

Of course, you won’t go to bed as the caterpillar and wake up as the butterfly.

But there are signposts that you can look for that will tell you you’re on the right track.

And, I will show you the exact stages you will pass through on your way to the new you. Really.

Let’s change how you see yourself.

And what’s possible for you.

And, how to do this.

I will see you in the coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 113: Creating a Weight Loss Transformation appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 113: Creating a Weight Loss Transformation Feb 26, 2019

Welcome, my friend.

If you are listening to the Weight Loss Made Real podcast, you are probably a fan of self-help and personal development.

Me too!

I can read and listen to those subjects endlessly.

But what I want to talk with you about today is even more than self-help. It’s self-transformation.

That’s right. Not just changing your habits or bettering a part of your life.

It’s about taking your whole self to a whole new level.

It’s about creating a new version of you.

Evolving into the you that you always wished you could be.

In order to do this, I want to walk you through what it will take.

So, we will start today by defining transformation.

And how you would know if you are ready for a transformation.

We’ll cover why you never achieved this new state of being before.

I want you to be clear and know what it would feel like to still be you but be an upleveled version of you.

And there are mental shifts you’ll achieve along the way.

Of course, you won’t go to bed as the caterpillar and wake up as the butterfly.

But there are signposts that you can look for that will tell you you’re on the right track.

And, I will show you the exact stages you will pass through on your way to the new you. Really.

Let’s change how you see yourself.

And what’s possible for you.

And, how to do this.

I will see you in the coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 113: Creating a Weight Loss Transformation appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Non-scale podcast 112 — Episode 112: Why You Should Use Non-Scale Goals and Non-Scale Victories Feb 19, 2019

Does your scale frustrate you?

Does getting on the scale sometimes give you a great day, and then you go celebrate with extra treats?

Or maybe it gives you a bad day, and then you attempt to cheer yourself up with extra food your body isn’t hungry for.

Either way, it feels like you are giving your scale too much power in your life.

Who wants to be told whether to be miserable or joyful based on a number on a piece of plastic and metal?

Yet, you do want some way to set goals, and then measure your progress toward them.

Here it is!

And here’s what you’ll learn today:

What are non-scale goals and non-scale victories?

Why you might want to consider divorcing your scale.

Understand the appeal of the scale and the numbers.

What might change for you with non-scale goals and victories.

How to use different goals and checkpoints along the way to measure your progress on your weight loss journey.

The best way to stay motivated in your quest to eat naturally and drop your extra weight.

Some of the amazing benefits you will get as your eating normalizes, that have nothing to do with the number on the scale.

And, how your focus on the number of pounds on your body can negate any progress you’ve made.

Please join me as we dive into the scale and its alternatives.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 112: Why You Should Use Non-Scale Goals and Non-Scale Victories appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 112: Why You Should Use Non-Scale Goals and Non-Scale Victories Feb 19, 2019

Does your scale frustrate you?

Does getting on the scale sometimes give you a great day, and then you go celebrate with extra treats?

Or maybe it gives you a bad day, and then you attempt to cheer yourself up with extra food your body isn’t hungry for.

Either way, it feels like you are giving your scale too much power in your life.

Who wants to be told whether to be miserable or joyful based on a number on a piece of plastic and metal?

Yet, you do want some way to set goals, and then measure your progress toward them.

Here it is!

And here’s what you’ll learn today:

What are non-scale goals and non-scale victories?

Why you might want to consider divorcing your scale.

Understand the appeal of the scale and the numbers.

What might change for you with non-scale goals and victories.

How to use different goals and checkpoints along the way to measure your progress on your weight loss journey.

The best way to stay motivated in your quest to eat naturally and drop your extra weight.

Some of the amazing benefits you will get as your eating normalizes, that have nothing to do with the number on the scale.

And, how your focus on the number of pounds on your body can negate any progress you’ve made.

Please join me as we dive into the scale and its alternatives.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 112: Why You Should Use Non-Scale Goals and Non-Scale Victories appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Mindful podcast 111 — Episode 111: More Mindful Eating and Living — Part 2 Feb 12, 2019

Hi there!

I hope you enjoyed Episode 110, about waking up and getting your eating off autopilot.

Now, continuing with that theme, you and I will work on looking at the rest of your life in a more mindful way.

Here’s what we’ll cover in this coaching session:

Why living your life on autopilot causes you to miss out on a lot of good things.

How eating without distractions sounds good but isn’t realistic for most of us.

Is meditation required for living a more mindful life?

The most common reasons I hear for why becoming mindful doesn’t work.

Why acknowledging that you are the center of your life makes it much easier to know what to do and what to work on.

Creating a vision of what a mindful day would look like.

A challenge to create your own mindful day vision.

The feelings you should have when you leave unneeded food on your plate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 111: More Mindful Eating and Living — Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 111: More Mindful Eating and Living — Part 2 Feb 12, 2019

Hi there!

I hope you enjoyed Episode 110, about waking up and getting your eating off autopilot.

Now, continuing with that theme, you and I will work on looking at the rest of your life in a more mindful way.

Here’s what we’ll cover in this coaching session:

Why living your life on autopilot causes you to miss out on a lot of good things.

How eating without distractions sounds good but isn’t realistic for most of us.

Is meditation required for living a more mindful life?

The most common reasons I hear for why becoming mindful doesn’t work.

Why acknowledging that you are the center of your life makes it much easier to know what to do and what to work on.

Creating a vision of what a mindful day would look like.

A challenge to create your own mindful day vision.

The feelings you should have when you leave unneeded food on your plate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 111: More Mindful Eating and Living — Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Wake Up podcast 110 — Episode 110: Wake Up! Get Your Eating Off Autopilot Feb 05, 2019

Wake up!

No, I don’t mean in the morning. But I do mean in your life. And especially when you are eating.

I wonder if you are aware how much of your overeating happens when you are zoned out, not paying attention to what and how much you are eating?

Well, this is really common. But common or not, I don’t want this to be something that you continue to do.

Eating is pleasurable. And if you enjoy good food like I do, I want you to taste and appreciate every bite.

Besides getting more pleasure out of your food, the other component of eating with mindfulness is that you get to hear your built-in signals that tell you how much to eat.

That’s right. You don’t need a diet to know when to eat and when to stop.

But you have to be awake and aware every time you eat in order to hear these signals.

So in this coaching session today, I’m going to be talking to you about:

What eating on autopilot is.

How to recognize it in yourself.

Why you might be doing it.

What you need to stop.

And of course, how to stop eating without realizing what you’re doing.

Join me in this coaching session and learn how to be fully present with your food. And in your life. And in the next episode, Episode 111, we will continue this theme. It’s called, Eating Mindfully: How to Eat with Intention and Attention.

I’ll see you in our next session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 110: Wake Up! Get Your Eating Off Autopilot appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 110: Wake Up! Get Your Eating Off Autopilot Feb 05, 2019

Wake up!

No, I don’t mean in the morning. But I do mean in your life. And especially when you are eating.

I wonder if you are aware how much of your overeating happens when you are zoned out, not paying attention to what and how much you are eating?

Well, this is really common. But common or not, I don’t want this to be something that you continue to do.

Eating is pleasurable. And if you enjoy good food like I do, I want you to taste and appreciate every bite.

Besides getting more pleasure out of your food, the other component of eating with mindfulness is that you get to hear your built-in signals that tell you how much to eat.

That’s right. You don’t need a diet to know when to eat and when to stop.

But you have to be awake and aware every time you eat in order to hear these signals.

So in this coaching session today, I’m going to be talking to you about:

What eating on autopilot is.

How to recognize it in yourself.

Why you might be doing it.

What you need to stop.

And of course, how to stop eating without realizing what you’re doing.

Join me in this coaching session and learn how to be fully present with your food. And in your life. And in the next episode, Episode 111, we will continue this theme. It’s called, Eating Mindfully: How to Eat with Intention and Attention.

I’ll see you in our next session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 110: Wake Up! Get Your Eating Off Autopilot appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-love podcast 109 — Episode 109: Self-Love at Any Weight Jan 29, 2019

Hello there!

I’m so glad you’re joining me for this coaching session today. If you have a problem even hearing me mention ‘self-care’ or ‘self-love’, then this session is for you!

What do I mean when I talk about self-love as related to weight loss? Well, it’s all about the care you give yourself.

Now, I can just hear you thinking: When I get to my goal weight, that’s when I’ll do nice things for myself. But for now:

I don’t deserve it.

I don’t have time.

I don’t even know what to do or how to do it!

This is something other people do – not me.

Does this sound familiar? Then you’re in the right place.

I’m going to show you what happens when you don’t take good care of yourself.

And how it affects not only your general level of contentment, but also your eating and your weight.

So join me as I help you create a plan to build self-love into your life right now, no matter your number on the scale. I want you to learn what it takes to not only do it, but to feel worthy and deserving of self-love.

You can do this, and this will make your weight loss journey easier and more pleasurable.

I’ll see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 109: Self-Love at Any Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 109: Self-Love at Any Weight Jan 29, 2019

Hello there!

I’m so glad you’re joining me for this coaching session today. If you have a problem even hearing me mention ‘self-care’ or ‘self-love’, then this session is for you!

What do I mean when I talk about self-love as related to weight loss? Well, it’s all about the care you give yourself.

Now, I can just hear you thinking: When I get to my goal weight, that’s when I’ll do nice things for myself. But for now:

I don’t deserve it.

I don’t have time.

I don’t even know what to do or how to do it!

This is something other people do – not me.

Does this sound familiar? Then you’re in the right place.

I’m going to show you what happens when you don’t take good care of yourself.

And how it affects not only your general level of contentment, but also your eating and your weight.

So join me as I help you create a plan to build self-love into your life right now, no matter your number on the scale. I want you to learn what it takes to not only do it, but to feel worthy and deserving of self-love.

You can do this, and this will make your weight loss journey easier and more pleasurable.

I’ll see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 109: Self-Love at Any Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Basics podcast 108 — Episode 108: Back to Weight Loss Basics! Jan 22, 2019

Do you rebel when you hear me talk about getting back to basics? I would venture a guess that you might.

This is because it’s natural to always want something new. Something exciting. A new solution to an old problem.

But what if the solution to your long-term problem of overeating and eating when you’re stressed was right in front of you?

You’d have to give up the search to see the direction you should be facing.

Everything I know comes down to three things that you need to learn to make your eating problems things of the past:

Eat

Think

Love

These three basics are what make up how you show up in your life, and sometimes they are working and balanced, and often, they aren’t.

Without learning how to eat like a natural eater, or learning to manage your mind, and of course, learning how to take great care of yourself, you will flounder.

And if you’re an emotional eater, floundering for you will show up as extra pounds on your body. Believe it or not, when you overeat, not only are you practicing a habit you don’t really want, but you are trying to take care of yourself. You are trying to do your best.

But, it’s not working.

Here is where I want you to go back to the basics, the foundational skills that will help you be the best you that you can be.

So, you can take all that energy that you use lamenting your weight, your eating habits and your body… and use that energy to go into the world and do amazing things.

Join me today as we go back to the drawing board and focus on what works: eat, think and love.

You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 108: Back to Weight Loss Basics! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 108: Back to Weight Loss Basics! Jan 22, 2019

Do you rebel when you hear me talk about getting back to basics? I would venture a guess that you might.

This is because it’s natural to always want something new. Something exciting. A new solution to an old problem.

But what if the solution to your long-term problem of overeating and eating when you’re stressed was right in front of you?

You’d have to give up the search to see the direction you should be facing.

Everything I know comes down to three things that you need to learn to make your eating problems things of the past:

Eat

Think

Love

These three basics are what make up how you show up in your life, and sometimes they are working and balanced, and often, they aren’t.

Without learning how to eat like a natural eater, or learning to manage your mind, and of course, learning how to take great care of yourself, you will flounder.

And if you’re an emotional eater, floundering for you will show up as extra pounds on your body. Believe it or not, when you overeat, not only are you practicing a habit you don’t really want, but you are trying to take care of yourself. You are trying to do your best.

But, it’s not working.

Here is where I want you to go back to the basics, the foundational skills that will help you be the best you that you can be.

So, you can take all that energy that you use lamenting your weight, your eating habits and your body… and use that energy to go into the world and do amazing things.

Join me today as we go back to the drawing board and focus on what works: eat, think and love.

You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 108: Back to Weight Loss Basics! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Recommit podcast 107 — Episode 107: Recommit to Your Weight Loss and Eating Goals Jan 15, 2019

If you are ready to set some goals and get what you truly want this year, then you’ll have to think about and work on developing your commitment or recommitment.

A commitment to yourself, to your goal and to not giving up.

That is what I will work on with you in this coaching session today.

I want you to succeed. And I want you to know the feeling of pride in yourself when you get yourself to do what you most want to do.

Despite obstacles and despite slipping back into old patterns.

Commitment is so important! Here’s what you’ll learn today:

How to commit with passion even if you’ve failed to reach your goal many times.

Why self-belief is not optional.

How you might be using your past to predict your future, and why this is a mistake.

Are you a perfectionist? I want you to understand how this can hold you back.

How to stop arguing with reality over the process you must go through to get what you want.

Why some sacrifice is a good thing.

And, how to determine which stage of change you’re currently in, and what you can and can’t do in each stage.

There is no perfect time to start working towards a goal, not a Monday, not New Year’s Day, nor the first of any month.

You can begin working towards your goals any day, any time, and any moment.

Step into your future with me and let’s get you what you most want: lasting weight loss, natural eating habits and the ability to keep your promise to yourself.

I will see you in the coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 107: Recommit to Your Weight Loss and Eating Goals appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 107: Recommit to Your Weight Loss and Eating Goals Jan 15, 2019

If you are ready to set some goals and get what you truly want this year, then you’ll have to think about and work on developing your commitment or recommitment.

A commitment to yourself, to your goal and to not giving up.

That is what I will work on with you in this coaching session today.

I want you to succeed. And I want you to know the feeling of pride in yourself when you get yourself to do what you most want to do.

Despite obstacles and despite slipping back into old patterns.

Commitment is so important! Here’s what you’ll learn today:

How to commit with passion even if you’ve failed to reach your goal many times.

Why self-belief is not optional.

How you might be using your past to predict your future, and why this is a mistake.

Are you a perfectionist? I want you to understand how this can hold you back.

How to stop arguing with reality over the process you must go through to get what you want.

Why some sacrifice is a good thing.

And, how to determine which stage of change you’re currently in, and what you can and can’t do in each stage.

There is no perfect time to start working towards a goal, not a Monday, not New Year’s Day, nor the first of any month.

You can begin working towards your goals any day, any time, and any moment.

Step into your future with me and let’s get you what you most want: lasting weight loss, natural eating habits and the ability to keep your promise to yourself.

I will see you in the coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 107: Recommit to Your Weight Loss and Eating Goals appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Lose weight podcast 106 — Episode 106: Why Do You Really Want to Lose Weight? Jan 08, 2019

If I were to ask you why you wanted to lose weight, either you’d look at me like I was crazy, or you’d go through a whole mental list of reasons you’ve accumulated through the years.

You might want to look better.

Or be a smaller size.

Or have ‘better’ clothes that fit you.

Maybe it’s how you show up in your job, your public image.

Or perhaps you have a big event coming up and you’d rather not show up in the body you currently have.

Why would I even ask such a simplistic question? Shouldn’t I know better?

Well, I’ll bet you’d be surprised to know that most of your reasons aren’t true.

They are what you THINK you want to get out of losing weight and changing how you eat. But they are merely surface reasons and won’t carry you through this journey.

That’s right! Your reason for wanting to do this is what creates fuel for your desire. Your big reason for doing anything is why you wake up and keep doing what’s right for you to reach your goals.

So, in this coaching session, I’d like to invite you to dig a little deeper. Let’s go behind and underneath the reasons you say you want to make eating changes.

And let’s get to the truth. What do you wish you could feel? What attitude do you wish you could have as you walk through the world?

That’s what you’re really after. And today, I’m going to show you how to get the feeling you want.

Because when you change how you think and get that feeling you lust after, it’s simply a matter of time before your body changes as well.

Let’s do this!

Further listening: Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success

Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight

Episode 74: What Will Really be Different When You Finally Lose Weight?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 106: Why Do You Really Want to Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 106: Why Do You Really Want to Lose Weight? Jan 08, 2019

If I were to ask you why you wanted to lose weight, either you’d look at me like I was crazy, or you’d go through a whole mental list of reasons you’ve accumulated through the years.

You might want to look better.

Or be a smaller size.

Or have ‘better’ clothes that fit you.

Maybe it’s how you show up in your job, your public image.

Or perhaps you have a big event coming up and you’d rather not show up in the body you currently have.

Why would I even ask such a simplistic question? Shouldn’t I know better?

Well, I’ll bet you’d be surprised to know that most of your reasons aren’t true.

They are what you THINK you want to get out of losing weight and changing how you eat. But they are merely surface reasons and won’t carry you through this journey.

That’s right! Your reason for wanting to do this is what creates fuel for your desire. Your big reason for doing anything is why you wake up and keep doing what’s right for you to reach your goals.

So, in this coaching session, I’d like to invite you to dig a little deeper. Let’s go behind and underneath the reasons you say you want to make eating changes.

And let’s get to the truth. What do you wish you could feel? What attitude do you wish you could have as you walk through the world?

That’s what you’re really after. And today, I’m going to show you how to get the feeling you want.

Because when you change how you think and get that feeling you lust after, it’s simply a matter of time before your body changes as well.

Let’s do this!

Further listening: Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success

Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight

Episode 74: What Will Really be Different When You Finally Lose Weight?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 106: Why Do You Really Want to Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Learned podcast 105 — Episode 105: I’m Back! And Here’s What I’ve Learned! Jan 01, 2019

Join me as I return to my podcast and you, my beloved listener, after a life-changing challenge.

After I went through this challenge, I was able to stand back and see with more clarity, some things about myself.

As I was able to do this, I also realized that much of what I learned can be applied to you as you travel through the challenges of learning to eat and think like a naturally slim woman.

I wonder if you realize how strong you are, and just what you are able to do? It’s so much more than you probably know.

And it’s interesting to think about the way you view this journey. Do you ever think: “This is just too hard! It’s not fair. And I just can’t do it.”

I used to think that too, but this past year has made me realize just how much I was capable of.

Also, no matter what I went though, which I will reveal in this episode, I finally was able to see that I’m still me. I know there are times when you look in the mirror and it’s almost as if you don’t recognize yourself with extra weight.

Rest assured that you are always in there, and you are always you. The essence of you is constant. No matter what you weigh. You are not lost. And this is good news.

And finally, I thought a lot about the difficulty I had asking for help. What this meant about me, and how it held me back.

And then I turned the corner and realized that it’s SMART to ask for help and to know when you need it. And this applies to you too.

If you’re curious to hear my heartfelt message to you about what happened to me, what I learned and how it applies to you, I hope you’ll listen to this coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 105: I’m Back! And Here’s What I’ve Learned! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 105: I’m Back! And Here’s What I’ve Learned! Jan 01, 2019

Join me as I return to my podcast and you, my beloved listener, after a life-changing challenge.

After I went through this challenge, I was able to stand back and see with more clarity, some things about myself.

As I was able to do this, I also realized that much of what I learned can be applied to you as you travel through the challenges of learning to eat and think like a naturally slim woman.

I wonder if you realize how strong you are, and just what you are able to do? It’s so much more than you probably know.

And it’s interesting to think about the way you view this journey. Do you ever think: “This is just too hard! It’s not fair. And I just can’t do it.”

I used to think that too, but this past year has made me realize just how much I was capable of.

Also, no matter what I went though, which I will reveal in this episode, I finally was able to see that I’m still me. I know there are times when you look in the mirror and it’s almost as if you don’t recognize yourself with extra weight.

Rest assured that you are always in there, and you are always you. The essence of you is constant. No matter what you weigh. You are not lost. And this is good news.

And finally, I thought a lot about the difficulty I had asking for help. What this meant about me, and how it held me back.

And then I turned the corner and realized that it’s SMART to ask for help and to know when you need it. And this applies to you too.

If you’re curious to hear my heartfelt message to you about what happened to me, what I learned and how it applies to you, I hope you’ll listen to this coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 105: I’m Back! And Here’s What I’ve Learned! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

New year podcast 104 — Episode 104: Four Concepts to Focus on in the New Year Dec 26, 2017

Cookie is taking a brief health-related leave of absence, but she will be back. In the meantime, listen to episodes 1 – 104 and dive deeper into all the content with the Podcast Study Guide. And be sure to get on the wait list so you know when the Freedom Group opens up, and be coached by Cookie.

Can you believe it’s the end of another year with me? We’ve had so many coaching sessions together, with lots of new information.

I wanted to take today to outline for you some of the things I want you to focus on in the New Year.

Here they are:

1. I want you to listen to Episode 57. Here, we talk about the four most dangerous words you can say to yourself. Any idea what they are? They are: “I ALREADY KNOW THAT!”

When you say these words, you guarantee that you won’t learn anything new, or change your perspective.

2. Next, revisit Episode 68. I want you to understand why it’s so important to take a leap of faith. We will talk about what it is, and of course, how to do it. You cannot move forward if you don’t do what you have never done. I understand that you have no proof that you can do the unknown, but this is how you do it. You take a leap of faith. And you build your confidence.

3. Now, we move on to Episode 70. How often do you fall down and instead of getting back up, you say: “Screw it!” This is a dead-end statement. It stops you in your tracks, and it can become very habitual. Let’s learn how to fall down and get back up quickly!

4. And finally, have a listen to Episode 75. Do you have CLEAR guidelines? How you will eat? And why? And when? And how will you know when to stop? If you are thinking, “No, but I’ll just be good,” this won’t work. Clear guidelines are the way to go if you want definite results.

Join me in this session that summarizes some of the most important things you learned with me this year.

See you soon.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 104: Four Concepts to Focus on in the New Year appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 104: Four Concepts to Focus on in the New Year Dec 26, 2017

Cookie is taking a brief health-related leave of absence, but she will be back. In the meantime, listen to episodes 1 – 104 and dive deeper into all the content with the Podcast Study Guide. And be sure to get on the wait list so you know when the Freedom Group opens up, and be coached by Cookie.

Can you believe it’s the end of another year with me? We’ve had so many coaching sessions together, with lots of new information.

I wanted to take today to outline for you some of the things I want you to focus on in the New Year.

Here they are:

1. I want you to listen to Episode 57. Here, we talk about the four most dangerous words you can say to yourself. Any idea what they are? They are: “I ALREADY KNOW THAT!”

When you say these words, you guarantee that you won’t learn anything new, or change your perspective.

2. Next, revisit Episode 68. I want you to understand why it’s so important to take a leap of faith. We will talk about what it is, and of course, how to do it. You cannot move forward if you don’t do what you have never done. I understand that you have no proof that you can do the unknown, but this is how you do it. You take a leap of faith. And you build your confidence.

3. Now, we move on to Episode 70. How often do you fall down and instead of getting back up, you say: “Screw it!” This is a dead-end statement. It stops you in your tracks, and it can become very habitual. Let’s learn how to fall down and get back up quickly!

4. And finally, have a listen to Episode 75. Do you have CLEAR guidelines? How you will eat? And why? And when? And how will you know when to stop? If you are thinking, “No, but I’ll just be good,” this won’t work. Clear guidelines are the way to go if you want definite results.

Join me in this session that summarizes some of the most important things you learned with me this year.

See you soon.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 104: Four Concepts to Focus on in the New Year appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Slowing down podcast 103 — Episode 103: Why Slowing Down Helps Your Weight Loss Dec 19, 2017

How do you operate? I mean, in your life. Do you rush through everything, trying to get to the end of your ‘to do’ list? Do you pause to smell the roses?

And if you do rush through, at 1.5 speed, how is that working for you? How is it working when you are trying to change how you eat, how you do things, how you deal with challenges?

My guess is that it doesn’t work. I’ve learned the hard way that leaving no time and no space in my schedule doesn’t give me the results I want. Actually, it tends to give me the opposite of what I want.

There needs to be some time and space in your life. To think. This is critical, especially in areas where you want to make changes.

And yet, if you’re anything like me, I can hear you protest:

“There is no time to slow down! My kids! My job! My commitments! My opportunities!”

So, you may continue to run at 1.5 speed, and then beat yourself up, because, guess what? Those changes you want to make? They aren’t happening.

Here’s the deal, my friend. You can do it all and you can have it all. But not all at once. And you need to slow down in order to think. And that is how you create change in your life.

Join me and let’s deal with all the reasons you’re already thinking that you can’t possibly slow down.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 103: Why Slowing Down Helps Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 103: Why Slowing Down Helps Your Weight Loss Dec 19, 2017

How do you operate? I mean, in your life. Do you rush through everything, trying to get to the end of your ‘to do’ list? Do you pause to smell the roses?

And if you do rush through, at 1.5 speed, how is that working for you? How is it working when you are trying to change how you eat, how you do things, how you deal with challenges?

My guess is that it doesn’t work. I’ve learned the hard way that leaving no time and no space in my schedule doesn’t give me the results I want. Actually, it tends to give me the opposite of what I want.

There needs to be some time and space in your life. To think. This is critical, especially in areas where you want to make changes.

And yet, if you’re anything like me, I can hear you protest:

“There is no time to slow down! My kids! My job! My commitments! My opportunities!”

So, you may continue to run at 1.5 speed, and then beat yourself up, because, guess what? Those changes you want to make? They aren’t happening.

Here’s the deal, my friend. You can do it all and you can have it all. But not all at once. And you need to slow down in order to think. And that is how you create change in your life.

Join me and let’s deal with all the reasons you’re already thinking that you can’t possibly slow down.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 103: Why Slowing Down Helps Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Questions podcast 102 — Episode 102: Listener Questions About Sugar, Caffeine and Alcohol Dec 12, 2017

Have you ever wondered if you were the only person in the world who struggled with a particular challenge?

Chances are, you’re not.

Unique as you are, you’re not alone in this journey. And you’re not alone in what you find difficult, and what you are seeking answers to.

So today, I am answering questions from three listeners. I think you will relate to these questions.

One is from Mary about sugar. One is from Sudha about drinks and caffeine. And the last is from Paula about alcohol.

Each one of these may have its own future podcast episode.

In this coaching session, I mention a previous podcast about deprivation. Please check that out, because when you say ‘no’ to yourself, that sneaky brain of yours might try to convince you that you’re deprived.

You’re not! And I want you to understand why.

I am approaching the questions about sugar, caffeine and alcohol from a coaching and psychology perspective. Not from the perspective of body chemistry or nutrition.

Let me know what you think and if you’ve ever struggled with any of these substances. Do you keep them in your life? If so, in what amounts? What are your guidelines?

Let’s take a look at the mindset of indulging in sugar, caffeine and alcohol, and how they might affect you.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 102: Listener Questions About Sugar, Caffeine and Alcohol appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 102: Listener Questions About Sugar, Caffeine and Alcohol Dec 12, 2017

Have you ever wondered if you were the only person in the world who struggled with a particular challenge?

Chances are, you’re not.

Unique as you are, you’re not alone in this journey. And you’re not alone in what you find difficult, and what you are seeking answers to.

So today, I am answering questions from three listeners. I think you will relate to these questions.

One is from Mary about sugar. One is from Sudha about drinks and caffeine. And the last is from Paula about alcohol.

Each one of these may have its own future podcast episode.

In this coaching session, I mention a previous podcast about deprivation. Please check that out, because when you say ‘no’ to yourself, that sneaky brain of yours might try to convince you that you’re deprived.

You’re not! And I want you to understand why.

I am approaching the questions about sugar, caffeine and alcohol from a coaching and psychology perspective. Not from the perspective of body chemistry or nutrition.

Let me know what you think and if you’ve ever struggled with any of these substances. Do you keep them in your life? If so, in what amounts? What are your guidelines?

Let’s take a look at the mindset of indulging in sugar, caffeine and alcohol, and how they might affect you.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 102: Listener Questions About Sugar, Caffeine and Alcohol appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Coaching podcast 101 — Episode 101: Using These Podcasts as Your Own Private Coaching Sessions Dec 05, 2017

I hope you are loving these podcasts and think of them as private coaching sessions between you and me. That is how I think when I’m recording them for you.

Many of you have written to me telling me amazing stories of weight lost, habits changed and lives improved, all from listening to these coaching sessions.

And some of you have written to me asking for more help. You love the content of what I’m saying but you have trouble applying the ideas to your own, day-to-day life.

Well, that’s what we will cover today. I will show you how you can take these podcasts and use them to more deeply incorporate what I teach, into your days. This will help you change your eating, thinking and self-care. And of course, this is how you change your weight!

And, if you like things done for you, check out the link below for more information on my Weight Loss Made Real Podcast Study Guide. It’s designed to help you dive deeper into everything I talk about, so you can live the change, not just think about it.

I’ll see you in the coaching session.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 101: Using These Podcasts as Your Own Private Coaching Sessions appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 101: Using These Podcasts as Your Own Private Coaching Sessions Dec 05, 2017

I hope you are loving these podcasts and think of them as private coaching sessions between you and me. That is how I think when I’m recording them for you.

Many of you have written to me telling me amazing stories of weight lost, habits changed and lives improved, all from listening to these coaching sessions.

And some of you have written to me asking for more help. You love the content of what I’m saying but you have trouble applying the ideas to your own, day-to-day life.

Well, that’s what we will cover today. I will show you how you can take these podcasts and use them to more deeply incorporate what I teach, into your days. This will help you change your eating, thinking and self-care. And of course, this is how you change your weight!

And, if you like things done for you, check out the link below for more information on my Weight Loss Made Real Podcast Study Guide. It’s designed to help you dive deeper into everything I talk about, so you can live the change, not just think about it.

I’ll see you in the coaching session.

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 101: Using These Podcasts as Your Own Private Coaching Sessions appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Front burner podcast 100 — Episode 100: Keep Your Weight Loss Goals on the Front Burner Nov 28, 2017

You know what you want to do. You’ve figured out how to do it. And you know what your next step needs to be.

But somehow, you get busy. You get distracted. And then, poof! Your goal is gone!

You literally, in the moment, forget what you were trying to do. All your plans fly out of your head and you proceed, doing what you’ve always done.

Why does this happen? Trust that you’re not alone in ‘forgetting’ what you were planning to do. It happens because of habit and distraction.

And in this coaching session, I’m going to help you shine the light on your old habits, and lessen the likelihood of this happening to you, so your weight loss goal stays on the front burner of your mind.

Make a plan, know your next step, and poof! You actually do it! That is your goal, so you can make the changes you want. Let’s do this!

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 100: Keep Your Weight Loss Goals on the Front Burner appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 100: Keep Your Weight Loss Goals on the Front Burner Nov 28, 2017

You know what you want to do. You’ve figured out how to do it. And you know what your next step needs to be.

But somehow, you get busy. You get distracted. And then, poof! Your goal is gone!

You literally, in the moment, forget what you were trying to do. All your plans fly out of your head and you proceed, doing what you’ve always done.

Why does this happen? Trust that you’re not alone in ‘forgetting’ what you were planning to do. It happens because of habit and distraction.

And in this coaching session, I’m going to help you shine the light on your old habits, and lessen the likelihood of this happening to you, so your weight loss goal stays on the front burner of your mind.

Make a plan, know your next step, and poof! You actually do it! That is your goal, so you can make the changes you want. Let’s do this!

Mentioned in this episode: Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 100: Keep Your Weight Loss Goals on the Front Burner appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Fear podcast 99 — Episode 99: Unearth the Fear that Sabotages Your Weight Loss Nov 21, 2017

At this point, you know what you might be doing that holds back from what you want most: permanent weight loss.

Maybe you eat before you’re physically hungry.

Maybe you keep eating long after your body has had enough.

Maybe you eat to ease an uncomfortable emotion.

Or maybe you do a combination of these things.

But even when you work on changing and addressing those things, sometimes you might still find yourself going back, over and over, to acting and eating in a way that isn’t helpful.

And sometimes the reason you do this is fear.

Fear of what is next.

What happens after you finally lose your extra weight, learn to manage your moods, and take better care of yourself?

That’s what I’d like to work on with you today.

Demystifying that big black hole of the unknown AFTER you lose your weight and lose the whole problem.

Let’s look ahead and bust through that fear together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 99: Unearth the Fear that Sabotages Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 99: Unearth the Fear that Sabotages Your Weight Loss Nov 21, 2017

At this point, you know what you might be doing that holds back from what you want most: permanent weight loss.

Maybe you eat before you’re physically hungry.

Maybe you keep eating long after your body has had enough.

Maybe you eat to ease an uncomfortable emotion.

Or maybe you do a combination of these things.

But even when you work on changing and addressing those things, sometimes you might still find yourself going back, over and over, to acting and eating in a way that isn’t helpful.

And sometimes the reason you do this is fear.

Fear of what is next.

What happens after you finally lose your extra weight, learn to manage your moods, and take better care of yourself?

That’s what I’d like to work on with you today.

Demystifying that big black hole of the unknown AFTER you lose your weight and lose the whole problem.

Let’s look ahead and bust through that fear together.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 99: Unearth the Fear that Sabotages Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Math podcast 98 — Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss Nov 14, 2017
$Math podcast 98$

Are you baffled about why you weigh what you weigh? Do you just tend to take all the factors that make up weight loss and lump them all together?

That’s not how I think about it. I like to look at what you weigh as a very simple, objective equation. Your weight, on one side, is made up of all the different parts of your life:

Your food.

How you eat.

How you think.

The choices you make.

How you take care of yourself.

Just to name a few.

So if you want to change your number, your weight, listen in as I show you how to view your weight as a simple equation.

And if you want to change the number, you can play with all the parts that make up your life.

Sound complicated? It’s not. Join me as I show you the New Math of Weight Loss. No calculator needed. Promise!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss Nov 14, 2017
$Math podcast 98$

Are you baffled about why you weigh what you weigh? Do you just tend to take all the factors that make up weight loss and lump them all together?

That’s not how I think about it. I like to look at what you weigh as a very simple, objective equation. Your weight, on one side, is made up of all the different parts of your life:

Your food.

How you eat.

How you think.

The choices you make.

How you take care of yourself.

Just to name a few.

So if you want to change your number, your weight, listen in as I show you how to view your weight as a simple equation.

And if you want to change the number, you can play with all the parts that make up your life.

Sound complicated? It’s not. Join me as I show you the New Math of Weight Loss. No calculator needed. Promise!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 98: The Math of Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Writing podcast 97 — Episode 97: Writing Down Your Weight Nov 07, 2017

Do you remember Julia Cameron and her book, The Artist’s Way?

It was all about writing each day in order to tap into your creative thoughts.

Today, I’m going to share two of the tools I like best from another one of her books, called The Writing Diet.

What if spending a few minutes each day writing instead of eating could help you get to the root of things?

Wouldn’t you try it? I want to help you get some clarity, instead of getting those cookies.

So join me as I discuss and teach two of Julia’s tools that can help you access whatever is causing you to eat more than you need, and holds you back from what you want most: freedom.

See you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 97: Writing Down Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 97: Writing Down Your Weight Nov 07, 2017

Do you remember Julia Cameron and her book, The Artist’s Way?

It was all about writing each day in order to tap into your creative thoughts.

Today, I’m going to share two of the tools I like best from another one of her books, called The Writing Diet.

What if spending a few minutes each day writing instead of eating could help you get to the root of things?

Wouldn’t you try it? I want to help you get some clarity, instead of getting those cookies.

So join me as I discuss and teach two of Julia’s tools that can help you access whatever is causing you to eat more than you need, and holds you back from what you want most: freedom.

See you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 97: Writing Down Your Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Food Journal podcast 96 — Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight Oct 31, 2017
Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight

Oh, my goodness! Just the mere mention of keeping a food journal is enough to throw most of my clients into a tizzy.

How about you? What memories does the thought of writing down what you eat, bring up for you?

Could it be memories of shame and judgment and thinking poorly of yourself?

Remember when you dieted, and you slipped, (of course you slipped!) and you went to write down that slip and ugh! You felt terrible?

No more. I am not saying you must keep a food journal. But if you are stuck in a plateau, and don’t know why your weight is at a certain point, keeping a journal for a few days can be a dose of truth.

And nothing moves you ahead faster than dealing with reality as it is, not as you wish it were, not as you remember it was, nor as you hope it should be.

Reality is what you are truly doing, and eating, and that is giving you the result you have.

Let’s lose the old image of the harsh, punishing food journal and look at a simpler version that will help you play detective in your own life.

Mentioned in this podcast: Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight Oct 31, 2017
Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight

Oh, my goodness! Just the mere mention of keeping a food journal is enough to throw most of my clients into a tizzy.

How about you? What memories does the thought of writing down what you eat, bring up for you?

Could it be memories of shame and judgment and thinking poorly of yourself?

Remember when you dieted, and you slipped, (of course you slipped!) and you went to write down that slip and ugh! You felt terrible?

No more. I am not saying you must keep a food journal. But if you are stuck in a plateau, and don’t know why your weight is at a certain point, keeping a journal for a few days can be a dose of truth.

And nothing moves you ahead faster than dealing with reality as it is, not as you wish it were, not as you remember it was, nor as you hope it should be.

Reality is what you are truly doing, and eating, and that is giving you the result you have.

Let’s lose the old image of the harsh, punishing food journal and look at a simpler version that will help you play detective in your own life.

Mentioned in this podcast: Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 96: How a Food Journal Can Help You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Complaining podcast 95 — Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss Oct 24, 2017
Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss

If you’re anything like me, you probably have no idea how often you default to complaining.

Complaining about yourself. Your job. Your family. The weather. The slowness of your weight loss. The unfairness of not eating whatever you want, whenever you want. I’ll bet you complain about more things than you’re aware of.

You don’t mean it in a serious way, at least some of the time. But, it’s become a habit. And this habit is hurting you, even though you don’t realize it.

Complaining draws your attention and all your mental resources toward what’s wrong instead of what’s right. Toward what you don’t want, rather than what you wish for.

It creates negative moods for you, and, isn’t so pleasant for the people around you.

Physically, it can have profound effects on your body and your brain when done on a regular basis.

And, it can stall your efforts to lose weight. I’ll explain how inside this coaching session.

So join me, and let’s shine the light on a seemingly innocent habit that could be holding you back.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss Oct 24, 2017
Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss

If you’re anything like me, you probably have no idea how often you default to complaining.

Complaining about yourself. Your job. Your family. The weather. The slowness of your weight loss. The unfairness of not eating whatever you want, whenever you want. I’ll bet you complain about more things than you’re aware of.

You don’t mean it in a serious way, at least some of the time. But, it’s become a habit. And this habit is hurting you, even though you don’t realize it.

Complaining draws your attention and all your mental resources toward what’s wrong instead of what’s right. Toward what you don’t want, rather than what you wish for.

It creates negative moods for you, and, isn’t so pleasant for the people around you.

Physically, it can have profound effects on your body and your brain when done on a regular basis.

And, it can stall your efforts to lose weight. I’ll explain how inside this coaching session.

So join me, and let’s shine the light on a seemingly innocent habit that could be holding you back.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 95: How Complaining Can Stall Your Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Thoughts podcast 94 — Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts Oct 17, 2017

Wait a minute – you shouldn’t believe everything you think? Aren’t your thoughts true? They sure seem to be the truth.

Where do your thoughts even come from? What happens if you question your thoughts? And while we’re at it, what’s the difference between a thought, a belief, and a feeling?

We make a lot of assumptions every day – about our thoughts, our beliefs, our feelings, and our reality.

There is so much going on in your mind – all the time – that’s true. But you have the power to choose which thoughts to pay attention to. And what you choose affects your reality. But how do you choose?

Today we’ll talk about where your thoughts come from, how to know which ones to believe, and how to take back your power over them.

Listen to this coaching session to learn how your thoughts create your reality. Then use that knowledge to start creating an even better life for yourself – one thought at a time.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts Oct 17, 2017

Wait a minute – you shouldn’t believe everything you think? Aren’t your thoughts true? They sure seem to be the truth.

Where do your thoughts even come from? What happens if you question your thoughts? And while we’re at it, what’s the difference between a thought, a belief, and a feeling?

We make a lot of assumptions every day – about our thoughts, our beliefs, our feelings, and our reality.

There is so much going on in your mind – all the time – that’s true. But you have the power to choose which thoughts to pay attention to. And what you choose affects your reality. But how do you choose?

Today we’ll talk about where your thoughts come from, how to know which ones to believe, and how to take back your power over them.

Listen to this coaching session to learn how your thoughts create your reality. Then use that knowledge to start creating an even better life for yourself – one thought at a time.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 94: Don’t Believe All Your Thoughts appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Treats Rewards Bribes podcast 93 — Episode 93: What Would You Do for Weight Loss? Self-Care, Treats, Rewards and Bribes Oct 10, 2017

Are you confused when you hear me talking about self-care, and treats, and rewards and bribes?

I don’t blame you!

These words can be confusing. That’s why you might default into giving yourself a sweet whenever you feel that need for ‘something’. Or when you want to reward yourself for a job well done.

And how about a little bribe for getting yourself to do something challenging? That’s allowed, right?

It’s good to take care of yourself, no doubt. But I want you to make sure that what you’re giving yourself really is a well-deserved reward, and not a poorly chosen treat that takes you off track from your goals.

Let’s talk about the difference between self-care and treats, bribes and rewards, when to use them, and how to use them so they feel good and truly lead you closer to what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 93: What Would You Do for Weight Loss? Self-Care, Treats, Rewards and Bribes appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 93: What Would You Do for Weight Loss? Self-Care, Treats, Rewards and Bribes Oct 10, 2017

Are you confused when you hear me talking about self-care, and treats, and rewards and bribes?

I don’t blame you!

These words can be confusing. That’s why you might default into giving yourself a sweet whenever you feel that need for ‘something’. Or when you want to reward yourself for a job well done.

And how about a little bribe for getting yourself to do something challenging? That’s allowed, right?

It’s good to take care of yourself, no doubt. But I want you to make sure that what you’re giving yourself really is a well-deserved reward, and not a poorly chosen treat that takes you off track from your goals.

Let’s talk about the difference between self-care and treats, bribes and rewards, when to use them, and how to use them so they feel good and truly lead you closer to what you want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 93: What Would You Do for Weight Loss? Self-Care, Treats, Rewards and Bribes appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Play and rest podcast 92 — Episode 92: To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals, You Need to Play and Rest! Oct 03, 2017

Are you all about your ‘to do’ list? Even when it comes to Project You?

No rest for you! No play for you! Not until you lose those extra pounds. You don’t deserve it! Keep pushing ahead.

How sad. And how demotivating.

We need to step back and see our lives from a distance. You are working on Project You in these three parts: EAT, THINK, and LOVE.

All great! But now, let’s take Project You and put it into the bigger picture of your life: WORK, PLAY, and REST.

Yes, play and rest right now. Before you reach your weight loss goals. To help you get to those goals with more pleasure and peace. Right now.

Work, play and rest. Listen to this coaching session and see how you’re doing in all three areas.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 92: To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals, You Need to Play and Rest! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 92: To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals, You Need to Play and Rest! Oct 03, 2017

Are you all about your ‘to do’ list? Even when it comes to Project You?

No rest for you! No play for you! Not until you lose those extra pounds. You don’t deserve it! Keep pushing ahead.

How sad. And how demotivating.

We need to step back and see our lives from a distance. You are working on Project You in these three parts: EAT, THINK, and LOVE.

All great! But now, let’s take Project You and put it into the bigger picture of your life: WORK, PLAY, and REST.

Yes, play and rest right now. Before you reach your weight loss goals. To help you get to those goals with more pleasure and peace. Right now.

Work, play and rest. Listen to this coaching session and see how you’re doing in all three areas.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 92: To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals, You Need to Play and Rest! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Obstacles podcast 91 — Episode 91: How to Handle Your Weight Loss Obstacles Sep 26, 2017

When you undertake any goal, especially a big one like changing the way you eat to lose your extra weight, you’re bound to run into obstacles.

And, you’ll also run into excuses.

Whatever you run into, how you view these roadblocks will either help you figure things out, or give up.

Of course, you don’t want to give up, right? So, let’s see the difference between your excuses, which keep you stuck, and the obstacles you face, which inspire you to find a way around them.

And, we’ll talk about the idea of using a role model who’s doing what you’d love to be doing, to inspire you. Do you look at other women who can get themselves to do what you can’t, and wonder what the difference between you really is?

It’s the difference between the way they think, and the way you think. Instead of looking at others and feeling envy, let me show you how to be inspired and motivated into action when you see others a few steps ahead of you.

Let’s do this. No more stopping and giving up. Let’s figure out how to turn your excuses into obstacles that you can figure out and overcome.

Join me for this coaching session that will help you move ahead in your weight loss journey.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 91: How to Handle Your Weight Loss Obstacles appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 91: How to Handle Your Weight Loss Obstacles Sep 26, 2017

When you undertake any goal, especially a big one like changing the way you eat to lose your extra weight, you’re bound to run into obstacles.

And, you’ll also run into excuses.

Whatever you run into, how you view these roadblocks will either help you figure things out, or give up.

Of course, you don’t want to give up, right? So, let’s see the difference between your excuses, which keep you stuck, and the obstacles you face, which inspire you to find a way around them.

And, we’ll talk about the idea of using a role model who’s doing what you’d love to be doing, to inspire you. Do you look at other women who can get themselves to do what you can’t, and wonder what the difference between you really is?

It’s the difference between the way they think, and the way you think. Instead of looking at others and feeling envy, let me show you how to be inspired and motivated into action when you see others a few steps ahead of you.

Let’s do this. No more stopping and giving up. Let’s figure out how to turn your excuses into obstacles that you can figure out and overcome.

Join me for this coaching session that will help you move ahead in your weight loss journey.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 91: How to Handle Your Weight Loss Obstacles appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Expectations podcast 90 — Episode 90: What Are Your Weight Loss Expectations? Sep 19, 2017

When you set an important goal, like changing how you eat and learning to eat naturally, what do you expect?

What do you expect to happen? And how do you expect things to go?

If you’ve tried and failed at changing your mind and your body, odds are good that you haven’t managed your expectations.

Your expectations about how hard or how easy it might be. Expectations about how you will handle slips. And expectations about your abilities to literally change your mind.

I believe that managing your expectations at the beginning of a life-changing journey can make or break your end results.

And today, I’d like to coach you through taking a look at the expectations you have and show you how to edit those expectations so they work for you, and not against you.

Join me as we talk about your expectations in the world of weight loss.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 90: What Are Your Weight Loss Expectations? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 90: What Are Your Weight Loss Expectations? Sep 19, 2017

When you set an important goal, like changing how you eat and learning to eat naturally, what do you expect?

What do you expect to happen? And how do you expect things to go?

If you’ve tried and failed at changing your mind and your body, odds are good that you haven’t managed your expectations.

Your expectations about how hard or how easy it might be. Expectations about how you will handle slips. And expectations about your abilities to literally change your mind.

I believe that managing your expectations at the beginning of a life-changing journey can make or break your end results.

And today, I’d like to coach you through taking a look at the expectations you have and show you how to edit those expectations so they work for you, and not against you.

Join me as we talk about your expectations in the world of weight loss.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 90: What Are Your Weight Loss Expectations? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Time podcast 89 — Episode 89: Time Management Interview with Jill Farmer Sep 12, 2017

You’re trying to make changes in your life. In how you eat. How you live. And basically, how you show up in this world.

And I’ll bet there have been times when you’ve said: “I can’t do it all! I just don’t have enough time!”

I understand. I’ve been there myself. And reading about time management (and trying to apply what I read) is one of my favorite pastimes.

So how do you do it? How do you find or make time for what is most important to you?

Join me and my guest, Jill Farmer, author of ‘There’s Not Enough Time… and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves’.

Here’s what we discuss:

What’s the most common complaint Jill hears from her clients?

Should we look at making a lifestyle change, like losing weight as a ‘to do’, or as a project?

Why is planning ahead important and how do you get yourself to do it?

How does perfectionism fit into how we manage our time?

Why is it so important to be able to say ‘no’?

And, what’s the biggest mistake people make when they are making a list of things to do?

I want to help you change, and change is made of up lots of actions and details.

Join me in this interview so you can learn to manage yourself better as you change.

Jill Farmer is the author of “There's Not Enough Time… and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves” which debuted as a bestseller in the Time Management category on Amazon.

In 2015, The Washington Post named Jill to its 21-Day Time Hacker team as one of the top time experts in the country. Jill travels the U.S. delivering keynotes and teaching her acclaimed program for some of the top corporations and organizations in the world.

In addition to being a master certified life coach practicing since 2010, Jill Farmer is a wife and the mother of two daughters. For more than a decade, she was an Emmy Award winning consumer reporter and television anchor in St. Louis.

Jill is also the unsuccessful herder of the two worst-behaved dogs in the universe.

Visit Jill's website here and learn more about her Light Your Fire Retreat here.

The Freedom Group

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. Enrollment opens four times a year, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we're accepting new members.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 89: Time Management Interview with Jill Farmer appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Jill Farmer — Episode 89: Time Management Interview with Jill Farmer Sep 12, 2017

You’re trying to make changes in your life. In how you eat. How you live. And basically, how you show up in this world.

And I’ll bet there have been times when you’ve said: “I can’t do it all! I just don’t have enough time!”

I understand. I’ve been there myself. And reading about time management (and trying to apply what I read) is one of my favorite pastimes.

So how do you do it? How do you find or make time for what is most important to you?

Join me and my guest, Jill Farmer, author of ‘There’s Not Enough Time… and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves’.

Here’s what we discuss:

What’s the most common complaint Jill hears from her clients?

Should we look at making a lifestyle change, like losing weight as a ‘to do’, or as a project?

Why is planning ahead important and how do you get yourself to do it?

How does perfectionism fit into how we manage our time?

Why is it so important to be able to say ‘no’?

And, what’s the biggest mistake people make when they are making a list of things to do?

I want to help you change, and change is made of up lots of actions and details.

Join me in this interview so you can learn to manage yourself better as you change.

Jill Farmer is the author of “There's Not Enough Time… and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves” which debuted as a bestseller in the Time Management category on Amazon.

In 2015, The Washington Post named Jill to its 21-Day Time Hacker team as one of the top time experts in the country. Jill travels the U.S. delivering keynotes and teaching her acclaimed program for some of the top corporations and organizations in the world.

In addition to being a master certified life coach practicing since 2010, Jill Farmer is a wife and the mother of two daughters. For more than a decade, she was an Emmy Award winning consumer reporter and television anchor in St. Louis.

Jill is also the unsuccessful herder of the two worst-behaved dogs in the universe.

Visit Jill's website here and learn more about her Light Your Fire Retreat here.

The Freedom Group

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. Enrollment opens four times a year, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we're accepting new members.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 89: Time Management Interview with Jill Farmer appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

End meal podcast 88 — Episode 88: How to Officially End a Meal Sep 05, 2017

Let me guess. Sometimes, it’s hard for you to stop eating.

If something tastes good, your meal may extend way after dinner has ended. And you find it hard to declare an official stopping point.

Well, this is exactly what I’m going to help you with today.

Once you determine that you’re hungry, and you start eating, the next step is knowing exactly how to stop. We’ve talked several times about recognizing your fullness and knowing when to stop.

What I’m talking about here is the actions you can take to declare the meal over, and move into the next part of your day or night.

Join me in this session and learn how to put closure on any meal.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. Enrollment opens four times a year, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we're accepting new members.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 88: How to Officially End a Meal appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 88: How to Officially End a Meal Sep 05, 2017

Let me guess. Sometimes, it’s hard for you to stop eating.

If something tastes good, your meal may extend way after dinner has ended. And you find it hard to declare an official stopping point.

Well, this is exactly what I’m going to help you with today.

Once you determine that you’re hungry, and you start eating, the next step is knowing exactly how to stop. We’ve talked several times about recognizing your fullness and knowing when to stop.

What I’m talking about here is the actions you can take to declare the meal over, and move into the next part of your day or night.

Join me in this session and learn how to put closure on any meal.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. Enrollment opens four times a year, so get on the waiting list and be the first to know when we're accepting new members.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 88: How to Officially End a Meal appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Happiness podcast 87 — Episode 87: Do You Get Most of Your Happiness from Food? Aug 29, 2017

Exactly how much pleasure and happiness do YOU get from food? Do you sometimes feel like nothing else in your life can compete with the rush you get from a delicious dessert?

Or the savory delight of a perfectly cooked cheeseburger and fries?

Or for you, maybe it’s that special plate of pasta you love?

No matter what it is, sometimes other pleasures don’t seem to live up to the jolt of good feeling you get when you eat something yummy.

That’s why we need to talk, my friend! We need to get honest about your definition of pleasure. And you need to disconnect your happiness from food, and put it in it’s rightful place: something that’s really good, but it’s one of many things you give yourself to feel great.

Let’s dive into this subject and solve this puzzle, so you don’t keep getting hung up on this common internal conflict.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn about how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. We’d love to have you in the group! Hurry, though! We close for enrollment this week, until 2018.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 87: Do You Get Most of Your Happiness from Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 87: Do You Get Most of Your Happiness from Food? Aug 29, 2017

Exactly how much pleasure and happiness do YOU get from food? Do you sometimes feel like nothing else in your life can compete with the rush you get from a delicious dessert?

Or the savory delight of a perfectly cooked cheeseburger and fries?

Or for you, maybe it’s that special plate of pasta you love?

No matter what it is, sometimes other pleasures don’t seem to live up to the jolt of good feeling you get when you eat something yummy.

That’s why we need to talk, my friend! We need to get honest about your definition of pleasure. And you need to disconnect your happiness from food, and put it in it’s rightful place: something that’s really good, but it’s one of many things you give yourself to feel great.

Let’s dive into this subject and solve this puzzle, so you don’t keep getting hung up on this common internal conflict.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn about how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. We’d love to have you in the group! Hurry, though! We close for enrollment this week, until 2018.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 87: Do You Get Most of Your Happiness from Food? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hump podcast 86 — Episode 86: Getting Over the Hump Aug 22, 2017

Whenever you try to change what you typically do, it’s really common to hit the wall. The wall of your old habits.

Changing these old habits involves a little discomfort. I like to call the act of dealing with the discomfort: getting over the hump!

Once you get over the hump, and you’ve been willing to temporarily feel some discomfort, a whole new world will open up to you.

You won’t be controlled by your habits. And we know habits play a big role in how you eat.

So settle in and join me in this coaching session and learn how to get over the hump of discomfort to make real change in your eating and in your weight.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. We’d love to have you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 86: Getting Over the Hump appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 86: Getting Over the Hump Aug 22, 2017

Whenever you try to change what you typically do, it’s really common to hit the wall. The wall of your old habits.

Changing these old habits involves a little discomfort. I like to call the act of dealing with the discomfort: getting over the hump!

Once you get over the hump, and you’ve been willing to temporarily feel some discomfort, a whole new world will open up to you.

You won’t be controlled by your habits. And we know habits play a big role in how you eat.

So settle in and join me in this coaching session and learn how to get over the hump of discomfort to make real change in your eating and in your weight.

Do you struggle to lose weight or stop eating emotionally? If you do, click here to learn how The Freedom Group can help. The Freedom Group is a coaching program with me as your coach and a group of like-minded women who will help you reach your goals. We’d love to have you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 86: Getting Over the Hump appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Guru podcast 85 — Episode 85: How to be Your Own Weight Loss Guru and Why You Should! Aug 15, 2017

Here’s what I hear all the time: “Just tell me what to eat!” “Just tell me what to do and I’ll do it!” “Help me do this!”

And here’s what I think when my group members say this: I am not your guru.

You are your guru, and you could be amazing at knowing exactly what do to and how to eat if you would stop looking outside of yourself.

You know yourself better than anyone. And that includes me. Yet you’re confused about what to do and how to do it. I understand.

I think your goal should be to learn how to think about your challenge, and not just look for someone, anyone, to tell you what to do and how to do it.

Do you want to stop being at the mercy of all the gurus out there? Then join me in this coaching session. We’ll talk all about gurus and why they are so appealing.

And then I will show you why you need to be your own guru and how to begin to do exactly that.

Are you curious about a group that empowers you to be your own, confident, knowing guru? Click here to read about the Freedom Group. If overeating or emotional eating is your thing, this group will empower you to learn to take care of yourself, learn how you should be eating for your particular body, and learn to manage your thoughts and emotions. This group only opens three times a year, so be sure to take a look now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 85: How to be Your Own Weight Loss Guru and Why You Should! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 85: How to be Your Own Weight Loss Guru and Why You Should! Aug 15, 2017

Here’s what I hear all the time: “Just tell me what to eat!” “Just tell me what to do and I’ll do it!” “Help me do this!”

And here’s what I think when my group members say this: I am not your guru.

You are your guru, and you could be amazing at knowing exactly what do to and how to eat if you would stop looking outside of yourself.

You know yourself better than anyone. And that includes me. Yet you’re confused about what to do and how to do it. I understand.

I think your goal should be to learn how to think about your challenge, and not just look for someone, anyone, to tell you what to do and how to do it.

Do you want to stop being at the mercy of all the gurus out there? Then join me in this coaching session. We’ll talk all about gurus and why they are so appealing.

And then I will show you why you need to be your own guru and how to begin to do exactly that.

Are you curious about a group that empowers you to be your own, confident, knowing guru? Click here to read about the Freedom Group. If overeating or emotional eating is your thing, this group will empower you to learn to take care of yourself, learn how you should be eating for your particular body, and learn to manage your thoughts and emotions. This group only opens three times a year, so be sure to take a look now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 85: How to be Your Own Weight Loss Guru and Why You Should! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Values podcast 84 — Episode 84: What Are Your Values? Aug 08, 2017

Do you know what your values are? What do you believe? How do you choose to live your life?

These are questions we rarely sit down and think about. Yet your values rule your life. Or should rule your life.

When you aren’t aligned with what’s important to you and what you believe, then you will feel out of whack. You’ll have a hard time keeping promises to yourself. And a hard time getting where you want to go.

Let’s use today’s coaching session to help you take a look at your values, and see whether your life is in sync with what you truly value and want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 84: What Are Your Values? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 84: What Are Your Values? Aug 08, 2017

Do you know what your values are? What do you believe? How do you choose to live your life?

These are questions we rarely sit down and think about. Yet your values rule your life. Or should rule your life.

When you aren’t aligned with what’s important to you and what you believe, then you will feel out of whack. You’ll have a hard time keeping promises to yourself. And a hard time getting where you want to go.

Let’s use today’s coaching session to help you take a look at your values, and see whether your life is in sync with what you truly value and want.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 84: What Are Your Values? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

JJ Virgin podcast 83 — Episode 83: An Interview with JJ Virgin, Nutrition and Fitness Expert Aug 01, 2017

Thanks for joining us today as I interview JJ Virgin, the celebrity and fitness expert. JJ is the author of four New York Times bestsellers: The Virgin Diet, The Virgin Diet Cookbook, JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact and JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet Cookbook.

You can find JJ and get her recipes, articles and helpful online programs at JJVirgin.com.

Here are some of the topics we covered in our chat today:

Food intolerances vs. allergies or sensitivities

Snacking vs. eating 3 meals a day

How to figure out your own personalized way of eating

Why JJ views your body as a chemistry lab

How stress fits into the equation of healthy living

Sugar: should we give it up?

Are artificial sweeteners helpful?

What about sugar cravings? And withdrawal?

Can you truly be addicted to sugar or any other food?

What does JJ mean about the ‘miracle mindset’?

Enjoy our discussion and hear the answers to questions my clients ask me all the time.

Celebrity nutrition, personal trainer canary wharf and
fitness expert JJ Virgin teaches clients how to lose weight and master their mindset so they can lead bigger, better lives. She is author of four NY Times bestsellers: The Virgin Diet, The Virgin Diet Cookbook, JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet, and JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet Cookbook.

Her memoir Miracle Mindset: A Mother, Her Son, & Life’s Hardest Lessons explores the powerful lessons in strength and positivity that she learned after her son Grant was the victim of a brutal hit-and-run accident.

JJ hosts the popular JJ Virgin Lifestyle Show podcast and regularly writes for Huffington Post, Rodale Wellness, and other major blogs and magazines. She’s also a frequent guest on TV and radio and speaks at major events.

In addition to her work with nutrition and fitness, JJ is also a business coach and founded the premier health entrepreneur event and community, The Mindshare Summit. Find articles, recipes, helpful online programs, and more at www.jjvirgin.com.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 83: An Interview with JJ Virgin, Nutrition and Fitness Expert appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

JJ Virgin — Episode 83: An Interview with JJ Virgin, Nutrition and Fitness Expert Aug 01, 2017

Thanks for joining us today as I interview JJ Virgin, the celebrity and fitness expert. JJ is the author of four New York Times bestsellers: The Virgin Diet, The Virgin Diet Cookbook, JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact and JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet Cookbook.

You can find JJ and get her recipes, articles and helpful online programs at JJVirgin.com.

Here are some of the topics we covered in our chat today:

Food intolerances vs. allergies or sensitivities

Snacking vs. eating 3 meals a day

How to figure out your own personalized way of eating

Why JJ views your body as a chemistry lab

How stress fits into the equation of healthy living

Sugar: should we give it up?

Are artificial sweeteners helpful?

What about sugar cravings? And withdrawal?

Can you truly be addicted to sugar or any other food?

What does JJ mean about the ‘miracle mindset’?

Enjoy our discussion and hear the answers to questions my clients ask me all the time.

Celebrity nutrition, personal trainer canary wharf and
fitness expert JJ Virgin teaches clients how to lose weight and master their mindset so they can lead bigger, better lives. She is author of four NY Times bestsellers: The Virgin Diet, The Virgin Diet Cookbook, JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet, and JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet Cookbook.

Her memoir Miracle Mindset: A Mother, Her Son, & Life’s Hardest Lessons explores the powerful lessons in strength and positivity that she learned after her son Grant was the victim of a brutal hit-and-run accident.

JJ hosts the popular JJ Virgin Lifestyle Show podcast and regularly writes for Huffington Post, Rodale Wellness, and other major blogs and magazines. She’s also a frequent guest on TV and radio and speaks at major events.

In addition to her work with nutrition and fitness, JJ is also a business coach and founded the premier health entrepreneur event and community, The Mindshare Summit. Find articles, recipes, helpful online programs, and more at www.jjvirgin.com.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 83: An Interview with JJ Virgin, Nutrition and Fitness Expert appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Fullness podcast 82 — Episode 82: Fullness: A Deeper Look at How to Tell When You Should Stop Eating Jul 25, 2017

Do you have trouble with the feeling of fullness and stopping eating when you’ve had enough? Welcome to a very large club!

Most of my clients find it MUCH easier to know when they are hungry than they do knowing when they are lightly satisfied.

Why is it so hard to figure out when enough is enough?

Partly, it’s such a subjective thing. There is no beeper or alarm or light that goes off like the one in your car.

Wouldn’t it be nice if some personal signal let you know exactly when you were full?

One of the challenges is that if you have extra weight on your body, you are most likely to be used to feeling full a lot of the time.

If you get used to that feeling, then that becomes the normal time to stop eating.

Join me as I give you a system for knowing how to tell when you’ve had enough, no matter now good it is, and stop eating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 82: Fullness: A Deeper Look at How to Tell When You Should Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 82: Fullness: A Deeper Look at How to Tell When You Should Stop Eating Jul 25, 2017

Do you have trouble with the feeling of fullness and stopping eating when you’ve had enough? Welcome to a very large club!

Most of my clients find it MUCH easier to know when they are hungry than they do knowing when they are lightly satisfied.

Why is it so hard to figure out when enough is enough?

Partly, it’s such a subjective thing. There is no beeper or alarm or light that goes off like the one in your car.

Wouldn’t it be nice if some personal signal let you know exactly when you were full?

One of the challenges is that if you have extra weight on your body, you are most likely to be used to feeling full a lot of the time.

If you get used to that feeling, then that becomes the normal time to stop eating.

Join me as I give you a system for knowing how to tell when you’ve had enough, no matter now good it is, and stop eating.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 82: Fullness: A Deeper Look at How to Tell When You Should Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bad day podcast 81 — Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day Jul 18, 2017

When was the last time you had a ‘bad day’? Go back to that day and let’s think about it together.

Did it feel like things just happened to you that you had no control over?

Sometimes things DO happen, to all of us. But things that happen don’t have to give us that dreaded bad day.

In this coaching session, we are going to make some changes in the way you think about your days, so the ‘bad’ days are much more rare.

What makes a bad day for you? And once you decide it’s a bad day, what happens? How is your bad day connected to your eating?

Let’s look at the truth behind what truly makes a bad day and show you where you do have so much more control than you think you do.

Can you change your feelings about your day and leave your food and eating out of it? Absolutely!

Let me give you a whole new perspective on how to treat yourself no matter what kind of day unfolds for you.

See you in the coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day Jul 18, 2017

When was the last time you had a ‘bad day’? Go back to that day and let’s think about it together.

Did it feel like things just happened to you that you had no control over?

Sometimes things DO happen, to all of us. But things that happen don’t have to give us that dreaded bad day.

In this coaching session, we are going to make some changes in the way you think about your days, so the ‘bad’ days are much more rare.

What makes a bad day for you? And once you decide it’s a bad day, what happens? How is your bad day connected to your eating?

Let’s look at the truth behind what truly makes a bad day and show you where you do have so much more control than you think you do.

Can you change your feelings about your day and leave your food and eating out of it? Absolutely!

Let me give you a whole new perspective on how to treat yourself no matter what kind of day unfolds for you.

See you in the coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 81: Bad Day? Don’t Eat Your Way Through a Bad Day appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Weekend podcast 80 — Episode 80: Weekend Weight Loss or Weight Gain? Jul 11, 2017

What does your typical eating week look like?

If you’re like I used to be, it would look straight and narrow Monday through Thursday, and wide-open and full speed ahead on the weekend.

I’d tell myself on Friday that I deserved to reward myself for getting through the week. For accomplishing all that I did. For putting in hours and powering through, even when I was tired.

And, I had a very willing partner in my husband, David, whose favorite suggestion is always, “Let’s treat ourselves! It’s the weekend!”

So… I deserved to ‘treat myself’, right?

And that’s what I did. Until too many Monday mornings of shame, regret, and an upward moving scale woke me up.

I finally realized that if I kept up the pattern I was living in, I’d never get where I wanted to go.

I’d never accomplish my eating goals. My self-care goals. And certainly not my weight goals.

So, what’s the solution? Do you have to be strict and rigid and hard on yourself all the time?

No! If you know me, you know that’s not how I roll. Pull up a comfy chair and listen as I coach you on how to have a good week AND a good weekend and still be heading in the right direction.

Brain Over Binge Independent Study Course

If you want to stop binge eating, click here and check out the new Independent Study Course, created by Kathryn Hansen and myself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 80: Weekend Weight Loss or Weight Gain? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 80: Weekend Weight Loss or Weight Gain? Jul 11, 2017

What does your typical eating week look like?

If you’re like I used to be, it would look straight and narrow Monday through Thursday, and wide-open and full speed ahead on the weekend.

I’d tell myself on Friday that I deserved to reward myself for getting through the week. For accomplishing all that I did. For putting in hours and powering through, even when I was tired.

And, I had a very willing partner in my husband, David, whose favorite suggestion is always, “Let’s treat ourselves! It’s the weekend!”

So… I deserved to ‘treat myself’, right?

And that’s what I did. Until too many Monday mornings of shame, regret, and an upward moving scale woke me up.

I finally realized that if I kept up the pattern I was living in, I’d never get where I wanted to go.

I’d never accomplish my eating goals. My self-care goals. And certainly not my weight goals.

So, what’s the solution? Do you have to be strict and rigid and hard on yourself all the time?

No! If you know me, you know that’s not how I roll. Pull up a comfy chair and listen as I coach you on how to have a good week AND a good weekend and still be heading in the right direction.

Brain Over Binge Independent Study Course

If you want to stop binge eating, click here and check out the new Independent Study Course, created by Kathryn Hansen and myself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 80: Weekend Weight Loss or Weight Gain? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Regaining podcast 79 — Episode 79: Why You May Fear Regaining the Weight You Lose Jul 04, 2017

Welcome back, my friend!

Imagine that you’ve done it! You’ve held on long enough to change the way you are eating. You’ve stopped eating emotionally. Maybe you’ve been resisting those urges to binge.

But oddly enough, you don’t feel confident and proud. You feel nervous and insecure.

Why? Because you may have used sheer willpower to accomplish your feat, and that isn’t enough.

That isn’t enough to change from the inside out. To change deeply enough that you do walk around feeling relaxed and proud and confident.

And my goal for you is that if someone asks how you eat or what you do for yourself, you might find it hard to explain, because these days you think: That’s just how I live!

So let’s talk about changing from the inside out, so you don’t fear regaining weight you lost, or slipping back into old habits.

I will see you in the coaching session.

Brain Over Binge Independent Study Course

If you want to stop binge eating, click here and check out the new Independent Study Course, created by Kathryn Hansen and myself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 79: Why You May Fear Regaining the Weight You Lose appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 79: Why You May Fear Regaining the Weight You Lose Jul 04, 2017

Welcome back, my friend!

Imagine that you’ve done it! You’ve held on long enough to change the way you are eating. You’ve stopped eating emotionally. Maybe you’ve been resisting those urges to binge.

But oddly enough, you don’t feel confident and proud. You feel nervous and insecure.

Why? Because you may have used sheer willpower to accomplish your feat, and that isn’t enough.

That isn’t enough to change from the inside out. To change deeply enough that you do walk around feeling relaxed and proud and confident.

And my goal for you is that if someone asks how you eat or what you do for yourself, you might find it hard to explain, because these days you think: That’s just how I live!

So let’s talk about changing from the inside out, so you don’t fear regaining weight you lost, or slipping back into old habits.

I will see you in the coaching session.

Brain Over Binge Independent Study Course

If you want to stop binge eating, click here and check out the new Independent Study Course, created by Kathryn Hansen and myself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 79: Why You May Fear Regaining the Weight You Lose appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dani Spies podcast 78 — Episode 78: Interview with Dani Spies Jun 27, 2017

Welcome to a special interview edition of my Weight Loss Made Real Podcast. My guest today, chosen specially for you, is my friend and colleague, Dani Spies.

Dani is a Health, Wellness, and Weight Loss Coach and the founder of the popular YouTube cooking show, Clean & Delicious, where she shares lots of fast, easy and healthy recipes, tips, + ideas to help you eat better and cook more so you can feel great!

In this interview, we talk about how Dani manages food in her own life, and how she eats both for pleasure and for nourishment.

We discuss planning food and shopping and prepping it, all cornerstones of taking good care of yourself.

Even if you don’t love to cook, you’ll appreciate Dani’s super simple ideas for eating real food without a lot of work.

And how she is able (and how you can too) to think about food and eating in a way that makes it easy for her to always feed herself and her family with low effort and high enjoyment.

Enjoy!

Dani Spies is a Health, Wellness, and Weight Loss Coach and the founder of the popular YouTube cooking show, Clean & Delicious, where she shares lots of fast, easy and healthy recipes, tips, + ideas to help you eat better and cook more so you can feel great!

CleanandDelicious.com

Clean and Delicious on YouTube

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 78: Interview with Dani Spies appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dani Spies — Episode 78: Interview with Dani Spies Jun 27, 2017

Welcome to a special interview edition of my Weight Loss Made Real Podcast. My guest today, chosen specially for you, is my friend and colleague, Dani Spies.

Dani is a Health, Wellness, and Weight Loss Coach and the founder of the popular YouTube cooking show, Clean & Delicious, where she shares lots of fast, easy and healthy recipes, tips, + ideas to help you eat better and cook more so you can feel great!

In this interview, we talk about how Dani manages food in her own life, and how she eats both for pleasure and for nourishment.

We discuss planning food and shopping and prepping it, all cornerstones of taking good care of yourself.

Even if you don’t love to cook, you’ll appreciate Dani’s super simple ideas for eating real food without a lot of work.

And how she is able (and how you can too) to think about food and eating in a way that makes it easy for her to always feed herself and her family with low effort and high enjoyment.

Enjoy!

Dani Spies is a Health, Wellness, and Weight Loss Coach and the founder of the popular YouTube cooking show, Clean & Delicious, where she shares lots of fast, easy and healthy recipes, tips, + ideas to help you eat better and cook more so you can feel great!

CleanandDelicious.com

Clean and Delicious on YouTube

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 78: Interview with Dani Spies appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tough love podcast 77 — Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues Jun 20, 2017

Do you ever ask yourself: Why bother? Why am I doing this? Who cares about my weight and my eating and what difference does it make?

Well, grab a seat because it’s time for a little tough love session, with your coach.

There are many important reasons for you to do several things:

Accept yourself where you are.

Conquer anything that uses up your thoughts and energy, taking you away from where you are meant to go.

Always know that taking care of you is the foundation for a good, happy life.

I want you to stop trying to lose weight and change your eating if you’re doing it strictly for self-improvement.

But I do want you to not stop until you are where you want to be so you can do what you’re meant to do in the world.

Join me in this short and sweet tough love session. And for more tough love, listen to Episode 48.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues Jun 20, 2017

Do you ever ask yourself: Why bother? Why am I doing this? Who cares about my weight and my eating and what difference does it make?

Well, grab a seat because it’s time for a little tough love session, with your coach.

There are many important reasons for you to do several things:

Accept yourself where you are.

Conquer anything that uses up your thoughts and energy, taking you away from where you are meant to go.

Always know that taking care of you is the foundation for a good, happy life.

I want you to stop trying to lose weight and change your eating if you’re doing it strictly for self-improvement.

But I do want you to not stop until you are where you want to be so you can do what you’re meant to do in the world.

Join me in this short and sweet tough love session. And for more tough love, listen to Episode 48.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 77: A Little Tough Love: Why It’s Important to Tackle Your Weight and Eating Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Hunger podcast 76 — Episode 76: How to Honor Your Hunger AND Eat with Others Jun 13, 2017

I know you’ve probably been working on learning to eat more naturally so your body can get to the weight you’re meant to be. And that means learning to eat when you’re nicely hungry, not starving, and stopping when you are comfortably full, but not stuffed.

This is a process. And it’s easier to do when you’re eating alone, with little to no distractions.

But life is full and busy and we all have connections: friends, family and co-workers. And sharing meals is part of the fun of relationships.

So how do you focus on your body’s signals of hunger and fullness while you’re with others?

What do you do when they’re ready to eat and your body isn’t?

And how do you manage your hunger to fit with all the times you’ll be dining with the people in your life, who may easily be on different schedules than you?

In this coaching session, I will show you how to manage your hunger so no matter what’s on the calendar, you will be able to honor yourself AND have a life with other people.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 76: How to Honor Your Hunger AND Eat with Others appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 76: How to Honor Your Hunger AND Eat with Others Jun 13, 2017

I know you’ve probably been working on learning to eat more naturally so your body can get to the weight you’re meant to be. And that means learning to eat when you’re nicely hungry, not starving, and stopping when you are comfortably full, but not stuffed.

This is a process. And it’s easier to do when you’re eating alone, with little to no distractions.

But life is full and busy and we all have connections: friends, family and co-workers. And sharing meals is part of the fun of relationships.

So how do you focus on your body’s signals of hunger and fullness while you’re with others?

What do you do when they’re ready to eat and your body isn’t?

And how do you manage your hunger to fit with all the times you’ll be dining with the people in your life, who may easily be on different schedules than you?

In this coaching session, I will show you how to manage your hunger so no matter what’s on the calendar, you will be able to honor yourself AND have a life with other people.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 76: How to Honor Your Hunger AND Eat with Others appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Guidelines podcast 75 — Episode 75: Why You MUST Have Clear Guidelines to Lose Weight! Jun 06, 2017

You know all those promises you make to yourself?

“I’ll do better.” “I’ll be good.” “I’ll eat less.”

Well, they are worthless. Sorry to burst your bubble, but our coaching sessions aim to get you past doing what you’ve always done, and onto doing what works.

And one of the first things that needs to change is the clarity… yes, the clarity of the promises you make.

I want you to start creating guidelines and getting totally clear on what you will and won’t do. Exactly what are these promises to yourself?

Because only when you are really clear will you be able to make the right decision when faced with choices in the moment.

Eating better or eating less is meaningless in the moment you are sitting in front of a plate of food.

What does better mean? And exactly what does less mean?

Here’s where we will nail this down together: I want you to be able to keep your promises to get the results you want. To do that, you need to learn to make better promises. Starting now.

Join me in this coaching session as I show you how to toss the old general goals and promises, and instead, create clear and motivating guidelines that you can actually follow.

I will see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 75: Why You MUST Have Clear Guidelines to Lose Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 75: Why You MUST Have Clear Guidelines to Lose Weight! Jun 06, 2017

You know all those promises you make to yourself?

“I’ll do better.” “I’ll be good.” “I’ll eat less.”

Well, they are worthless. Sorry to burst your bubble, but our coaching sessions aim to get you past doing what you’ve always done, and onto doing what works.

And one of the first things that needs to change is the clarity… yes, the clarity of the promises you make.

I want you to start creating guidelines and getting totally clear on what you will and won’t do. Exactly what are these promises to yourself?

Because only when you are really clear will you be able to make the right decision when faced with choices in the moment.

Eating better or eating less is meaningless in the moment you are sitting in front of a plate of food.

What does better mean? And exactly what does less mean?

Here’s where we will nail this down together: I want you to be able to keep your promises to get the results you want. To do that, you need to learn to make better promises. Starting now.

Join me in this coaching session as I show you how to toss the old general goals and promises, and instead, create clear and motivating guidelines that you can actually follow.

I will see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 75: Why You MUST Have Clear Guidelines to Lose Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Different podcast 74 — Episode 74: What Will Really Be Different When You Finally Lose Weight? May 30, 2017

Do you dream about how things will be different in the future? You know, once you lose weight. Once you eat differently. Once you stop bingeing. Or once you truly start taking care of yourself.

This dream sounds so smart. It makes you feel excited to move forward and make changes. But changing who you are and how you live is an inside job. It doesn’t automatically happen when your weight changes.

Changing your body comes from new thinking and eventually new eating.

But truly changing your future is available to you right now. Even with whatever you weight today.

If weight loss is your goal and you reach it, no doubt you’ll have a smaller body.

But surprisingly, some things will be better and many more will still be the same.

So how do you motivate yourself to move forward and learn to act and think in new ways, while understanding that weighing a certain number doesn’t change your life?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 74: What Will Really Be Different When You Finally Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 74: What Will Really Be Different When You Finally Lose Weight? May 30, 2017

Do you dream about how things will be different in the future? You know, once you lose weight. Once you eat differently. Once you stop bingeing. Or once you truly start taking care of yourself.

This dream sounds so smart. It makes you feel excited to move forward and make changes. But changing who you are and how you live is an inside job. It doesn’t automatically happen when your weight changes.

Changing your body comes from new thinking and eventually new eating.

But truly changing your future is available to you right now. Even with whatever you weight today.

If weight loss is your goal and you reach it, no doubt you’ll have a smaller body.

But surprisingly, some things will be better and many more will still be the same.

So how do you motivate yourself to move forward and learn to act and think in new ways, while understanding that weighing a certain number doesn’t change your life?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 74: What Will Really Be Different When You Finally Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Excuses podcast 73 — Episode 73: Why I Don’t Believe Your Weight Loss Excuses, and Why You Shouldn’t Either! May 23, 2017

What are your favorite excuses? I’m sure you’re a bit indignant right now, as in: I don’t have any favorite excuses!

But let me assure you, you definitely do!

If you constantly start and stop your weight loss efforts, and your efforts to stop bingeing and take better care of yourself, the ‘stop’ part comes about because of your excuses.

Excuses are made-up stories you tell yourself about why you can’t do something.

I know you don’t really want to believe them. But you do.

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you what an excuse is, and how it’s different from an obstacle.

We’re going to talk about why and how your brain falls in love with your excuses, and doesn’t want to let them go. Even though they hurt you.

If this sounds like the bad boyfriend from 7th grade who you wanted to dump but couldn’t, sit down and listen.

I’m going to show you how to break up with those old harmful excuses. And in the process, find your way around any obstacles that ARE real.

Let’s dive in!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 73: Why I Don’t Believe Your Weight Loss Excuses, and Why You Shouldn’t Either! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 73: Why I Don’t Believe Your Weight Loss Excuses, and Why You Shouldn’t Either! May 23, 2017

What are your favorite excuses? I’m sure you’re a bit indignant right now, as in: I don’t have any favorite excuses!

But let me assure you, you definitely do!

If you constantly start and stop your weight loss efforts, and your efforts to stop bingeing and take better care of yourself, the ‘stop’ part comes about because of your excuses.

Excuses are made-up stories you tell yourself about why you can’t do something.

I know you don’t really want to believe them. But you do.

In this coaching session, I’m going to show you what an excuse is, and how it’s different from an obstacle.

We’re going to talk about why and how your brain falls in love with your excuses, and doesn’t want to let them go. Even though they hurt you.

If this sounds like the bad boyfriend from 7th grade who you wanted to dump but couldn’t, sit down and listen.

I’m going to show you how to break up with those old harmful excuses. And in the process, find your way around any obstacles that ARE real.

Let’s dive in!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 73: Why I Don’t Believe Your Weight Loss Excuses, and Why You Shouldn’t Either! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Treat or snack podcast 72 — Episode 72: Treat or Snack? May 16, 2017

Snickers before lunch? Cupcakes before dinner? Fast food after breakfast?

What do you eat and when do you eat it? If you’re a regular listener, you know that the first thing you need to do is check in with yourself and make sure you’re hungry.

And then if you are, what do you eat?

In this short and sweet coaching session, I teach you the difference between a snack and a treat.

We talk about when you might want to have either one. And how to make smart choices when the time comes.

It’s time to stop kidding yourself about your food choices. It’s time to know when to eat what. And be able to shed your extra weight and stick to your plan.

Let’s dive into the snack vs. treat debate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 72: Treat or Snack? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 72: Treat or Snack? May 16, 2017

Snickers before lunch? Cupcakes before dinner? Fast food after breakfast?

What do you eat and when do you eat it? If you’re a regular listener, you know that the first thing you need to do is check in with yourself and make sure you’re hungry.

And then if you are, what do you eat?

In this short and sweet coaching session, I teach you the difference between a snack and a treat.

We talk about when you might want to have either one. And how to make smart choices when the time comes.

It’s time to stop kidding yourself about your food choices. It’s time to know when to eat what. And be able to shed your extra weight and stick to your plan.

Let’s dive into the snack vs. treat debate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 72: Treat or Snack? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Thought loops podcast 71 — Episode 71: Learn How to Trade Your Old Thought Loops for New Ones May 09, 2017

If you’re like me and most of the people I work with privately and in my groups, you have certain thoughts that are your favorites.

These thoughts go around and around in your mind, playing as often as the Top 10 songs on your local radio station.

The problem is, that many of these thought loops don’t help you. In fact, many of them keep you stuck and repeating old harmful patterns over and over.

Today in your coaching session we’re going to take a close look at your thought loops.

We’ll talk about what a thought loop actually is, how to know whether it helps or it hurts you, and why these loops are SO hard to break out of.

Of course, we will also talk about the way out: how to wake up to your own thought loops and decide what stays and what gets ditched, and why.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 71: Learn How to Trade Your Old Thought Loops for New Ones appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 71: Learn How to Trade Your Old Thought Loops for New Ones May 09, 2017

If you’re like me and most of the people I work with privately and in my groups, you have certain thoughts that are your favorites.

These thoughts go around and around in your mind, playing as often as the Top 10 songs on your local radio station.

The problem is, that many of these thought loops don’t help you. In fact, many of them keep you stuck and repeating old harmful patterns over and over.

Today in your coaching session we’re going to take a close look at your thought loops.

We’ll talk about what a thought loop actually is, how to know whether it helps or it hurts you, and why these loops are SO hard to break out of.

Of course, we will also talk about the way out: how to wake up to your own thought loops and decide what stays and what gets ditched, and why.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 71: Learn How to Trade Your Old Thought Loops for New Ones appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Screw it podcast 70 — Episode 70: Why Do I Keep Saying “Screw It!”? May 02, 2017

Welcome back! I hope you are enjoying these coaching sessions as much as I am.

Have you ever reached the point in your eating and weight loss journey, where things aren’t going well, and you say: “The heck with it!”

Or, “I just can’t do this!” Or, “I’ll just start tomorrow.” Or, “Something must be wrong with me.”

All these thoughts have one big thing in common: they stop you from moving forward and take you totally off track. They keep you stuck in a pattern of failure.

All are versions of screw it!

These are habitual negative ways of thinking when things don’t go as planned. And they all prevent you from achieving what you want most: peaceful eating and, for many of you, weight loss as well.

So today, I’m going to coach you about this common thought of screw it. We’ll talk about when it comes up, what it might sound like in your own mind, why you think it at all, and, finally, how to stop saying, “Who cares!” and what to think instead.

I will help you stop what constantly derails you: your seemingly innocent thoughts.

I will see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 70: Why Do I Keep Saying “Screw It!”? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 70: Why Do I Keep Saying “Screw It!”? May 02, 2017

Welcome back! I hope you are enjoying these coaching sessions as much as I am.

Have you ever reached the point in your eating and weight loss journey, where things aren’t going well, and you say: “The heck with it!”

Or, “I just can’t do this!” Or, “I’ll just start tomorrow.” Or, “Something must be wrong with me.”

All these thoughts have one big thing in common: they stop you from moving forward and take you totally off track. They keep you stuck in a pattern of failure.

All are versions of screw it!

These are habitual negative ways of thinking when things don’t go as planned. And they all prevent you from achieving what you want most: peaceful eating and, for many of you, weight loss as well.

So today, I’m going to coach you about this common thought of screw it. We’ll talk about when it comes up, what it might sound like in your own mind, why you think it at all, and, finally, how to stop saying, “Who cares!” and what to think instead.

I will help you stop what constantly derails you: your seemingly innocent thoughts.

I will see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 70: Why Do I Keep Saying “Screw It!”? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Start podcast 69 — Episode 69: Where Do I Start Making Changes for Weight Loss? Apr 25, 2017

Do you love these coaching sessions but don’t exactly know where to start?

Here is your answer: You start right here. You start with getting really clear on what your problem is. Define it.

Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating

You’d be amazed at how many clients over-exaggerate and generalize their problems. I want the facts, just the facts.

Once you’ve done that, I want you to get crystal clear on what’s gone wrong for you in the past. If you’re not sure, you’ll be doomed to repeating your mistakes over and over again. And we both know how useful that is!

Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success!

Click here to get a downloadable copy of my book, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, so you can begin to figure this out. It’s free for my listeners.

And then, create your project. Project YOU.

With all the moving parts and plans and goals and reasons why you’re doing this. Get it all out and organized and begin looking at it in a different way.

Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

You can certainly do this. I’m certain. And this podcast will help you take the first steps.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 69: Where Do I Start Making Changes for Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 69: Where Do I Start Making Changes for Weight Loss? Apr 25, 2017

Do you love these coaching sessions but don’t exactly know where to start?

Here is your answer: You start right here. You start with getting really clear on what your problem is. Define it.

Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating

You’d be amazed at how many clients over-exaggerate and generalize their problems. I want the facts, just the facts.

Once you’ve done that, I want you to get crystal clear on what’s gone wrong for you in the past. If you’re not sure, you’ll be doomed to repeating your mistakes over and over again. And we both know how useful that is!

Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success!

Click here to get a downloadable copy of my book, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, so you can begin to figure this out. It’s free for my listeners.

And then, create your project. Project YOU.

With all the moving parts and plans and goals and reasons why you’re doing this. Get it all out and organized and begin looking at it in a different way.

Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint

You can certainly do this. I’m certain. And this podcast will help you take the first steps.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 69: Where Do I Start Making Changes for Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Leap of faith podcast 68 — Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith Apr 18, 2017

Whether you want to lose weight or stop bingeing, you need to do something differently than what you’ve always done.

And when you try to do something differently, you come up against your thinking.

What if this doesn’t work? What if I just can’t do it? What if I’m different?

What do you do now that you’ve come up against these roadblocks?

There is no proof that something you’ve never done before will work. Yet if you don’t take different actions, you’ll keep doing what you’ve always done. And you know what result that gives you, right?

So the answer is to do what you’ve never done.

How?

By taking a leap of faith. By making an educated choice to do something that is different and uncomfortable and has the potential to take you to the results you dream of.

How do you create a new practice of taking a leap of faith to help you in your journey to lose weight and stop bingeing?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith Apr 18, 2017

Whether you want to lose weight or stop bingeing, you need to do something differently than what you’ve always done.

And when you try to do something differently, you come up against your thinking.

What if this doesn’t work? What if I just can’t do it? What if I’m different?

What do you do now that you’ve come up against these roadblocks?

There is no proof that something you’ve never done before will work. Yet if you don’t take different actions, you’ll keep doing what you’ve always done. And you know what result that gives you, right?

So the answer is to do what you’ve never done.

How?

By taking a leap of faith. By making an educated choice to do something that is different and uncomfortable and has the potential to take you to the results you dream of.

How do you create a new practice of taking a leap of faith to help you in your journey to lose weight and stop bingeing?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 68: Why You Need to Take a Leap of Faith appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Relationship podcast 67 — Episode 67: Your Weight and Your Relationship Apr 11, 2017

If you’ve ever been romantically involved with someone, and you struggle with your eating and your weight, this coaching session is for you.

What effect does your weight have on your relationship? And what effect does your relationship have on your eating and your weight?

The two seem so related, don’t they? You may eat when you fight with your partner, or when you feel angry with them, as if to say: this will show you!

And yet at the end of the day, when you eat too much food, the only one who suffers is you.

It’s time to learn to take care of yourself no matter how your intimate relationships are going.

Take responsibility for eating well no matter what. Learn to take charge of your own happiness, and you’ll find that no matter what your partner does, it shouldn’t and won’t affect your weight.

Does this sound like something you might need to hear? Relationships are SO important. But it all starts with your relationship with yourself.

Join me as we explore the connection between your relationship and your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 67: Your Weight and Your Relationship appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 67: Your Weight and Your Relationship Apr 11, 2017

If you’ve ever been romantically involved with someone, and you struggle with your eating and your weight, this coaching session is for you.

What effect does your weight have on your relationship? And what effect does your relationship have on your eating and your weight?

The two seem so related, don’t they? You may eat when you fight with your partner, or when you feel angry with them, as if to say: this will show you!

And yet at the end of the day, when you eat too much food, the only one who suffers is you.

It’s time to learn to take care of yourself no matter how your intimate relationships are going.

Take responsibility for eating well no matter what. Learn to take charge of your own happiness, and you’ll find that no matter what your partner does, it shouldn’t and won’t affect your weight.

Does this sound like something you might need to hear? Relationships are SO important. But it all starts with your relationship with yourself.

Join me as we explore the connection between your relationship and your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 67: Your Weight and Your Relationship appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Pause podcast 66 — Episode 66: Why Taking a Pause in Your Weight Loss is Good, But Why It’s Not Good to Stop Apr 04, 2017

Have you ever made a plan to eat differently, and then failed? Failure in my eyes may be different from how you see failure in yourself.

To me, making a mistake is not a failure. But making a mistake and falling down and not getting back up is the true definition of failure.

What I’d like to coach you about today is learning how to create a pause instead of a stop.

A pause where you evaluate what’s going on and what you might need to adjust to move on.

And moving on is definitely part of the picture.

I think one of the most common mistakes my clients make is falling down and staying down.

Do you do this? It sure takes a big toll on you and how you see yourself. And it doesn’t have to be this way.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 66: Why Taking a Pause in Your Weight Loss is Good, But Why It’s Not Good to Stop appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 66: Why Taking a Pause in Your Weight Loss is Good, But Why It’s Not Good to Stop Apr 04, 2017

Have you ever made a plan to eat differently, and then failed? Failure in my eyes may be different from how you see failure in yourself.

To me, making a mistake is not a failure. But making a mistake and falling down and not getting back up is the true definition of failure.

What I’d like to coach you about today is learning how to create a pause instead of a stop.

A pause where you evaluate what’s going on and what you might need to adjust to move on.

And moving on is definitely part of the picture.

I think one of the most common mistakes my clients make is falling down and staying down.

Do you do this? It sure takes a big toll on you and how you see yourself. And it doesn’t have to be this way.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 66: Why Taking a Pause in Your Weight Loss is Good, But Why It’s Not Good to Stop appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Overeat podcast 65 — Episode 65: Did You Just Overeat? How to Compensate Without Punishing Yourself Mar 28, 2017

We all overeat sometimes, especially on our way toward learning how to eat naturally.

The important thing to look at when you DO overeat is what you do immediately after.

Do you punish yourself? Do you restrict your eating to ‘make up’ for what you just overate?

You may very well be sabotaging yourself without realizing it!

Restricting your eating following an overeating episode messes with your survival instincts.

It reinforces a habit that is exactly what you want to stop doing!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 65: Did You Just Overeat? How to Compensate Without Punishing Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 65: Did You Just Overeat? How to Compensate Without Punishing Yourself Mar 28, 2017

We all overeat sometimes, especially on our way toward learning how to eat naturally.

The important thing to look at when you DO overeat is what you do immediately after.

Do you punish yourself? Do you restrict your eating to ‘make up’ for what you just overate?

You may very well be sabotaging yourself without realizing it!

Restricting your eating following an overeating episode messes with your survival instincts.

It reinforces a habit that is exactly what you want to stop doing!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 65: Did You Just Overeat? How to Compensate Without Punishing Yourself appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Mistakes podcast 64 — Episode 64: How to Stop Making the Same Mistakes Mar 21, 2017

Do you keep making the same eating mistakes? Over and over again?

You know how bad it feels. You see what you’re doing. You see it happening. It’s almost like watching a movie, starring you.

And you feel helpless to step in and make a change.

Here’s how to do it. Here is the process you’ll take once you understand how change unfolds.

From unaware.

To aware but without responsibility.

From taking responsibility yet still doing what you don’t want to be doing.

And then to, voila, change!

When you see things differently, you will act differently.

Click here for a copy of the poem I love that so beautifully illustrates this concept.

Which chapter do you see yourself in? Does it help to know what’s next?

Let me know how you do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 64: How to Stop Making the Same Mistakes appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 64: How to Stop Making the Same Mistakes Mar 21, 2017

Do you keep making the same eating mistakes? Over and over again?

You know how bad it feels. You see what you’re doing. You see it happening. It’s almost like watching a movie, starring you.

And you feel helpless to step in and make a change.

Here’s how to do it. Here is the process you’ll take once you understand how change unfolds.

From unaware.

To aware but without responsibility.

From taking responsibility yet still doing what you don’t want to be doing.

And then to, voila, change!

When you see things differently, you will act differently.

Click here for a copy of the poem I love that so beautifully illustrates this concept.

Which chapter do you see yourself in? Does it help to know what’s next?

Let me know how you do.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 64: How to Stop Making the Same Mistakes appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Full-Length Mirror podcast 63 — Episode 63: Why You Don’t Look in a Full-Length Mirror – and Why You Should Mar 14, 2017

Do you own a full-length mirror? If you do, do you actually use it?

If you have extra weight you wish you didn’t have, I’ll bet you avoid seeing the reality of how your body looks right now.

When your vision of yourself is a bit fuzzy, you know that you’re not where you want to be, but you may avoid seeing exactly how off track you’ve gotten.

Then one day, you may be shopping for clothes, and may be unable to avoid a mirror. Full-length.

And that is when your reality meets your vision in your head and everything busts loose. Figuratively speaking, of course.

I want you to be able to see yourself no matter what you weigh.

Seeing and even accepting your body today is the key to a different body in the future. I promise.

Let me coach you and show you how to deal with how you look. All of you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 63: Why You Don’t Look in a Full-Length Mirror – and Why You Should appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 63: Why You Don’t Look in a Full-Length Mirror – and Why You Should Mar 14, 2017

Do you own a full-length mirror? If you do, do you actually use it?

If you have extra weight you wish you didn’t have, I’ll bet you avoid seeing the reality of how your body looks right now.

When your vision of yourself is a bit fuzzy, you know that you’re not where you want to be, but you may avoid seeing exactly how off track you’ve gotten.

Then one day, you may be shopping for clothes, and may be unable to avoid a mirror. Full-length.

And that is when your reality meets your vision in your head and everything busts loose. Figuratively speaking, of course.

I want you to be able to see yourself no matter what you weigh.

Seeing and even accepting your body today is the key to a different body in the future. I promise.

Let me coach you and show you how to deal with how you look. All of you.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 63: Why You Don’t Look in a Full-Length Mirror – and Why You Should appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Bad day podcast 62 — Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat! Mar 07, 2017

Are you having a bad day? The reason I ask is that with my clients, so many overeating episodes begin with a ‘bad day’.

So, what makes a bad day? Does it have anything to do with you? And do you have any control over how it goes down?

Yes. Yes. And yes.

You have a lot to do with how your day goes. And how you feel at the end of a day.

It is so connected to how you think about your day. If you’ve been listening to me for a while, I’ll bet this isn’t a surprise.

Our day is what we make it. So, pull up your cozy chair and listen as I coach you on how to have fewer bad days. And what to do when you truly have a bad one.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat! Mar 07, 2017

Are you having a bad day? The reason I ask is that with my clients, so many overeating episodes begin with a ‘bad day’.

So, what makes a bad day? Does it have anything to do with you? And do you have any control over how it goes down?

Yes. Yes. And yes.

You have a lot to do with how your day goes. And how you feel at the end of a day.

It is so connected to how you think about your day. If you’ve been listening to me for a while, I’ll bet this isn’t a surprise.

Our day is what we make it. So, pull up your cozy chair and listen as I coach you on how to have fewer bad days. And what to do when you truly have a bad one.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 62: Are You Having a Bad Day? Listen to This Before You Eat! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Move body podcast 61 — Episode 61: Moving Your Body — Excuses or Obstacles? Feb 28, 2017

Are you a woman who moves her body? If you are, you probably will enjoy hearing all the good things you get from moving.

If you aren’t, then listen up. I’ll tell you why you should do it. And we’ll then look at what might be holding you back.

It’s helpful to look at your personal reasons for not moving your body. Are they excuses? Or are they obstacles?

Learn the difference and I’ll help you find a way to make this happen that isn’t painful.

Do you know how to make a plan, without getting lost in the research?

And what about your thinking? You need to clean up that mind of yours so it doesn’t make moving hard, or something that will never happen for you. In other words, it’s all about your mindset.

And finally, how to prepare for challenges that threaten to throw your new habit off track.

Join me if you don’t think of yourself as a person who moves their body and let’s blast through your excuses. Moving can be life changing, if you bust through your excuses.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 61: Moving Your Body — Excuses or Obstacles? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 61: Moving Your Body — Excuses or Obstacles? Feb 28, 2017

Are you a woman who moves her body? If you are, you probably will enjoy hearing all the good things you get from moving.

If you aren’t, then listen up. I’ll tell you why you should do it. And we’ll then look at what might be holding you back.

It’s helpful to look at your personal reasons for not moving your body. Are they excuses? Or are they obstacles?

Learn the difference and I’ll help you find a way to make this happen that isn’t painful.

Do you know how to make a plan, without getting lost in the research?

And what about your thinking? You need to clean up that mind of yours so it doesn’t make moving hard, or something that will never happen for you. In other words, it’s all about your mindset.

And finally, how to prepare for challenges that threaten to throw your new habit off track.

Join me if you don’t think of yourself as a person who moves their body and let’s blast through your excuses. Moving can be life changing, if you bust through your excuses.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 61: Moving Your Body — Excuses or Obstacles? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-care podcast 60 — Episode 60: Making a Plan for Self-Care — How to Do It Feb 21, 2017

How well do you take care of yourself? If you’re like many women, you don’t do any self-care until something comes to a crisis point.

You neglect your body until one day you wake up and don’t know how you got here.

You may neglect your health until some symptom nags at you and won’t go away.

And your emotional health is no different. You need to take care of you. There is no way around it.

Here’s how we’re going to do that. Get my LOVE Menu worksheet right here.

I want to show you how to figure out what you need. And stop resenting that you are in charge of meeting those needs. Then, I’ll help you create a menu of things you can do as needed so you feel good on a pretty regular basis.

Ready? Let’s dive into creating your self-care plan.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 60: Making a Plan for Self-Care — How to Do It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 60: Making a Plan for Self-Care — How to Do It Feb 21, 2017

How well do you take care of yourself? If you’re like many women, you don’t do any self-care until something comes to a crisis point.

You neglect your body until one day you wake up and don’t know how you got here.

You may neglect your health until some symptom nags at you and won’t go away.

And your emotional health is no different. You need to take care of you. There is no way around it.

Here’s how we’re going to do that. Get my LOVE Menu worksheet right here.

I want to show you how to figure out what you need. And stop resenting that you are in charge of meeting those needs. Then, I’ll help you create a menu of things you can do as needed so you feel good on a pretty regular basis.

Ready? Let’s dive into creating your self-care plan.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 60: Making a Plan for Self-Care — How to Do It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Worst to eat podcast 59 — Episode 59: The Absolute Worst Thing You Can Eat if You Want to Lose Weight Feb 14, 2017

Do you wish someone could just give you the magic key to the kingdom and tell you what to eat?

How much of your life does binge eating consume? If you want your life back, we know exactly what you need to do. And, you can do this. Find out more here.

So many of my clients want just that. They don’t want to work, they just want the answer to the lifelong question: What do I have to do to lose weight?

Is that your question, too?

If it is, here is the answer: Eat like a naturally slim woman.

Manage your mind and your emotions so you don’t eat your feelings. And learn how to take the best care of yourself.

That’s right. The basics.

If your next response is: I already know that, then this coaching session is perfect for you.

Join me as I lead you in a brief coaching session and show you why the basics work and how you might be sabotaging yourself without realizing it.

I will see you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 59: The Absolute Worst Thing You Can Eat if You Want to Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 59: The Absolute Worst Thing You Can Eat if You Want to Lose Weight Feb 14, 2017

Do you wish someone could just give you the magic key to the kingdom and tell you what to eat?

How much of your life does binge eating consume? If you want your life back, we know exactly what you need to do. And, you can do this. Find out more here.

So many of my clients want just that. They don’t want to work, they just want the answer to the lifelong question: What do I have to do to lose weight?

Is that your question, too?

If it is, here is the answer: Eat like a naturally slim woman.

Manage your mind and your emotions so you don’t eat your feelings. And learn how to take the best care of yourself.

That’s right. The basics.

If your next response is: I already know that, then this coaching session is perfect for you.

Join me as I lead you in a brief coaching session and show you why the basics work and how you might be sabotaging yourself without realizing it.

I will see you inside!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 59: The Absolute Worst Thing You Can Eat if You Want to Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Imperfection podcast 58 — Episode 58: Want Weight Loss? Aim for Imperfection! Feb 07, 2017

I can just hear you now. No. No. I can’t aim for imperfection. I’m different. I’m special. I’m always at the head of the class. I HAVE to do things perfectly.

How much of your life does binge eating consume? If you want your life back, we know exactly what you need to do. And, you can do this. Find out more here.

My dear listener, no, you don’t. Your perfectionism is holding you back from doing great things.

Learning new ways to eat and feel and think all take practice. Just like a baby learning how to walk.

I know you’re special. But you still have to go through the learning curve. And that means doing things imperfectly.

And then practicing and practicing until you do them really, really well.

Let me coach you. Let me show you why you wish for that A+. And what learning really means. And specifically what’s required to learn new ways to eat and think.

And then we can talk about why learning new eating skills MUST be imperfect. And, exactly what steps to take.

And last, I will coach you and show you how to keep moving, and not stop and give up, right through imperfection.

B- anyone? Join me. It will be good.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 58: Want Weight Loss? Aim for Imperfection! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 58: Want Weight Loss? Aim for Imperfection! Feb 07, 2017

I can just hear you now. No. No. I can’t aim for imperfection. I’m different. I’m special. I’m always at the head of the class. I HAVE to do things perfectly.

How much of your life does binge eating consume? If you want your life back, we know exactly what you need to do. And, you can do this. Find out more here.

My dear listener, no, you don’t. Your perfectionism is holding you back from doing great things.

Learning new ways to eat and feel and think all take practice. Just like a baby learning how to walk.

I know you’re special. But you still have to go through the learning curve. And that means doing things imperfectly.

And then practicing and practicing until you do them really, really well.

Let me coach you. Let me show you why you wish for that A+. And what learning really means. And specifically what’s required to learn new ways to eat and think.

And then we can talk about why learning new eating skills MUST be imperfect. And, exactly what steps to take.

And last, I will coach you and show you how to keep moving, and not stop and give up, right through imperfection.

B- anyone? Join me. It will be good.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 58: Want Weight Loss? Aim for Imperfection! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Words podcast 57 — Episode 57: Want to Lose Weight? Stop Saying These 4 Words! Jan 31, 2017

Have you ever listened to, or read, the answer to your eating challenge, and thought: “I already know that!”?

Well, if you did, you certainly aren’t alone. But did you know how poisonous those four little words are?

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Those words keep you searching for a magical solution. Those words keep you stuck looking outside of yourself, instead of inside at what you’re doing, and what you’re thinking.

If you want to end your weight and eating struggle, you’ve got to start by being honest with yourself.

Instead of thinking, I already know that… I want you to be honest and think: “If I already know that, why aren’t I doing it?”

If you’re a regular listener, you know that your thoughts create all your habits and all your actions.

If you want to do things differently, eat differently and even create different moods, you’ll need to start catching yourself when your brain says: I already know that!

And in this episode I will show you exactly how to do this.

Join me, and get more in charge of your thoughts so you can get yourself to really do what you know you should.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 57: Want to Lose Weight? Stop Saying These 4 Words! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 57: Want to Lose Weight? Stop Saying These 4 Words! Jan 31, 2017

Have you ever listened to, or read, the answer to your eating challenge, and thought: “I already know that!”?

Well, if you did, you certainly aren’t alone. But did you know how poisonous those four little words are?

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Those words keep you searching for a magical solution. Those words keep you stuck looking outside of yourself, instead of inside at what you’re doing, and what you’re thinking.

If you want to end your weight and eating struggle, you’ve got to start by being honest with yourself.

Instead of thinking, I already know that… I want you to be honest and think: “If I already know that, why aren’t I doing it?”

If you’re a regular listener, you know that your thoughts create all your habits and all your actions.

If you want to do things differently, eat differently and even create different moods, you’ll need to start catching yourself when your brain says: I already know that!

And in this episode I will show you exactly how to do this.

Join me, and get more in charge of your thoughts so you can get yourself to really do what you know you should.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 57: Want to Lose Weight? Stop Saying These 4 Words! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Slump podcast 56 — Episode 56: How to Get Out of an Eating Slump and Never Give Up! Jan 24, 2017

The holidays are over! It’s a new year and we’re all recovering from the indulgences of the past month.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

I’m getting so much email from listeners and private clients and they all say the same thing: Help! I’m in a slump and can’t get out!

That’s why we’re going to talk about this today in our coaching session.

Here’s what we’ll cover:

What is a slump?

How does it show up in your life? What does it look like?

And, what does it feel like?

Why slumps occasionally happen to everyone.

And what your three choices are when you’re officially in a slump.

Finally, getting out… how to think, feel and act to get yourself out of that low-feeling slump.

Join me as I teach you and coach you on the way to think about the ups and downs of learning to eat differently and take care of yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 56: How to Get Out of an Eating Slump and Never Give Up! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 56: How to Get Out of an Eating Slump and Never Give Up! Jan 24, 2017

The holidays are over! It’s a new year and we’re all recovering from the indulgences of the past month.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

I’m getting so much email from listeners and private clients and they all say the same thing: Help! I’m in a slump and can’t get out!

That’s why we’re going to talk about this today in our coaching session.

Here’s what we’ll cover:

What is a slump?

How does it show up in your life? What does it look like?

And, what does it feel like?

Why slumps occasionally happen to everyone.

And what your three choices are when you’re officially in a slump.

Finally, getting out… how to think, feel and act to get yourself out of that low-feeling slump.

Join me as I teach you and coach you on the way to think about the ups and downs of learning to eat differently and take care of yourself.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 56: How to Get Out of an Eating Slump and Never Give Up! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Buffet podcast 55 — Episode 55: How to Eat at a Buffet When You’re Trying to Lose Weight Jan 17, 2017

Hi there! Do you ever eat in a restaurant?

Of course, you do! These days we all eat out more than ever before. And one of the most fearful eating experiences when eating out is dealing with a buffet.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

You know, those restaurants where there are long, long tables of food and all of it looks and smells delicious.

You know that in the past, the buffet signaled the end of your self-control and the beginning of regret and shame.

But there’s a new way to look at an eating event like a buffet. Or any restaurant meal. Or dinner at a friend’s house where you have no choice about what is served.

In this coaching session, we are going to talk about a new way to not only eat at a buffet, but a new way to think about buffets.

With this new mindset, you will be in charge of yourself and your eating no matter what’s in front of you.

So get cozy and grab a notebook, and get ready to be coached.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 55: How to Eat at a Buffet When You’re Trying to Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 55: How to Eat at a Buffet When You’re Trying to Lose Weight Jan 17, 2017

Hi there! Do you ever eat in a restaurant?

Of course, you do! These days we all eat out more than ever before. And one of the most fearful eating experiences when eating out is dealing with a buffet.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

You know, those restaurants where there are long, long tables of food and all of it looks and smells delicious.

You know that in the past, the buffet signaled the end of your self-control and the beginning of regret and shame.

But there’s a new way to look at an eating event like a buffet. Or any restaurant meal. Or dinner at a friend’s house where you have no choice about what is served.

In this coaching session, we are going to talk about a new way to not only eat at a buffet, but a new way to think about buffets.

With this new mindset, you will be in charge of yourself and your eating no matter what’s in front of you.

So get cozy and grab a notebook, and get ready to be coached.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 55: How to Eat at a Buffet When You’re Trying to Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

What to eat podcast 54 — Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do Jan 10, 2017

There are so many components to eating well for health and weight loss AND freedom!

Knowing when you’re hungry. Knowing what to eat. Knowing when to stop. And managing your emotions.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

In this coaching session, we will talk about how to make those ‘what do I eat?’ decisions in a way that will lead you toward peaceful eating.

We’ll take a look at how you eat right now, and what influences your food choices.

And why it pays to think about what you’ll be eating ahead of time.

Want to be spontaneous and just wing it? Then you should know what your results are likely to be.

And, I’m pulling back the curtain to reveal my own food struggles that kept me stuck in a vicious cycle, and how I got out of it.

Let me coach you on how to find the foods that are truly right for you. Join me!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do Jan 10, 2017

There are so many components to eating well for health and weight loss AND freedom!

Knowing when you’re hungry. Knowing what to eat. Knowing when to stop. And managing your emotions.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

In this coaching session, we will talk about how to make those ‘what do I eat?’ decisions in a way that will lead you toward peaceful eating.

We’ll take a look at how you eat right now, and what influences your food choices.

And why it pays to think about what you’ll be eating ahead of time.

Want to be spontaneous and just wing it? Then you should know what your results are likely to be.

And, I’m pulling back the curtain to reveal my own food struggles that kept me stuck in a vicious cycle, and how I got out of it.

Let me coach you on how to find the foods that are truly right for you. Join me!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 54: Do You Struggle with Deciding WHAT to Eat? Here’s What to Do appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

New year podcast 53 — Episode 53: How to Feel Good in the New Year No Matter What You Weigh Right Now! Jan 03, 2017

Happy New Year!

If you’re here in this coaching session in January, you may be thinking about starting fresh for the new year.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

What could feel better than a fresh start?

But often, as you know, those multiple fresh starts don’t usually have what it takes for you to get past the first month, or maybe even the first week.

I know that it’s likely that you secretly beat yourself up about your weight right now, all while trying to valiantly push forward to reach your goals.

Stop right there. That doesn’t work, and we’re not going to do that anymore. I need you to put away all the thoughts related to ‘failure’ before you set any goals or make any promises to yourself.

You want to do this, right? Then join me in this coaching session and let me show you how to really start the new year off right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 53: How to Feel Good in the New Year No Matter What You Weigh Right Now! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 53: How to Feel Good in the New Year No Matter What You Weigh Right Now! Jan 03, 2017

Happy New Year!

If you’re here in this coaching session in January, you may be thinking about starting fresh for the new year.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

What could feel better than a fresh start?

But often, as you know, those multiple fresh starts don’t usually have what it takes for you to get past the first month, or maybe even the first week.

I know that it’s likely that you secretly beat yourself up about your weight right now, all while trying to valiantly push forward to reach your goals.

Stop right there. That doesn’t work, and we’re not going to do that anymore. I need you to put away all the thoughts related to ‘failure’ before you set any goals or make any promises to yourself.

You want to do this, right? Then join me in this coaching session and let me show you how to really start the new year off right.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 53: How to Feel Good in the New Year No Matter What You Weigh Right Now! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Concepts podcast 52 — Episode 52: The Top 8 Concepts About Weight Loss and Eating that You Learned This Year: What You Need to Know to Succeed Dec 27, 2016

It’s hard to believe it’s been a year! This is our 52nd episode of Weight Loss Made Real and I hope you’ve enjoyed your coaching sessions.

With so much material covered, it may be hard for you to organize it all and try to follow the concepts.

So in this episode, I’ve put together what I consider your top 8, most important coaching sessions and concepts. You might want to go back and listen to these again, as you decide what you want to choose to focus on in the New Year.

Here we go with your top 8 concepts:

Concept #1: Clear your path. Learn from your past mistakes. This is covered in Episode 2, Let’s Clear Your Path to Weight Loss Success.

Concept #2: Connect with your body. Here you’ll learn how to eat like a naturally slim person, and you can find this in Episode 3 (How to eat like a naturally slim woman) and Episode 6 (When to start eating and when to stop).

Concept #3: Challenge your thoughts. It’s mind management time! Go back and listen to Episode 7 (Managing your mind to end your emotional eating) and Episode 13 (Understanding and ending your emotional eating).

Concept #4: Check your habits. Your habits either help you or hurt you. Let’s look at what you are doing and what you’d rather be doing. You’ll find this in Episode 11 (Your eating habits).

Concept #5: Working on Project Y.O.U. Do you remember why it makes so much sense to work on your eating, your weight, and yourself in general as if it were a project? Take a listen to Episode 5, called Working on Project You.

Concept #6: Cherish yourself! You’ve heard me talk about self-care, self-worth, and self-esteem. All different ways of saying LOVE! Go back to Episode 9 and listen to How to care for yourself so you can do the right thing.

Concept #7 is all about creating your own tool kit. This is not from a published podcast, but is coming in a future episode. How to put all the things you’ve learned into a tool kit that you can pull out and use as needed to get through Project YOU.

And last, is Concept #8: Banish Your Binges. Here I remind you of some of the things I talked about with Kathryn Hansen, of Brain Over Binge, to help you get rid of those life-disrupting urges to binge. You can find our talk in Episode 8, and can apply what you learn there to binge eating of course, but also to emotional eating and general overeating.

Here’s to another year of growth for you. Keep listening and keep learning. You can do this!

Xoxo,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 52: The Top 8 Concepts About Weight Loss and Eating that You Learned This Year: What You Need to Know to Succeed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 52: The Top 8 Concepts About Weight Loss and Eating that You Learned This Year: What You Need to Know to Succeed Dec 27, 2016

It’s hard to believe it’s been a year! This is our 52nd episode of Weight Loss Made Real and I hope you’ve enjoyed your coaching sessions.

With so much material covered, it may be hard for you to organize it all and try to follow the concepts.

So in this episode, I’ve put together what I consider your top 8, most important coaching sessions and concepts. You might want to go back and listen to these again, as you decide what you want to choose to focus on in the New Year.

Here we go with your top 8 concepts:

Concept #1: Clear your path. Learn from your past mistakes. This is covered in Episode 2, Let’s Clear Your Path to Weight Loss Success.

Concept #2: Connect with your body. Here you’ll learn how to eat like a naturally slim person, and you can find this in Episode 3 (How to eat like a naturally slim woman) and Episode 6 (When to start eating and when to stop).

Concept #3: Challenge your thoughts. It’s mind management time! Go back and listen to Episode 7 (Managing your mind to end your emotional eating) and Episode 13 (Understanding and ending your emotional eating).

Concept #4: Check your habits. Your habits either help you or hurt you. Let’s look at what you are doing and what you’d rather be doing. You’ll find this in Episode 11 (Your eating habits).

Concept #5: Working on Project Y.O.U. Do you remember why it makes so much sense to work on your eating, your weight, and yourself in general as if it were a project? Take a listen to Episode 5, called Working on Project You.

Concept #6: Cherish yourself! You’ve heard me talk about self-care, self-worth, and self-esteem. All different ways of saying LOVE! Go back to Episode 9 and listen to How to care for yourself so you can do the right thing.

Concept #7 is all about creating your own tool kit. This is not from a published podcast, but is coming in a future episode. How to put all the things you’ve learned into a tool kit that you can pull out and use as needed to get through Project YOU.

And last, is Concept #8: Banish Your Binges. Here I remind you of some of the things I talked about with Kathryn Hansen, of Brain Over Binge, to help you get rid of those life-disrupting urges to binge. You can find our talk in Episode 8, and can apply what you learn there to binge eating of course, but also to emotional eating and general overeating.

Here’s to another year of growth for you. Keep listening and keep learning. You can do this!

Xoxo,
Cookie

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 52: The Top 8 Concepts About Weight Loss and Eating that You Learned This Year: What You Need to Know to Succeed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Question podcast 51 — Episode 51: The Best Question to Ask Yourself that Helps Solve Your Weight Loss Issues Dec 20, 2016

Do you ever listen to the thoughts that go around and around in your mind?

You probably are so engaged with the self-talk you always do, that you don’t pay that much attention to it anymore.

But, this could be dangerous because your self-talk runs your inner life.

And your outer world is basically run by your inner world. Good reason to take a listen to that podcast in your head, right?

Pull up a chair. Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

How your self-talk influences your entire life.

What your mind does when you ask it a question.

Why the type of question you ask is so important.

What is the absolute worst question you can ask yourself?

And when you ask this question, why do you tend to do it over and over?

What’s the next ‘one level up’ question, that might hurt or might help?

And finally, what is the best question you can ask that will help you figure things out?

Listen as I coach you on how to recognize these questions that run in the background all the time. Learn how to notice what you’re doing. And how to start rejecting those dangerous questions you’ve always asked, and substitute much more helpful ones.

I will see you in our coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 51: The Best Question to Ask Yourself that Helps Solve Your Weight Loss Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 51: The Best Question to Ask Yourself that Helps Solve Your Weight Loss Issues Dec 20, 2016

Do you ever listen to the thoughts that go around and around in your mind?

You probably are so engaged with the self-talk you always do, that you don’t pay that much attention to it anymore.

But, this could be dangerous because your self-talk runs your inner life.

And your outer world is basically run by your inner world. Good reason to take a listen to that podcast in your head, right?

Pull up a chair. Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

How your self-talk influences your entire life.

What your mind does when you ask it a question.

Why the type of question you ask is so important.

What is the absolute worst question you can ask yourself?

And when you ask this question, why do you tend to do it over and over?

What’s the next ‘one level up’ question, that might hurt or might help?

And finally, what is the best question you can ask that will help you figure things out?

Listen as I coach you on how to recognize these questions that run in the background all the time. Learn how to notice what you’re doing. And how to start rejecting those dangerous questions you’ve always asked, and substitute much more helpful ones.

I will see you in our coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 51: The Best Question to Ask Yourself that Helps Solve Your Weight Loss Issues appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-love podcast 50 — Episode 50: End Emotional Eating with Extreme Self-LOVE: An Interview with Margie Beiswanger Dec 13, 2016

Did you know that almost all good coaches have their own coach? I love being coached in all different areas. It’s a way for me to stretch myself to become the best version of me.

Self-care, which I’ve started calling self-love is one big way to take care of yourself. To dare yourself to really figure out what you need, and find a way to give it to yourself.

Because that’s what most of us who eat emotionally are trying to do. We’re not trying to sabotage our hard work. We’re just trying to survive and feel better and do our best.

However, that extra eating isn’t working.

That’s why I invited one of my own coaches, Margie Beiswanger, to talk to me and you about how she makes self-LOVE a regular part of her life.

I thought you’d like to hear from a real live woman, who shares many of the challenges you have, and learn how she does it.

I mean, how she really does it.

For several years, as I’ve been coached by Margie on growing my coaching business, somehow we’ve always managed to come around to whether or not I was taking care of me. And many times I wasn’t.

So listen as Margie and I talk about why self-LOVE for yourself is important, and why you might feel just a little guilty doing it, and how to get over that guilt. Now.

Join me.

Margie Beiswanger of Transform Your Brilliance delights in showing experienced coaches, consultants, holistic healers, change agents, and other transformative entrepreneurs how to translate their unique gifts and expertise into signature programs and products so that they can reach more of their ideal clients, leverage their time, expand their business, and earn a good living. She is passionate about showing solopreneurs how their brilliance can shine even brighter!

Get Margie's gift, Create a Brilliant Vision for Your Life and Business here.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 50: End Emotional Eating with Extreme Self-LOVE: An Interview with Margie Beiswanger appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Margie Beiswanger — Episode 50: End Emotional Eating with Extreme Self-LOVE: An Interview with Margie Beiswanger Dec 13, 2016

Did you know that almost all good coaches have their own coach? I love being coached in all different areas. It’s a way for me to stretch myself to become the best version of me.

Self-care, which I’ve started calling self-love is one big way to take care of yourself. To dare yourself to really figure out what you need, and find a way to give it to yourself.

Because that’s what most of us who eat emotionally are trying to do. We’re not trying to sabotage our hard work. We’re just trying to survive and feel better and do our best.

However, that extra eating isn’t working.

That’s why I invited one of my own coaches, Margie Beiswanger, to talk to me and you about how she makes self-LOVE a regular part of her life.

I thought you’d like to hear from a real live woman, who shares many of the challenges you have, and learn how she does it.

I mean, how she really does it.

For several years, as I’ve been coached by Margie on growing my coaching business, somehow we’ve always managed to come around to whether or not I was taking care of me. And many times I wasn’t.

So listen as Margie and I talk about why self-LOVE for yourself is important, and why you might feel just a little guilty doing it, and how to get over that guilt. Now.

Join me.

Margie Beiswanger of Transform Your Brilliance delights in showing experienced coaches, consultants, holistic healers, change agents, and other transformative entrepreneurs how to translate their unique gifts and expertise into signature programs and products so that they can reach more of their ideal clients, leverage their time, expand their business, and earn a good living. She is passionate about showing solopreneurs how their brilliance can shine even brighter!

Get Margie's gift, Create a Brilliant Vision for Your Life and Business here.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 50: End Emotional Eating with Extreme Self-LOVE: An Interview with Margie Beiswanger appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

not hungry podcast 49 — Episode 49: How to Say ‘No Thanks’ to Food When You’re Not Hungry Dec 06, 2016

How many times have you eaten without being hungry?

If you’re like my clients, and me, I’ll bet it’s been many times. Maybe it’s even a regular part of how you live.

If the food looks good or smells good, you might have a lot of trouble saying no.

In this coaching session, I’m going to teach you and help you be able to say ‘no’ when you aren’t hungry, which is the earmark of a natural eater.

Here’s what we’ll cover:

Why you sometimes need to be able to say no to eating.

What stops you now from saying no?

Why is it so hard?

What do you tell yourself when others are eating and you’re not hungry? And what might you do and say instead?

How to get yourself, without a struggle, to say no to food you don’t need, even if it’s tempting.

Why you need to connect with your very compelling ‘why’ to be able to say no when it’s appropriate.'

How the 5 steps to dismissing an urge to binge can help you get rid of the habit of eating when you’re not hungry.'

And, how to practice this and make saying no a new, sustainable habit.

Join me in this useful and enlightening coaching session. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 49: How to Say ‘No Thanks’ to Food When You’re Not Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 49: How to Say ‘No Thanks’ to Food When You’re Not Hungry Dec 06, 2016

How many times have you eaten without being hungry?

If you’re like my clients, and me, I’ll bet it’s been many times. Maybe it’s even a regular part of how you live.

If the food looks good or smells good, you might have a lot of trouble saying no.

In this coaching session, I’m going to teach you and help you be able to say ‘no’ when you aren’t hungry, which is the earmark of a natural eater.

Here’s what we’ll cover:

Why you sometimes need to be able to say no to eating.

What stops you now from saying no?

Why is it so hard?

What do you tell yourself when others are eating and you’re not hungry? And what might you do and say instead?

How to get yourself, without a struggle, to say no to food you don’t need, even if it’s tempting.

Why you need to connect with your very compelling ‘why’ to be able to say no when it’s appropriate.'

How the 5 steps to dismissing an urge to binge can help you get rid of the habit of eating when you’re not hungry.'

And, how to practice this and make saying no a new, sustainable habit.

Join me in this useful and enlightening coaching session. You can do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 49: How to Say ‘No Thanks’ to Food When You’re Not Hungry appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

You are not your weight podcast 48 — Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight! Nov 29, 2016

Join me today for a tough love session.

I want you to know how small your weight is in the big picture of you. Of who you really are.

I know how much you worry about the number on the scale. And I know how you think you’ll be happy someday… when the scale tells you it’s okay.

Enough!

I will show you how to think about your weight and be happy right now. If you learn how to be happy no matter what your weight is right now, then your weight loss journey will be so much easier.

And here’s the thing:

There are so many more important and interesting things about you… much more compelling than what you weigh.

Join me and allow yourself to see things in a different way. Together we can do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight! Nov 29, 2016

Join me today for a tough love session.

I want you to know how small your weight is in the big picture of you. Of who you really are.

I know how much you worry about the number on the scale. And I know how you think you’ll be happy someday… when the scale tells you it’s okay.

Enough!

I will show you how to think about your weight and be happy right now. If you learn how to be happy no matter what your weight is right now, then your weight loss journey will be so much easier.

And here’s the thing:

There are so many more important and interesting things about you… much more compelling than what you weigh.

Join me and allow yourself to see things in a different way. Together we can do this.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 48: Tough Love: You Are Not Your Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Dvide Day podcast 47 — Episode 47: How to Divide Your Day to Manage Your Weight! Nov 22, 2016

Do you ever feel like your day is running amok from the moment you wake up until the moment you crash on your pillow at night?

So many women just like you go, go, go all day long and feel like they have no control over their day. It stands to reason that if you think you have no control over your day, then chances of sticking to your eating plan are slim to none.

In order to be able to think and take a breath between activities and obligations and even remember what you’re trying to do, it helps to divide your day into sections and let yourself flow from one to the next.

And the key is intentionality.

Some days throw the unexpected at us. All day. But most days, even if they are hectic, have a rhythm to them.

Here’s what you’ll learn today about managing your day so you can stay focused on your eating goals:

Ease into your day with a morning routine, including deciding how you want your morning to go. And who you want to be as your day moves ahead.

Once you get to work, whatever your definition of work is, again, check in and decide what you want to happen and how you’d like to respond to things.

Do you consciously think about what’s coming up on the calendar? You should. Not in dread, but in the spirit of being in charge.

When you get home in the evening, again, build in a transition period to ease into your down time. Even if you have a lot more you’d like to accomplish.

How do you want to feel when you go to sleep? Do you know how to accomplish that feeling?

I am going to teach you how to mentally break your day in sections, and guide you to consciously choose how you want each part to go. And how you want to show up in each of those parts.

I’ll see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 47: How to Divide Your Day to Manage Your Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 47: How to Divide Your Day to Manage Your Weight! Nov 22, 2016

Do you ever feel like your day is running amok from the moment you wake up until the moment you crash on your pillow at night?

So many women just like you go, go, go all day long and feel like they have no control over their day. It stands to reason that if you think you have no control over your day, then chances of sticking to your eating plan are slim to none.

In order to be able to think and take a breath between activities and obligations and even remember what you’re trying to do, it helps to divide your day into sections and let yourself flow from one to the next.

And the key is intentionality.

Some days throw the unexpected at us. All day. But most days, even if they are hectic, have a rhythm to them.

Here’s what you’ll learn today about managing your day so you can stay focused on your eating goals:

Ease into your day with a morning routine, including deciding how you want your morning to go. And who you want to be as your day moves ahead.

Once you get to work, whatever your definition of work is, again, check in and decide what you want to happen and how you’d like to respond to things.

Do you consciously think about what’s coming up on the calendar? You should. Not in dread, but in the spirit of being in charge.

When you get home in the evening, again, build in a transition period to ease into your down time. Even if you have a lot more you’d like to accomplish.

How do you want to feel when you go to sleep? Do you know how to accomplish that feeling?

I am going to teach you how to mentally break your day in sections, and guide you to consciously choose how you want each part to go. And how you want to show up in each of those parts.

I’ll see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 47: How to Divide Your Day to Manage Your Weight! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

When to Eat podcast 46 — Episode 46: Question from a Listener — How to Know When to Eat and When to Stop Nov 15, 2016

I love my listeners! And that includes you! In this podcast, I talk about a letter I got from one of my listeners, with her permission.

Like many of us, she has trouble hearing her body’s signals, so it’s hard to know when to start and when to stop eating.

Years of doing this can create lots of disconnection between your body and your mind. And it can create lots of extra weight.

So what’s the answer?

Getting back in touch with what hunger feels like, and responding to it.

I want you to eat when you are hungry and not ignore the hunger. On the other hand, when you do retrain yourself to feel that hunger, there is no need to panic.

Listen in as I coach this listener on how to be patient with her body, and create a way to be able to hear those faint hunger signals and strengthen them.

She’s on the right path, and so will you be.

I’ll see you on the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 46: Question from a Listener — How to Know When to Eat and When to Stop appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 46: Question from a Listener — How to Know When to Eat and When to Stop Nov 15, 2016

I love my listeners! And that includes you! In this podcast, I talk about a letter I got from one of my listeners, with her permission.

Like many of us, she has trouble hearing her body’s signals, so it’s hard to know when to start and when to stop eating.

Years of doing this can create lots of disconnection between your body and your mind. And it can create lots of extra weight.

So what’s the answer?

Getting back in touch with what hunger feels like, and responding to it.

I want you to eat when you are hungry and not ignore the hunger. On the other hand, when you do retrain yourself to feel that hunger, there is no need to panic.

Listen in as I coach this listener on how to be patient with her body, and create a way to be able to hear those faint hunger signals and strengthen them.

She’s on the right path, and so will you be.

I’ll see you on the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 46: Question from a Listener — How to Know When to Eat and When to Stop appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Closet podcast 45 — Episode 45: Why Cleaning Out Your Closet Can Help You Lose Weight Nov 08, 2016

I’m so glad you’re here! Today our coaching session is all about two concepts that seem so unrelated, but are very much connected.

Did you ever imagine that cleaning out your home, your closet or even your kitchen can help you see what’s holding you back from permanent weight loss?

The answer is: they are all connected.

In this coaching session, I will show you:

Why many of us are drawn to all kinds of organizing, and why it feels so good to clear out the clutter.

How your closet is like your mind, only it stores different things.

What happens when you have an overstuffed closet AND an overstuffed mind, with things that don’t serve you anymore.

How to know what to keep and what to toss, both from your thinking and your closet.

Why you need some clear, uncluttered space in that mind of yours.

And how to figure out how to keep things clear, once you’ve reorganized.

Want to be a new you? Then you need to decide what works, what doesn’t and what to do about it. All from the perspective of the kind of woman you wish to be.

And finally, take a leap and choose one thought about yourself that makes you feel bad, and holds you back, and let it go.

You can do this! Do you want something that’s been challenging to obtain? Let’s clear the clutter first.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 45: Why Cleaning Out Your Closet Can Help You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 45: Why Cleaning Out Your Closet Can Help You Lose Weight Nov 08, 2016

I’m so glad you’re here! Today our coaching session is all about two concepts that seem so unrelated, but are very much connected.

Did you ever imagine that cleaning out your home, your closet or even your kitchen can help you see what’s holding you back from permanent weight loss?

The answer is: they are all connected.

In this coaching session, I will show you:

Why many of us are drawn to all kinds of organizing, and why it feels so good to clear out the clutter.

How your closet is like your mind, only it stores different things.

What happens when you have an overstuffed closet AND an overstuffed mind, with things that don’t serve you anymore.

How to know what to keep and what to toss, both from your thinking and your closet.

Why you need some clear, uncluttered space in that mind of yours.

And how to figure out how to keep things clear, once you’ve reorganized.

Want to be a new you? Then you need to decide what works, what doesn’t and what to do about it. All from the perspective of the kind of woman you wish to be.

And finally, take a leap and choose one thought about yourself that makes you feel bad, and holds you back, and let it go.

You can do this! Do you want something that’s been challenging to obtain? Let’s clear the clutter first.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 45: Why Cleaning Out Your Closet Can Help You Lose Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

weight loss hard podcast 44 — Episode 44: Do You Think Weight Loss is TOO Hard? Nov 01, 2016

When was the last time you caught yourself saying, “This is just too hard!”?

When you’re changing your eating to eat naturally and get to a comfortable weight, there will be challenges.

There will be roadblocks. But finding your way around the roadblocks is your work.

It’s necessary and helps you grow.

Here’s what we’ll cover in your coaching session today:

How do you define something as ‘hard’?

What goes on in your mind when you think something is TOO hard?

Understand how and why continually thinking things are too hard will keep you stuck exactly where you are.

I know this is hard to believe, but hard is good, and I will show you why.

How can you reframe ‘hard’?

Learn to manage your mind to deal with and even welcome challenges.

Can you think of a time you got through something challenging? How did you feel afterwards?

What is the key phrase you can use to feel good when you have a challenge, even if you don’t know how to move forward in the moment?

Join me today in your coaching session about doing hard things. If you want anything different than you have at this moment, then hard is on the menu. Let’s get you ready for it.

Click here to download the worksheet for this episode.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 44: Do You Think Weight Loss is TOO Hard? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 44: Do You Think Weight Loss is TOO Hard? Nov 01, 2016

When was the last time you caught yourself saying, “This is just too hard!”?

When you’re changing your eating to eat naturally and get to a comfortable weight, there will be challenges.

There will be roadblocks. But finding your way around the roadblocks is your work.

It’s necessary and helps you grow.

Here’s what we’ll cover in your coaching session today:

How do you define something as ‘hard’?

What goes on in your mind when you think something is TOO hard?

Understand how and why continually thinking things are too hard will keep you stuck exactly where you are.

I know this is hard to believe, but hard is good, and I will show you why.

How can you reframe ‘hard’?

Learn to manage your mind to deal with and even welcome challenges.

Can you think of a time you got through something challenging? How did you feel afterwards?

What is the key phrase you can use to feel good when you have a challenge, even if you don’t know how to move forward in the moment?

Join me today in your coaching session about doing hard things. If you want anything different than you have at this moment, then hard is on the menu. Let’s get you ready for it.

Click here to download the worksheet for this episode.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 44: Do You Think Weight Loss is TOO Hard? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Feelings podcast 43 — Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings Oct 25, 2016

Are you selective about what you let yourself feel? I’m talking about your emotions.

Sad, happy, worried, angry or lonely. The good and the bad.

Do you distract yourself from an uncomfortable feeling by eating? When you do that, you avoid a feeling and add some extra pounds to your body.

Join me today in this coaching session and you’ll learn:

What a feeling is and how it’s created.

What your thoughts have to do with your feelings.

Why you may have learned to avoid any negative emotion.

And speaking of painful emotions, are they clean pain from the nature of being alive? Or are they feelings made much worse by the stories you tell yourself?

It’s important to allow yourself to feel the natural, unavoidable pain of being alive. Here’s why.

Do you know what happens when you avoid your negative feelings?

And, what happens when you allow yourself to feel everything?

And finally, how to do it. How to feel everything and survive.

Managing your emotional life is a sign of being an adult. You can do this. And when you learn to do this, there is nothing to run from, and you will lose the drive to eat when you aren’t hungry.

I will see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings Oct 25, 2016

Are you selective about what you let yourself feel? I’m talking about your emotions.

Sad, happy, worried, angry or lonely. The good and the bad.

Do you distract yourself from an uncomfortable feeling by eating? When you do that, you avoid a feeling and add some extra pounds to your body.

Join me today in this coaching session and you’ll learn:

What a feeling is and how it’s created.

What your thoughts have to do with your feelings.

Why you may have learned to avoid any negative emotion.

And speaking of painful emotions, are they clean pain from the nature of being alive? Or are they feelings made much worse by the stories you tell yourself?

It’s important to allow yourself to feel the natural, unavoidable pain of being alive. Here’s why.

Do you know what happens when you avoid your negative feelings?

And, what happens when you allow yourself to feel everything?

And finally, how to do it. How to feel everything and survive.

Managing your emotional life is a sign of being an adult. You can do this. And when you learn to do this, there is nothing to run from, and you will lose the drive to eat when you aren’t hungry.

I will see you in the session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 43: Emotional Eating: Why You Need to Feel ALL Your Feelings appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stress Eating Podcast 42 — Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2 Oct 18, 2016

I’m back with part 2 of Stress Eating, to help you disconnect your stressful emotions from eating without hunger.

If you listened to Episode 40, you’ll remember that we talked about your stress eating.

We defined it, looked at the mind-body connection and really pinpointed how it shows up in your life.

Now, we’re going to unravel exactly what to do to break the connection between emotions and eating.

Today, in your coaching session, we will cover:

What your thoughts are that lead to stress.

What the effects might be if you don’t learn how to disconnect stress from eating.

How to deal with the experience of stress in the moment, and not eat.

Stepping back, looking at your thoughts, the cause of your stress.

And, rising above and seeing the big picture. How to create a life where stress is minimized, and you learn to manage your emotions on a daily basis without eating.

I hope you join me for this revealing coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2 Oct 18, 2016

I’m back with part 2 of Stress Eating, to help you disconnect your stressful emotions from eating without hunger.

If you listened to Episode 40, you’ll remember that we talked about your stress eating.

We defined it, looked at the mind-body connection and really pinpointed how it shows up in your life.

Now, we’re going to unravel exactly what to do to break the connection between emotions and eating.

Today, in your coaching session, we will cover:

What your thoughts are that lead to stress.

What the effects might be if you don’t learn how to disconnect stress from eating.

How to deal with the experience of stress in the moment, and not eat.

Stepping back, looking at your thoughts, the cause of your stress.

And, rising above and seeing the big picture. How to create a life where stress is minimized, and you learn to manage your emotions on a daily basis without eating.

I hope you join me for this revealing coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 42: Stop Your Stress Eating, Part 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Working Woman Podcast 41 — Episode 41: Weight Loss and the Working Woman Oct 11, 2016

Are you a woman who works? Maybe you work managing your family, from morning until night. Or perhaps you’re a working woman in an office setting, employed by a company.

Either way, join the ranks. You’re a working woman.

And having seen this in many of my private clients, I would guess there is a real disconnect between who you are all day long, and who you become at night.

Do you hold all things together all day long, only to lapse into emotional eating at the end of the day?

Let me ask you these questions:

Are you aware of the many admirable traits you possess, operating in the world and solving problems all day long?

Have you ever thought about why you’re able to do this and then come home and feel helpless around food at night?

Let me show you a simple perspective shift. I want you to see your skills and use those skills to solve your own personal problem: emotional eating.

I will coach you and show you how your day differs from your night.

What you’re not seeing about yourself.

Why you don’t use your problem solving skills on yourself personally.

How to view your emotional eating as a simple project to be taken care of.

How to ace this project.

What creates the perfect storm in the evening.

And what to focus on for the next week.

Together we can figure this out.

I will see you in the coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 41: Weight Loss and the Working Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 41: Weight Loss and the Working Woman Oct 11, 2016

Are you a woman who works? Maybe you work managing your family, from morning until night. Or perhaps you’re a working woman in an office setting, employed by a company.

Either way, join the ranks. You’re a working woman.

And having seen this in many of my private clients, I would guess there is a real disconnect between who you are all day long, and who you become at night.

Do you hold all things together all day long, only to lapse into emotional eating at the end of the day?

Let me ask you these questions:

Are you aware of the many admirable traits you possess, operating in the world and solving problems all day long?

Have you ever thought about why you’re able to do this and then come home and feel helpless around food at night?

Let me show you a simple perspective shift. I want you to see your skills and use those skills to solve your own personal problem: emotional eating.

I will coach you and show you how your day differs from your night.

What you’re not seeing about yourself.

Why you don’t use your problem solving skills on yourself personally.

How to view your emotional eating as a simple project to be taken care of.

How to ace this project.

What creates the perfect storm in the evening.

And what to focus on for the next week.

Together we can figure this out.

I will see you in the coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 41: Weight Loss and the Working Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stressed Podcast 40 — Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed Oct 04, 2016

If you’re alive, you have stress. If you have a job, some friends, or maybe some obligations, you have stress.

We all have stress in some form or another, and yet we don’t all eat in reaction to it.

Today, I’m going to talk to you about stress and your eating. Or, your overeating, that is.

Do you even know exactly what stress is?

Let’s talk about it and I will show you:

What stress is.

How it shows up in your life, in your mind and your body.

Why you might overeat when you’re feeling stressed.

How eating got connected with your moods.

What exactly is the mind-body connection?

Does eating help you when you’re stressed?

Why do some people eat from stress while others lose their appetites?

Do you know what your stress eating patterns are?

How to stop the habit of overeating when life is too much.

Is the goal to eliminate all stress from your life? (Hint: no.)

So we’re going to take a look at what you do when life feels like too much to deal with and the feeling of overwhelm is high.

Is eating inevitable? No.

Join me in this coaching session to learn to recognize your own stress eating patterns and start the process of disconnecting food from mood.

I’ll see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed Oct 04, 2016

If you’re alive, you have stress. If you have a job, some friends, or maybe some obligations, you have stress.

We all have stress in some form or another, and yet we don’t all eat in reaction to it.

Today, I’m going to talk to you about stress and your eating. Or, your overeating, that is.

Do you even know exactly what stress is?

Let’s talk about it and I will show you:

What stress is.

How it shows up in your life, in your mind and your body.

Why you might overeat when you’re feeling stressed.

How eating got connected with your moods.

What exactly is the mind-body connection?

Does eating help you when you’re stressed?

Why do some people eat from stress while others lose their appetites?

Do you know what your stress eating patterns are?

How to stop the habit of overeating when life is too much.

Is the goal to eliminate all stress from your life? (Hint: no.)

So we’re going to take a look at what you do when life feels like too much to deal with and the feeling of overwhelm is high.

Is eating inevitable? No.

Join me in this coaching session to learn to recognize your own stress eating patterns and start the process of disconnecting food from mood.

I’ll see you in the session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 40: Why You Overeat When You’re Stressed appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Quitting Podcast 39 — Episode 39: What to Do When You Feel Like Quitting Sep 27, 2016

Let’s face it. You’ve probably given up on your eating and weight goals a few times. Or maybe more than a few times.

You may be intimate friends with the art of giving up. Quitting. Walking away.

And when you do that, your goals remain a distant dream that you never quite achieve.

That’s why today, I’m going to coach you on quitting, and how to be prepared for those unwanted suggestions to drop what you’ve been attempting.

Here’s what we’ll cover in today’s coaching session:

What it looks and feels like when you think it’s time to quit and give up.

Why is this happening? Again!!

What if you believed that quitting was not an option? How would that make your outcome different?

If quitting isn’t an option, what are your options?

Is past failure evidence that you just can’t do this?

What should you do when you get those familiar urges to just give up?

Step by step plans to conquer the thoughts of stopping and walking away from your goals.

What your own patterns around quitting are and how to rewrite your story for a different outcome.

What you truly want and how to make it real.

Join me in this coaching session as I guide you toward knowing how to not give in to the familiar urge to quit.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 39: What to Do When You Feel Like Quitting appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 39: What to Do When You Feel Like Quitting Sep 27, 2016

Let’s face it. You’ve probably given up on your eating and weight goals a few times. Or maybe more than a few times.

You may be intimate friends with the art of giving up. Quitting. Walking away.

And when you do that, your goals remain a distant dream that you never quite achieve.

That’s why today, I’m going to coach you on quitting, and how to be prepared for those unwanted suggestions to drop what you’ve been attempting.

Here’s what we’ll cover in today’s coaching session:

What it looks and feels like when you think it’s time to quit and give up.

Why is this happening? Again!!

What if you believed that quitting was not an option? How would that make your outcome different?

If quitting isn’t an option, what are your options?

Is past failure evidence that you just can’t do this?

What should you do when you get those familiar urges to just give up?

Step by step plans to conquer the thoughts of stopping and walking away from your goals.

What your own patterns around quitting are and how to rewrite your story for a different outcome.

What you truly want and how to make it real.

Join me in this coaching session as I guide you toward knowing how to not give in to the familiar urge to quit.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 39: What to Do When You Feel Like Quitting appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

patterns podcast 38 — Episode 38: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Look at the Patterns that Caused You to Gain It — Part 2 of 2 Sep 20, 2016

I know you’ve struggled. I know you don’t totally get why you can’t lose this weight.

But I do know how you can permanently lose the weight AND lose the whole problem.

The answer: let me coach you and show you your patterns. Let’s take a good, deep look at how you got here, so you’re never in this position again.

Here’s what we’ll cover together in this episode:

Why it’s important to shine the light on your patterns: no more secrets!

No one does everything wrong, including you. But I’ll bet you lump all your failures together, and I’ll show you how to stop doing that.

Let’s move your focus from what went wrong to what you do right. (I’ll show you that there ARE things you do right!)

What have you been doing that you know you should do more of?

What habits do you have that you know you want to drop?

And what are you doing that you’d like to do less of?

Why knowing your patterns creates your own personal GPS, and let’s you create a perfect path to what you want.

How to create a personal plan for yourself, because generic plans don’t work.

You can do this. And figuring out what went wrong is the first step to doing things different.

Join me in this coaching session. Let’s do this!

Here is the worksheet mentioned in the episode: Discovering Your Patterns.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 38: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Look at the Patterns that Caused You to Gain It — Part 2 of 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 38: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Look at the Patterns that Caused You to Gain It — Part 2 of 2 Sep 20, 2016

I know you’ve struggled. I know you don’t totally get why you can’t lose this weight.

But I do know how you can permanently lose the weight AND lose the whole problem.

The answer: let me coach you and show you your patterns. Let’s take a good, deep look at how you got here, so you’re never in this position again.

Here’s what we’ll cover together in this episode:

Why it’s important to shine the light on your patterns: no more secrets!

No one does everything wrong, including you. But I’ll bet you lump all your failures together, and I’ll show you how to stop doing that.

Let’s move your focus from what went wrong to what you do right. (I’ll show you that there ARE things you do right!)

What have you been doing that you know you should do more of?

What habits do you have that you know you want to drop?

And what are you doing that you’d like to do less of?

Why knowing your patterns creates your own personal GPS, and let’s you create a perfect path to what you want.

How to create a personal plan for yourself, because generic plans don’t work.

You can do this. And figuring out what went wrong is the first step to doing things different.

Join me in this coaching session. Let’s do this!

Here is the worksheet mentioned in the episode: Discovering Your Patterns.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 38: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Look at the Patterns that Caused You to Gain It — Part 2 of 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

gained podcast 37 — Episode 37: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Figure Out Why You Gained It First — Part I of 2 Sep 13, 2016

All my clients are in a big hurry to get to their weight goal. They don’t want to waste a moment; they just want to get to the end.

I tell them the words they need to hear but definitely don’t want to hear. Those words: slow down!

If you don’t slow down and take a peek in the rear-view mirror, you’ll never learn how you ended up where you are, how you gained the weight.

And then you’ll be doomed to keep repeating your patterns.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this coaching session, the first of a two-part series:

Exactly why you need to look at your past weight and eating history.

Why your weight right now is exactly where it should be.

How to look at your weight and fact the facts, and not create drama about it.

Your weight today is no mystery… and why that’s a good thing.

What patterns led you to today?

Did you deal with your moods in the past with food?

Was your motivation lagging?

Did you have a strong vision of what you wanted?

Do you know how to pick yourself up when you inevitably fall down?

Did restriction and deprivation hold you back?

Are you a perfectionist? Perfectionism and weight loss don’t mix!

Let me help you figure out what went wrong so you don’t repeat it again.

You did the best you could in the past. But now, let me show you how to do better.

Here are the two worksheets mentioned in the episode: The Miracle Question and Creating My End Game.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 37: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Figure Out Why You Gained It First — Part I of 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 37: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Figure Out Why You Gained It First — Part I of 2 Sep 13, 2016

All my clients are in a big hurry to get to their weight goal. They don’t want to waste a moment; they just want to get to the end.

I tell them the words they need to hear but definitely don’t want to hear. Those words: slow down!

If you don’t slow down and take a peek in the rear-view mirror, you’ll never learn how you ended up where you are, how you gained the weight.

And then you’ll be doomed to keep repeating your patterns.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this coaching session, the first of a two-part series:

Exactly why you need to look at your past weight and eating history.

Why your weight right now is exactly where it should be.

How to look at your weight and fact the facts, and not create drama about it.

Your weight today is no mystery… and why that’s a good thing.

What patterns led you to today?

Did you deal with your moods in the past with food?

Was your motivation lagging?

Did you have a strong vision of what you wanted?

Do you know how to pick yourself up when you inevitably fall down?

Did restriction and deprivation hold you back?

Are you a perfectionist? Perfectionism and weight loss don’t mix!

Let me help you figure out what went wrong so you don’t repeat it again.

You did the best you could in the past. But now, let me show you how to do better.

Here are the two worksheets mentioned in the episode: The Miracle Question and Creating My End Game.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 37: Want to Lose Weight? Let’s Figure Out Why You Gained It First — Part I of 2 appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Cook Podcast 36 — Episode 36: Do You Really Need to Cook to Eat Well and Lose Weight? Sep 06, 2016

Both sides of a good question.

Are you a gourmet cook? Me neither!

Sometimes I’m a takeout queen, and other times I’m prepping food for a healthy week.

It’s really good to know where you stand in the cooking question debate: to cook or not to cook? That is the question.

Here’s what we’ll cover in this coaching session that you need to know and think about:

How the way you choose to feed yourself determines the ease or difficulty of your weight loss.

Why you might choose to cook in order to eat better.

On the other hand, why eating out might be stressful… or, it might actually make feeding yourself much easier.

Why does it feel safer regarding food choices to eat at home?

How to look at your food sensitivities and allergies so you aren’t feeling deprived.

What if cooking just isn’t your thing?

What are some options to restaurants, if you don’t want to cook?

How to feel in charge of what and how you eat no matter what method you choose to get food.

How do you make an eating plan that works?

Why it’s important to actually make a decision about cooking or not cooking.

Let me help you face the facts and make a choice, so you have no guilt and you always know where your next meal is coming from.

Join me for this coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 36: Do You Really Need to Cook to Eat Well and Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 36: Do You Really Need to Cook to Eat Well and Lose Weight? Sep 06, 2016

Both sides of a good question.

Are you a gourmet cook? Me neither!

Sometimes I’m a takeout queen, and other times I’m prepping food for a healthy week.

It’s really good to know where you stand in the cooking question debate: to cook or not to cook? That is the question.

Here’s what we’ll cover in this coaching session that you need to know and think about:

How the way you choose to feed yourself determines the ease or difficulty of your weight loss.

Why you might choose to cook in order to eat better.

On the other hand, why eating out might be stressful… or, it might actually make feeding yourself much easier.

Why does it feel safer regarding food choices to eat at home?

How to look at your food sensitivities and allergies so you aren’t feeling deprived.

What if cooking just isn’t your thing?

What are some options to restaurants, if you don’t want to cook?

How to feel in charge of what and how you eat no matter what method you choose to get food.

How do you make an eating plan that works?

Why it’s important to actually make a decision about cooking or not cooking.

Let me help you face the facts and make a choice, so you have no guilt and you always know where your next meal is coming from.

Join me for this coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 36: Do You Really Need to Cook to Eat Well and Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Losing Weight Struggle Podcast 35 — Episode 35: Losing the Weight AND Losing the Struggle Aug 30, 2016

Imagine this: You’re in the process of losing weight, or perhaps you have already lost weight and now want to maintain it.

And now you find yourself worrying about situations like going to a restaurant, or a party.

Does it feel like a constant struggle?

Losing weight and maintaining it, and changing your eating habits doesn’t have to be so hard. It should not feel like you are constantly hanging by a thread.

And I will show you how to live so it’s not so hard.

In this episode I will coach you and teach you:

Why you may constantly struggle.

What your fears may turn into if you don’t get control of them.

What you need to focus on to make your new way of eating a simple, sustainable habit.

The five foundational skills that will help you in any eating situation.

What happens when you develop, cultivate and grow these foundational skills.

And, your first step toward mastering these skills.

You can be anywhere, do anything, and be with anyone, and not be worried or struggle with how it will affect your eating.

Get comfy and grab a notepad… you might want to write some of these concepts down. Let’s dive in!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 35: Losing the Weight AND Losing the Struggle appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 35: Losing the Weight AND Losing the Struggle Aug 30, 2016

Imagine this: You’re in the process of losing weight, or perhaps you have already lost weight and now want to maintain it.

And now you find yourself worrying about situations like going to a restaurant, or a party.

Does it feel like a constant struggle?

Losing weight and maintaining it, and changing your eating habits doesn’t have to be so hard. It should not feel like you are constantly hanging by a thread.

And I will show you how to live so it’s not so hard.

In this episode I will coach you and teach you:

Why you may constantly struggle.

What your fears may turn into if you don’t get control of them.

What you need to focus on to make your new way of eating a simple, sustainable habit.

The five foundational skills that will help you in any eating situation.

What happens when you develop, cultivate and grow these foundational skills.

And, your first step toward mastering these skills.

You can be anywhere, do anything, and be with anyone, and not be worried or struggle with how it will affect your eating.

Get comfy and grab a notepad… you might want to write some of these concepts down. Let’s dive in!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 35: Losing the Weight AND Losing the Struggle appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Treat Podcast 34 — Episode 34: Want a Treat? Here’s How to Lose Weight AND Have Treat Foods Aug 23, 2016

Gone are the days of super-strict diets of cottage cheese, broiled chicken and steamed broccoli. At least I hope those days are gone for you.

Learning how to eat to support your natural weight requires foods that are good for you AND foods that are delicious. Otherwise, you know you’ll never be able to stick to a plan for very long.

But what is a treat? And how much do you give yourself?

Join me in this episode as I teach you and coach you on these concepts of eating treats:

Exactly what do you consider a treat?

How can you look at treats and leave behind the good vs. bad mentality?

Is it okay for you to eat just for fun and pleasure?

How does overeating play into treat foods?

Do you give yourself a treat that’s a certain type of food, or do you go for quantity?

What do you listen to: your mind or your body when it comes to treats?

What’s the trick to keep your treats under control?

And more.

I want to show you how to create a way of eating that allows you to get to your natural weight, while giving you the natural pleasure we all get and want from good foods.

Here it is!

trong>THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 34: Want a Treat? Here’s How to Lose Weight AND Have Treat Foods appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 34: Want a Treat? Here’s How to Lose Weight AND Have Treat Foods Aug 23, 2016

Gone are the days of super-strict diets of cottage cheese, broiled chicken and steamed broccoli. At least I hope those days are gone for you.

Learning how to eat to support your natural weight requires foods that are good for you AND foods that are delicious. Otherwise, you know you’ll never be able to stick to a plan for very long.

But what is a treat? And how much do you give yourself?

Join me in this episode as I teach you and coach you on these concepts of eating treats:

Exactly what do you consider a treat?

How can you look at treats and leave behind the good vs. bad mentality?

Is it okay for you to eat just for fun and pleasure?

How does overeating play into treat foods?

Do you give yourself a treat that’s a certain type of food, or do you go for quantity?

What do you listen to: your mind or your body when it comes to treats?

What’s the trick to keep your treats under control?

And more.

I want to show you how to create a way of eating that allows you to get to your natural weight, while giving you the natural pleasure we all get and want from good foods.

Here it is!

trong>THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 34: Want a Treat? Here’s How to Lose Weight AND Have Treat Foods appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Food Prepping Podcast 33 — Episode 33: Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat: How Prepping Your Food Ahead of Time Can Make Your Weight Loss So Much Easier! Aug 16, 2016

Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat.

Today, I am proud to present my colleague Corinne Crabtree. Corinne lost 100 pounds over 10 years ago by taking a simple approach: only do each day what you are willing to do for the rest of your life. She started with walking and thinking through the food she ate. Before her weight loss she battled obesity from the age of 9, never played sports because he had suffered from a sports injury, and lived in a drive-thru. After she took a sports medicine program , she now has completed over 50 half marathons, 4 marathons, 7 Tough Mudders and a 4 triathlons. She has kept her weight off and now coaches women how to develop an active and healthy lifestyle.

Visit http://www.phit-n-phat.com/cookie for a free video and great tips on how to make your life and weight loss easier with food prepping!

Corinne, whose company is called Phit-n-Phat.com inspires women to create weight loss plans that work and are truly livable.

One of the things she teaches and practices is food prepping: chopping and cooking and portioning out what you’ll need to make your whole week easier.

We talk about the concept of deciding ahead of time and how that takes the challenge out of making so many food decisions each day. We also cover how to deal with the food for the rest of your family.

Please join us for this coaching session as Corinne and I tell you all about prepping your food and how it works.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 33: Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat: How Prepping Your Food Ahead of Time Can Make Your Weight Loss So Much Easier! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 33: Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat: How Prepping Your Food Ahead of Time Can Make Your Weight Loss So Much Easier! Aug 16, 2016

Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat.

Today, I am proud to present my colleague Corinne Crabtree. Corinne lost 100 pounds over 10 years ago by taking a simple approach: only do each day what you are willing to do for the rest of your life. She started with walking and thinking through the food she ate. Before her weight loss she battled obesity from the age of 9, never played sports because he had suffered from a sports injury, and lived in a drive-thru. After she took a sports medicine program , she now has completed over 50 half marathons, 4 marathons, 7 Tough Mudders and a 4 triathlons. She has kept her weight off and now coaches women how to develop an active and healthy lifestyle.

Visit http://www.phit-n-phat.com/cookie for a free video and great tips on how to make your life and weight loss easier with food prepping!

Corinne, whose company is called Phit-n-Phat.com inspires women to create weight loss plans that work and are truly livable.

One of the things she teaches and practices is food prepping: chopping and cooking and portioning out what you’ll need to make your whole week easier.

We talk about the concept of deciding ahead of time and how that takes the challenge out of making so many food decisions each day. We also cover how to deal with the food for the rest of your family.

Please join us for this coaching session as Corinne and I tell you all about prepping your food and how it works.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 33: Guest Interview with Corinne Crabtree of Phit-n-Phat: How Prepping Your Food Ahead of Time Can Make Your Weight Loss So Much Easier! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Fears Podcast 32 — Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears Aug 09, 2016

It’s inevitable. Just like clockwork. It always comes up.

All my clients think this. Sometimes it comes up early, in the consultation. Other times it comes up after a couple of coaching sessions, once my clients feel more comfortable with me.

They ask:

Have you ever had a client who just couldn’t do it?

Couldn’t lose the extra weight?

Couldn’t stop emotionally eating? Or binge eating?

You might ask because you’re afraid.

Afraid of being the exception. Afraid of just not being able to do what it takes. Afraid that there’s something wrong with you. And that you will always, always struggle.

Just because you haven’t yet achieved what you want to achieve doesn’t mean you can’t. But I am talking about this today because I really want you to know that you’re not alone in having these fears.

I want you to face these fears and understand where they come from. Why they feel so real to you. And learn how to bust through these fears and do what you really want to do. Eat well. Stop when you’ve had enough. Create a body you feel good in. And live your life.

Join me as I talk about your most secret fears about your weight and your eating, and how to get rid of them now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears Aug 09, 2016

It’s inevitable. Just like clockwork. It always comes up.

All my clients think this. Sometimes it comes up early, in the consultation. Other times it comes up after a couple of coaching sessions, once my clients feel more comfortable with me.

They ask:

Have you ever had a client who just couldn’t do it?

Couldn’t lose the extra weight?

Couldn’t stop emotionally eating? Or binge eating?

You might ask because you’re afraid.

Afraid of being the exception. Afraid of just not being able to do what it takes. Afraid that there’s something wrong with you. And that you will always, always struggle.

Just because you haven’t yet achieved what you want to achieve doesn’t mean you can’t. But I am talking about this today because I really want you to know that you’re not alone in having these fears.

I want you to face these fears and understand where they come from. Why they feel so real to you. And learn how to bust through these fears and do what you really want to do. Eat well. Stop when you’ve had enough. Create a body you feel good in. And live your life.

Join me as I talk about your most secret fears about your weight and your eating, and how to get rid of them now.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 32: How to Get Past Your Greatest Weight Loss Fears appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Promises Podcast 31 — Episode 31: When it Comes to Weight Loss, Must You Always Keep Your Promises? Aug 02, 2016

How to Know When to Keep Your Promise to Yourself and When to Negotiate a New One

You have a goal. Check!

You have a great reason for losing weight. Your big ‘why’. Check!

And you create a plan. Check!

All systems ready to go.

But wait! As you start your project of working on your mind and body, certain situations come up. Situations that cause you to want to change plans and not keep your promises to yourself.

What do you do? Do you change plans or keep your word, no matter what?

Here’s how to look at this common condition:

When you make plans, why do things always come up that cause you to second-guess yourself?

Do you have a flexible plan? Or stay firm no matter what?

What’s the danger of not keeping your promises to yourself?

Does it sound like a whole debate team in your head when you try to figure out what to do?

Is the road narrow all the time? Or can you widen the road and still be on it?

What if you think you’ll never get the opportunity to eat this food again? Ever?

Should you bend your own rules when the desire to eat comes from an emotion?

Join me as I coach you on promises. Promises you make to yourself to help you change your eating. When to keep them and when to break them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 31: When it Comes to Weight Loss, Must You Always Keep Your Promises? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 31: When it Comes to Weight Loss, Must You Always Keep Your Promises? Aug 02, 2016

How to Know When to Keep Your Promise to Yourself and When to Negotiate a New One

You have a goal. Check!

You have a great reason for losing weight. Your big ‘why’. Check!

And you create a plan. Check!

All systems ready to go.

But wait! As you start your project of working on your mind and body, certain situations come up. Situations that cause you to want to change plans and not keep your promises to yourself.

What do you do? Do you change plans or keep your word, no matter what?

Here’s how to look at this common condition:

When you make plans, why do things always come up that cause you to second-guess yourself?

Do you have a flexible plan? Or stay firm no matter what?

What’s the danger of not keeping your promises to yourself?

Does it sound like a whole debate team in your head when you try to figure out what to do?

Is the road narrow all the time? Or can you widen the road and still be on it?

What if you think you’ll never get the opportunity to eat this food again? Ever?

Should you bend your own rules when the desire to eat comes from an emotion?

Join me as I coach you on promises. Promises you make to yourself to help you change your eating. When to keep them and when to break them.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 31: When it Comes to Weight Loss, Must You Always Keep Your Promises? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Better is the New Perfect Podcast 30 — Episode 30: Why Better is the New Perfect When It Comes to Weight Loss Jul 26, 2016

Do you aim for perfect? Or do you aim to do things better than you’ve been doing them?

If you aim to be better, you’re in luck! Aiming to be better is the proven way to make changes in your life.

Today’s podcast will coach and teach you how to develop a winning mindset that will help you achieve your eating goals, whether it’s to end your emotional eating, bust through your binges, or leave your overeating in the dust.

Pull up a cozy chair and listen as I coach you on:

Why you may unconsciously aim for perfection and why it is doomed to backfire.

How trying to be perfect in what you do will lead you to quitting.

The goal you should have when you start any project (hint: to learn!)

What is a mindset, anyway?

The difference, according to Carol Dweck, between a fixed and a growth mindset.

The big advantages of adopting a growth mindset, ASAP!

How your eating challenges can be resolved and the best way to resolve them.

What happens when you face a challenge, or hit a roadblock, or get criticism about yourself or something you’re doing?

How and why you can and should consciously change how you view the world, and how you view yourself.

Why judging yourself for how you’ve been thinking up to this point is pointless and harmful.

Join me on the Weight Loss Made Real Podcast to learn all about that fascinating mind of yours, and how you can use it to get the results you want, in your life, and in your body.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 30: Why Better is the New Perfect When It Comes to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 30: Why Better is the New Perfect When It Comes to Weight Loss Jul 26, 2016

Do you aim for perfect? Or do you aim to do things better than you’ve been doing them?

If you aim to be better, you’re in luck! Aiming to be better is the proven way to make changes in your life.

Today’s podcast will coach and teach you how to develop a winning mindset that will help you achieve your eating goals, whether it’s to end your emotional eating, bust through your binges, or leave your overeating in the dust.

Pull up a cozy chair and listen as I coach you on:

Why you may unconsciously aim for perfection and why it is doomed to backfire.

How trying to be perfect in what you do will lead you to quitting.

The goal you should have when you start any project (hint: to learn!)

What is a mindset, anyway?

The difference, according to Carol Dweck, between a fixed and a growth mindset.

The big advantages of adopting a growth mindset, ASAP!

How your eating challenges can be resolved and the best way to resolve them.

What happens when you face a challenge, or hit a roadblock, or get criticism about yourself or something you’re doing?

How and why you can and should consciously change how you view the world, and how you view yourself.

Why judging yourself for how you’ve been thinking up to this point is pointless and harmful.

Join me on the Weight Loss Made Real Podcast to learn all about that fascinating mind of yours, and how you can use it to get the results you want, in your life, and in your body.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 30: Why Better is the New Perfect When It Comes to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Procrastination Podcast 29 — Episode 29: Is Your Procrastination Getting in the Way of Your Weight Loss? Jul 19, 2016

If you’re anything like me, I’ll bet you’ve procrastinated a time or two in your life.

And I’ll also bet that even with something you want very, very much, there are some things that you procrastinate on.

Why do you do this? Why do you put off something you know would benefit you, and possibly even change your life?

Well, it turns out that there are several good reasons. But there are also several remedies for your procrastination. And that’s what I will coach you on in this session of Weight Loss Made Real.

In this session, you will learn:

What the true definition of procrastination is… so you can recognize it.

Some common examples of how you might procrastinate in the area of your eating and your weight.

Typical ways your procrastination habit has an effect on how you eat and take care of yourself.

The big answer to ‘why’ you do it!

How you feel when you procrastinate.

And what some common triggers are that cause you to do it.

Ways to recognize that it’s your habit, so you can deal with it properly.

And, finally, several effective ways to overcome it.

Don’t let your procrastination habit run your life, and stop you from getting what you really, really want. Join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 29: Is Your Procrastination Getting in the Way of Your Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 29: Is Your Procrastination Getting in the Way of Your Weight Loss? Jul 19, 2016

If you’re anything like me, I’ll bet you’ve procrastinated a time or two in your life.

And I’ll also bet that even with something you want very, very much, there are some things that you procrastinate on.

Why do you do this? Why do you put off something you know would benefit you, and possibly even change your life?

Well, it turns out that there are several good reasons. But there are also several remedies for your procrastination. And that’s what I will coach you on in this session of Weight Loss Made Real.

In this session, you will learn:

What the true definition of procrastination is… so you can recognize it.

Some common examples of how you might procrastinate in the area of your eating and your weight.

Typical ways your procrastination habit has an effect on how you eat and take care of yourself.

The big answer to ‘why’ you do it!

How you feel when you procrastinate.

And what some common triggers are that cause you to do it.

Ways to recognize that it’s your habit, so you can deal with it properly.

And, finally, several effective ways to overcome it.

Don’t let your procrastination habit run your life, and stop you from getting what you really, really want. Join me.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 29: Is Your Procrastination Getting in the Way of Your Weight Loss? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Weight Loss Priority Podcast 28 — Episode 28: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority Jul 12, 2016

Are you on your own ‘to do’ list?

Let’s say you decide you want to lose weight. And you make a plan, and get everything you need to do all lined up. You’re ready. But somehow, even though you really want to do this, the everyday challenges of life come up and you simply forget to focus on what you want most.

Does that sound like something that happens to you? It’s more common than you think.

Today, I’m going to coach you and teach you how to avoid this pitfall. I’m going to show you how to keep your Project YOU the ultimate priority, so you can get it done.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

What happens in the honeymoon stage of any weight loss program you’re on.

Why knowing how much weight you’d like to lose isn’t enough.

When you look at someone and envy the ease they seem to have about eating, what’s the most important thing you should be focusing on.

How your innocent thoughts can sabotage your best efforts.

Is planning really important? Why? And how can you make it less painful?

Why it doesn’t work to just look at your plan day by day, and why you need to think a week at a time.

What’s the difference between planning and prepping?

How to get and stay motivated, all by yourself.

If anyone can do this, I know for sure that you can too. But planning ahead of time makes it a whole lot easier. I hope you enjoy this coaching session and make yourself a priority.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 28: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 28: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority Jul 12, 2016

Are you on your own ‘to do’ list?

Let’s say you decide you want to lose weight. And you make a plan, and get everything you need to do all lined up. You’re ready. But somehow, even though you really want to do this, the everyday challenges of life come up and you simply forget to focus on what you want most.

Does that sound like something that happens to you? It’s more common than you think.

Today, I’m going to coach you and teach you how to avoid this pitfall. I’m going to show you how to keep your Project YOU the ultimate priority, so you can get it done.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

What happens in the honeymoon stage of any weight loss program you’re on.

Why knowing how much weight you’d like to lose isn’t enough.

When you look at someone and envy the ease they seem to have about eating, what’s the most important thing you should be focusing on.

How your innocent thoughts can sabotage your best efforts.

Is planning really important? Why? And how can you make it less painful?

Why it doesn’t work to just look at your plan day by day, and why you need to think a week at a time.

What’s the difference between planning and prepping?

How to get and stay motivated, all by yourself.

If anyone can do this, I know for sure that you can too. But planning ahead of time makes it a whole lot easier. I hope you enjoy this coaching session and make yourself a priority.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 28: How to Make Your Weight Loss Project THE Priority appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Busting Through Overeating Podcast 27 — Episode 27: The 5 D’s of Busting Through Your Overeating, Emotional Eating and Binge Eating Jul 05, 2016

Have you ever faced down some food that you really wanted to eat and just gave in and ate it? Even if you weren’t hungry?

Did you know there are other options to overeating?

Yes, I’m talking about strategies for overeating. Strategies that can help you put some space in between you and the food in that all-important moment of decision.

Here they are. Taken straight from one of my most-loved worksheets, which you can get right here.

In this coaching session, here are some things you’ll learn to make better choices in that moment of decision:

What happens to your brain when you’re in a food situation?

How does your desire for a food in certain situations turn into a hard to break habit?

Why it’s just SO easy to give in and eat, even if you’re not hungry.

What the true goal is when you’re faced with an urge to eat.

Some great techniques to use right in that dangerous moment.

When you distract yourself in order to not eat, what is the true goal of doing this?

What are some things you can do to use the D of Distraction?

Why the D of Delay works, and how long you should use it for. (Hint: don’t do it for 10 minutes.)

The third D, Distance, can give you time to access your true desires, and say no to something you only want in that moment. Know how to do this?

The D of Download: why getting those confusing, conflicting thoughts out of your head and onto paper (or your computer) is so much better than ruminating in your mind.

And the fifth D, Decide. Even if you do eat something you are trying not to, it’s so much better to make a clean decision than to just tumble into it by default. Learn how to decide what to do and not have it bleed into the rest of your day, as in: “Oh, I’ve already blown it; I may as well keep going.” No! You don’t have to go there!

You’ll learn how to make the 5 D’s a part of your life, and how to remember to use them.

And, you’ll get the worksheet I use with my private clients and my groups to help you learn and use these techniques.

Enjoy!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 27: The 5 D’s of Busting Through Your Overeating, Emotional Eating and Binge Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 27: The 5 D’s of Busting Through Your Overeating, Emotional Eating and Binge Eating Jul 05, 2016

Have you ever faced down some food that you really wanted to eat and just gave in and ate it? Even if you weren’t hungry?

Did you know there are other options to overeating?

Yes, I’m talking about strategies for overeating. Strategies that can help you put some space in between you and the food in that all-important moment of decision.

Here they are. Taken straight from one of my most-loved worksheets, which you can get right here.

In this coaching session, here are some things you’ll learn to make better choices in that moment of decision:

What happens to your brain when you’re in a food situation?

How does your desire for a food in certain situations turn into a hard to break habit?

Why it’s just SO easy to give in and eat, even if you’re not hungry.

What the true goal is when you’re faced with an urge to eat.

Some great techniques to use right in that dangerous moment.

When you distract yourself in order to not eat, what is the true goal of doing this?

What are some things you can do to use the D of Distraction?

Why the D of Delay works, and how long you should use it for. (Hint: don’t do it for 10 minutes.)

The third D, Distance, can give you time to access your true desires, and say no to something you only want in that moment. Know how to do this?

The D of Download: why getting those confusing, conflicting thoughts out of your head and onto paper (or your computer) is so much better than ruminating in your mind.

And the fifth D, Decide. Even if you do eat something you are trying not to, it’s so much better to make a clean decision than to just tumble into it by default. Learn how to decide what to do and not have it bleed into the rest of your day, as in: “Oh, I’ve already blown it; I may as well keep going.” No! You don’t have to go there!

You’ll learn how to make the 5 D’s a part of your life, and how to remember to use them.

And, you’ll get the worksheet I use with my private clients and my groups to help you learn and use these techniques.

Enjoy!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 27: The 5 D’s of Busting Through Your Overeating, Emotional Eating and Binge Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Tell Me What to Eat Podcast 26 — Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman Jun 28, 2016

The biggest question my clients have when they first come to me is this: “What should I eat?”

And that is their biggest desire. They want to lose weight, and they want me to tell them step by step exactly what to eat to get to their goal weight.

So in today’s episode, I want to talk to you about what to eat.

Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

Why you look at food as good or bad and where that perspective came from.

Why that way of looking at food isn’t helping you and may actually be making weight loss harder.

What your parents and teachers may have trained you to think when it comes to what you eat.

How you judge yourself and why, when you eat a ‘bad’ food.

When you see certain foods as forbidden, what happens when you do eat one of these foods?

And if you manage to stay away from forbidden foods, why you feel so deprived.

How can you look at different types of food without the good vs. bad division?

What are helpful foods?

How to incorporate less helpful but good tasting foods into your diet without losing control.

How to judge how much ‘less helpful’ / treat food to allow yourself and still lose weight.

I want you to feel secure even when there is no exact prescription of what and how much to eat. I want you to always know what to eat and how much to eat because you know what works for you and your body. And this is what I teach my clients.

So even if your question is, “What should I eat?”, I promise that you will enjoy and learn from this enlightening coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman Jun 28, 2016

The biggest question my clients have when they first come to me is this: “What should I eat?”

And that is their biggest desire. They want to lose weight, and they want me to tell them step by step exactly what to eat to get to their goal weight.

So in today’s episode, I want to talk to you about what to eat.

Here’s what we’ll cover in our coaching session today:

Why you look at food as good or bad and where that perspective came from.

Why that way of looking at food isn’t helping you and may actually be making weight loss harder.

What your parents and teachers may have trained you to think when it comes to what you eat.

How you judge yourself and why, when you eat a ‘bad’ food.

When you see certain foods as forbidden, what happens when you do eat one of these foods?

And if you manage to stay away from forbidden foods, why you feel so deprived.

How can you look at different types of food without the good vs. bad division?

What are helpful foods?

How to incorporate less helpful but good tasting foods into your diet without losing control.

How to judge how much ‘less helpful’ / treat food to allow yourself and still lose weight.

I want you to feel secure even when there is no exact prescription of what and how much to eat. I want you to always know what to eat and how much to eat because you know what works for you and your body. And this is what I teach my clients.

So even if your question is, “What should I eat?”, I promise that you will enjoy and learn from this enlightening coaching session.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 26: Just Tell Me What to Eat! How to Love the Foods that Love You Back and Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eating Choices Podcast 25 — Episode 25: How to Make Eating Choices All Day Long that Lead You to Weight Loss Jun 21, 2016

If you’ve ever sat down and listed all the different choices you made in one day, you’d probably be exhausted just thinking about it!

We face so many decisions every day and many of them are about when to eat, what to eat, how much to eat, and how to get ourselves to stop. Oh, and don’t forget all the self-beating about what we’ve just eaten!

This is what I will coach you on today: how to see all the eating choices you make in a day and know exactly how to make those choices.

Here’s what you’ll learn in Episode 25:

What you usually do when at a fork in the road, and what you should be doing instead.

Why giving in to the cupcake of the moment feels so much easier than passing it up.

How to stay awake and not go into autopilot when making food decisions.

What you tell yourself about all the little choices you make that could get you in trouble.

How to apply The Compounding Effect to eating and weight loss.

Why you need to know your ‘big why’ when it comes to making good eating decisions.

How to use planning for your benefit, even if you’re truly not a planner.

Learn how to stop kidding yourself when the same situations keep coming up, over and over again.

Spot your patterns and take charge of them, instead of being led unconsciously by them.

And more.

Your everyday decisions create your reality. Your body. Your weight.

So doesn’t it make sense to shine the light on all those eating choices and learn how to make them in your favor?

Join me for an illuminating coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 25: How to Make Eating Choices All Day Long that Lead You to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 25: How to Make Eating Choices All Day Long that Lead You to Weight Loss Jun 21, 2016

If you’ve ever sat down and listed all the different choices you made in one day, you’d probably be exhausted just thinking about it!

We face so many decisions every day and many of them are about when to eat, what to eat, how much to eat, and how to get ourselves to stop. Oh, and don’t forget all the self-beating about what we’ve just eaten!

This is what I will coach you on today: how to see all the eating choices you make in a day and know exactly how to make those choices.

Here’s what you’ll learn in Episode 25:

What you usually do when at a fork in the road, and what you should be doing instead.

Why giving in to the cupcake of the moment feels so much easier than passing it up.

How to stay awake and not go into autopilot when making food decisions.

What you tell yourself about all the little choices you make that could get you in trouble.

How to apply The Compounding Effect to eating and weight loss.

Why you need to know your ‘big why’ when it comes to making good eating decisions.

How to use planning for your benefit, even if you’re truly not a planner.

Learn how to stop kidding yourself when the same situations keep coming up, over and over again.

Spot your patterns and take charge of them, instead of being led unconsciously by them.

And more.

Your everyday decisions create your reality. Your body. Your weight.

So doesn’t it make sense to shine the light on all those eating choices and learn how to make them in your favor?

Join me for an illuminating coaching session!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 25: How to Make Eating Choices All Day Long that Lead You to Weight Loss appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eating Slip Podcast 24 — Episode 24: How to Recover from an Eating Slip from Any Weight Loss Program Jun 14, 2016

Have you ever been on a weight loss plan or program and had an eating slip? Eaten something you wish you hadn’t?

Of course you have! Why? Because you’re human.

Listen in as I coach you all about slips and how to minimize the damage to your weight loss goals:

Learn exactly why you slip from your plans, even when it’s something you really, really want.

Understand what key things you tell yourself that are guaranteed to increase the damage from your eating slip, and why you’re conditioned to say them.

Hear about a new way to look at slips, and why they’re necessary in learning something new.

Discover why your goal is NOT to avoid slips at any cost.

Find out what you can say to yourself to minimize the costs of your slips, and help yourself get back on track quickly.

Get skilled at the if/then technique, which can help you plan ahead and program your brain.

Learn why you tend to generalize when you slip, and think ‘everything’ has gone wrong.

Figure out how to isolate your mistakes and learn from them.

Understand why a small stumble may actually be a good thing in following any plan.

Create a plan for regrouping after a stumble. Quickly.

And more.

Join me for another coaching session. Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 24: How to Recover from an Eating Slip from Any Weight Loss Program appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 24: How to Recover from an Eating Slip from Any Weight Loss Program Jun 14, 2016

Have you ever been on a weight loss plan or program and had an eating slip? Eaten something you wish you hadn’t?

Of course you have! Why? Because you’re human.

Listen in as I coach you all about slips and how to minimize the damage to your weight loss goals:

Learn exactly why you slip from your plans, even when it’s something you really, really want.

Understand what key things you tell yourself that are guaranteed to increase the damage from your eating slip, and why you’re conditioned to say them.

Hear about a new way to look at slips, and why they’re necessary in learning something new.

Discover why your goal is NOT to avoid slips at any cost.

Find out what you can say to yourself to minimize the costs of your slips, and help yourself get back on track quickly.

Get skilled at the if/then technique, which can help you plan ahead and program your brain.

Learn why you tend to generalize when you slip, and think ‘everything’ has gone wrong.

Figure out how to isolate your mistakes and learn from them.

Understand why a small stumble may actually be a good thing in following any plan.

Create a plan for regrouping after a stumble. Quickly.

And more.

Join me for another coaching session. Let’s do this!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 24: How to Recover from an Eating Slip from Any Weight Loss Program appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Love Diets Podcast 23 — Episode 23: Why We All Love Diets and What the Real Answer to Weight Loss Is Jun 07, 2016

Let’s face it. We love diets.

We love simple instructions that promise magical results.

Eat this.

Don’t eat that.

And you’ll arrive at your perfect weight.

Not. True.

Diets are an external solution to an internal problem.

Please join me as I coach you today on why we all love diets, and love to search for them and read all about them, but know, inside, that they aren’t the answer to your extra weight.

If diets aren’t a solution to losing your extra weight, well then, what does work?

Why it doesn’t work to keep trying to change the way you eat.

How those diet books with the big recipe sections fool you every time.

Why you love those simple 5 step guides to do anything, including weight loss.

Is your extra weight the problem? Or the symptom?

If you aren’t hungry and want to eat, what should you do?

How do you find the right solution to the problem of eating beyond what your body needs?

And, how to figure out your own causes of overeating so you can truly treat the problem correctly.

Let’s talk about finding the right solution to the problem of your extra weight. And, to do that, let’s learn how you created that problem in the first place. See you in the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 23: Why We All Love Diets and What the Real Answer to Weight Loss Is appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 23: Why We All Love Diets and What the Real Answer to Weight Loss Is Jun 07, 2016

Let’s face it. We love diets.

We love simple instructions that promise magical results.

Eat this.

Don’t eat that.

And you’ll arrive at your perfect weight.

Not. True.

Diets are an external solution to an internal problem.

Please join me as I coach you today on why we all love diets, and love to search for them and read all about them, but know, inside, that they aren’t the answer to your extra weight.

If diets aren’t a solution to losing your extra weight, well then, what does work?

Why it doesn’t work to keep trying to change the way you eat.

How those diet books with the big recipe sections fool you every time.

Why you love those simple 5 step guides to do anything, including weight loss.

Is your extra weight the problem? Or the symptom?

If you aren’t hungry and want to eat, what should you do?

How do you find the right solution to the problem of eating beyond what your body needs?

And, how to figure out your own causes of overeating so you can truly treat the problem correctly.

Let’s talk about finding the right solution to the problem of your extra weight. And, to do that, let’s learn how you created that problem in the first place. See you in the podcast.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 23: Why We All Love Diets and What the Real Answer to Weight Loss Is appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Deprivation Podcast 22 — Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It May 31, 2016

Are you at risk for being at the mercy of deprivation?

Well, not real deprivation.

All it takes is you believing that not getting what you want means you are deprived.

Sorry friends, but deprivation usually only happens in your mind.

In the world we live in, it’s truly rare that you are deprived.

Listen to this episode, and here’s what you’ll learn:

What deprivation truly is.

Why feeling deprived leads you to overeat. A lot.

How to say no to yourself without creating deprivation.

What effect your thoughts have on your feelings of deprivation.

Where do your tendencies to feel deprived come from?

How can you lose weight and say no to yourself?

Why it’s okay to say no sometimes.

What does your inner teenager have to do with deprivation?

How your parents might have set you up to revolt against ever saying no to yourself.

Join me and learn to never use deprivation as an excuse to eat food your body isn’t really asking for. And, when you break free from the deprivation mindset, you’ll find eating according to any plan much, much easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It May 31, 2016

Are you at risk for being at the mercy of deprivation?

Well, not real deprivation.

All it takes is you believing that not getting what you want means you are deprived.

Sorry friends, but deprivation usually only happens in your mind.

In the world we live in, it’s truly rare that you are deprived.

Listen to this episode, and here’s what you’ll learn:

What deprivation truly is.

Why feeling deprived leads you to overeat. A lot.

How to say no to yourself without creating deprivation.

What effect your thoughts have on your feelings of deprivation.

Where do your tendencies to feel deprived come from?

How can you lose weight and say no to yourself?

Why it’s okay to say no sometimes.

What does your inner teenager have to do with deprivation?

How your parents might have set you up to revolt against ever saying no to yourself.

Join me and learn to never use deprivation as an excuse to eat food your body isn’t really asking for. And, when you break free from the deprivation mindset, you’ll find eating according to any plan much, much easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 22: How Fear of Deprivation Makes You Overeat and What to Do About It appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Heather Robertson Podcast 21 — Episode 21: Interview with Heather Robertson of Half Size Me May 24, 2016

Join me for a special interview of my colleague, Heather Robertson, founder of the Half Size Me Community. Heather has lost and maintained over 100 pounds!

I was able to ask Heather some of the questions I knew you’d want to hear, so listen in with us as we talk about:

Heather’s experience and how and why she gained over 100 pounds.

The difference between gaining 30 pounds and much, much more.

Why and how you might see that your weight is going up, yet keep on eating and gaining.

What her biggest motivator was in losing this weight.

The difference between losing a large amount of weight vs. 20 or 30 or even 40 pounds.

What the biggest challenges were during Heather’s weight loss.

What Heather says was a key factor to keep her going and making progress.

And what Heather now does to maintain this weight loss.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 21: Interview with Heather Robertson of Half Size Me appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 21: Interview with Heather Robertson of Half Size Me May 24, 2016

Join me for a special interview of my colleague, Heather Robertson, founder of the Half Size Me Community. Heather has lost and maintained over 100 pounds!

I was able to ask Heather some of the questions I knew you’d want to hear, so listen in with us as we talk about:

Heather’s experience and how and why she gained over 100 pounds.

The difference between gaining 30 pounds and much, much more.

Why and how you might see that your weight is going up, yet keep on eating and gaining.

What her biggest motivator was in losing this weight.

The difference between losing a large amount of weight vs. 20 or 30 or even 40 pounds.

What the biggest challenges were during Heather’s weight loss.

What Heather says was a key factor to keep her going and making progress.

And what Heather now does to maintain this weight loss.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 21: Interview with Heather Robertson of Half Size Me appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Perfect Time Podcast 20 — Episode 20: Are You Waiting for the Perfect Time to Lose Weight? May 17, 2016

Are you waiting until the perfect time to commit to losing weight and taking care of yourself?

You may even have done this multiple times, and then when that time or date came, there was some seemingly legitimate reason to delay.

If you are tired of weight and food controlling your life, listen in as we talk about:

The main difference between those who accomplish their goals and those who don’t.

What problems really mean.

Reasons why you have trouble getting started and how to move beyond those reasons.

An exercise to reveal the causes of why you are struggling.

The cost and benefits of achieving your goal.

The cost and benefits of staying where you are now.

The biggest reason why you keep waiting for the perfect time, over and over again.

How challenges along the way will help you get there.

What to do right now so you can start today.

What are you waiting for? The perfect time to get started on achieving your goal of weight loss is now. Commit to yourself and to your future of not worrying about your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 20: Are You Waiting for the Perfect Time to Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 20: Are You Waiting for the Perfect Time to Lose Weight? May 17, 2016

Are you waiting until the perfect time to commit to losing weight and taking care of yourself?

You may even have done this multiple times, and then when that time or date came, there was some seemingly legitimate reason to delay.

If you are tired of weight and food controlling your life, listen in as we talk about:

The main difference between those who accomplish their goals and those who don’t.

What problems really mean.

Reasons why you have trouble getting started and how to move beyond those reasons.

An exercise to reveal the causes of why you are struggling.

The cost and benefits of achieving your goal.

The cost and benefits of staying where you are now.

The biggest reason why you keep waiting for the perfect time, over and over again.

How challenges along the way will help you get there.

What to do right now so you can start today.

What are you waiting for? The perfect time to get started on achieving your goal of weight loss is now. Commit to yourself and to your future of not worrying about your weight.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 20: Are You Waiting for the Perfect Time to Lose Weight? appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-Esteem Podcast 19 — Episode 19: Weight Loss and Self-Esteem: Your Self-Image and Your Self-Esteem and How They Affect Everything! May 10, 2016

We all talk about self-esteem and self-image. We have a vague idea that these concepts play into how we feel about ourselves.

But do we really know what they mean?

Here’s the scoop about how your self-image and your self-esteem affect your eating and your weight.

Here’s what we’ll talk about:

If you had a less than perfect childhood, (who didn’t?) how does this impact how you live your life today?

Why you think highly of yourself. Or negatively.

How to see the connection between your self-image and so many areas of your life.

Why it’s simple but not easy to change your view of yourself.

How your self-image shows up in how you take care of yourself. Or how you don’t!

Did you think self-esteem was fixed? And unchangeable? It’s not, and here’s why.

Exactly how to change your view of who you are in the world.

How to rewrite your story about yourself and create a new direction for your future.

Finally understand why it’s been so hard to reach your goals in all areas.

Once you learn where your self-image and self-esteem come from, you’ll be able to look at yourself in a new way: with compassion and hope. And you’ll be able to stop thinking that things just are the way they are. Change is totally possible!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 19: Weight Loss and Self-Esteem: Your Self-Image and Your Self-Esteem and How They Affect Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 19: Weight Loss and Self-Esteem: Your Self-Image and Your Self-Esteem and How They Affect Everything! May 10, 2016

We all talk about self-esteem and self-image. We have a vague idea that these concepts play into how we feel about ourselves.

But do we really know what they mean?

Here’s the scoop about how your self-image and your self-esteem affect your eating and your weight.

Here’s what we’ll talk about:

If you had a less than perfect childhood, (who didn’t?) how does this impact how you live your life today?

Why you think highly of yourself. Or negatively.

How to see the connection between your self-image and so many areas of your life.

Why it’s simple but not easy to change your view of yourself.

How your self-image shows up in how you take care of yourself. Or how you don’t!

Did you think self-esteem was fixed? And unchangeable? It’s not, and here’s why.

Exactly how to change your view of who you are in the world.

How to rewrite your story about yourself and create a new direction for your future.

Finally understand why it’s been so hard to reach your goals in all areas.

Once you learn where your self-image and self-esteem come from, you’ll be able to look at yourself in a new way: with compassion and hope. And you’ll be able to stop thinking that things just are the way they are. Change is totally possible!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 19: Weight Loss and Self-Esteem: Your Self-Image and Your Self-Esteem and How They Affect Everything! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Parties Podcast 18 — Episode 18: How to Handle Parties, Holidays, Special Occasions, and Travel While You’re Working on Losing Weight May 03, 2016

Have you ever thought that if only your office didn’t have so many snacks around, you’d do better on your weight loss plan?

Or maybe you’ve thought that the parties and holidays always kill your best intentions to eat well and take care of yourself.

Well, I want to talk to you about all the events, holidays, temptations, office parties and every eating situation that you’ve thought has thrown you off track.

Here’s the truth. Join me as I coach you and show you:

It’s not the event that throws you off track, but what you think about the event.

How you can be surrounded by the most delicious looking food and not be tempted to eat if you’re not hungry.

Why I think you should ‘stay in your own pod’ when it comes to eating decisions.

How to never feel deprived even when everyone around you is eating.

The way you create your ‘poor me’ stories about eating that cause you to give in and eat time and time again, when you’re not even hungry.

And, how to deal with any situation that is based around eating, and still take care of your needs without feeling like you are missing out.

Imagine going to any event, or vacation, or business trip and not worrying about what kind of food will be there.

Listen to this enlightening episode and never be afraid of social situations again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 18: How to Handle Parties, Holidays, Special Occasions, and Travel While You’re Working on Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 18: How to Handle Parties, Holidays, Special Occasions, and Travel While You’re Working on Losing Weight May 03, 2016

Have you ever thought that if only your office didn’t have so many snacks around, you’d do better on your weight loss plan?

Or maybe you’ve thought that the parties and holidays always kill your best intentions to eat well and take care of yourself.

Well, I want to talk to you about all the events, holidays, temptations, office parties and every eating situation that you’ve thought has thrown you off track.

Here’s the truth. Join me as I coach you and show you:

It’s not the event that throws you off track, but what you think about the event.

How you can be surrounded by the most delicious looking food and not be tempted to eat if you’re not hungry.

Why I think you should ‘stay in your own pod’ when it comes to eating decisions.

How to never feel deprived even when everyone around you is eating.

The way you create your ‘poor me’ stories about eating that cause you to give in and eat time and time again, when you’re not even hungry.

And, how to deal with any situation that is based around eating, and still take care of your needs without feeling like you are missing out.

Imagine going to any event, or vacation, or business trip and not worrying about what kind of food will be there.

Listen to this enlightening episode and never be afraid of social situations again.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 18: How to Handle Parties, Holidays, Special Occasions, and Travel While You’re Working on Losing Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self-care Podcast 17 — Episode 17: Stop Emotional Eating and Lose Weight Through Incredible Self-Care Apr 26, 2016

Self-care is a term that’s been thrown around since the 80’s. We all give it lip service but when it comes to doing it or even understanding it, that’s where we all fall down.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Listen in as I coach you about what self-care really is, and why you need to make it a part of your life. Here’s what we’ll cover today:

Why you treat your family and friends better than yourself.

What it really means to feel cared for and why it’s important.

How the lack of self-care has a big impact on what you bring to the world… really!

Why self-care, when given to you consistently, helps you in so many ways in your day-to-day life.

Do you know what’s stopping you from taking care of yourself?

Do you have a rescue mentality, waiting for that special someone to take care of you?

How to view what you do for yourself as a non-negotiable, AND how to bust through all your excuses about ‘not enough time’.

Samples of many ways you can implement self-care in your life.

And how to actually get yourself to do these things.

Taking incredible care of yourself can be life-changing. As you listen, grab a notebook and jot down some ways that you can start giving yourself what you really need, so food becomes just food.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 17: Stop Emotional Eating and Lose Weight Through Incredible Self-Care appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 17: Stop Emotional Eating and Lose Weight Through Incredible Self-Care Apr 26, 2016

Self-care is a term that’s been thrown around since the 80’s. We all give it lip service but when it comes to doing it or even understanding it, that’s where we all fall down.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Listen in as I coach you about what self-care really is, and why you need to make it a part of your life. Here’s what we’ll cover today:

Why you treat your family and friends better than yourself.

What it really means to feel cared for and why it’s important.

How the lack of self-care has a big impact on what you bring to the world… really!

Why self-care, when given to you consistently, helps you in so many ways in your day-to-day life.

Do you know what’s stopping you from taking care of yourself?

Do you have a rescue mentality, waiting for that special someone to take care of you?

How to view what you do for yourself as a non-negotiable, AND how to bust through all your excuses about ‘not enough time’.

Samples of many ways you can implement self-care in your life.

And how to actually get yourself to do these things.

Taking incredible care of yourself can be life-changing. As you listen, grab a notebook and jot down some ways that you can start giving yourself what you really need, so food becomes just food.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 17: Stop Emotional Eating and Lose Weight Through Incredible Self-Care appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Scale Podcast 16 — Episode 16: How to Feel Good When You Get on the Scale, No Matter What You Weigh Apr 19, 2016

Have you ever stepped on the scale in the morning and watched as the rest of your day went totally downhill?

Or rejoiced because the number on the scale went down, and so you told yourself all was good in the world?

Either way, it’s not the number that makes you feel good or bad. Seriously. It’s how you think about it.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

That means you can feel good no matter what that number is.

Here’s how:

See how you have created a ritual when you weigh yourself.

Understand how you typically think about the number on the scale.

Learn why your thoughts about that number create the mood for your day.

And then how your mood leads you to eat well for the rest of the day, or slip into overeating.

How can you look at that number on the scale more objectively?.

What can you do if you don’t want to weigh yourself but want to see if you’re making progress?

What makes the scale go up or down?

Here’s your opportunity to stop letting your day AND your eating depend on seeing a ‘good’ number on the scale in the morning. Are you game?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 16: How to Feel Good When You Get on the Scale, No Matter What You Weigh appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 16: How to Feel Good When You Get on the Scale, No Matter What You Weigh Apr 19, 2016

Have you ever stepped on the scale in the morning and watched as the rest of your day went totally downhill?

Or rejoiced because the number on the scale went down, and so you told yourself all was good in the world?

Either way, it’s not the number that makes you feel good or bad. Seriously. It’s how you think about it.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

That means you can feel good no matter what that number is.

Here’s how:

See how you have created a ritual when you weigh yourself.

Understand how you typically think about the number on the scale.

Learn why your thoughts about that number create the mood for your day.

And then how your mood leads you to eat well for the rest of the day, or slip into overeating.

How can you look at that number on the scale more objectively?.

What can you do if you don’t want to weigh yourself but want to see if you’re making progress?

What makes the scale go up or down?

Here’s your opportunity to stop letting your day AND your eating depend on seeing a ‘good’ number on the scale in the morning. Are you game?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 16: How to Feel Good When You Get on the Scale, No Matter What You Weigh appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Urge to Binge Podcast 15 — Episode 15: What to do When You Get the Urge to Binge Apr 12, 2016

If you’ve ever experienced the urge to binge, or even the urge to escape an uncomfortable emotion by running to food, you know how powerless you can feel.

It almost feels as if someone has taken over your brain and is giving you orders and you have no say in what happens next.

And what happens next usually involves large amounts of food and huge amount of shame. It doesn’t have to be that way.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Today’s coaching podcast will lead you through all the steps you can take to NOT give in to that powerful urge to binge or eat emotionally.

Here’s what you’ll get from today’s session:

Learn the steps to thwart a binge that truly work.

Understand why these steps sound so simple but still require deep understanding.

Once you get the understanding of your urges, why it still takes a while to be able to say no when the urge to binge comes knocking.

The reason these urges don’t mean anything about you, your abilities or your intelligence.

Why the pain and frustration you feel when the urges come feels so real.

And why it’s much better to run towards the discomfort of the urges than to run away in fear.

And finally, what it will really take for those urges to fade away.

You can do this. And these are the first steps.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 15: What to do When You Get the Urge to Binge appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 15: What to do When You Get the Urge to Binge Apr 12, 2016

If you’ve ever experienced the urge to binge, or even the urge to escape an uncomfortable emotion by running to food, you know how powerless you can feel.

It almost feels as if someone has taken over your brain and is giving you orders and you have no say in what happens next.

And what happens next usually involves large amounts of food and huge amount of shame. It doesn’t have to be that way.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

Today’s coaching podcast will lead you through all the steps you can take to NOT give in to that powerful urge to binge or eat emotionally.

Here’s what you’ll get from today’s session:

Learn the steps to thwart a binge that truly work.

Understand why these steps sound so simple but still require deep understanding.

Once you get the understanding of your urges, why it still takes a while to be able to say no when the urge to binge comes knocking.

The reason these urges don’t mean anything about you, your abilities or your intelligence.

Why the pain and frustration you feel when the urges come feels so real.

And why it’s much better to run towards the discomfort of the urges than to run away in fear.

And finally, what it will really take for those urges to fade away.

You can do this. And these are the first steps.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 15: What to do When You Get the Urge to Binge appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Stop Hating Yourself Podcast 14 — Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight Apr 05, 2016

You want to lose weight. You want to stop your bingeing. And you definitely want to stop eating emotionally.

But wait, before you can do those things, there is one thing you MUST do.

And that is to stop the hating, the bashing and the name calling.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

That’s right! I’m talking to you, about those secret, internal conversations you have with yourself that leave you feeling terrible.

And they make it impossible for you to take constructive steps to change the way you eat.

Are you with me? Here’s our coaching conversation about how to stop hating yourself so you can move on and do what you most desire:

How does your self-hate show up? What does it sound like for you?

Why do you do it when it feels so bad?

What’s the big deal if you talk not-so-nicely to yourself?

If you need to feel better so you can do better, how exactly do you do this?

What if your negative thoughts about yourself keep on coming?

Do you think you’ll feel better AFTER you lose the weight?

Why do the hateful thoughts about yourself feel so real?

Changing how you feel about yourself at your current weight, with your current eating habits is something you can do. Definitely. 100%.

Trying to make changes while hating your weight and your body and the way you eat will definitely get in the way. Let me show you how to change this and stop hating yourself, so you can move forward. Peacefully.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight Apr 05, 2016

You want to lose weight. You want to stop your bingeing. And you definitely want to stop eating emotionally.

But wait, before you can do those things, there is one thing you MUST do.

And that is to stop the hating, the bashing and the name calling.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

That’s right! I’m talking to you, about those secret, internal conversations you have with yourself that leave you feeling terrible.

And they make it impossible for you to take constructive steps to change the way you eat.

Are you with me? Here’s our coaching conversation about how to stop hating yourself so you can move on and do what you most desire:

How does your self-hate show up? What does it sound like for you?

Why do you do it when it feels so bad?

What’s the big deal if you talk not-so-nicely to yourself?

If you need to feel better so you can do better, how exactly do you do this?

What if your negative thoughts about yourself keep on coming?

Do you think you’ll feel better AFTER you lose the weight?

Why do the hateful thoughts about yourself feel so real?

Changing how you feel about yourself at your current weight, with your current eating habits is something you can do. Definitely. 100%.

Trying to make changes while hating your weight and your body and the way you eat will definitely get in the way. Let me show you how to change this and stop hating yourself, so you can move forward. Peacefully.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 14: You Need to Stop Hating Yourself in Order to Lose Your Extra Weight appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Emotional Eating Podcast 13 — Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating Mar 29, 2016

Emotional eating gets almost all of us at one time or another. It’s hard not to fall prey to feeling bad about something in your life and running for the cookies and ice cream.

But understanding how and why we created this strong connection between our emotions and our eating is the first step to separating them.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

You don’t need to go into therapy and examine your whole life to stop eating emotionally. Awareness comes first, and then understanding.

Here’s what we will cover together today in your coaching session in Episode 13:

Exactly what is emotional eating?

How is physical hunger different from emotional hunger?

Why do you eat when you’re feeling something uncomfortable?

If it causes you to eat too much and gain weight, why don’t you just stop?

What if you just don’t want to feel sad, or angry or lonely?

Do you need to learn to be happy all the time to stop eating emotionally?

How do you stop doing it?

The understanding and unraveling of this habit is doable. For you. I promise. Take 20 minutes today to learn exactly how and what to do to change your eating and your thinking.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating Mar 29, 2016

Emotional eating gets almost all of us at one time or another. It’s hard not to fall prey to feeling bad about something in your life and running for the cookies and ice cream.

But understanding how and why we created this strong connection between our emotions and our eating is the first step to separating them.

THE FREEDOM COACHING GROUP: If you’ve ever dreamed about having your own personal coach to work on your eating with you, you’re closer than you think. My coaching group is happening now! It’s super affordable, supportive, and an amazing resource if you struggle with overeating, emotional eating or binge eating. Take all you’re learning here on the podcast and go to the next level. Click here: http://weightlossmadereal.com/group to get all the details and join our group Weight Loss Made Real: The Freedom Group. Because really, isn’t freedom what we all want? I hope to see you in the group!

You don’t need to go into therapy and examine your whole life to stop eating emotionally. Awareness comes first, and then understanding.

Here’s what we will cover together today in your coaching session in Episode 13:

Exactly what is emotional eating?

How is physical hunger different from emotional hunger?

Why do you eat when you’re feeling something uncomfortable?

If it causes you to eat too much and gain weight, why don’t you just stop?

What if you just don’t want to feel sad, or angry or lonely?

Do you need to learn to be happy all the time to stop eating emotionally?

How do you stop doing it?

The understanding and unraveling of this habit is doable. For you. I promise. Take 20 minutes today to learn exactly how and what to do to change your eating and your thinking.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 13: Understanding and Ending Your Emotional Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Focus Podcast 12 — Episode 12: Your Focus Determines How Well You Do on Any Eating Program Mar 22, 2016

When I talk to my private clients, they can’t wait to tell me all the things they have done wrong.

All the ways they failed in the past week.

And how they just can’t ‘get it’.

Little do they know that their very focus on what’s not going well is keeping them stuck in the problem, instead of on their way to a solution!

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Join me as I coach you on these subjects:

What is focus?

Why is it so important?

Where do you habitually put your focus, unknowingly?

Where does this pattern come from?

What should you focus on when you want to change your eating patterns?

How do you actually do this?

Can you really retrain your focus?

How can you practice intentional focus?

When you listen to this coaching session, you’ll realize what you’ve been doing that’s been holding you back, and how to change it with awareness and a concrete plan.

Join me and get off that treadmill of repeating your same old mistakes over and over again.

And be sure to listen in next week when I unveil a new, ongoing coaching group that will be available to you. You’ll be able to take everything you’re learning here in these podcasts to the next level. I can’t wait to share!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 12: Your Focus Determines How Well You Do on Any Eating Program appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 12: Your Focus Determines How Well You Do on Any Eating Program Mar 22, 2016

When I talk to my private clients, they can’t wait to tell me all the things they have done wrong.

All the ways they failed in the past week.

And how they just can’t ‘get it’.

Little do they know that their very focus on what’s not going well is keeping them stuck in the problem, instead of on their way to a solution!

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Join me as I coach you on these subjects:

What is focus?

Why is it so important?

Where do you habitually put your focus, unknowingly?

Where does this pattern come from?

What should you focus on when you want to change your eating patterns?

How do you actually do this?

Can you really retrain your focus?

How can you practice intentional focus?

When you listen to this coaching session, you’ll realize what you’ve been doing that’s been holding you back, and how to change it with awareness and a concrete plan.

Join me and get off that treadmill of repeating your same old mistakes over and over again.

And be sure to listen in next week when I unveil a new, ongoing coaching group that will be available to you. You’ll be able to take everything you’re learning here in these podcasts to the next level. I can’t wait to share!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 12: Your Focus Determines How Well You Do on Any Eating Program appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Eating Habits Podcast 11 — Episode 11: Your Eating Habits: What They Are, How You Get Them, and How to Change Them Mar 15, 2016

Most of us know which eating habits help us, and which ones hurt us and take us further and further away from our goals.

But you may feel powerless in the face of your habits. You may suddenly become aware that you’re gaining weight. Or you’re ordering take-out food every night and there’s not a veggie in sight.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode about all the eating habits you have right now, and all the eating habits you wish you had:

Why some of your overeating is unconscious, until you suddenly wake up and see what you’re doing.

If you hate your results so much, why are you still doing the habits that give you those end results?

Why do you go on autopilot with some things you do when you eat?

Is a habit just something you do? And if it is, why can’t you just stop?

What is your overeating habit costing you?

How do you know which habit to work on first?

What is ‘stepladdering’, and how can you use it to help you stop your eating habit?

Take the first step. Listen to this coaching session and be ready to take action. I will tell you exactly what to do to get started.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 11: Your Eating Habits: What They Are, How You Get Them, and How to Change Them appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 11: Your Eating Habits: What They Are, How You Get Them, and How to Change Them Mar 15, 2016

Most of us know which eating habits help us, and which ones hurt us and take us further and further away from our goals.

But you may feel powerless in the face of your habits. You may suddenly become aware that you’re gaining weight. Or you’re ordering take-out food every night and there’s not a veggie in sight.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode about all the eating habits you have right now, and all the eating habits you wish you had:

Why some of your overeating is unconscious, until you suddenly wake up and see what you’re doing.

If you hate your results so much, why are you still doing the habits that give you those end results?

Why do you go on autopilot with some things you do when you eat?

Is a habit just something you do? And if it is, why can’t you just stop?

What is your overeating habit costing you?

How do you know which habit to work on first?

What is ‘stepladdering’, and how can you use it to help you stop your eating habit?

Take the first step. Listen to this coaching session and be ready to take action. I will tell you exactly what to do to get started.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 11: Your Eating Habits: What They Are, How You Get Them, and How to Change Them appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Overwhelm Podcast 10 — Episode 10: Where to Start on Your Weight Loss Journey: Conquer Your Overwhelm and Perfectionism Mar 08, 2016

It’s more common than you think to be filled with feelings of overwhelm when you begin an eating program. When you’re working on your body, your mind and your self-care, it may seem like there are so many moving parts to this project that it’s hard to know where to begin.

What happens then is the dreaded ‘overwhelm’, which may lead you to giving up, right at the beginning!

Another common roadblock you may encounter on the way to weight loss is perfectionism. This too can derail you completely, causing you to stop pursuing your goals. Sad, isn’t it? Especially when there’s a solution.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what our coaching session will cover today:

What is overwhelm and how do you create it?

What does overwhelm lead you to do?

How can you play an active role in feeling something much better than ‘overwhelm’?

What is perfectionism?

If you’ve always leaned toward perfectionism, are you doomed to keep repeating this habit?

How do you want to feel if your goal is to do what’s right, without forcing yourself?

Hear my own story about deprivation and perfectionism: I used to blame my hubby!

What to put your focus on when starting any weight program.

Why taking the tiniest steps is better than making your goals too large.

I hope you enjoy this episode!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 10: Where to Start on Your Weight Loss Journey: Conquer Your Overwhelm and Perfectionism appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 10: Where to Start on Your Weight Loss Journey: Conquer Your Overwhelm and Perfectionism Mar 08, 2016

It’s more common than you think to be filled with feelings of overwhelm when you begin an eating program. When you’re working on your body, your mind and your self-care, it may seem like there are so many moving parts to this project that it’s hard to know where to begin.

What happens then is the dreaded ‘overwhelm’, which may lead you to giving up, right at the beginning!

Another common roadblock you may encounter on the way to weight loss is perfectionism. This too can derail you completely, causing you to stop pursuing your goals. Sad, isn’t it? Especially when there’s a solution.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what our coaching session will cover today:

What is overwhelm and how do you create it?

What does overwhelm lead you to do?

How can you play an active role in feeling something much better than ‘overwhelm’?

What is perfectionism?

If you’ve always leaned toward perfectionism, are you doomed to keep repeating this habit?

How do you want to feel if your goal is to do what’s right, without forcing yourself?

Hear my own story about deprivation and perfectionism: I used to blame my hubby!

What to put your focus on when starting any weight program.

Why taking the tiniest steps is better than making your goals too large.

I hope you enjoy this episode!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 10: Where to Start on Your Weight Loss Journey: Conquer Your Overwhelm and Perfectionism appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Self Discipline Podcast 9 — Episode 9: Master Your Weight Loss: Get Yourself To Do the Right Thing Mar 01, 2016

If having self-discipline sounds like the most boring, toughest thing you can do, and don’t want to do, then you need to listen to today’s podcast. When you think of self-discipline as the most loving thing you can do for yourself, you’ll be taking care of yourself on a whole new level.

Here’s what you’ll learn in Episode 9:

Why you rebel against disciplining yourself.

What self-discipline really means, and what you mistakenly think it means.

How can you make self-discipline feel good?

What does it look like in your everyday life?

How can you create it in relation to your eating?

What steps do you need to take to make it feel easy and natural?

And how can you bring self-discipline into your life without dread and resentment?

All these questions are answered in this episode and more. Saying ‘no’ or ‘wait’ to yourself doesn’t feel as bad or challenging when you know why you’re doing it. The goal isn’t to force yourself to do what’s right for you, but to want to do what’s right for you. It’s all about creating rules for yourself that feel like love, not pain, and not hate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 9: Master Your Weight Loss: Get Yourself To Do the Right Thing appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 9: Master Your Weight Loss: Get Yourself To Do the Right Thing Mar 01, 2016

If having self-discipline sounds like the most boring, toughest thing you can do, and don’t want to do, then you need to listen to today’s podcast. When you think of self-discipline as the most loving thing you can do for yourself, you’ll be taking care of yourself on a whole new level.

Here’s what you’ll learn in Episode 9:

Why you rebel against disciplining yourself.

What self-discipline really means, and what you mistakenly think it means.

How can you make self-discipline feel good?

What does it look like in your everyday life?

How can you create it in relation to your eating?

What steps do you need to take to make it feel easy and natural?

And how can you bring self-discipline into your life without dread and resentment?

All these questions are answered in this episode and more. Saying ‘no’ or ‘wait’ to yourself doesn’t feel as bad or challenging when you know why you’re doing it. The goal isn’t to force yourself to do what’s right for you, but to want to do what’s right for you. It’s all about creating rules for yourself that feel like love, not pain, and not hate.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 9: Master Your Weight Loss: Get Yourself To Do the Right Thing appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Binge Eating with Kathryn Hansen — Episode 8: Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide: A Special Interview with Kathryn Hansen About Binge Eating Feb 23, 2016

So many of us struggle with binge eating. You may suffer greatly, and see no way out. But there is a way out, and Kathryn Hansen has found it.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Today I interviewed my colleague, author Kathryn Hansen all about binge eating. Here’s what we covered::

Kathryn talked about her story, her binge eating and how she eventually overcame it completely.

We discussed the difference between her first book, Brain Over Binge, and her new book, Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide.

Kathryn explained her 5 components of the process of stopping binge eating.

We touched on the most common roadblocks you might encounter in dismissing the urges to binge, and how you can look at this challenge.

What fears most people have about stopping their bingeing.

What happens when we think the urge is too strong to dismiss.

We talked about the insight needed to deal with binge urges, and how to get this insight.

And we covered what happens after you’ve stopped bingeing: how do you learn to eat normally.

This is a special interview with a woman who changed the way I view binge eating. Her website is BrainOverBinge.com and her new book, The Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide is available on Amazon. (The Kindle version is half price this week!)

You will not want to miss this discussion if binge eating is a challenge for you. Kathryn’s concepts are literally life-changing, and I use them with my clients on a regular basis.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 8: Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide: A Special Interview with Kathryn Hansen About Binge Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 8: Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide: A Special Interview with Kathryn Hansen About Binge Eating Feb 23, 2016

So many of us struggle with binge eating. You may suffer greatly, and see no way out. But there is a way out, and Kathryn Hansen has found it.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Today I interviewed my colleague, author Kathryn Hansen all about binge eating. Here’s what we covered::

Kathryn talked about her story, her binge eating and how she eventually overcame it completely.

We discussed the difference between her first book, Brain Over Binge, and her new book, Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide.

Kathryn explained her 5 components of the process of stopping binge eating.

We touched on the most common roadblocks you might encounter in dismissing the urges to binge, and how you can look at this challenge.

What fears most people have about stopping their bingeing.

What happens when we think the urge is too strong to dismiss.

We talked about the insight needed to deal with binge urges, and how to get this insight.

And we covered what happens after you’ve stopped bingeing: how do you learn to eat normally.

This is a special interview with a woman who changed the way I view binge eating. Her website is BrainOverBinge.com and her new book, The Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide is available on Amazon. (The Kindle version is half price this week!)

You will not want to miss this discussion if binge eating is a challenge for you. Kathryn’s concepts are literally life-changing, and I use them with my clients on a regular basis.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 8: Brain Over Binge Recovery Guide: A Special Interview with Kathryn Hansen About Binge Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Managing Your Mind — Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating Feb 16, 2016

If you are challenged in any way with your eating or your weight, and worry about how much you eat and what you eat, you’re in for a surprise.

Because the more important focus really should be on managing your mind: how you think. That’s what leads you to make the choices you do.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what I will coach you on in this episode:

Learn how your mind affects every single thing you do, including eating.

Hear the basics of how your mind works.

Understand how your thoughts create your moods.

Simple ways to identify and change thoughts that aren’t helpful.

Examples of some common thought traps straight from my private clients.

You’ll learn why you need to manage your thoughts before you manage your food.

Figure out why you do the things you do.

How thoughts cause your emotional eating.

Understand why everything you do counts, and adds up.

And finally, see how you unknowingly create both your bad moods and your good moods.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating Feb 16, 2016

If you are challenged in any way with your eating or your weight, and worry about how much you eat and what you eat, you’re in for a surprise.

Because the more important focus really should be on managing your mind: how you think. That’s what leads you to make the choices you do.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what I will coach you on in this episode:

Learn how your mind affects every single thing you do, including eating.

Hear the basics of how your mind works.

Understand how your thoughts create your moods.

Simple ways to identify and change thoughts that aren’t helpful.

Examples of some common thought traps straight from my private clients.

You’ll learn why you need to manage your thoughts before you manage your food.

Figure out why you do the things you do.

How thoughts cause your emotional eating.

Understand why everything you do counts, and adds up.

And finally, see how you unknowingly create both your bad moods and your good moods.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 7: Managing Your Mind to Manage Your Emotional Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

When to start and stop eating — Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating Feb 09, 2016

Eating when you’re hungry and stopping when you’re not sounds so simple! It is simple, but can also be challenging. Let’s work through that challenge together.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

In this important episode, I’ll teach you:

How to know whether you’re feeling physical hunger or an emotion that feels like hunger.

What effect your surroundings have on your decisions to eat or not eat.

What our emotions have to do with our eating.

And how those emotions are created.

The most important question to ask yourself when you feel like having something to eat.

A great pre-eating ritual that will help you connect to yourself.

Why your eating can start off on the right track but end up disconnected with major over-indulging.

What the compounding effect is and how it applies to your eating and everything you do.

Join me as I coach you on all of these major concepts.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating Feb 09, 2016

Eating when you’re hungry and stopping when you’re not sounds so simple! It is simple, but can also be challenging. Let’s work through that challenge together.

Make sure you get your FREE copy of my BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss. Get it here: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

In this important episode, I’ll teach you:

How to know whether you’re feeling physical hunger or an emotion that feels like hunger.

What effect your surroundings have on your decisions to eat or not eat.

What our emotions have to do with our eating.

And how those emotions are created.

The most important question to ask yourself when you feel like having something to eat.

A great pre-eating ritual that will help you connect to yourself.

Why your eating can start off on the right track but end up disconnected with major over-indulging.

What the compounding effect is and how it applies to your eating and everything you do.

Join me as I coach you on all of these major concepts.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 6: Troubleshooting When to Start and When to Stop Eating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Working on Project YOU — Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint Feb 02, 2016

Today you’re going to get a handle on a major shift in how you think about losing weight or changing how you eat. If you’ve struggled in the past, this episode will help you in a big way. These changes are small and doable, with profound effects. They are part of Project You.

To get a copy of my FREE BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, go to: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll get in Project YOU:

You’ll see why having a certain weight as your main goal just doesn’t work, and what does work instead.

You’ll learn how to look at the whole project of making changes in your eating and your body, instead of just worrying about what to eat, and when to eat it.

You will understand why hating yourself stops you from losing weight and changing how you eat. And I’ll tell you how to look at yourself right now, at whatever weight you are.

Do you try to be good? This is not a strategy. Learn what to do instead.

Finally, learn how to look at a challenge as something you welcome, instead of something that you dread.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint Feb 02, 2016

Today you’re going to get a handle on a major shift in how you think about losing weight or changing how you eat. If you’ve struggled in the past, this episode will help you in a big way. These changes are small and doable, with profound effects. They are part of Project You.

To get a copy of my FREE BOOK, Clearing Your Path to Permanent Weight Loss, go to: http://www.weightlossmadereal.com/book

Here’s what you’ll get in Project YOU:

You’ll see why having a certain weight as your main goal just doesn’t work, and what does work instead.

You’ll learn how to look at the whole project of making changes in your eating and your body, instead of just worrying about what to eat, and when to eat it.

You will understand why hating yourself stops you from losing weight and changing how you eat. And I’ll tell you how to look at yourself right now, at whatever weight you are.

Do you try to be good? This is not a strategy. Learn what to do instead.

Finally, learn how to look at a challenge as something you welcome, instead of something that you dread.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 5: Working on Project YOU: Creating Your Weight Loss Blueprint appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

The 3 Essential Parts of Solving Your Eating Problems — Episode 4: The 3 Essential Parts of Solving Your Eating Problems Jan 26, 2016

Join me as I share my philosophy about what’s most important in ending your eating problems:

Hint: it’s far from just what you eat!

How to think about managing your life.

What your mindset has to do with eating like a naturally slim woman.

The key to self-care (that you can actually do) when life throws you challenges.

Two perspective shifts that will change your life and your eating – for good.

Today, I am discussing what’s most important to you on your journey to change the way you eat, and the way you live.

You’ll be learning all about taking care of yourself on a broader level than just focusing on how and what you eat.

You’ll also finally understand how your thoughts lead you to all kinds of eating behaviors you wish you could stop… and now, with this new understanding, you’ll be able to!

And, I’ll show you a different version of self-care (one that you can follow through with) that doesn’t include bubble baths and candles, unless you want it to!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 4: The 3 Essential Parts of Solving Your Eating Problems appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 4: The 3 Essential Parts of Solving Your Eating Problems Jan 26, 2016

Join me as I share my philosophy about what’s most important in ending your eating problems:

Hint: it’s far from just what you eat!

How to think about managing your life.

What your mindset has to do with eating like a naturally slim woman.

The key to self-care (that you can actually do) when life throws you challenges.

Two perspective shifts that will change your life and your eating – for good.

Today, I am discussing what’s most important to you on your journey to change the way you eat, and the way you live.

You’ll be learning all about taking care of yourself on a broader level than just focusing on how and what you eat.

You’ll also finally understand how your thoughts lead you to all kinds of eating behaviors you wish you could stop… and now, with this new understanding, you’ll be able to!

And, I’ll show you a different version of self-care (one that you can follow through with) that doesn’t include bubble baths and candles, unless you want it to!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 4: The 3 Essential Parts of Solving Your Eating Problems appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Podcast 3 How To Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman — Episode 3: How To Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman Jan 19, 2016

Your take-aways from this podcast episode are:

How to know when to start eating, no matter what.

How to know exactly when to stop eating – with no guesswork and no regrets.

Rating your hunger and fullness so there’s no wondering when to start eating and when to stop.

What is ‘enough’ food for you?

What do naturally slim women eat?

Do you truly know the difference between real hunger and emotional hunger? They feel very different in your body. Learn how to identify them in your own body so that you can always know exactly what to do in any eating situation.

I’ll show you how to know which hunger signals to follow and which to dismiss.

No more eating whenever you think of it and then feeling stuffed, guilty and ashamed. I’ll teach you how to eat like a naturally slim woman who enjoys her food and consciously chooses what she eats and when, without drama, guilt or restriction. No regrets. Just results!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 3: How To Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 3: How To Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman Jan 19, 2016

Your take-aways from this podcast episode are:

How to know when to start eating, no matter what.

How to know exactly when to stop eating – with no guesswork and no regrets.

Rating your hunger and fullness so there’s no wondering when to start eating and when to stop.

What is ‘enough’ food for you?

What do naturally slim women eat?

Do you truly know the difference between real hunger and emotional hunger? They feel very different in your body. Learn how to identify them in your own body so that you can always know exactly what to do in any eating situation.

I’ll show you how to know which hunger signals to follow and which to dismiss.

No more eating whenever you think of it and then feeling stuffed, guilty and ashamed. I’ll teach you how to eat like a naturally slim woman who enjoys her food and consciously chooses what she eats and when, without drama, guilt or restriction. No regrets. Just results!

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 3: How To Eat Like a Naturally Slim Woman appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Clear Your Path to Weight Loss Success — Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success! Jan 12, 2016

Here’s what you’ll get clarity on in this episode:

Why being ultra-clear on your weight loss goals is essential to reaching them.

How painting a detailed picture of yourself in the future (in your mind!) creates unstoppable motivation.

Why ‘losing weight’ isn’t enough of a goal to keep you moving forward. And what to do instead.

What feelings have to do with reaching your goal.

Where your main motivation needs to come from.

Listen to this episode as I explain how to get yourself to do what you most want – to eat and live like a naturally slim woman. You don’t want to model yourself after a slim woman who is always on a diet and holding on for dear life. The goal is to live in a way where your eating is natural and not restricted. Wow! Won’t that be the ultimate freedom from your dieting past?

How do naturally slim women eat, think and care for themselves? That’s exactly what we cover in this episode. Join me, won’t you?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success! Jan 12, 2016

Here’s what you’ll get clarity on in this episode:

Why being ultra-clear on your weight loss goals is essential to reaching them.

How painting a detailed picture of yourself in the future (in your mind!) creates unstoppable motivation.

Why ‘losing weight’ isn’t enough of a goal to keep you moving forward. And what to do instead.

What feelings have to do with reaching your goal.

Where your main motivation needs to come from.

Listen to this episode as I explain how to get yourself to do what you most want – to eat and live like a naturally slim woman. You don’t want to model yourself after a slim woman who is always on a diet and holding on for dear life. The goal is to live in a way where your eating is natural and not restricted. Wow! Won’t that be the ultimate freedom from your dieting past?

How do naturally slim women eat, think and care for themselves? That’s exactly what we cover in this episode. Join me, won’t you?

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 2: Clearing Your Path to Weight Loss Success! appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Overeating — Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating Jan 05, 2016

Welcome to the first episode of the Weight Loss Made Real Podcast!

Today we're talking about the difference between emotional eating, binge eating and compulsive overeating.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

Get clear on the difference between emotional eating, binge eating and general overeating.

Identify your problem exactly specifically – maybe for the first time ever.

Understand the basics of what causes each eating problem.

How what we eat affects how much we eat.

Why your thinking plays a major role in how you eat.

The life-changing approach to dealing with all eating issues, regardless of which is your toughest problem.

Join me as I discuss and provide you with a clear understanding of different eating issues, so you can identify yours. That’s the starting point for making changes that will lead to lasting change.

So many of my clients assume their overeating is binge eating, while others mistakenly never connect their emotions with their overeating. This keeps you stuck right where you are, because if you aren’t clear on what eating issue is your main ‘trouble area’ you can’t address it in ways that get you the lasting results you desire.

Let’s take this first step together because once you understand exactly what your problem is, finding the right solution will be so much easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating Jan 05, 2016

Welcome to the first episode of the Weight Loss Made Real Podcast!

Today we're talking about the difference between emotional eating, binge eating and compulsive overeating.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

Get clear on the difference between emotional eating, binge eating and general overeating.

Identify your problem exactly specifically – maybe for the first time ever.

Understand the basics of what causes each eating problem.

How what we eat affects how much we eat.

Why your thinking plays a major role in how you eat.

The life-changing approach to dealing with all eating issues, regardless of which is your toughest problem.

Join me as I discuss and provide you with a clear understanding of different eating issues, so you can identify yours. That’s the starting point for making changes that will lead to lasting change.

So many of my clients assume their overeating is binge eating, while others mistakenly never connect their emotions with their overeating. This keeps you stuck right where you are, because if you aren’t clear on what eating issue is your main ‘trouble area’ you can’t address it in ways that get you the lasting results you desire.

Let’s take this first step together because once you understand exactly what your problem is, finding the right solution will be so much easier.

TAKE A LOOK RIGHT HERE TO LEARN MORE FROM COOKIE. IF YOU LOVE THESE PODCASTS, BE SURE TO CHECK OUT HER PROGRAMS AND PRODUCTS.

The post Episode 1: The Difference Between Emotional Eating, Binge Eating and Compulsive Overeating appeared first on Real Weight Loss for Real Women.

Related Podcasts

AMERICA’S DOCTOR: The Dr. Oz Podcast — 1
AMERICA’S DOCTOR: The Dr. Oz Podcast Education

The Dog Trainer’s Quick and Dirty Tips for Teaching and Caring for Your Pet — 2
The Dog Trainer’s Quick and Dirty Tips for Teaching and Caring for Your Pet Education

Practice Leadership — 3
Practice Leadership Education

El Chat — 4
El Chat Education

The Real Middle Ages podcast — 5
The Real Middle Ages podcast Education

Pillar Podcast — 6
Pillar Podcast Education

Contact Us

Toll Free: 844-670-7747

Links

Home
Top Charts
Networks
Apps
Independents Podcasts

Podcast Advertising
Podcast News
Contact Us
About Us
Analytics & Insights

Stay Connected

Privacy, Terms of Use & Our Code of Ethics Protecting Content Creators Copyrights